‘ { i Hay he | ms vy uM Me i vyroy it Mairi ; ey aly ‘ TRO ha Hae Pa Ba ea Ma PALE EPR ya Wye) a ee a) AALS ’ Pet 49/4 xy y \ yay nh h iyi < tr 1h Veh NY \) i a vi \ iv rhage bp Roverr ey nih v7) eth ' » awit ay Neato) Sf ni leltae $4 hibed + } BEAL mem Hehe ee CE oa bobad Nab bs iubek! Fok hdl al oe rt yy, Mei : : hatte OANA get BRIAR EAD EORL inn tat yereny sey, Peaneeic pers bs aby hs SPAS we tak op ire ey ar shea bs Rat Lebanese ate! Ty pal ery is 43 ef ae “ed Baa Pb ubidt sl Lief S PUN INT Ae as re ne) wt Wie ue tit, a { 1h at ag ‘aly ( ALA EN eR J Ps Yo COT EM A Cy vg er ; LUO No py he $i i} iy * bY t Cae Vy tone ie} Daag hana Fer id DN 4 ae i ans Lum) EM DS b katy HE 8 Tye by Saye Tah ds 7 OU tt Me UL PML PLS Ps ty Fas Ky isd er Ue I ve Rt es henene ae ANGI ts t AeA a este 6, yy ere ER A il seat faith Mh i! eae "i | va F he aul eS Me a7 Ss ih wt =) BP ES Sorry ry SR ve J “1 i 4! Fs, Ma, Wo , f i a 1" ee I iy mT = i a Welle i *% ae : Ge i ie il ce a i i . oe S y, om st > , a It | 1 1 7 a My ae ¢ hth “ — Ss see %, « x ryt WAGES Ae, eneke) Cae ik ee P vn" ‘ | | [ess in =) o, — Vall | i fi i ' seco ae cH Re EEE fe) cA ] PROCEEDINGS OF THE Biological Society of Washington VOLUME 76 1963 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY THE EDITORIAL BOARD Ricuarp H. MANVILLE, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RicHarp S. Cowan Ratew E. Crasiny, JR. CONSULTING SPECIALISTS B. B. CoLLetTTE, Herpetology L. B. Hottuuts, Carcinology D. H. Jounson, Mammalogy E. A. Lacuner, Ichthyology All correspondence should be addressed to the Biological Society of Washington, °/. U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. THe ALLEN PREss LAWRENCE, KANSAS OFFICERS AND COUNCIL OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (FOR 1963-1964) (ELECTED 7 JUNE 1963) OFFICERS President ALBERT C. SMITH Vice Presidents CHARLES O. HANDLEY, JR. JOSEPH P. E. MORRISON RICHARD H. MANVILLE HENRY W. SETZER Recording Secretary RICHARD: S. COWAN Corresponding Secretary JOHN L. PARADISO Treasurer JOHN W. ARMSTRONG Custodian of Publications DAVID H. JOHNSON COUNCIL Elected Members FENNER A. CHACE RALPH E. CRABILL, JR. DANIEL M. COHEN HORTON H. HOBBS, JR. ERNEST A. LACHNER Ex-Presidents J. W. ALDRICH H. C. OBERHOLSER H. G. DEIGNAN HUGH T. O’NEIL HERBERT FRIEDMANN HOWARD B. OWENS H. H. T. JACKSON kK. P. WALKER DAVID H. JOHNSON A. WETMORE STANDING COMMITTEES—1963-1964 Committee on Communications H. A. BortTHwick J. Francis ALLEN Joun H. FaAes Committee on Zoological Nomenclature A. WretTMorE, Chairman H. A. REHDER C. F. W. MursEBECK Committee on Publications RicHarp H. Manvitie, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RicHARD S, COwAN RALPH E. CRABILL, JR. Wholly EX-PRESIDENTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON *THEODORE N. Giri, 1881, 1882 *CHARLES A. WHITE, 1883, 1884 *G. Brown Goong, 1885, 1886 *WiILLIAM H. Dati, 1887, 1888 *LEsTER F. Warp, 1889, 1890 *C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892 *C. V. Ritey, 1893, 1894 *CGro. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896 *L_. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898 *FREDERICK V. COvILLE, 1899, 1900 *F, A. Lucas, 1901, 1902 *B. W. EVERMANN, 1903, 1904 *F, H. KNow ton, 1905, 1906 *L. STEJNEGER, 1907, 1908 *T. S. Patmer, 1909, 1910 *Davip WuitE, 1911 *E. W. NE son, 1912, 1913 *PAUL BarRTscH, 1914, 1915 *W. P. Hay, 1916, 1917 *J. N. Rose, 1918 *Hucu M. Smit, 1919 *A. D. Hopxins, 1920 *N. Houuister, 1921 *VERNON BAILEY, 1922 *A.S. Hircucock, 1923 *J. W. GipLey, 1924 *S. A. RoHweEr, 1925 H. C. OBERHOLSER, 1926-1927 *H, A. GOLDMAN, 1927-1929 ALEXANDER WETMORE, 1929-1931 H. H. T. Jackson, 1931-1933 *C. E. CHAmB.iss, 1933-1936 *H. C. Futuer, 1936-1938 *W. B. BELL, 1938-1940 E. P. WALKER, 1940-1942 *H. B. Humpurey, 1942-1944 *F, THONE, 1944-1946 *J. S. WabE, 1946-1947 J. W. Avpricu, 1947-1949 *F, C. Lincoin, 1949-1951 *W. A. Dayton, 1951-1953 H. G. Detenan, 1953-1955 Hucu T. O’Net, 1955-1956 HERBERT FRIEDMANN, 1957-1958 Howarp B. Owens, 1959-1960 Davin H. Jounson, 1961-1962 * Deceased. TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 76 Alcala, Angel C.: see Brown, Walter C. Banse, Karl. Polychaetous annelids from Puget Sound and the San Juan Archipelago, Washington. —_..__-._-.___..--- Brame, Arden H., Jr., and David B. Wake. Redescription of the plethodontid salamander Bolitoglossa lignicolor (Peters ), with remarks on the status of B. palustris Taylor. Brown, Walter C., and Angel C. Alcala. Additions to the leiolo- pismid lizards known from the Philippines, with descriptions of a new species and subspecies. Burks, B.D. Ten new reared species of Tetrastichus (Hyme- TOMES CaM 1I1 OPTIC ae) meer ae eee en oe) nent Burleigh, Thomas D. Geographic variation in the cedar wax- WAC BOMmbYyCiia Cearorum)\ =, AOR ee Chamberlin, Ralph V. A new genus in the chilopod family Setaninel Glace epee rane es SU AUN nico oat eee Chapman, Harold C.: see Drake, Carl J. *Conant, Roger. Another new water snake of the genus Natrix fromthe Mexican Plateaiy, cc ee ee Drake, Carl J., and Harold C. Chapman. A new genus and species of water-strider from California (Hemiptera: Macro- TTS NTIS Vey) haart Nice et OR Aa a eh ene RO Gates, G. E. Miscellanea Megadrilogica. VII. Gurney, Ashley B., and José Liebermann. Grasshoppers of the tribe Ommexechini: a key to genera, a new Argentine genus, ANG MOLESHOMEOLMETS Hse eee en se Ee Harper, Francis. Amphibians and reptiles of Keewatin and INOrthernbN arate se ete eR te AeA eBay Rete se a Hershkovitz, Philip. The nomenclature of South American JE COATT CS ie mee sete te wea: weenie, Woe RADNER Eo) i eet ite SSD = EE Awa MANUEL Hoffman, Richard L. A new diplopod genus and species from Georgia (Polydesmida: Xystodesmidae). Hoffman, Richard L. A new milliped of the xystodesmid genus Brachoria from southwestern Virginia. Hoffmeister, Donald F.: see Lee, M. Raymond. Humphrey, Philip S.: see Parkes, Kenneth C. Kanazawa, Robert H. Two new species of ophichthid eels from the: westernvA than tices sient 2 ea coh eT Kramer, James P. New and little known Mexican and neo- tropical Deltocephalinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Krombein, Karl V. Notes on the Entomognathus of eastern United States (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 197-208 289-296 69-80 47-58 177-180 33-36 169-172 227-234 9-18 127-138 159-168 85-88 113-120 223-225 281-287 37-46 247-254 (vi) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington *Krombein, Karl V._ Natural history of Plummers Island, Mary- land. XVII. Annotated list of the wasps. __-.--------------------- Krombein, Karl V., and Frank E. Kurczewski. Biological notes Onthree Mloridianewaspespeecse er ee eee Kurczewski, Frank E.: see Krombein, Karl V. Lee, M. Raymond, and Donald F. Hoffmeister. Status of cer- tain fox squirrels in Mexico and Arizona. --_________________ Liebermann, José: see Gurmey, Ashley B. *Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr., and Helen Tappan. Type fixation and validation of certain calcareous nannoplankton genera. ____- Parkes, Kenneth C., and Philip S. Humphrey. Geographic variation and plumage sequence of the tanager Hemithraupis flavicollis in the Guianas and adjacent Brazil. Pearcy, William G., and Gilbert L. Voss. A new species of gonatid squid from the northeastern Pacific. Penn, George Henry. A new crawfish from the Hatchie River in Mississippi and Tennessee (Decapoda, Astacidae). *Pettibone, Marian H. Revision of some genera of polychaete worms of the family Spionidae, including the description of aiMEW, SPECIES OF SCOLCLepisas. = eens. aie tee Powell, Jerry A. Records and descriptions of some interesting SPECiesLOL EL tcosma ving Galitormia eee ee a Richmond, Neil D. Evidence against the existence of croco- diles in Virginia and Maryland during the Pleistocene. ____ Smith, Hobart M.: see Smith, Philip W. Smith, Philip W., and Hobart M. Smith. The systematic status of thellined: snake tor lowat ieee eee ee ence Stone, Benjamin C. The genus Freycinetia (Pandanaceae) in thexS olomor sls] ariel se peewee sacra eae Mata onal 7e eC Tappan, Helen: see Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr. Thomas, Lowell P. A redescription of the amphiurid brittlestar Ophtocnidacubang Awa Glarksa Ol (5 Thompson, Fred G. New land snails from El Salvador. Valentine, Barry D. The plethodontid salamander Phaeo- gnathus: external morphology and zoogeography. —______- Voss, Gilbert L.: see Pearcy, William G. Wake, David B.: see Brame, Arden H.., Jr. Weitzman, Stanley H. A new catfish, Corydoras pastazensis (Gallichthyidae)) fromipHicuacd ore eee eee Wetmore, Alexander. An additional race of the pileated tin- amo vhromppeanamna:; )2 220 ee Ee ar ee eae I Sa Witt, William L. Distributional notes on some Virginia rep- 255-280 139-152 181-190 191-196 81-84 105-112 121-126 89-104 235-245 65-68 297-303 1-8 217-221 19-32 153-158 59-64 173-176 THINGS." dace Sie one ee add aed eee Ee a eas 305-306 Woodwick, Keith H. Taxonomic revision of two polydorid SPOS CTS ap ee ate A i et A es 9 * Papers published at no expense to the Society. 209-215 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS 1034th Meeting—20 December 1962 The meeting was chaired by President A. C. Smith, with about 25 members and friends of the Society in attendance. The report of the Treasurer and the minutes of the last meet- ing were presented and approved. New members elected: Karl Banse, Everett D. Cashatt, Edward T. Green, Theodore A. Heist, Philip S. Humphrey, James O. Lane, Robert E. Lewis, Charles F. Lytle, Lowell P. Thomas, Robert H. Kanazawa, Kellie O’Neill, George H. Penn, Neil D. Richmond, Roy R. Snelling, Fred G. Thompson, Pyong- oh Won, Keith H. Woodwick, and Charles D. Wise. Formal communication: Mr. Stanwyn Shetler, Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, reported on his botanical work in Alaska, during several expeditions. 1035th Meeting—7 June 1963 EIGHTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING President A. C. Smith called the meeting to order with 45 members and friends present. The minutes of the last meeting were read and accepted, as were the reports of the Corresponding Secretary, and of the Treasurer. New members elected: Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., W. H. Anderson, Maureen E. Downey, Harold J. Higbee, Frank E. Kurezewski, M. Raymond Lee, Iyad A. Nader, Ronald H. Pine, David C. Rentz, Victor G. Springer, William L. Witt, Roberto H. Gon- zales, and William J. Schaldach, Jr. The following officers and Members of the Council were elected: President, Albert C. Smith; Vice Presidents, Charles O. Handley, Jr., Richard H. Manville, Joseph P. E. Morrison, Henry W. Setzer; Recording Secretary, Richard S. Cowan; Corresponding Secretary, John L. Paradiso; Treasurer, John W. Armstrong; Members of Council, Daniel M. Cohen, Fenner A. Chace, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Ernest A. Lachner, Ralph E. Crabill, Jr. ( vii ) (viii) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Formal communications: The morning hours were taken up by five contributed papers of 15 minutes each, on a wide range of biological subjects. At the end of the morning session, which was moderated by President Smith, the business meeting was held; at adjournment, the members retired to O’Donnell’s Sea Grill for a luncheon. The speakers and their subjects were as follows: Joseph Rosewater, Natural History and Taxonomy of the Giant Killer Clams (Bivalvia: Tridacnidae) in the Marshall Islands; George A. Llano, Biological Work aboard the USNS Eltanin in the Antarctic; Karl V. Krombein, Biology of the Hibiscus Wasp, an Abundant Rarity; William L. Stern and Edward S. Ayensu, Taxonomy, Form and Stem Anatomy of the Passifloraceae; Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., Anatomy and System- atics of the Tunas; Frederick M. Bayer, Recent Investigations of the Deepwater Invertebrate Fauna of the Northern Florida Straits. The afternoon session consisted of a symposium entitled “Adaptations of Plants and Animals to Their Environment” with R. S. Cowan as Chairman. The speakers and subjects on the symposium were: Stanwyn Shetler, Plants in the Alpine—Arctic Environment; Henry W. Setzer, Mammalian Adaptations, with Special Ref- erence to Desert Mammals; Robert Traub, Some Adaptations of Fleas to their Environment; Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Morpho- logical Adaptations of Invertebrates to the Freshwater Habitat. 74-6672 Vol. 76, pp. 1-8 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE GENUS FREYCINETIA (PANDANACEAE) IN THE SOLOMON ISLANDS* By BENJAMIN C. STONE College of Guam, Agana In attempting to identify a relatively small number of speci- mens of Freycinetia collected by the writer in the Solomon Islands in 1957, it became apparent that a review of the known species was necessary, and that two apparently undescribed species were represented. This paper is an outcome of this re- view, and includes descriptions of two species proposed as new, bringing up to fourteen the total number of species reported from this region. Only one species of Section Oligostigma as yet is known from the Solomon Islands, namely Freycinetia tessellata Merrill & Perry. This is rather unusual, since species of this section are both numerous and apparently common in New Guinea. In this respect the Solomon Islands may be grouped with Polynesia in a geographic division of the genus by sections, since only species of Section Freycinetia occur in Polynesia. The type species of the genus is Freycinetia arborea Gaudichaud, which is endemic to the Hawaiian Islands; this was included in the Section Pleio- stigma Warburg, which must now be known as Section Frey- cinetia, in accordance with the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, Article 22 of the 1956 edition. KEY TO SPECIES OF FREYCINETIA IN THE SOLOMON ISLANDS I. Stigmas mostly 3-10 or more per berry. Section Freycinetia A. Syncarps elongate, cylindric. 1. Inflorescences terminal. *This is the fourth in a series of studies of plants of the Solomon Islands. The first appeared in Bot. Not., 112 (3): 372-376, 1959; the second in Brittonia, 13 (2): 212-224, 1961; the third in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 25-32, 1962. I am indebted to the Curator of the Amold Arboretum Herbarium of Harvard University for the op- portunity of examining types and other specimens mentioned herein. 1—Proc. Bron. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 76, 1963 (1) 2 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington a. Auricles markedly pectinate; leaves only 15-20 cm long, about 9 mm broad; pedicels distally scaly- Scaler: ee x a ep F. pectinata b. Auricles not as above; leaves mostly 10-30 mm broad; pedicels various. a’. Leaves mostly longer than 30 cm, sometimes much longer. Seeds narrow, slightly curved, with a broad raphe, but lacking strophiole. ______. F. solomonensis Seeds ellipsoid, with a distinct strophiole. fame) 82'6 (satan VO A LI Dee eae F. bicolor b’. Leaves mostly 15-30 cm long. Syncarps about 4 cm Jong and 1 cm in diameter; pedicels about 4 cm long; stigmas 3-6, mostly 4—5, cushion-like, distinct. __________ EIA A SAS BA Mh ane ee OR ot oe F. anomala Syncarps about 2.5 cm long and 1.2 cm in dia- meter; pedicels up to 5 cm long; stigmas 4-8, confluent.) -eeeul Jes ae F. oligodonta 2. Inflorescences lateral, subtended by distichous vegetative | 511210) . pare) veces he mpl beth. ju) i ed a ee er aes : 1h ew ea it hy i a Wiikcareiyie 4. ee nee ia A — me tient Ging Pen WS ‘sek = (eae Par ul Mee ii fester pet Press AO a oe gees jeiiy tb xi: Kaeo od lie Lhe FE Sigkt emra (> Vie Wiha «ie will anata 7 Nia Li) me =. eye" BL tile an de he. - WPS o'. pie ease) Wael - alr "hae me AT it Uiteeweay SOF Wale eS Piel ac). a ‘Lies oki. Bdge Budd tees i i oat gl a i 7 a a FN og Et iin en plier, CO ae ta 2 Ow iw a fi 4.36673 Vol. 76, pp. 33-36 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW GENUS IN THE CHILOPOD FAMILY TAMPIYIDAE By Rap V. CHAMBERLIN University of Utah, Salt Lake City The family Tampiyidae was based upon a genus, Tampiya, which was established by the present writer in 1912 for the California species, T. pylorus. A second genus conforming to the family was proposed in 1955 for a Chilean species, K. bratt- stromi, the types of which were taken by Dr. Hans Bratt- strom on the Lund University Chile Expedition of 1948-49. Now, fifty years after the first of these genera was named, I am able to add a third genus to the family, herein described from two specimens of a new species found in a collection made at the Nevada Test Area and submitted to me for identification by Dr. D. E. Back of the Brigham Young University. The three genera may be separated by means of the following key. KEY TO THE GENERA OF TAMPIYIDAE 1. Median piece of labrum bearing several sclerotized dental plates; lateral pieces of labrum free laterally Eremorus, new genus — Median piece of labrum with no such distinct dental plates, the teeth being simple and separate; lateral pieces not free at outer ends 2 2. Coxopleural glands several on each side, simple and well-separated from each other; prosternum armed anteriorly with two stout teeth or processes; last sternite narrow ________-_------------------ Tampiya Chamb. — Coxopleural glands composite, one on each side beneath last sternite; prosternum unarmed; last sternite broad ______________ Ketampa Chamb. Eremorus, new genus Most distinct from the two previously known genera of the family in having the median piece of the labrum armed with several dental plates aside from which there are no separate single teeth, each of these plates presenting from three to five marginal teeth; also distinct in having the lateral pieces of the labrum fused only at mesal end and otherwise free. First maxilla bearing two large ectal lappets, one from coxa and one from first article of the telopodite; one coxal pore on each side opening beneath 4— Proc. Brion. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 76, 1963 (33) 34 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-4. Eremorus becki, new species. 1, labrum; 2, head in outline; 3, caudal end of body, ventral view, showing composite coxopleural glands, etc.; 4, last four articles of anal legs. the sternite and giving exit to a large composite gland. Terminal pores absent. Type species: E. becki, new species. Eremorus becki, new species Form of head as shown in Fig. 2. Clypeus with no differentiated spot or fenestra; bearing 5 or 6 setae caudad of base of each antenna and a similar median patch in the area of the median patch being slightly depressed. Median piece of labrum fused with clypeus and mesal ends of the lateral pieces. First maxillae with palpus biarticulate, its first article bearing a long spinulose lappet; a similar lappet from corner of coxa. Second maxillae with coxae broadly united at middle; claw of palpus straight and smooth, distally narrow, a little shorter than the adjacent setae. Prosternum of prehensors unarmed anteriorly, showing distinct sclerotic lines or raphes each of which ends anteriorly a little caudad of the condyle; none of articles of prehensors armed with a tooth. A New Genus in the Chilopod Family Tampiyidae 35 Anterior sternites with caudal margin obtusely angular, the angle ex- tending somewhat beneath caudal border of the succeeding plate in each case; clothed with subsparse, short fine hairs; ventral pores absent. Last sternite broad, strongly narrowed caudad, trapeziform, the caudal margin straight. One large composite coxopleural gland on each side, these opening beneath the sternite through a single circular pore. No anal pores detected. Anal legs crassate; second tarsal joint rather abruptly narrower than the first, as shown in Fig. 4. Pairs of legs in the holotype: 85. Length: 41 mm. Type locality: Nevada Test Area. Two specimens taken 6 March 1961. 36 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 77, 06 TF Vol. 76, pp. 37-46 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN MEXICAN AND NEOTROPICAL DELTOCEPHALINAE (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) By James P. KRAMER Entomology Research Division, Agriculture Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The deltocephaline leafhoppers of the Americas south of the United States are known largely through the numerous papers of D. M. DeLong and R. Linnavuori. Dr. DeLong has published extensively on various Mexican genera, whereas Dr. Linnavuori has treated those of Central and South America. For the interested student, the most valuable single paper is by Linna- vuori (1959). This paper includes descriptions of two new Polyamia, three new Deltocephalus, one new Sanctanus, and a new genus, Bolo- theta, for Neocoelida punctata Osborn and Coelidiana rotundi- ceps Linnavuori and Heller. Maricaona reticulata Linnavuori is transferred to Polyamia, and the male genitalia of this species are illustrated for the first time. The combination Sanctanus lepidellus (Stal) is reinstated, and a description of the pre- viously unknown male is included. The types of all new species are in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. Polyamia arachnion, new species Length: 3.4 mm. Coloration: Venter brown; legs light brown marked with darker areas. Face light brown, heavily marked with dark brown or black arcs on upper portion of clypeus, large ill-defined dark area at each antennal base, each lorum bordered and laterally bisected by a brown area, clypellus marked with a basal transverse band and an apical subtriangular spot of dark brown. Crown light brown with anterior marginal markings consisting of a pair of dark arcs extending up from clypeus and a minute pair of apical spots and a single quadrangular dark-brown spot flanking each ocellus mesally. On either side the minute apical spot and quadrangular spot are connected to each other and to the coronal suture by a triradial reddish-brown mark. 5—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 76, 1963 (37) 38 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington reticulata delongi Fics. 1-20. Deltocephalus xipei: 1, lateral view of connective and aedaegus; 2, distal portion of style shown ventrally; 3, ventral view of aedeagus; 4, distal portion of aedeagus shown dorsally. Bolotheta punctata: 5, lateral view of pygofer (setae omitted ); 6, ventral process of pygofer; 7, dorsal view of pygofer; 8, ventral view of aedeagus; 9, ventral view of style; 10, ventral view of connective; 11, lateral view of aedeagus. Polyamia sp.: 12, pregenital sternum; 13, ventral outline of first valvulae. Deltocephalus delongi: 14, ventral view of aedeagus; 15, distal portion of style shown ventrally; 16, lateral view of connective and aedeagus; 17, distal portion of aedeagus shown dorsally. Polyamia reticulata: 18, distal portion of aedeagus shown ventrally; 19, dorsal view of style; 20, lateral view of connective and aedeagus. Additional markings on crown consist of a narrow reddish area around each ocellus, an irregular dark-brown spot behind each ocellus, and a pair of right-angular dark-brown marks at center of disc. Some ill-defined lighter areas on disc as well. Pronotum light brown marbled anteriorly and mesally with various lighter and darker hues. Scutellum light brown with anterior angles, a pair of anterior spots, and a cruciform mark dark brown. Forewings brown hyaline, light-brown veins sharply distinct due to dark infuscations at borders of cells. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view stoutest basally, shaft greatly narrowed, and with apical portion asymmetrically elaborated (Fig. 30). Aedeagus in ventral view almost uniform in width with asymmetrical apex deeply cleft (Fig. 32). Gonopore opens at base of apical cleft. Mesal lobe of style widened distally and subtruncated at apex (Fig. 31). Mexican and Neotropical Deltocephalinae 39 Female genitalia: Females not definitely associated with male holo- type. Type: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66348) male, Chapingo (east of Mexico City ), Mexico, 11 April 1957, Gibson and Carillo. Discussion: This species together with gangamon n. sp. and reticulata (Lny.) form a compact species—group within Polyamia. In all three species, the forewings are reticulated by many extra veinlets, particularly in the claval area. Polyamia gangamon, new species Length: 3.4-3.5 mm. Coloration: Not distinguishable from arachnion. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view uniformly very narrow, rapidly upturned distally, and with a distinct, sharp, decumbent preapical dorsal tooth (Fig. 26). Gonopore opens at base of sharply and deeply forked apex (Fig. 25). Mesal lobe of style blunt apically (Fig. 24). Female genitalia: Females not definitely associated with male holo- type. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66349) male, Cuernavaca-Aca- pulco Road, Mexico, 23 August 1936. Ball and Stone. Paratype male, Paricutin, Mexico, 28 November 1944, W. F. Foshag. Polyamia reticulata (Linnavuori), new combination Maricaona reticulata Linnavuori 1959: 98. Length: 3.3 mm. Coloration: Not distinguishable from arachnion. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view uniformly very narrow, rapidly upturned distally, and with a short, blunt projection near apex (Fig. 20). Gonopore opens at base of moderately deep forked apex (Fig. 18). Style undistinguished (Fig. 19). Female genitalia: Females not definitely associated with male holo- type. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66350). Paricutin, Mexico, 28 November 1944, W. F. Foshag. Discussion: Linnavuori’s type series was mixed and contained at least two species. The male genitalia were not illustrated with the original description. The drawings used here were prepared from the holotype in the U. S. National Museum collection. The generic transfer to Polyamia, sensu lato, is conservative treatment. The genus Maricaona Caldwell was based upon a unique female from Puerto Rico. This single female is still the lone representative of the genus. Without a conspecific male, a generic evaluation is only speculation. Polyamia sp. females There are at hand three different females from several Mexican localities which may represent the three previous species. As in the males, only genital characters provide adequate differences for separation. In the 40 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington vulpinus ss ‘ SAN gangamon i ie stesipoca 7 wen oe eee ’ ’ | U lepidellus- Fics. 21-39. Sanctanus vulpinus: 21, distal portion of aedeagus shown ventrally; 22, dorsal view of connective and style; 23, lateral view of connective and aedeagus. Polyamia gangamon: 24, dorsal view of style; 25, distal portion of aedeagus shown ventrally; 26, lateral view of connective and aedeagus. Deltocephalus trifax: 27, ventral view of aedeagus; 28, distal portion of style shown ventrally; 29, lateral view of aedeagus. Polyamia arachnion: 30, lateral view of aedeagus; 31, distal portion of style shown ventrally; 32, ventral view of aedeagus. Polyamia sp.: 33, pregenital sternum; 34, ventral outline of first valvulae. Polyamia sp.: 35, pregenital sternum; 36, ventral outline of first valvulae. Sanctanus lepidellus: 37, distal portion of style shown ventrally; 38, lateral view of connective and aedeagus; 39, aedeagal apex shown ventrally. Mexican and Neotropical Deltocephalinae 4] first female (Figs. 33, 34), the pregenital sternum is concave posteriorly with a pair of irregular mesal teeth, and the bases of the first valvulae are sharply widened laterally. In the second female (Figs. 35, 36), the pre- genital stemum is concave posteriorly with a sharp mesal tooth flanked by an additional highly inconspicuous tooth on either side, and the bases of the first valvulae diverge apically. In the third female (Figs. 12, 13), the pregenital sternum is barely concave with a single wide blunt mesal tooth, and the bases of the first valvulae are smoothly rounded laterally. No attempt is made at this time to associate these females with any male. Linnavuori, however, designated as allotype of reticulata a female with genital structures as shown in Figs. 12 and 13. Deltocephalus xipei, new species Length: 2.3 mm. Coloration: Venter and legs dark brown touched with yellow on legs. Face dark brown with pale arcs on clypeus and yellowish areas on genae and lora. Crown stramineous to pale brown with only definite markings oc- curring on anterior margin as an irregular narrow dark-brown band. This band follows the curvature of the anterior coronal margin curving behind an ocellus on either side. The band is interrupted at the extreme apex and near each ocellus. A long series of specimens would probably show that the anterior coronal marking varies from a solid band to six distinct spots. Pronotum stramineous to pale brown and without definite markings. Scutellum stramineous to pale brown with mesal area darkened. Fore- wings milky-hyaline with most cells narrowly infuscated marginally except for heavier darkening of inner discal cells and adjacent costal margins. Male genitalia: _Aedeagus in lateral view simple with curvature near base, shaft straight, and a simple preapical appendage (Fig. 1). Aedea- gus in ventral view rounded basally and with a pair of simple appendages near the notched apex (Fig. 3). Gonopore opens dorsally near apex ( Fig. 4). Mesal lobes of style slender (Fig. 2). Female genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66351) male, Ixmiquilpan, Mex- ico, 27 August 1936, E. D. Ball. Discussion: This generic placement is based upon a broader definition of Deltocephalus than rendered by Oman (1949). The limits of Deltoceph- alus and related genera are the subject of a paper in preparation. Deltocephalus delongi, new species Length: 2.7 mm. Coloration: Venter and legs dark brown touched lightly and variably with yellow. Face dark brown with genae and a few variable lines on cly- peus, clypellus, and lora yellow. Crown stramineous, anterior margin with dark arcs (an extension of color from the face) and four black to brown spots, the mesal apical pair triangular and the lateral pair rounded (holo- type with additional dark spot behind each ocellus connected to the lateral spot), a broken black transverse band between anterior margins of eyes 42. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington which is widest at middle of crown, narrowest near eyes, and broken at middle and near eyes (three breaks), additional ill-defined light-brown markings on coronal disc. Pronotum stramineous with some brown spotting anteriorly and color fading posteriorly. Scutellum stramineous marked variably with dark-brown anterior spots and lateral lines. Forewings and veins milky-hyaline with margins of cells lightly to moderately infuscated. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view transverse with sharp basal heel and an avicephaliform apex (Fig. 16). Aedeagus in ventral view with gonopore opening at cleft apex (Fig. 14). Apex of aedeagus in dorsal view with a proximally notched rim (Fig. 17). Mesal lobe of style narrowing api- cally (Fig. 15). Female genitalia: Pregenital sternum strongly concave with base of concavity nearly transverse. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66352), male and allotype female, Teotihuacan Pyramids 33 miles from Mexico City, Mexico, 19 August 1936, E. D. Ball. Both holotype and allotype are mounted on the same cardboard point. Discussion: The generic placement of delongi is in accord with the definition of Deltocephalus rendered by Oman (1949). The species is named for Dwight M. DeLong, one of America’s most outstanding workers in the Cicadellidae. Deltocephalus trifax, new species Length: 3.5-3.8 mm. Coloration: Venter brown to dark brown touched with yellow. Legs stramineous to yellow banded with brown, banding most striking on femora of pro- and mesothoracic legs. Face yellow heavily marked with dark brown as arcs on clypeus, lines on sutures, and irregular spots under eyes, on genae, on lora, and on clypellus. Crown yellow with two pairs of brown spots on anterior margin, the middle pair are elongate, the lateral pair more or less rounded. An additional dark spot occurs behind each ocellus. The central portion of the coronal disc with an approximately pi- shaped black to tan marking on each side of the coronal suture. Both the shapes and colors of these markings vary greatly. The pronotum is light brown, yellow anteriorly, some irregular brown spots preapically, and with five pale narrow longitudinal stripes. Scutellum yellow with a few brown spots and lines. Forewings light brown hyaline, veins largely white, cells lightly infuscated marginally except outer apical cell, basal portion of inner discal cell, and adjacent costal area. All of these are solid dark brown. The costal vein is frequently distinctly yellow. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view undistinguished except api- cally where the dorsum is expanded and irregularly toothed (Fig. 29). In ventral view the aedeagus is rounded basally, with truncated lateral ex- pansions distally, and margin toothed on extreme apex (Fig. 27). The gonopore opens on the venter of the shaft at the base of a V-shaped notch (Fig. 27). Mesal lobe of style moderately long with inner margin irregular (Fig. 28). Mexican and Neotropical Deltocephalinae 43 Female genitalia: Pregenital sternum with posterior margin nearly truncated. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 66353) male, Camaron, Panama, 17 July 1952, F. S. Blanton. Allotype female, Mojinga Swamp, Canal Zone, 9 January 1953, F. S. Blanton. Four paratypes: One, same data as holo- type; one, Los Lajos, Panama, 26 October 1952, F. S. Blanton; one Mad- den Dam, Canal Zone, 21 October 1946, A. O. Meyer; and one, Margarita, Canal Zone, 25 August 1946, A. O. Meyer. Discussion: See discussion of Deltocephalus xipei. Sanctanus lepidellus (Stal), reinstated combination Jassus (Deltocephalus) lepidellus Stal 1862: 53. Deltocephalus lepidellus: Osborn 1924: 408, Plate 57, Fig. 1. Sanctanus lepidellus: Oman 1938: 371. Sanctanus lepidellus: Linnavuori 1954: 141, Fig. 13A. Amplicephalus (Nanctasus) lepidellus: Linnavuori 1959: 100. The generic placement of lepidellus has long troubled students of neo- tropical leafhoppers. Stal described the species from a unique Brazilian female (the original description erroneously recorded it as a male) and up to this time additional specimens were unknown. Through the splendid cooperation of Dr. E. Kjellander and the Stockholm Museum, Stal’s type was loaned to me for study and comparison with the unique male reported below. Length: 4mm. Coloration: Osborn has given a very detailed account of the color pattern of this species together with an outstandingly accurate habitus illustration. It is sufficient here to state that the male at hand agrees ex- actly with Stal’s type and with Osborn’s illustrations of the species. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view a trifle bowed, slender, and tapering to a pointed apex with connective short (Fig. 38). Gonopore opening at base of forked apex (Fig. 39). Mesal lobe of style undistin- guished (Fig. 37). Specimens: Unique male Sao Paulo, Brazil, May 1954, N. L. H. Krauss. Discussion: The type locality of lepidellus is the state of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. This locality is near enough to Sdo Paulo to afford additional proof for the correct association of the female and male of lepidellus. Linna- vuori and Heller (1961: 7) described a male from Peru which they deter- mined as lepidellus. I believe their determination was incorrect. Their specimen did not come from the type locality, and it appears to be too small to be properly associated with Stal’s type. I refrain from giving their species a new name because the generic placement is uncertain. According to their illustrations (Pl. 4, Fig. 3), the species has a closed Y-shaped connective. 44 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Sanctanus vulpinus, new species Length: 3.8 mm. Coloration: Venter dark brown irregularly touched with pale brown. Legs pale brown with prothoracic femora dark-brown banded, meso- thoracic and metathoracic femora and tibiae mainly dark brown. Face pale brown washed irregularly with darker shades particularly on clypeus. Crown stramineous with a pair of dark minute crescent-shaped anterior marginal markings, a minute spot behind each ocellus, and a small dark- ened area at middle of hind margin. There is a pale orange band between the anterior margin of the eyes which is widest and broken mesally. Pronotum mainly orange with anterior margin changing to stramineous and posterior margin fading to translucent milky-white. Scutellum yellowish without definite markings. Forewings pale orange-brown hyaline, most veins in clavus and corium bright white although a few are orange. Most cells are narrowly infuscated at margins except for inner anteapical cell, inner apical cell, outer apical cell, and an undefined area at center of costal margin. All of these are heavily infuscated. The extreme apex of each wing is white. Male genitalia: Aedeagus in lateral view slightly bowed and apex roundly enlarged with a straight basally directed process (Fig. 23). Aedeagus in posterior-ventral view with a pair of simple tapered processes closely appressed to the shaft and with the gonopore opening below the cleft apex (Fig. 21). Mesal lobe of style at apex subtruncated and strongly expanded laterally (Fig. 22). Female genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype (USNM Type No. 34860) male, Jussaral, Angra-E. Do. Rio, Brazil, 9 October 1934, Travassos and Lopes. Discussion: The generic placement of vulpinus is based upon DeLong’s definition as stated in his revision of Sanctanus (DeLong and Hershberger, 1946). The coloration and male genitalia of vulpinus are similar to those in several Mexican species described by DeLong. The crown of most species of Sanctanus is flat to slightly concave. In vulpinus the crown is distinctly concave. Bolotheta, new genus Type-species: Neocoelidia punctata Osborn Description: Head much narrower than pronotum and bluntly angled anteriorly, length of crown next to eyes much shorter than median length. Ocelli located on anterior margin of crown, one near each eye. Clypellus no wider distally than basally. Antennae about as long as entire length of body including forewings at rest. Scutellum very large, as long as pro- notum. Venation of forewings fairly distinct with two apical and two subapical cells. Ground color pale yellowish with some dark brown or black markings. Male genitalia: Plates flat and triangular beset laterally with both uniserate setae and cilia. Valve distinct and triangular in shape. Pygofer with ventral processes. Connective closed Y-shaped and not fused Mexican and Neotropical Deltocephalinae 45 with aedeagus. Aedeagus moderately stout with large dorsal apodeme and subapical gonopore. Bolotheta punctata (Osborn), new combination 1923. Neocoelidia punctata Osborn, 15 (1): 77. Length: 6.5-7.0 mm. Coloration: Basic ground color stramineous. Venter, legs, and face unmarked. One pair of moderately large dark-brown or black spots on anterior margin of crown. A single dark-brown spot at each posterior angle of pronotum. Scutellum with or without a pair of small preapical dark-brown spots. Forewings stramineous hyaline with markings as fol- lows: portions bordering scutellum narrowly dark brown, commissural margins narrowly light brown with veins darker, and with a single moderately large black spot at center of each forewing. Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view simple and without visible processes (Fig. 5); but in ventral view with partially crossed paired proc- esses (Fig. 6); and in dorsal view with a preapical mesal projection (Fig. 7). Connective closed Y-shaped (Fig. 10) and not fused with aedeagus. Aedeagus in lateral view elongate with gonopore distinct (Fig. 11); in ventral view with sharp teeth on lateral margins (Fig. 8). Style undistinguished (Fig. 9). Female genitalia: Female unknown. Types: This species is known only from two males, the type and a para- type, both of which were collected in Province del Sara, Bolivia, and were deposited in the collection of the Carnegie Institute in Pittsburgh, Penn- sylvania. The drawings were prepared from the genitalia of the holotype. Discussion: Osborn’s placement of punctata in Neocoelida is quite understandable. The exceedingly lony antennae and the rather obscure venation of the forewings, both of which are characteristic of the Neo- coelidiinae, are probably the features which influenced him. However, punctata lacks the typical antennal ledge of the Neocoelidiinae and has male genitalia characteristic of the Deltocephalinae. The exceedingly long antennae readily distinguish Bolotheta punctata from all other neo- tropical Deltocephalinae. This species was recognized as a deltocephaline by Kramer (1959: 30) with uncertain generic placement. The Peruvian species, Coelidiana rotundiceps, described by Linnavuori and Heller (1961: 4) also belongs in Bolotheta. The generic transfer is made here: Bolotheta rotundiceps (Linnavuori and Heller) NEw com- BINATION. The exceedingly long antennae readily distinguish Bolotheta from all other neotropical Deltocephalinae. Key To Species or Bolotheta Male pygofer in lateral view without long terminal process (Fig. 5); dorsal portion of aedeagus more than half as long as shaft (Fig. 11) wana e Pi eg CO Tia OE AE sen Ce punctata (Osborn) 46 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Male pygofer in lateral view with long terminal process (L. & H., 1961, Pl. 2, Fig. 7); dorsal portion of aedeagus half as long as shaft (L. & H., AGS oj) Dee) os Rl EF aatlS 2) et Wea ath 2a sew eae ema oe rotundiceps (L. & H.) LITERATURE CITED DeLonc, D. M. AND R. V. HERSHBERGER. 1946. The genus Sanctanus in North America including the Mexican species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 39: 207-224. KRAMER, JAMES P. 1959. An elucidation of the neotropical genus Chinaia with a key to males and a new allied genus (Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Neocoelidiinae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 72: 23-32. Linnavuort, Rauno. 1954. Contribution to the neotropical leafhopper fauna of the family Cicadellidae, Il. Ann. Ent. Fennici, 20 (3): 124-145. 1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and some related subfamilies. Ann. Zool Soc. “Vanamo,’ 20 (1): 1-370. LinNAvuort, RAUNO AND F. HELLER. 1961. Beitrag zur Cicadelliden— Fauna von Peru. Stuttgarter Beitrage zur Naturkunde, 67: 1-14. Oman, P. W. 1938. A generic revision of American Bythoscopinae and South American Jassinae. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 24: 343-420. . 1949. The nearctic leafhoppers (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). A generic classification and check list. Mem. Ent. Soc. Wash., 3: 1-253. OsporN, HERBERT. 1923. Neotropical Homoptera of the Carnegie Mu- seum. Part 2. Records and descriptions of five new genera and sixty-five new species of the subfamily Jassinae. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 15: 27-79. . 1924. Neotropical Homoptera of the Carnegie Museum. Part 4. Report upon the collection in the subfamily Jassinae, with descriptions of new species. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 15: 397— 462. STAL, Cart. 1862. Bidrag till Rio Janeiro-traktens. Hemipterfauna II. Handl. Svenska Vet. Akad., 3 (6): 1-75. " 7 Bie | Bs eA . » Ae a cn Waals dey e Nabi athy a apt +a Bs: - a rm 4 at yf ainda von ”, “4h we a, Bt neh eM, ane | ee en Ahi Reis a ; f i nd gy i‘ - i YF ‘3 | i 8 ) ~ 2 zi : ¥ | ; “ . \ w y G 5 e Me - a yi " 4 iP 744, OC Fate) Vol. 76, pp. 47-58 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TEN NEW REARED SPECIES OF TETRASTICHUS (HYMENOPTERA, EULOPHIDAE) By B. D. Burks Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Since my revision of the North American species of Tetrasti- chus appeared (1943, Proc. USNM, 93: 505-608), a large number of undescribed species of the genus have turned up. Of these, 10 are described in this paper, most of them providing names for use in papers by other workers. The name Tetrastichus is here used in the traditional sense of Haliday, 1844, type, Cirrospilus attalus Walker, as employed in the literature for over a century. At present this name is unavail- able. In 1940, Neave (Nom. Zool., 4: 442) indicated that Walker, 1842, first used the name Tetrastichus. Peck (1951, U. S. Dept. Agr., Monog. 2: 443), consequently used the name Tetrastichus Walker, 1842, designating Cirrospilus lycidas Walker as type. C. lycidas is, however, an Aprostocetus, as pointed out by Lind- roth and Graham (1960, Opusc. Ent., 25: 94). This would re- quire the use of the name Trichoceras Ratzeburg, 1848, type Trichoceras erythrophthalmus Ratzeburg, for the genus long known as Tetrastichus. Since there is an enormous literature now extant in which the name Tetrastichus is used in the tradi- tional sense, an application has been made to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature to suppress Tetrasti- chus Walker. Such an action would make Tetrastichus Haliday again available. The characterizations of the new species given in this paper are uniform with the species descriptions given in my revision, and it is expected that this paper will be used with that one. It may be noted, however, that the comparative lengths of the scutellum, metanotum, and propodeum given here are all taken at the meson. The length of the praescutum is measured at the 6—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 76, 1963 (47) 48 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington meson, and the width is taken as the greatest straight-line distance between the anterolateral angles. Tetrastichus politi, new species This species agrees with pattersonae Fullaway in having the praescutum setose, a triangular fracture at the dorsal end of the malar furrow, and the ocelli encircled by a suture, the surface within this suture being strongly sculptured. The two differ in that in politi the funicular segments of the antenna are elongate, the gaster is shorter than the thorax and propodeum, and the ovipositor sheaths do not reach the apex of the gaster. In patter- sonae the funicular segments are globular, the gaster is longer than the thorax and propodeum, and the ovipositor sheaths surpass the apex of the gaster. Female: Length 1.5-2.2 mm. Dark, metallic blue, sometimes with a lavender tint; antennal scape yellow, pedicel and flagellum tan; wings hyaline, veins yellow; apices of femora, tibiae, and basal three segments of each tarsus yellow, apical segment of each tarsus brown. Antennae inserted at level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not reaching anterior ocellus; posterior face of apex of scape and dorsal surface of pedicel bearing numerous, short bristles; pedicel and first and second funicular segments equal in length, third slightly shorter, club 11% times as long as pedicel; width of malar space 1% as great as height of compound eye; a depressed, triangular fracture at dorsal end of malar furrow; vertex with numerous, umbilicate punctures, each bearing a short bristle; ocelli enclosed by a suture, ocellocular suture depressed, a minute, triangular fracture present at each end; ocellocular line slightly more than % as long as postocellar line. Pronotum clothed dorsally with dense, posteriorly directed setae; praescutum slightly wider than long, entire surface densely clothed with bristles, some bristles contiguous with median furrow; submarginal vein of forewing bearing 4 or 5 dorsal bristles, mar- ginal vein 3 times as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing broadly rounded; prepectus, metapleuron, and posterior coxa lightly shagreened, mesep- imeron and dorsal triangle of mesepisternum smooth, rest of mesepi- sterum faintly sculptured; scutellum arched, a faint, median longitudinal carina present, 2 pairs of bristles present; metanotum 1% as long as scu- tellum. Propodeum % as long as scutellum, surface shagreened, strong median carina present, paraspiracular carinae absent; spiracles almost touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster slightly shorter than thorax and propodeum, almost circular in dorsal outline, ovipositor sheaths not quite reaching apex of gaster, ventral surface of gaster flattened at apex. Male: Length 1.8-2.2 mm. Antennal scape only slightly broader than in female, minute anterior carina extending almost from base to apex; funicular segments enlarged near bases and bearing long bristles; pedicel and first funicular segment equal in length, second to fourth funiculars equal in length and each twice as long as pedicel, club 314 times as long as Ten New Reared Species of Tetrastichus 49 pedicel; gaster narrower than in female, shorter than thorax and _ pro- podeum. Type locality: Vienna, Virginia. Type: USNM No. 65995. Described from the type 9, allotype ¢, and 45 9 and 43 ¢ paratypes from Vienna, Va., specimens emerged during December 1941 from galls of Xanthoteras politum (Bassett) on post oak, Quercus stellata. Host relationships: This species probably is a primary parasite of Xan- thoteras politum, a cynipid that makes small oak-apple galls on the leaves of post and chinquapin oaks. Tetrastichus garryana, new species This species agrees with pattersonae Fullaway in having the praescutum completely setose, the hind tibiae yellow, and the body with metallic green coloration. The two species differ in that garryana lacks the prominent, triangular fracture at the dorsal end of the malar furrow, present in patter- sonae, and has funicular segments 1 and 2 equal in length, rather than the first being the longer, as in pattersonae. Female: Length 1.4-1.5 mm. Dark brown to black with faint green metallic luster, surface minutely and closely sculptured, not smooth; antennae tan; coxae, trochanters, and basal areas of femora same color as body, apices of femora, tibiae, and tarsi tan, apices of tibiae sometimes slightly darkened; wings hyaline, venation tan. Antennae inserted slightly dorsal to level of ventral margins of com- pound eyes, apex of scape not reaching anterior ocellus; pedicel as long as first 2 funicular segments, the 3 funiculars equal in length, but becoming progressively slightly broader apically; club as long as funiculus and wider than widest segment; width of malar space as great as height of compound eye, the latter with scattered, coarse, short hair; postocellar line 144 times as long as ocellocular. Praescutum wider than long, with numerous bristles distributed over its entire surface, some bristles contiguous with median furrow; submarginal vein of forewing with 4 or 5 dorsal bristles, marginal vein 31% times as long as stigmal; apex of hindwing blunt; prepectus sha- greened, adjacent areas of mesopleuron almost smooth, metapleural sculp- ture the same as that of prepectus; scutellum somewhat flattened and bearing 2 pairs of bristles; metanotum ¥% as long as scutellum. Propodeum 114 times as long as metanotum, surface sculptured, median carina pres- ent, paraspiraculars absent, spiracles almost touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster subequal in length to thorax and propodeum. Male: Length 1.4-1.5 mm. Antennal scape broadened and bearing a darkened anterior carina in its apical %; funicular segments broadened at bases and bearing long bristles; club 1% times as long as apical 2 funiculars. Type locality: Corvallis, Oregon. Type: USNM No. 65996. Described from the type 9, allotype 6, and 11 @ and 10 ¢ paratypes, Corvallis, Ore., June-July 1953, emerged from twig gall on Quercus garry- ana, W. J. Chamberlin. 50 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Host relationships: This species apparently is a primary parasite of a cynipid gall maker in the twigs of Quercus garryana. Tetrastichus phidippi, new species This species agrees with T. modestus Howard in having the praescutum densely setose with some setae contiguous with the median furrow, the hind tibiae dark, and the male funicular segments semiquadrate and with- out basal enlargements or long bristles; the two differ in that phidippi is larger and metallic blue in color, with the praescutum as wide as long, and marginal vein of the forewing only twice as long as the stigmal, the scutel- lum with 3 pairs of bristles, the propodeum with paraspiracular carinae, and the gaster 114 times as long as the thorax. T. modestus is black, with the praescutum wider than long, the marginal vein 3 times as long as the stigmal, the scutellum with 2 pairs of bristles, the propodeum without paraspiracular carinae, and the gaster as long as the thorax. T. phidippi is, apparently, also related to grioti Blanchard, which parasitizes the eggs of Metepeira labyrinthea (Hentz) in Argentina. Blanchard’s species, known to me only from the description, is black, the median area of the praescu- tum is asetose, and the scutellum has 2 pairs of bristles. Female: Length 2.0-2.5 mm. Dark metallic blue, surface not shining but minutely and closely sculptured; antennal pedicel and flagellum dark brown; apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal 3 segments of each tarsus yellow; wings hyaline, veins slightly darker than membrane. Antennae inserted slightly above level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not quite reaching level of anterior ocellus; pedicel and each funicular segment equal in length, club 214 times as long as pedicel; length of malar space % height of compound eye, postocellar line twice as long as ocellocular. Praescutum as long as wide and bearing numerous bristles irregularly and densely distributed over surface, some bristles con- tiguous with median furrow; submarginal vein of forewing with 5 or 6 dorsal bristles, marginal vein twice as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing blunt, prepectus shagreened, mesopleuron weakly sculptured, almost smooth, metapleuron with surface sculpture slightly less intense than that of prepectus; scutellum bearing 3 pairs of bristles; metanotum relatively long, its median length equal to that of propodeum, and % as long as scutellum. Propodeum sculptured, with strong median and paraspiracular carinae, spiracles almost touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster 114 times as long as thorax, its exposed surfaces sculptured; apices of ovipositor sheaths slightly projecting. Male: Length 1.8-2.0 mm. Antennal scape broadened and with darkened anterior carina extending from near base to apex; funicular seg- ments semiquadrate, not enlarged at bases nor bearing long bristles; club as long as third and fourth funiculars combined. Gaster as long as thorax, apex acuminate. Type locality: Portal, Arizona. Type: USNM No. 66002. Described from 12 2 and 13 ¢ specimens, as follows: Type ¢, Portal, Ten New Reared Species of Tetrastichus 51 Ariz., emerged 20 Jan. 1961 from the eggs of the jumping spider, Phidip- pus opifex (McCook), M. Cazier; allotype ¢, the same, but emerged 22 Jan. 1961; 11 9,12 4 paratypes, the same, but emerged 18 Dec. 1960 to 22 Jan. 1961. There are 7 pupae, in various stages of maturity, associated with the paratypes. Host relationships: This species is a primary parasite of the eggs of the salticid spider Phidippus opifex (McCook). Tetrastichus nordi, new species This species agrees with agrili Crawford in having the malar furrow curved, a deep femoral groove on the pronotum, and the gaster elongate and slender. The two differ in that this species has 3 or 4 dorsal bristles on the submarginal vein of the forewing, the propodeum lacks paraspiracular carinae, and the first funicular segment is as long as the pedicel; in agrili the submarginal vein has only 1 dorsal bristle, the propodeum is strongly sculptured, with paraspiracular and oblique carinae, and the first funicular is longer than the pedicel. Female: Length 2.2-2.5 mm. Dark, iridescent blue or blue-green, surface faintly sculptured, subshining; antennal scape tan, darkened dorsally, pedicel brown at base, yellow at apex, flagellum brown; wings hyaline, veins white; apices of femora and middle and hind tibiae, and basal 3 segments of middle and hind tarsi, white; entire fore tibia and basal 3 segments of fore tarsus, and basal %4 of middle and hind tibiae tan; apical segment of each tarsus brown; hind tibia usually with a vague, sub-basal and median brown annulus, these annuli also sometimes visible on fore and middle tibiae. Antennae inserted at level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not quite reaching level of anterior ocellus; funicular segments equal in length, each as long as pedicel, and twice as long as wide, club twice as long as pedicel; malar furrow curved, width of malar space % as great as height of eye; ocellar area with scattered, umbilicate punctures, ocelli partly enclosed by a suture, this suture interrupted behind lateral ocelli; ocellocular line 4% as long as postocellar. Pronotum laterally with deep femoral groove; praescutum as long as wide, bearing 1 row consisting of 4 or 5 bristles at each lateral margin; submarginal vein of forewing with 3 or 4 dorsal bristles, marginal vein 3 times as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing blunt; prepectus and mesepisternum faintly sculptured, mesepi- meron smooth, metapleuron and metacoxa slightly more strongly sculp- tured than prepectus; scutellum with 2 pairs of bristles, metanotum ¥% as long as scutellum. Propodeum as long as metanotum, surface lightly sculp- tured, median carina only present; spiracle large, as long as median carina, and almost touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster 2 to 214 times as long as thorax and propodeum, slender and produced at apex in an acumi- nate point. Male: Length 1.5-1.8 mm. Antennal scape white, pedicel and funicu- lus yellow, club brown; pale areas at apices of femora broader than in fe- male, brown annulations of tibiae faint or wanting. Scape broad, bearing 52 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington darkened anterior carina on subapical % of its length; funicular segments not basally enlarged and lacking long bristles; pedicel and funicular seg- ments 2—4 equal in length, first funicular slightly shorter, club twice as long as fourth funicular segment; width of malar space %4 as great as height of eye; gaster slightly longer than thorax and propodeum, apex acuminate. Type locality: Iron River Township, Iron Co., Michigan. Type: USNM No. 65997. Described from 86 and 23 ¢ specimens, as follows: Type @, allotype 6, and 27 2,15 4 paratypes from Iron River Twp., Iron River Co., Mich., 15 May 1961, emerged from pupal chamber of Agrilus sp. in the trunk of Populus tremuloides seedling, J. C. Nord; 41 9,2 ¢ paratypes, same data, but emerged 30 July 1961; 17 2,5 4 paratypes, same data, but emerged 31 July 1961. Each of the 3 lots of parasites emerged from 1 pupal chamber of the host. Host relationships: This species probably is a primary parasite of Agrilus sp. in Populus tremuloides seedlings; larvae, presumably those of nordi, have been found inside both larvae and pupae of the Agrilus. Tetrastichus barbarae, new species This species agrees with dolosus Gahan and coerulescens Ashmead in having more than 2 rows of bristles at each lateral margin of the praescu- tum, with the meson bare, in having the stigmal vein % as long as the marginal, and in lacking paraspiracular carinae on the propodeum. It differs from both those species in having the compound eyes hairy, the antennal club short, and the scutellum subflattened and almost smooth, rather than strongly arched and sculptured. Female: Length 1.5-1.8 mm. Brown, with metallic blue luster; anten- nae tan; wings hyaline, veins tan; apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal tarsal segments tan. Antennae inserted at level of ventral margins of compound eyes, scape not reaching anterior ocellus; pedicel long, % as long as scape, funicular segments equal in length, each 5% as long as pedicel, subquadrate in form, as wide as long, club twice as long as a funicular segment; width of malar space % as great as height of compound eye, the latter conspicuously hairy at 50 magnification; ocellocular line 1% as long as postocellar; vertex strongly sculptured and bearing numerous, short, bristly hairs. Pronotum bristly on dorsum; praescutum as wide as long, bearing 3 or 4 rows of bristles on each side, asetose on meson; submarginal vein of forewing bear- ing 2 dorsal bristles, marginal vein twice as long as stigmal, apex of hind- wing blunt; prepectus, mesopleuron, metapleuron, and metacoxa uniformly and faintly sculptured, almost smooth; scutellum subflattened, surface al- most smooth, bearing 2 pairs of bristles; metanotum smooth, ¥ as long as scutellum. Propodeum % as long as scutellum, surface faintly sculptured, median carina broad and smooth, paraspiraculars absent, spiracle separated by a space 1% as great as its length from anterior propodeal margin; gaster 1% times as long as thorax and propodeum, apex acuminate, apices of ovipositor sheaths conspicuously bristly and slightly protruding. re Ten New Reared Species of Tetrastichus 53 Male: Length 1.0-1.2 mm. Antennal scape inflated, anterior carina extending over apical 4% of its length; funicular segments equal in length, each slightly shorter than pedicel, subquadrate, not enlarged basally nor bearing long bristles, club 2% times as long as a funicular segment; gaster as long as thorax and propodeum. Type locality: Ashland, Oregon. Type: USNM No. 66004. Described from 7 2 and 2 ¢ specimens, as follows: Type 9, allotype 6, and 3 9 and 1 ¢ paratypes, Ashland, Ore., reared 1 Aug. 1914 from cones of Abies concolor infested by the olethreutid moth Barbara colfaxi- ana (Kearfott), F. P. Keen (Hopkins U. S. No. 12529-d.); 3 @ paratypes, Colestin, Ore., reared 18 July 1914 from cones of Abies concolor, J. M. Miller e¢ al. (Hopkins U. S. No. 12538-c2). Host relationships: This species probably is a secondary parasite of Barbara colfaxiana, as the types were reared out along with Elachertus glacialis Ashmead, which is a primary parasite. The other species of Tetrastichus that are most closely related to barbarae are secondary para- sites. Tetrastichus byersi, new species This species agrees with paracholus Burks in having 1 dorsal bristle on the submarginal vein of the forewing, paraspiracular carinae on the propodeum, the apex of the hindwing blunt, and the antennal scape and tibiae yellow. The two species differ in that byersi lacks metallic coloration, the pedicel is entirely yellow, the mesopleuron has an anteromedian smooth area, and the gaster is subequal in length to the thorax and pro- podeum. T. paracholus has brassy metallic coloration, the pedicel is brown at the base, the entire mesopleuron is sculptured, and the gaster is longer than the thorax and propodeum. Female: Length 1.3-1.8 mm. Shining, dark brown, without metallic sheen; antennal scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum tan; apices of femora, tibiae, and basal 3 segments of each tarsus yellow, apical tarsal segment tan; wings hyaline, veins faint yellow; hair of body and appendages long and bristly. Antennae inserted at level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not quite reaching level of anterior ocellus; all funicular segments equal in length, twice as long as wide, pedicel slightly shorter than a funic- ular segment, club 134 times as long as 1 funicular; width of malar space % as great as height of compound eye, malar furrow curved; eyes with dense, relatively long, bristly hair; lateral ocellus large, its long diameter ¥% as great as length of postocellar line, ocellocular line %4 as long as posto- cellar. Praescutum wider than long, bearing 1 row of bristles at each lateral margin; submarginal vein of forewing bearing 1 dorsal bristle, marginal vein 2% times as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing blunt; pre- pectus and metapleuron lightly shagreened, anteromedian area of meso- pleuron shagreened, mesopleuron otherwise smooth; scutellum arched and bearing 2 pairs of bristles; metanotum flat, smooth, 44 as long as scutellum. 54 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Propodeum ¥% as long as scutellum, surface shagreened, median and para- spiracular carinae present, spiracle separated by a space as great as its length from anterior propodeal margin; gaster subequal in length to thorax and propodeum; apices of ovipositor sheaths just reaching apex of gaster. Male: Length1.5mm. Antennal scape broadened and bearing anterior carina in middle half of its length; first funicular segment 4 as long as pedicel, 3 following funicular segments each as long as pedicel and twice as long as wide, not enlarged basally nor bearing long bristles, club twice as long as apical funicular segment; gaster shorter than thorax and propo- deum. Type locality: Ann Arbor, Michigan. Type: USNM No. 65998. Described from 7 2 and 1 ¢@ specimens, as follows: Type @ and 1 @ paratype, Ann Arbor, Mich., 23-25 June 1952, reared from the pupa of Dolichopeza walleyi ( Alexander), G. W. Byers; allotype ¢ and 5 92 para- types, Turkey Run State Park, Ind., 20-21 June 1953, reared from the pupa of Dolichopeza americana Needham, G. W. Byers. Host relationships: This species is a primary parasite of tipulid flies of the genus Dolichopeza. The parasites emerge from the pupae of their hosts, but at present it is not known in which stage of the host the eggs are deposited. Tetrastichus psyllaephagus, new species This species agrees with malacosomae Girault in having the propodeum extremely short, so that the gaster appears to be broadly joined to the propodeum, the head and body have a metallic iridescence, the gaster is twice as long as the thorax and propodeum, and the anterior and middle tibiae are yellow, with the hind tibiae usually shaded with brown. They differ in that psyllaephagus has brassy or green iridescent coloration, the first and second funicular segments are equal in length, the width of the malar space is 74 the height of the compound eye, and the submarginal vein of the forewing has 4 or 5 dorsal bristles; malacosomae is metallic blue or blue-green, the first funicular is shorter than the second, the malar space is % the eye height, and the submarginal vein bears 2 dorsal bristles. Female: Length 1.5-1.8 mm. Black, with faint metallic green or brassy iridescence visible on head and body; antennal scape tan, shaded with dark brown dorsally, pedicel and flagellum brown; wings hyaline, with tan veins; apices of femora, tibiae, and basal tarsal segments yellow; hind tibiae often shaded with brown. Antennae inserted at level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not reaching anterior ocellus; pedicel % as long as a funicular segment, all segments of funiculus equal in length, club twice as long as pedicel; width of malar space % as great as height of compound eye; ocel- locular line % as long as postocellar. Praescutum as long as wide and bear- ing 1 row of bristles at each lateral margin; prepectus and metapleuron sculptured, mesopleuron smooth; submarginal vein of forewing bearing 4 or 5 dorsal bristles, marginal vein 3 times as long as stigmal, apex of hind- Ten New Reared Species of Tetrastichus 55 wing blunt; scutellum arched, 5 times as long as propodeum, and bearing 2 pairs of bristles; metanotum flattened medially. Propodeum extremely short at meson, only % as long as metanotum, surface faintly sculptured, paraspiracular carinae absent, spiracles touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster twice as long as thorax and propodeum; apices of ovipositor sheaths slightly protruding. Male: Length 1.2-1.5 mm. Antennal scape black, broadened apically, with anterior carina on apical 4%; funicular segments enlarged basally and bearing long bristles; hind tibiae seldom lacking subapical darkening; gaster as long as thorax and propodeum. Type locality: Two miles NE of Portal, Arizona. Type: USNM No. 65999. Described from the type 2, allotype ¢, and 90 2 and 110 ¢ paratypes from 2 miles NE of Portal, Ariz., 6-26 Nov. 1960, reared from nymphs of Trioza collaris Crawford on Baccharis glutinosa, M. Cazier. Host relationships: This species is a primary parasite of the nymphs of the psyllid Trioza collaris Crawford. Tetrastichus auplopus, new species This species agrees with johnsoni Ashmead in having the ovipositor sheaths barely reaching the apex of the gaster, the propodeum possessing paraspiracular carinae, the praescutum bearing 1 row, consisting of only 3 or 4 bristles, at each lateral margin, and the submarginal vein of the forewing bearing 1 dorsal bristle. The two species differ in that auplopus is metallic blue, the apex of the hindwing is acute, the scutellum bears 3 pairs of bristles, and the width of the malar space is % as great as the height of the compound eye; johnsoni is nonmetallic in color, the apex of the hindwing is blunt, the scutellum bears 2 pairs of bristles, and the malar space is 4 the eye height. Female: Length 0.8-1.0 mm. Metallic blue, surface strongly sculp- tured, not shining; antennal scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum brown; wings hyaline, veins yellow; basal half of each femur shaded with brown, legs distad of coxae otherwise yellow. Antennae inserted slightly below level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape not reaching anterior ocellus; pedicel and first funic- ular segment equal in length, all three funiculars equal in length but becoming progressively slightly broader apically, club 2% times as long as a funicular segment; width of malar space % as great as height of compound eye; ocellocular line % as long as postocellar. Praescutum wider than long and bearing 1 row composed of only 3 bristles at each lateral margin; prepectus, metapleuron, and posterior coxa shagreened, mesopleuron smooth posteriorly, anteriorly sculptured, but less strongly so than prepectus; submarginal vein of forewing bearing 1 dorsal bristle, marginal vein 3 times as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing acute, fringe at posterior margin 1% as wide as wing at hamuli; scutellum arched and bearing 3 pairs of bristles; scutellum 4 times as long as metano- tum and twice as long as propodeum; metanotum flat, sculptured. Pro- 56 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington podeum shagreened, median and paraspiracular carinae present, and short, oblique carinae extending anteriorly from posterior margin; spiracle sepa- rated by a space as great as its diameter from anterior propodeal margin; gaster slightly shorter than thorax and propodeum, apex of gaster blunt, ovipositor sheaths barely reaching apex of gaster. Male: Unknown. Type locality: Vienna, Virginia. Type: USNM No. 66000. Described from the type 2 and 17 @ paratypes from Vienna, Va., reared 10 May 1942 from a mud cell of Auplopus sp., J. C. Birdwell. Host relationships: This parasite emerged from the prepupa of the pepsine pompilid wasp Auplopus; it may be a primary parasite. Tetrastichus milleri, new species Tetrastichus sp. A, Telford, 1961, Canad. Ent., 93: 397. This species agrees with marcoviichi (Crawford) in having faint metal- lic blue luster on the head and body, the marginal vein of the forewing 31% times as long as the stigmal, the spiracles touching the anterior propo- deal margin, and the tibiae mostly brown. The two species differ in that milleri has the width of the malar space % as great as the height of the compound eye, the ocellocular line is % as long as the postocellar line, the submarginal vein of the forewing has 2 dorsal bristles, and the gaster is 114 times as long as the thorax and propodeum; in marcovitchi the malar space is % the eye height, the ocellocular line is 44 as long as the postocel- lar, the submarginal vein bears 4 or 5 dorsal bristles, and the gaster is 1% times as long as the thorax and propodeum. Female: Length 1.1-1.25 mm. Dark brown, with faint metallic blue sheen on head, body, coxae, and femora; antennal scape and pedicel tan, flagellum brown; wings hyaline, veins tan; anterior margin of fore tibia, narrow areas at apices of all femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal tarsal segments tan. Antennae inserted slightly dorsad of level of ventral margins of com- pound eyes, apex of scape reaching ventral margin of anterior ocellus; pedicel and each funicular segment equal in length, funiculars twice as long as wide, club slightly longer than apical 2 funicular segments; width of malar space % as great as height of compound eye; at 100 magnifica- tion, eyes with a few, short, scattered hairs; ocellocular line % as long as postocellar. Praescutum wider than long, with 1 row of bristles at each lateral margin; prepectus faintly sculptured, adjacent areas of mesopleuron smooth, surface sculpture of metapleuron similar to that of prepectus; submarginal vein of forewing with 2 dorsal bristles, marginal vein 31% times as long as stigmal; apex of hindwing blunt; scutellum arched and bearing 2 pairs of bristles, both located posterior to middle; metanotum in- flated, ¥% as long as scutellum. Propodeum % as long as scutellum, surface smooth, median carina only present, spiracles touching anterior propodeal margin; gaster 114 times as long as thorax and propodeum, apex acuminate, ovipositor sheaths slightly protruded. ae Ten New Reared Species of Tetrastichus 57 Male: Unknown. Type locality: Yosemite National Park, California. Type: USNM No. 66001. Described from the type 2 and 5 @2 paratypes, from Forsythe Pass or Porcupine Flat, Yosemite National Park, Calif., June—Aug. 1937, reared from Evagora milleri (Busck) material, J. S. Yuill, Hopkins U. S. No. 32255-Q. Host relationships: This species is a secondary parasite of Recurvaria milleri (Busck), a gelechiid needle miner on lodgepole pine. Tetrastichus megachilidis, new species This species agrees with T. holbeini Girault in having the body elongate and slender with the gaster twice as long as the thorax, in having the an- tennae inserted below the level of the ventral margins of the compound eyes, the eyes noticeably hairy at 50 magnification, and the hind tibiae entirely light yellow or white. The two differ in that megachilidis is me- tallic blue, the first and second funicular segments are equal in length and each is 1% times as long as wide, and the marginal vein of the forewing is 2% times as long as the stigmal. In holbeini, the head and body are black with metallic green iridescence, the first funicular segment is longer than the second and twice as long as wide, and the marginal vein is 344 times as long as the stigmal. : Female: Length 1.6-2.5 mm. Metallic blue, with surface not smooth, but minutely and closely reticulated; antennal scape tan, shaded with dark brown at apex, pedicel dark brown with apex tan; flagellum dark brown; wing veins, fore tarsus, and apical segment of middle and hind tarsus tan; trochanters, apices of femora, tibiae, and basal 3 segments of middle and hind tarsus yellow or white. Antennae inserted slightly below level of ventral margins of compound eyes, apex of scape reaching level of anterior ocellus; pedicel and each funicular segment equal in length, club twice as long as a funicular seg- ment; length of malar space 44 as great as height of compound eye; head, except for scrobes and occiput, clothed with numerous, short, closely set, bristly hairs, eyes hairy, under 50 magnification; length of ocellocular line twice as great as diameter of lateral ocellus and % as great as length of postocellar line. Pronotum dorsally hairy; praescutum wider than long and with 3 rows of bristles at each lateral margin; prepectus and met- apleuron lightly sculptured, mesopleuron faintly sculptured, almost smooth; submarginal vein of forewing with 3 or 4 dorsal bristles; marginal vein thickened and 2% times as long as stigmal, apex of hindwing blunt; scutellum flattened, longitudinal grooves distinct but shallow, two pairs of bristles present; metanotum smooth and slightly inflated medially, sculptured and depressed laterally. Propodeum faintly sculptured, al- most smooth, weak median and paraspiracular carinae present; propo- deum ¥% as long as scutellum; spiracle separated by a space equal to its length from anterior propodeal margin; gaster twice as long as tho- 58 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington rax; gaster narrower than propodeum at base, gradually widening to its greatest width at posterior margin of fourth tergum, constricting poste- riorly to acuminate termination of seventh tergum, posterior end of seventh tergum produced so as partially to envelop the slightly pro- truding ovipositor, extension of seventh tergum beyond cerci less than 4 dorsal length of entire tergum. Male: Length 1.5-2.0 mm. Antennae tan, legs mostly yellow or white, only hind femora extensively darkened. Antennal scape slightly inflated, darkened anterior carina extending from near base to apex; pedicel and first funicular segment equal in length and each slightly shorter than second funicular segment, all segments of funiculus subquadrate, not enlarged at bases nor bearing long bristles. Gaster 44 longer than thorax, acuminate at apex. Type locality: Granite Reef Dam, Maricopa Co., Arizona. Type: USNM No. 66003. Described from 918 @ and 217 ¢ specimens, as follows: Type 9, allotype ¢, and 34 9, 20 4 paratypes, Granite Reef Dam, Maricopa Co., Ariz., reared 16 June 1961 from cells of Megachile gentilis Cresson, K. V. Krombein; 710 2, 177 ¢ paratypes, same data, but emerged 18-22 May 1961; 173 2, 19 ¢ paratypes, Scottsdale, Ariz., emerged 16 June 1961 from cells of Megachile gentilis, K. V. Krombein. An additional large number of specimens from Granite Reef Dam are on hand, but are not included in the type series. Additional specimens, also not included in the type series, are from Pompano Beach, Fla., Oct. 1961, reared from the nests of Megachile (Melanosarus) xylocopoides Sm., K. V. Krombein. Host relationships: This species has been reared from resting larvae or prepupae of the solitary bee Megachile (Litomegachile) gentilis Cresson, as well as from the nests of Megachile (Melanosarus) xylocopoides Smith. All the specimens were reared from trap nests. For a discussion of these nests, see Krombein, 1956 (Yearbook Amer. Phil. Soc., 1955: 138-40). T4 06723 Vol. 76, pp. 59-64 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CATFISH, CORYDORAS PASTAZENSIS (CALLICHTHYIDAE) FROM ECUADOR By STANLEY H. WEITZMAN Department of Anatomy, School of Medicine, Stanford University, California New species of the catfish genus Corydoras continue to make their appearance almost every year. Undescribed specimens from eastern Ecuador were sent to me for identification by Leonard P. Schultz of the U. S. National Museum. They belong to the long-snouted group of Corydoras (see Weitzman, 1961: 109) and appear most closely related to Corydoras treitlii Stein- dachner (1906). However, they differ in color pattern and cer- tain proportions from this and any other known species. I am indebted to Dr. Schultz for the loan of the specimens of this species; to Prof. George S. Myers of Stanford University, W. I. Follett of the California Academy of Sciences, and Dr. Paul Kahsbauer of the Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, for the loan of specimens for comparative examination. Corydoras pastazensis, new species (Fig. 1) Holotype: U.S. National Museum 177216, 49.1 mm in standard length, collected during January 1954 by Ramon Olalla at Chicherata near the mouth of the Rio Bobonaza, a tributary of the Rio Pastaza, itself a trib- utary of the Rio Maranon, Pastaza Province, Ecuador, about 2° 33’ S lat- itude and 76° 40’ W longitude. Paratypes: USNM 164464, three specimens collected 19 January 1954 by Ramon Olalla near the mouth of Rio Bobonaza, Napo-Pastaza settle- ment, Ecuador. Diagnosis: Corydoras pastazensis may be distinguished from all known species of Corydoras by the following combination of characters. Least interorbital width 37 to almost 42% of snout length, least depth of the caudal peduncle 14.4 to 15% of the standard length, predorsal length about 78 to 80% of the postdorsal length, least caudal peduncle depth about 65 to 69% of the snout length, and caudal fin barred. Description: All proportions and percentages are based on standard 7—Proc. Brox. Soc. WaAsxH., Vou. 76, 1963 (59) 60 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Sa holotype USNM 177216. Standard length 49.1 mm. Sis, Corydoras pastazen INsET: Ventral view of left pectoral Fic. 1. spine. fin A New Catfish from Ecuador 61 TABLE 1.—Measurements in millimeters of specimens of Corydoras pastazensis PARATYPES, USNM 164464 MEASUREMENTS eae usnM 177216 B | Cc Standard! lengthy 2000 2 bo 49.1 49.6 50.6 60.7 ede allen mths! 2590) bet Ses ees 16.7 16.3 16.3 20.0 SHOU bene thy 2 tes Ve ee ne 11.0 10.9 11.2 13.7 Least width of bony interorbital _. 4.6 42, 4.6 5.1 Greatest diameter of bony orbit _ 4.5 4.3 4.6 Bil Greatest width of suborbital 0.8 0.9 1.0 17 Length of fontanel 6.1 6.2 5.9 6.5 Length of predorsal scale __._._. 3.3 3.3 3.4 4.1 Greatest width of head 9.7 10.4 11.5 14.6 Snout tip to dorsal fin origin 24.6 24.3 25.0 31.0 Snout tip to adipose fin origin ____. 40.9 41.3 42.4 51.7 Snout tip to anal fin origin 39.3 38.9 41.1 48.2 Snout tip to anterior edge of anus 26.1 DT2. 27.0 31.5 Greatest body depth = VAS 18.2 18.6 22.5 Least depth of caudal peduncle _ 7.3 eprlie whe 9.0 Distance between coracoids 5.0 53 Dell 6.3 Length of dorsal spine __..._______- 11.2 11.9 12.6 14.4 Length of pectoral spine 10.9 12.0 11.8 133 Length of adipose spine _.._____ A 4.9 4.6 4.9 Postdorsalifin length 22) 31.0 31.1 31.4 39.0 Rose headvlength 35.1 34.6 35.3 43.7 Caudal peduncle length CH ee 6.7 9.3 length. Data for the holotype are given first, followed by data for para- types in brackets. Specimens are listed as follows: Specimen A has a standard length of 49.6, specimen B 50.6, and specimen C 60.7 mm. Standard length of the holotype is 49.1 mm. Body fairly deep, greatest depth 2.7(36.4%) [A, 2.7(36.8%); B, 2.7(36.8%); C, 2.7(37.1%)]. Least depth of caudal peduncle 6.7 (14.9%) [A, 6.6(15.1%); B, 6.9 (14.4%); C, 6.7(14.8%)]. Dorsal fin origin nearer to snout tip than to caudal fin base (see Fig. 1). Distance between snout tip and dorsal fin origin 2.0(50.1%) [A, 2.0(49.0%); B, 2.0(49.5%); C, 2.0(51.1%)]. Distance between snout tip and anus 1.9(53.2%) [A, 1.8(54.8%); B, 1.9 (53.4%); C, 1.9 (51.9%)]. Anal fin origin to snout tip 1.3(80.0%) [A, 1.3(78.4% ); B, 1.2(81.2%); C, 1.3(79.3%)]. Lateral scutes 24/21 in all specimens. Abdomen and thorax covered with fine posteriorly pointing, bony prickles in all specimens. Bony plates on abdomen and thorax absent. Azygous mid-dorsal scutes 4 [A, 6; B, 5; C, 4] before adipose fin and one before dorsal fin in all specimens. Pectoral fin base incompletely sur- 62 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington rounded by coracoid. Area between coracoids 9.8(10.2%) [A, 9.4 (10.7% ); B, 9.9( 10.1%); C, 9.6(10.4%)]. Head length 2.9(34.0%) [A, 3.0(32.9%); B, 3.1(32.2%); C, 3.0(33.0%)]; its greatest width 1.7 (58.1%) [A, 1.6(63.8% ); B, 1.4(70.6%); C, 1.4(73.0%)] in its length. Least width of bony interorbital 3.6 (27.6%) [A, 3.9(25.8%); B, 3.5 (27.2%); C, 3.9(25.5%)] in head length. Snout acute in dorsal view, snout tip well rounded; its length 1.5(65.9%) [A, 1.5(66.9%); B, 1.5 (68.8% ); C, 1.5(68.5% )] in head length. Dorsal profile of snout concave in all specimens. When directed posteriorly rictal barbels reach a point directly on a vertical with the posterior margin of the eye. Greatest diam- eter of orbit 3.7(27.0%) [A, 3.8(26.4% ); B, 3.5(27.2% ); C, 3.9( 25.5%) ] in head length. Greatest width of suborbital 5.6(17.8% ) [A, 4.8 (21.0%); B, 4.6(21.8% ); C, 3.0(33.3% )] in orbit. Dorsal fin I, 7 in all specimens, last fin ray split to its base. Neither depressed spine nor first soft ray of dorsal fin reaches adipose fin spine. Adipose fin spine 1.0(104.4%) [A, 0.9(114.0%); B, 1.0( 100.0% ); C, 1.0 (96.0% )] in orbit. Anal fin I, 5 in all specimens, last fin ray split to its base. Pectoral fin I, 10 in all but specimen C which had I, 11. Pelvic fin rays i, 5 in all specimens. Caudal fin with principal rays 7/7 in all spec- imens. Pectoral fin spine (Fig. 1) has 17 [A, 16; B, 18; C, 20] prominent, mostly recurved spinules along its posterior border. Color: The holotype has the following color in alcohol. The overall body color is a pale yellowish brown. The anterior part of the head (that portion exclusive of the opercula) is a grayish brown. In life the belly may have been white as it is in many species of Corydoras; however, in the preserved specimens it is a pale brown. A rather indistinct brown ver- tical bar occurs below the dorsal fin in all specimens. Posterior to this band the body is irregularly spotted with moderate sized blotches. The caudal fin has a series of 7 to 9 narrow vertical dark bars (7 in the holo- type) in the upper lobe, usually one or two less in the lower lobe. Color in life is unknown. Discussion: Corydoras pastazensis appears definitely related to long- snouted Corydoras such as Corydoras acutus (Cope, 1872), treitlii Stein- dashner (1906), spilurus Norman (1926), septentrionalis Gosline (1940), ellisae Gosline (1940), fowleri Bohlke (1950), and concolor Weitzman (1961). Corydoras pastazensis is very similar to treitlii in body shape and proportions, interorbital width and snout length. On the basis of least inter- orbital width in snout length, pastazensis keys to treitlii in Gosline’s key (1940: 13). Of the species described subsequent to Gosline (1940), only fowleri has the least interorbital width less than 50% of the snout length. The least interorbital width is 37.2 to 41.8% of the snout length in pastazensis, 46% in the unique type of fowleri, and 37.8 to 44.0% in two type specimens of treitlii at hand. These two specimens, from Steindach- ners original series, plus the single known specimen of fowleri will be treated more fully in another paper. Both treitlii and fowleri have similar color patterns and these patterns A New Catfish from Ecuador 63 are very different from that of pastazensis. The upper body scutes are dark brown to black in treitlii and fowleri and these two species lack a barred caudal fin. Corydoras fowleri is quite different from pastazensis in several respects. For example, the least depth of the caudal peduncle is 14.4 to 15.1% of the standard length in pastazensis while it is 10% in fowleri. The bony orbit is 25.5 to 27.8% of the head length in pastazensis while it is 22.8% in fowleri. In fowleri the predorsal length is about 67% of the postdorsal length while in pastazensis this percentage varies from 78.1 to 80.0%. In body pro- portions both pastazensis and treitlii are very similar, almost all proportions being within the same range. However, the least caudal peduncle depth in specimens of treitlii is 57 to 62% of the snout length while in pastazensis it is 65.2 to 68.8%. LITERATURE CITED Bohlke, James E. 1950. A new catfish of the genus Corydoras from the Peruvian Amazon. The Fish Culturist, Philadelphia, 30 (4): 26-27. Cope, Edward Drinker. 1872. On the fishes of the Ambyiacu River. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 24: 250-294, Pls. 1-16. Gosline, William A. 1940. A revision of the neotropical catfishes of the family Callichthyidae. Stanford Ichth. Bull., 2 (1): 1-29. Norman, John R. 1926. Description of nine new fresh-water fishes from French Guiana and Brazil. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, 8: 91-97. Steindachner, Franz. 1906. Ueber zwei neue Corydoras-Arten aus dem Parnahyba- und Parahim-fliisse im Staate Piauhy. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 43 (27): 477-482. Weitzman, Stanley H. 1961. A new catfish, Corydoras concolor (Cal- lichthyidae) from Venezuela. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 74: 105-110. 64 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington a i A hh Ry ‘AW | Nats Vue i. - HL wi iA ci i ORL: hy. i 14a y rh. . u ‘ ire ’ i ‘ vat eal oes ay @ aatameers Oey ] . } | . i ‘ia , on te ; bet | lea Ve rere 1 : ri’ \ o ' it « tH, O697F Vol. 76, pp. 65-68 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON EVIDENCE AGAINST THE EXISTENCE OF CROCODILES IN VIRGINIA AND MARYLAND DURING THE PLEISTOCENE By Nem D. RicHMonD Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. In 1917, Peterson reported finding a large crocodile tooth as- sociated with the remains of a mastodon in a Pleistocene deposit found at Saltville in western Virginia. Later Gidley (1920) re- ported finding a single crocodile or alligator tooth in the ma- terial from the Cumberland Cave in western Maryland where it was associated with a temperate to boreal fauna. These two teeth have had a remarkable effect on interpreta- tions of eastern Pleistocene events. Any author attempting to discuss the faunal association of these deposits has had to either postulate some involved theory to account for the presence of crocodiles in a predominantly boreal fauna or to dismiss the whole assemblage as being such an obvious mixture of different periods that it could not be considered a unit fauna. To dismiss the collection as a hopeless mixture of different periods still leaves the problem posed by the presence of crocodiles in the mountains of western Virginia and Maryland at any time during the Pleistocene. The known changes in climate could not have produced in these mountains the habitats required by crocodil- ians. In addition to a warm, relatively stable climate, they re- quire large bodies of water and/or extensive swamps and there is no evidence that either ever existed in the mountains of Vir- ginia and Maryland during the Pleistocene. Since the presence of crocodiles in the Appalachian moun- tains associated with Pleistocene mammals poses so many prob- lems, it seems timely to review the evidence on which these rec- ords are based. In each case the evidence consists of a single tooth. With the discussion of each of these teeth an effort has been made to list every reference in which they are mentioned. 8—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (65) 66 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Museum No.: Carnegie Museum 3958. Locality: Virginia, Smyth Co., Saltville. References: Peterson, 1917 (Fig. 3); Hay, 1923; Nicholas, 1954. This specimen is 95 mm long and 32 mm in diameter at its widest point. The specimen today is in three pieces. Whether or not it was broken when Peterson and Holland examined it is not known but it seem unlikely that it was since there is no indication of the breaks in the drawing presented by Peterson (1917, Fig. 3). With all three pieces in place it superficially resembles a large peg-like tooth, but the broken portions disclose the object to be composed of a stack of concavo-convex discs each approximately 7 mm thick at the edge. The outer surface is covered with a layer 2-3 mm thick of a whitish hard mineral. It appears to be a fossil invertebrate and most likely an orthoceran cephalopod. In any event, it is not the tooth of a vertebrate animal and it is not of Pleistocene origin. Presumably it had eroded from one of the limestones in the area and was deposited as a component of the gravel in which the Pleistocene mammals were found. Museum No.: U.S. National Museum 8084. Locality: Maryland, Allegany Co., Cumberland Cave, 4 mi NW Cumberland. References: Gidley, 1920; Hay, 1923; Gidley and Gazin, 1938; Nicholas, 1953, 1954; Hibbard, 1958. This tooth is 16 mm long, slightly flattened and slightly curved with a distinct keel on each side. The tooth is hollow with very thin and fragile walls. The absence of a root combined with the very large pulp cavity gives this tooth a distinctly reptilian appearance. However, in details of surface, shape, and thickness it does not agree with either Alligator missis- sipiensis or Crocodylus acutus, the two forms currently living in the south- eastern United States. In shape it is closer to Crocodylus acutus but the crocodile tooth is more nearly round in cross section, the enamel has fine longitudinal striations and, in teeth of similar size, the enamel is thicker and more massive. In fact the very thinness of the enamel and the lack of a dentine layer in the cave specimen suggested an immature tooth of some mammal. Available for comparison was an unerupted canine of a dog. This tooth when dissected from the jaw presented the same “reptilian” appearance—rootless and hollow. It was little more than the enamel cap of the tip of the canine. The specimen from Cumberland Cave was then compared with wolf and bear canines and found to agree in detail with the tip of the canine of a black bear (Ursus americanus). The conclusion is that this specimen is the enamel cap of an unerupted bear canine. This also accounts for the very fragile appearance of the tooth. Bears were numerous in this deposit. As estimated by Gidley and Gazin (1938: 23) no less than 25 individuals were represented by the material recovered. The supposed presence of a crocodile in the Cumberland Cave has cast doubt on the contemporaneity of the animals in this deposit. As Hibbard Evidence Against Pleistocene Crocodiles in Virginia 67 (1958: 9) said, “Some vertebrate collections cannot be considered as a unit fauna; they are assemblages consisting of both glacial and interglacial elements. One such is the well-known Cumberland Cave fauna of Mary- land. . . . the presence of a crocodile or alligator with the remains of a boreal lemming, Synaptomys (Mictomys), indicates the mixture of an interglacial with a glacial fauna.” With the crocodile removed from the list, the Cumberland Cave fauna becomes one of the best known examples of a local Pleistocene fauna in eastern United States. It should be noted here that all of the other reported finds of Pleistocene crocodilians in the eastern United States are from the extreme southeast coastal plain and Florida, well within the present-day range of these animals. Not to be plagued with montane Pleistocene crocodiles should aid both the zoogeographer and the climatologist in their interpretations of the many changes that took place in this area during the Pleistocene. I wish to thank both Dr. Craig C. Black, Carnegie Museum, and Dr. C. Lewis Gazin, U. S. National Museum, for permission to borrow and study the specimens in their care. I also wish to acknowledge the assistance of Dr. J. Kenneth Doutt and Mr. John E. Guilday, Carnegie Museum, for supplying comparative material and suggestions that led to the identifica- tion of the Cumberland Cave tooth. LITERATURE CITED Gidley, J. W. 1920. A Pleistocene cave deposit of Western Maryland. Rept. Smithsonian Inst. for 1918: 281-287. Gidley, J. W. and C. L. Gazin. 1938. The Pleistocene vertebrate fauna from Cumberland Cave, Maryland. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 171: 1-99. Hay, O.P. 1923. The Pleistocene of North America and its vertebrated animals from the states east of the Mississippi River and from the Canadian Provinces east of longitude 95°. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ., No. 322: 1-499. Hibbard, C. W. 1958. Summary of North American Pleistocene mam- malian local faunas. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 43: 3-32. Nicholas, Brother G. 1953. Recent paleontological discoveries from Cumberland Bone Cave. Sci. (Monthly), 76 (5): 301-305. 1954. Pleistocene ecology of Cumberland Bone Cave. Natl. Speleol. Soc., Bull. 16: 29-39. Peterson, O. A. 1917. A fossil-bearing alluvial deposit in Saltville Valley, Virginia. Ann. Carnegie Museum, 11 (19): 469-474. 68 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 4, 0673 Vol. 76, pp. 69-80 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ADDITIONS TO THE LEIOLOPISMID LIZARDS KNOWN FROM THE PHILIPPINES, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES By WALTER C. BROWN AND ANGEL C. ALCALA Menlo College, Menlo Park, California and Natural History Museum, Stanford University, California; Silliman University, Philippine Islands At the time of our review (1956) of the Philippine lizards belonging to the section Leiolopisma of the genus Lygosoma, six species were known to occur in the Philippines. Subspecies were recognized for three of the species: auriculatum (three subspecies ), guadrivitatum (two subspecies), and pulchellum (two subspecies). In the case of L. quadrivitatum, one of the subspecies (infralineolatum) is wholly outside of the Philippine archipelago, occurring in the Celebes and adjacent small islands. Extensive field work by the authors on Zamboanga Peninsula, Mindanao Island, in 1959 adds two more species, one previously undescribed, to the Philippine list; and collections by Professor D. S. Rabor in the mountains of northern Luzon in 1957 indicate the need of recognizing three rather than two subspecies of L. pulchellum. We are deeply grateful to J. C. Battersby of the British Mu- seum (Natural History) who reexamined the types of L. infra- lineolatum and L. subvittatum for us. We are grateful also to Neil Richmond of the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh (here- after designated as C. M.), Robert F. Inger of the Chicago Museum of Natural History (C.M.N.H.), and Alan Leviton of the California Academy of Sciences (C.A.S.) for permitting us to examine pertinent material in the collections of their respec- tive institutions. We also wish to thank Dr. Inger for his sug- gestion that we describe the new subspecies of L. pulchellum. Drawings were prepared by Mr. Walter Zawojski, Stanford Re- 9—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 76, 1963 (69) 70 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington search Institute. This study is a part of the senior author's re- search program on the systematics and ecology of the amphib- ians and reptiles in the tropical forests of the Philippines, supported by National Science Foundation Grant 13085. The field work on Dapitan Peak of the Malindang massif, in Zamboanga Peninsula, revealed the presence of a population of L. q. quadrivitatum and of a second species, similar in many characteristics, including ear covered by scales, but larger in size and differing in some features of the color pattern. The color pattern of the second species reminded us of that described for L. subvittatum by Ginther (1873: 167) and suggested that the status of this species should be reexamined. L. subvittatum was placed by Boulenger (1887: 328), without comment, in the synonymy of L. infralineolatum. Original color descriptions of Ginther are as follows: L. subvittatum: “A broad bluish-white band runs along the middle of the back from the snout, and appears to be continued on the tail; it is bordered on each side by a narrower black band, which becomes indistinct in the posterior half of the trunk. Along the side of the head and neck there is another similar white and black band, the white band proceeding from the supraciliary edge, but this band is lost behind the shoulder. Sides of the body and lower parts whitish, immaculate. Legs with very faint brownish spots.” L. infralineolatum: “Black above, with three golden-yellow longi- tudinal bands, as broad as the black ground-colour between. The middle band commences on the end of the snout, and is continued on the tail; the lateral band commences on the supraciliary edge, and runs along the side of the back to the root of the tail, where it is lost. The entire lower side with fine brown, longitudinal lines running along the meeting edges of the rows of scales. Limbs finely reticulated, and the toes annulated with black.” Careful comparison of a series, including one of the syntypes, of L. q. quadrivitatum and two specimens, including the type of L. q. infralineola- tum (reexamination was made for us by Mr. Battersby ), with the series of the larger species from Mindanao reveals that the dark longitudinal stripes are consistently prominent, relatively unvarying in width, and unbroken for the length of the body in both subspecies of L. quadrivitatum, whereas in the case of the larger species from Mindanao the dark stripes become narrow and fade out (except for one juvenile specimen) on the anterior part of the body (Fig. 1). This is similar to the fading out which is characteristic of L. semperi from eastern Mindanao. The comparison also reveals one more significant difference, other than size and color; namely, the number of middorsal scale rows between the Additions to the Leiolopismid Lizards 7 Fic. 1. Dorsal views of Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) sp. a, L. q. quadrivitatum, snout- vent length 36 mn;; b, L. subvittatum, snout-vent length 52 mm. EEE EE eo ee *(wnyopaponb) uoretndod surddiytyd ey} Woz yOUNSIP sv (wnzpjoauypsfur) worjetndod saqe[ap 24} SUIPIVSL UL IOsUaTNO_ MOT[OF 0} “QGGT Ut sv ‘gnuryuo0o 9A\ ‘saqaleaD WOIF [eIIe}eUL [BUOTpPpe FO AITIGeTIeAL Suipueg “sMox oj¥os Apoqprul ZG WoIfF UOTwIIVA Aue UolUEeU JOU pIp puv saqoajaD WoT suautoads QT pourutexe (91% ‘ L681) resuetnog “(@ :9C6T) BIVOTY pur uMmorg Aq yO poyurod sv ‘aray peyeorpur suoutroads OM} oy} 07 UONTPpe UT 4 ‘adAqUAs soJVOIpUL ¢§ ‘pepnyour st S uouttoads add} oy} SaywoIpUr J, “‘PeArTasqO SBA\ OT|SEeJOBIeYO 94} TOI AS 10F suawiroads FO 1aquinu oY} 9}eOIpUL soloads yove SUIMOT[OF sioquinu sy], ~ Sp = Ss Lo= ad Aq Fo S qasue| L it, L Juin4p)0 - ASS G I I G -auypufur *b “'T iS} ‘ = s & I I I I UUN4OYaL “T Ss oS FI S S S WIN4ADPA = IT POLL € € I Lot @ & vy 6 A 9T v -uponb *b “7 = (Ay = ro} ad] fo iL L L Ss yysueT T T I wnpins *'T aay A-S = = al ih, Pay 6 ed4yjo TTee et I 1 ee a) € G I 8 G WNIDIPAGNS *"T —~ S AcS Si A-S | A-S ae: = aan wu | ZZ TSOSG6I SI LI 9 SI FI | $9 £9 9 19 09 6S 8S LG 9S SG PS ES GS IG 0S GF SF LF OF GP | PSEC GC 1G OC GI SI Seah alice a pee Mis ss S842. © SS) ALIMOLVI aAVITANVI (qui, pury FO o[pprut oF s[ejorred ) SMOW AITVOS SaLOAdS 2 LV AZIS AOL HLF SMOU AIVOS IvySHOddIW AGOACIW ~ a 2 Es 2 ysapeos Aq polaAo0o Surusdo iva oy} Buravy (vwsrdoj012T ) DULOSOBA'T JO SULIOF OTFIORG—O}YISY ATF 1OF yysue] Apoq puv syunoo seos—'T ATA, ie Additions to the Leiolopismid Lizards 73 parietals and the point even with the middle of the hind limbs. In our review of the Philippine species of Leiolopisma (1956) and in other papers dealing with various genera of skinks, this middorsal count has been made between the parietals and the point opposite the vent. In the present paper, since the counts for the types of infralineolatum, subvittatum, and surdum were made between the parietals and the middle of the hind limbs, we have made corresponding counts for those species reported in Table 1. Elsewhere in the present paper, the counts for middorsal scale rows were made as usual, between the parietals and the point opposite the vent. It is interesting to note that the range of middorsal scale rows, based on counts from the parietals to the point opposite the vent for 17 speci- mens of quadrivitatum (Brown and Alcala, 1956), was 48 to 53; while the range for the present series of 25 specimens, based on counts from the parietals to the middle of the hind limb, is 45 to 53. As shown in Table 1, L. q. infralineolatum from Celebes and L. q. quadrivitatum from the Philippines exhibit a range of middorsal scale rows from 45 to 53. Counts for nine of the specimens of the undetermined species from the Philippines exhibited a range in middorsal scale rows from 57 to 64. The type of L. subvittatum has a count of 58 middorsal rows. The count for the types of L. subvittatum and L. infralineolatum was made for us by Mr. Battersby, who also very kindly compared one specimen of our series from Mindanao Island with the type of swbvittatum. He states that the larger size of the Mindanao specimen is the only real difference he can note. Since the type of L. subvittatum is in much closer agreement with the series constituting the sample of the larger species from western Mindanao than with the series of L. gq. quadrivitatum or of L. q. infralineolatum, we revive the name subvittatum from the synonymy of infralineolatum, as available for the larger species from Mindanao. Whether or not the populations of Min- danao and Celebes are subspecifically distinct cannot be determined at this time. The other two known oriental species which share the character, ear covered by scales, are L. relictum from Engano Island and L. surdum from Malay. Dr. Robert F. Inger, who has reexamined the type of L. nitens Peters from Sarawak, Borneo, states (personal communication ) that this specimen also has the ear opening covered by scales, not minute as originally stated by Peters. Inger further states that he believes it to be conspecific with L. quadrivitatum. Pending the availability of a much larger series from the Sarawak area, only four species—surdum, relictum, subviitatum, and quadrivitatum (the latter with two subspecies, quadrivi- tatum and infralineolatum—are recognized and included in Table 1. On the basis of the characters shown, and the assumption that these four spe- cies do comprise a phylogenetic group of related species, it appears that L. subvittatum may have closer affinities with L. surdum than with either of the other species. Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) subvittatum (Ginther ) Cophoscincus subvittatus Ginther, 1873: 167 (original description); holotype in British Museum; Manado. 74 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Material examined: Depitan Peak, Zamboanga Peninsula, Mindanao Island, 11 specimens (Stanford University, 22199-22209 ). Diagnosis: A Leiolopisma of small to medium size, snout-vent length 47 to 56 mm at maturity (9 specimens ); habitus moderately slender, snout not strongly depressed, rounded; its length about 6 to 8% per cent of the snout-vent length; prefrontals separate or barely in contact; four large supraoculars; fourth supralabial beneath the center of the eye; ear covered by scales; nuchals present; midbody scale rows 20-24; fourth toe lamellae 17-21; scale rows between parietals and the point even with the middle of the hind limb 57-64; limbs pentadactyl, moderate in length. Color (in alcohol): Dorsum (adults) rather brownish tan with a lighter dorsolateral stripe, bordered laterally by a darker area which, in some specimens, is in the form of a narrow stripe in the region of the neck and forelimb; a dark brown stripe on either side of the light vertebral area, beginning in the frontoparietal and supraocular region and narrowing and fading out in the region of the forelimbs (Fig. 1, b); upper surface of limbs dusky; toes with dark transverse blotches; venter rather uniformly light. One juvenile, 35 mm snout-vent length, approaches more closely Ginther’s original description of a whitish middorsal stripe. Also in this juvenile, the dorsal and dorsolateral dark stripes continue with only moderate fading to the region of the hind limbs, as is typical of L. quadri- vitatum. Habitat: The 11 specimens of L. subvittatum from Mindanao Island were all found in humus of epiphytic ferns in original forest in the upper dipterocarp and the submontane zones on Dapitan Peak at altitudes of about 3,000 to 4,500 feet. The four specimens of L. quadrivitatum from the same locality were collected at altitudes of 2,400 to 2,500 feet, three from under moss on the trunks of trees and only one from an epiphytic fern. On Negros Island, also quadrivitatum has been taken only at low altitudes, below 2,000 feet, where specimens have been taken from leaf axils of Pandanus trees and sago palm. On Palawan Island, in the area around Thumb Peak and Central Peak, where no other species of Leio- lopisma is presently known, L. quadrivitatum occurs primarily in the aerial fern habitat. Twenty-eight of 31 specimens, collected in dipterocarp forest at altitudes between 200 and 1,500 feet, were found in aerial ferns. The other three were found beneath bark or in tree holes. Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) zamboangensis, new species The unique specimen of this species was collected in the transitional submontane—montane forest zone on the west side of Dapitan Peak, Zamboanga Peninsula, Mindanao Island, by the junior author in April 1959. In the counts for midbody scale rows, middorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail, and subdigital lamellae, as well as in the moder- ate dilation of the basal lamellae, it is in close agreement with a series of Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) semperi Peters (1867: 18) from Mindanao Island. However, it differs markedly from semperi in the shorter, more Additions to the Leiolopismid Lizards 75 A Adhdbs Fic. 2. Lateral (above) and dorsal (below) views of head of Lygosoma sp. a, L. semperi, with eye open; b, L. zamboangensis n. sp., with eye closed; c, L. semperi; d, L. zamboangensis n. sp. 76 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington blunt, less depressed snout, the number of the supralabials anterior to the center of the eye, the shape of the large temporal (Fig. 2), and the color pattern. Holotype: Natural History Museum, Stanford University, No. 22425, a male, collected 24 km southeast of Buena Suerte, New Pinan (about 5,200 feet altitude), on the west side of Dapitan Peak, Mount Malindang massif, Zamboanga Peninsula, Misamis Occidental Province, Mindanao Island, Philippine Islands. Description of type: A small Leiolopisma, snout-vent length 44.5 mm for a mature male; habitus rather slender, snout not much depressed, rela- tively short and bluntly rounded, its length about 8%4 per cent of the snout-vent length; prefrontals separated by the frontal which is in con- tact with the frontorostal; frontorostral slightly broader than long; frontal 1% times as long as the fronto-parietals; interparietal distinct; 4 large supraoculars; nuchals 4—4; postnasal and frenal of about equal length; 6 supralabials, fourth longest and beneath the center of the eye; temporals enlarged; ear opening moderate; tympanum slightly sunk; 24 midbody scale rows; 54 middorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of the tail; 19 lamellae beneath the fourth toe on the right hind foot, the 11 beneath the basal phalanges moderately dilated. Snout-vent length 44.5 mim, axilla to groin 24 mm; snout to forelimb 16 mm; hind limb 17.5 mm; snout 3.75 mm. Color (Kodachrome slide from life and alcohol preservation ): Ground color of dorsal and upper lateral surfaces greenish with a rust-brown ir- idescence along the middorsal region in life; a pair of black or blackish- brown stripes, each stripe about half the width of the vertebral scale rows, beginning on the supraocular and fronto-parietal region and continuing unbroken but with increasingly uneven outer margin onto the anterior part of the body. On the posterior part of the body these dark stripes are broken into a series of blotches which become progressively smaller and more widely separated and dispersed posteriorly (Fig. 3, a). A second black stripe begins on either side of the head in loreal region, passes through the eye and above the ear and undergoes a similar breaking-up and dispersal posterior to the region of the fore-limb. The upper sides of the limbs are spotted with black or blackish-brown blotches; the venter is uniformly light. Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) semperi Peters Lygosoma (Lipinia) semperi Peters, 1867: 18 (original description); holotype probably in Berlin Museum; Mindanao Island, Philippines. At the time (1956) of publication of our previous paper on this group of lizards we had examined only one specimen (C.N.H.M. 22552) from eastern Mindanao Island. We have since examined a series of additional specimens from eastern Mindanao (C. M. 1685, 1687, 1689-92, 1694-95 ) which are in close agreement with the previously examined specimens in both scale counts and color pattern. Another specimen (C.N.H.M. 9651) collected by D. S. Rabor and party at San Isidro, Matuquinas, Samar Is- Additions to the Leiolopismid Lizards ai Fic. 3. Dorsal views of Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) pulchellum. a, L. p. levitoni, snout-vent length 41 mm; Bb, L. p. pulchellum, snout-vent length 43 mm; c, L. p. taylori, snout-vent length 50 mm. land, in May 1957 is tentatively referred to this species. Unfortunately, the specimen is poorly preserved but appears to differ from the Mindanao series primarily in the lighter ground color and the darker and longer dorsolateral stripes which extend to the region of the hind limbs. Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) pulchellum (Gray ) Lipinia pulchella Gray, 1845: 84 (original description); holotype in British Museum; Philippine Islands. In our previous paper (1956) we recognized two subspecies, one from Negros Island and the other from Mindanao, Bohol, Luzon, and Pollillo islands. These were distinguished primarily on differences in the color pattern (Fig. 3) and the number of supraoculars. A recent collection made by D. S. Rabor in the mountains of northern Luzon, although limited to three specimens, reveals the presence of a population in the northern mountains which is more closely related, on the basis of the above characteristics, to the Negros population than it is to the popula- tion in southern Luzon. 78 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Since this population is completely separated from the Negros popu- lation by the Mindanao subspecies, which occupies southern Luzon, we conclude that three subspecies should be recognized. Also we note, at this point, that the populations from southern Luzon and Polillo islands, which are grouped in one subspecies with those from Bohol and Mindanao islands, do exhibit some minor color differences; but in view of the lack of material from the intervening islands of Leyte and Samar, we have chosen to retain these disjunct populations in a single subspecies. The three subspecies of pulchellum which we do recognize may be distinguished by the following key: la. Six large supraoculars, 4 of which are more or less rectangular in shape and much broader than long 2) 1b. Four or 5 large supraoculars, 2 or 3 of which are more or less rec- tangular and much broader than long — pulchellum 2a. A whitish vertebral stripe occupying the mesial third of the ver- tebral rows of scales, marked by occasional encroachments of brown flecks; a series of irregularly shaped brown spots on either side of the vertebral stripe, each spot three or four scales in length and separated from adjacent spots by lighter, brown- flecked areas one to two scales in length (Fig. 3, c) —_ taylori 2b. Light vertebral stripe absent, the area with brown flecks throughout; dorsolateral series of irregularly shaped dark brown spots present, each spot two or three scales in length, separated by light brown areas of about equal length (Fig. 3, a) —_ levitoni Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) pulchellum levitoni, new subspecies* Holotype: Chicago Natural History Museum No. 120953, a male, col- lected by D. S. Rabor and party in May 1957, in the Cordillera Mountains in northern Luzon Island. Paratypes: C.N.H.M. 120954—-55, same locality as the holotype. Diagnosis: A small Leiolopisma, snout-vent length 41 to 44 mm (two specimens); snout sharply pointed; head and snout strongly depressed; midbody scale rows 22—24 (three specimens ); scale rows between parietals and base of tail 53-55 (three specimens ); 6 supraoculars, second through fifth more or less rectangular as in the population from Negros Island; narrow middorsal whitish stripe not present; a longitudinal series of dark brown spots at the outer edges of the two middorsal scale rows. Color: Dorsum light brownish, the result of a dense pattern of small, brown flecks on a light (whitish) background; a dorsolateral series of irregularly shaped dark brown spots present; each spot two or three scales in length and separated by lighter areas of about the same length on the body; spots on the base of the tail somewhat smaller and more widely separated; a dark brown line beginning at the nostril, passing through the eye, above the ear and forelimb, and broken into a series of spots on the *Named for Dr. Alan Leviton who worked extensively on Philippine snakes. Additions to the Leiolopismid Lizards 79 posterior part of the body; upper surface of limbs spotted with brown (Fig. 3, a); venter uniformly light without brown markings. From a zoogeographic standpoint it is interesting to note that only a single species of Lygosoma (Leiolopisma), L. quadrivitatum, is known from north Borneo, as is also true for Palawan Island. Dr. Robert F. Inger (personal communication ) states that L. nitens, from Borneo, the type of which he has examined, is a synonym of L. quadrivitatum. From Celebes only L. subvittatum and L. quadrivitatum infralineolatum are recorded. Thus the Philippine group of eight species appears to be primarily an endemic, relict group or, in part, a group which has evolved in situ. LITERATURE CITED BouLENGER, GeorcE A. 1887. Catalog of lizards in the British Museum. Ed. 2, London, Vol. 3, xii + 575 pp. Brown, WALTER C. AND ANGEL C. AucALA. 1956. A review of the Philip- pine lizards of the genus Lygosoma (Leiolopisma). Occas. Papers, Nat. Hist. Mus., Stanford Univ., No. 3: 1-10. Gray, Jonn E. 1845. Catalog of the specimens of lizards in the collec- tion of the British Museum. London, xviii + 289 pp. GtnTHER, A. 1873. Notes on some reptiles and batrachians obtained by Dr. Adolf Bernhard Meyer in Celebes and Philippine Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873: 165-172. Perers, WILHELM Cart. 1867. Herptologische Notizen. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1867: 13-37. 1871. Uber neve Reptilian aus Ostafrica und Sarawak (Bor- neo ) vorziiglich aus der Sammlung des Hm. Marquis V. Doria zu Gemia. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1871: 566-581. 1872. Ubersicht der von Herren G. Doria und O. Beccari in Sarawack auf Borneo von 1865 bis 1868 Gesammelten Am- phibien. Ann. Mus. Genova, 3: 27-45. Rooy, NELLY bE. 1915. The reptiles of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. I. Lacertilia, Chelonia, Emydosauria. Leiden, xiv + 384 pp. FH OCT Vol. 76, pp. 81-84 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION AND PLUMAGE SEQUENCE OF THE TANAGER HEMITHRAUPIS FLAVICOLLIS IN THE GUIANAS AND ADJACENT BRAZIL By KENNETH C. PARKES AND Puitie S. HUMPHREY! Carnegie Museum and Peabody Museum, Yale University A request by Humphrey for the assistance of Parkes in deter- mining the subspecific identification of a Surinam specimen of the tanager Hemithraupis flavicollis proved to be impossible to fulfill without additional revisionary study. In turn, geographic variation could not be studied properly until we had come to some understanding of the sequence of plumages in this species. Accordingly, pertinent specimens were borrowed through the courtesy of the authorities of the Chicago Natural History Mu- seum and American Museum of Natural History to supplement those available in our own institutions. We are especially obliged to Emmet R. Blake for information and advice as well as for specimens loaned to us. Terminology for plumages and molts is that of Humphrey and Parkes (1959). PLUMAGE SEQUENCE In males of this species, four age classes are apparently separable. The juvenal plumage is greenish yellow, with the typically fluffy feather texture of juvenile passerines. This is succeeded by a second yellow plum- age, brighter in color, acquired by a body molt, the juvenal wing and tail feathers being retained. The juvenal wing is easily recognizable, as it lacks a white speculum but has broad yellow wing-bars and edgings. This second yellow plumage is lost at the first complete molt. Stages of this molt are illustrated by two specimens before us: CM 83293, Obidos, Brazil, 18 January, is just beginning to acquire the yellow rump and has begun wing and tail molt, while CNHM 260731, Kaysergebergte Airstrip, Surinam, 19 December, has completed the wing molt except for the two outermost primaries (which are still sheathed), has completed the tail molt, and has the body molt completed or under way in most tracts. The 1 Present address: United States National Museum. 10—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 76, 1963 (81) 82 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington plumage acquired at this molt resembles the definitive plumage of the male, but is browner or greener (less blackish) above, and has broader yellow edgings to the wing and tail feathers. This difference is illustrated by CM 61913, 4 June, and CM 62526, 17 July, both from French Guiana. The dorsal coloration in this “subdefinitive”’ plumage varies with the degree of blackness of the definitive plumage. In the Carnegie Museum material of the deep, velvety black race centralis, the one younger male, CM 91974, is just noticeably duller black dorsally than the two definitive males, but can be immediately identified by the yellow-edged upper wing coverts. In a duller-backed population like that of the lower Amazon, this “subdefinitive” stage is decidedly brownish above, as illustrated by two AMNH specimens from Faro. Birds of this age also tend to be yel- lower below than definitive males, this again varying with the general “Yyellowness” of the population as manifested in both sexes. The oldest available Surinam bird is a YPM specimen (Kaysergebergte Airstrip, 3 December ), which has almost completed the second (i.e., first complete ) molt, but still has some juvenal rectrices. This male is exceptionally yellow below and, judging from the comparisons of other available plumages, belongs to a rather yellowish population. Since there is no evidence among any specimens we have examined that there is any alternate plumage in the cycle of adult birds, the four successive plumages of males described above may be called juvenal, first basic, second basic, and definitive basic. Plumage sequence in females has not been studied. GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION Blake (1961: 182) was the first to record specimens of this species with accurate data from Surinam. He reported two males from the Kayser- gebergte Airstrip (spelled “Kaisersberg” by Blake). A third male from this same locality was reported by Humphrey and Freund (1962: 10). There is a fourth Surinam specimen in the Chicago Natural History Museum, a male from the Paloemeu Airstrip (for Surinam localities, see map in Humphrey and Freund, op. cit.: 3). Both Blake and Humphrey and Freund listed their specimens as Hemithraupis f. flavicollis, a race for which the type locality is Cayenne. The three specimens from the Kaysergebergte Airstrip, all males, sug- gest the presence here in southwestern Surinam of a very yellowish race, which apparently extends southwest in the Acary Mountains at least to “Boundary Camp,” British Guiana (see map in Blake, 1950: frontispiece). The one female examined (CNHM 120484, “Boundary Camp”) resem- bles females of the undescribed lower Amazon population in having the upper tail coverts and adjacent rump area brighter than the back, but has yellows which are richer (more chrome yellow, less greenish), especially on the under tail coverts. This population almost certainly constitutes a valid subspecies, but formal naming should await the availability of males in definitive plumage. Specimens from lowland British Guiana and the one male from the Geographical Variation and Plumage of the Tanager 83 Paloemeu Airstrip, Tapanahoni River, Surinam, differ so little in color from a good series from French Guiana and, as shown by Blake (1950: 469 ), differ so slightly in size, that they are best placed with flavicollis. It might be considered surprising, as Blake has pointed out to us (in litt.), that birds from Paloemeu Airstrip differ from those of Kaysergebergte, only some 80 miles away. However, there is a major drainage divide between these two localities which influences the respective taxonomic affinities of the two populations of Hemithraupis flavicollis, Kayserge- bergte toward the west and Paloemeu toward the east. Males of this population from lowland British. Guiana differ from French Guiana specimens in color only in having a slight tendency toward the scaly blackish marks below the yellow throat patch typical of several races of this species; this could be interpreted as the beginning of inter- gradation toward aurigularis, the next race to the west, which possesses these marks. We have nothing to add to Blake’s pertinent remarks (1950: 468469 ), which should be consulted, about the validity of the supposed race hellmayri from western British Guiana. Pinto (1944: 534) did not list this species from the lower Amazon region of Brazil, but mentioned in a footnote that the nominate race of the Guianas probably extended into adjacent extreme northern Brazil. He overlooked the record of Griscom and Greenway (1941: 331), who listed the Carnegie Museum specimens from Obidos. The latter authors made no taxonomic comments, nor did they mention that this was the first report of the (supposed ) nominate race from Brazil. Zimmer (1947: 16) listed without comment two males from Faro, just upstream from Obidos, in the American Museum of Natural History. However, as shown by his list of specimens examined, he had only one male of true flavicollis, a trade skin from “Cayenne,” for comparison. The population of the lower Amazon proves to constitute another recog- nizable race, and of these enough material is available to permit formal separation, as follows: Hemithraupis flavicollis obidensis, new subspecies Type: Carnegie Museum No. 83807, adult ¢, Obidos, Para, Brazil, collected 23 February 1921, by S. M. Klages (original No. 26904). Characters: Males in definitive basic plumage differ from flavicollis of French Guiana in being duller, more brownish black above, and in having the yellow of throat, ramp, and under tail coverts less intense. The differ- ence in dorsal coloration is even greater in males in the second basic (“subdefinitive” ) plumage, in which Cayenne males are brownish black, Amazonian males dark brownish olive. Amazonian males in the latter plumage also have more of a pale yellow wash over the white portions of the underparts than do corresponding Cayenne males. Males in the first basic plumage and females are paler and more greenish above and below, with the upper tail coverts and lower rump more contrasting with the back. Range: North bank of the lower Amazon in Brazil; known from Obidos 84 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington and Faro in Para. A single young male from the Rio Manacapuri, Ama- zonas (Carnegie Museum) also appears to belong here. Remarks: There is some noticeable variation in nominate flavicollis even within French Guiana, with the characters best developed in the eastern part of that country (Pied Saut, Oyapock River), where both sexes are darkest in dorsal coloration. Separation of obidensis does not delete nominate flavicollis from the list of Brazilian birds, as the Carnegie Museum has one male (in 2nd basic plumage) from “Upper Arucaua,” in northernmost Para near the French Guiana frontier (on this locality see Todd, 1942: 369). SPECIMENS EXAMINED H. f. flavicollis: FRENCH GUIANA: Pied Saut, Oyapock River, 14; Tamanoir, Mana River, 8. BRAZIL: “Upper Arucaua,” Para, 1. SURI- NAM: Paloemeu Airstrip, Tapanahoni River, 1. BRITISH GUIANA: Rockstone, 1; Potaro Landing, 4; Tumatumari, Potaro River, 1; Caramang River, 2. H. f. obidensis: BRAZIL: Obidos, Para, 10; Faro, Rio “Jamunda’ (= Nhamunda ), Para, 2; Rio Manacapuri, Amazonas, 1. H. f. subsp.: SURINAM: Kaysergebergte Airstrip, 3. BRITISH GUI- ANA: “Boundary Camp,” Acary Mountains, 2. LITERATURE CITED BLAKE, EMMET R. 1950. Birds of the Acary Mountains, Southern British Guiana. Fieldiana: Zoology, 32: 415-474. . 1961. New bird records from Surinam. Ardea, 49: 178-183. Griscom, LupDLow AND JAMES C. GREENWAY, JR. 1941. Birds of lower Amazonia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 88: 81-344. Humpueey, Pumip S. AND RUDOLF FREUND. 1962. Notes on a collection of birds from Surinam. Postilla, No. 60: 11 pp. Humpurey, Pure S. AND KENNETH C. Parkes. 1959. An approach to the study of molts and plumages. Auk, 76: 1-31. Pinto, O. M. 1944. Catalogo das aves do Brasil, part 2. Dept. de Zool., Secretaria da Agric., Indust. e Comércio, Sao Paulo. 700 pp. Topp, W. E. Ciype. 1942. List of the hummingbirds in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. Ann. Carmegie Mus., 29: 271-370. ZIMMER, JOHN T. 1947. Studies of Peruvian birds. No. 51. The genera Chlorothraupis, Creurgops, Eucometis, Trichothraupis, Ne- mosia, Hemithraupis, and Thlypopis, with additional notes on Piranga. Am. Mus. Novitates, No. 1345: 23 pp. ae — FH, 067 F Vol. 76, pp. 85-88 3 April 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOUTH AMERICAN PECCARIES By Pure HERSHKOVITZ Chicago Natural History Museum According to Cabrera (1961: 316), the name for the white- lipped peccary, Tayassu pecari G. Fischer, 1814, is a junior homonym of Sus pecari Link, 1795. The latter, in the opinion of the same authority, is based on a collared peccary described by Buffon in volume 10 of the Histoire Naturelle ... (1763: 21, pls. 3, 4, 13). Consequently, Cabrera replaced Tayassu pecari G. Fischer with Tayassu albirostris Mliger, 1815. Although Cabrera’s judgments in nomenclatorial matters are rarely ques- tioned, his present conclusions appear to be without foundation. First, Tayassu pecari G. Fischer is obviously no homonym of Sus pecari Link. Second, T. pecari G. Fischer and S. pecari Link are actually objective synonyms, both being based on the same white-lipped peccary originally described by Buffon in sup- plementary volume 3 of the Histoire Naturelle ... (1776: 92- 94), as shown below. Fischer (1814: 284-287) erected the genus Tayassu for the two living American species of peccaries, as follows: [p. 284] “68. TAYASSU. [description follows] [p. 285] “Pecari. 1. T[ayassu] corpore nigro, maxilla inferior alba. [synonymy follows] [p. 287] “patira. 2. T[ayassu] corpore nigro, fascia humerali alba. [synonymy follows].” The full synonymy of Tayassu pecari given by Fischer is a composite of white-lipped and collared peccaries. The diagnosis, however, refers spe- cifically to the white-lipped form described in the Sonnini edition of Buffon (1800, 27: 93 [but see p. 101]) as well as the white-lipped peccary, or tagnicati, of Azara (1801: 25). T. patira, also based on the Sonnini edi- tion of Buffon (loc. cit.), is clearly the collared peccary. In his classification of mammals, Link (1795: 104) employed the then current generic name Sus for the known species of suiforms, as follows: 11—Proc. Bio. Soc. WAsH., VoL. 76, 1963 (85) 86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington [p. 104] “Gen. 9 Sus. Schwein [description follows] “Sfus] Scrofa, Porcus “S. Pecari, niger, dorso cystifero, cauda nulla. Ist grosser als die folgende Art. [p. 105] “T [= lapsus for SP] Tajassu, fuscus, dorso cystifero, cauda nulla. “S. Patira, fuscus, litura dorsi alba, dorso cystifero, cauda nulla. “S. africanus... “S. aethiopicus ... “S. Babyrussa .. .” The preceding diagnoses of pecari, tajassu, and patira are quoted in full. No types or bibliographic references are cited by Link but it is implicit from the text that all three names are based on Buffon (1776: 92-94), who describes them as follows (translated from the original French): “M. de La Borde remarks that there are two species of pecari in Cayenne which are quite distinct and which never intermix. The larger has white hair on its chops and a round white spot the size of a crown piece on each side of the jaw. The rest of the body is black and the animal weighs about 100 pounds. The smaller species [i.e., tajassu] has reddish hair and as a rule does not weigh more than 60 pounds. . . . M. de La Borde mentions [p. 94] another species called patira also found in the Gui- anas.... It is the size of the smaller one but differs from it only by having a white line along the spine from neck to tail.” Sus tajassu Link is a variant spelling of S. tajacu Linnaeus, the first name for the collared peccary. S. patira Link applies to the Guianan form of the same species but is preoccupied by Sus patira Kerr (1792: 353) with identical type. As for pecari Link, it is impossible to escape the conclusion that it is the first valid name proposed for the grosser, or white- lipped, peccary. The priority of pecari Link had already been pointed out by first reviser Osgood (1921: 39). The names for South American peccaries recognized by Cabrera (1961: 315) may be summarized as follows: Tayassu G. Fischer; type Tayassu pecari Fischer (= Sus pecari Link), designated by Miller and Rehn (1901, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 30: 12). Tayassu pecari Link, 1795 (white-lipped peccary ) Synonyms: pecari Fischer, 1814, albirostris Iliger, 1815, labiatus Cuvier, 1817, spiradens Goldman, 1912, aequatoris Lonnberg, 1921, beebei Anthony, 1921. Type locality: Cayenne, French Guiana. Tayassu tajacu tajacu Linnaeus, 1758 (Brazilian collared peccary ) Synonyms: tajassu Erxleben, 1777 and tajassu Link, 1795, minor Schinz (not Kerr), 1825, caitetu Liais, 1872, torquatus of authors, not Cuvier. Type locality: Pernambuco, Brazil. Tayassu tajacu patira Kerr, 1792 (Guianan collared peccary ) Synonyms: minor Kerr, 1792, patira Link, 1795, torquatus Cuvier, Nomenclature of South American Peccaries 87 1817 (based on the patira of Buffon), macrocephalus Anthony, 1921. Type locality: Cayenne, French Guiana. Cabrera also recognized T. t. bangsi Goldman, 1917 [= modestus Cab- rera, 1917], niger J. A. Allen, 1913, and torvus Bangs, 1898. Subspecific distinction of these from each other and from patira Kerr is doubtful. LITERATURE CITED Azar, Fevix pE. 1801. Essais sur Vhistoire naturelle des quadrupédes de la province du Paraguay. Paris, 1: xxxvii + 366 pp. BuFFron, GEorGE Louis LECLERC, COMTE DE. 1763. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliére avec la description du cabinet du Roi. Paris, 10: 368 pp., 57 pls. . 1776. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliére, Suppl., 3: 330 + xxi pp., 64 plates. . 1800. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliére. Sonnini ed., 27: 343 pp., pls. 85-104. CasreRA, ANGEL. 1961. Catdlogo de los mamiferos de America del Sur. Mus. argentino Cienc. Nat. “Bernardino Rivadavia,” 4 (2): xxii + 309-732. FiscHer, GorrHELF. 1814. Zoognosia. Tabulis synopticis illustrata. Mos- cow, 3: xxiv + 732 pp. Kerr, Ropert. 1792. The animal kingdom or zoological system of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus. Edinburgh, xii-+ 400 pp., illus. Link, D. H. F. 1795. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte. Rostock und Leipzig, 2: 126 pp. Oscoop, WiLFRED H. 1921. Notes on nomenclature of South American mammals. J. Mamm., 2: 39-40. 88 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 89-104 2 August 1963 Y PROCEEDINGS HAY A $74:0673 OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON REVISION OF SOME GENERA OF POLYCHAETE WORMS OF THE FAMILY SPIONIDAE, INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SCOLELEPIS By Maran H. Perrisone! University of New Hampshire In reviewing the Spionidae from the New England region, the genera have proved to be particularly difficult. The char- acters that have been used to distinguish some of them are questionable. The same generic names have sometimes been based on different type species and so used in dissimilar senses. Monographic works on the Spionidae by Mesnil (1896) and Sdderstrém (1920) have added considerably to our knowledge of the group but they are in disagreement on some basic points in regard to generic names. An attempt is made in the present paper to lessen the generic confusion that has prevailed in two groups of spionids: those with branchiae and pointed pros- tomia, and those with branchiae and distinct frontal horns. Among the spionid material examined, a new species of Scolelepis was found among some polychaetes collected in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and sent to me by E. L. Bousfield of the National Museum of Canada. The holotype, four paratypes and seven additional specimens are deposited in the National Museum of Canada; five paratypes and five additional spec- imens are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. This study was carried out for the most part at the U. S. National Museum and aided by grants from the National Sci- ence Foundation (NSF G-4833 and GR-136). The spionid genera with branchiae and with pointed pros- tomia include Scolelepis Blainville (including the subgenus Nerinides Mesnil), Aonides Claparéde, and Dispio Hartman. The prostomia are distinctly pointed, without frontal horns, 1 Present address: United States National Museum. 12—-Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (89) 90 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington and the peristomia surround the prostomia like a hood. The pharynx tends to be eversible as a bulbous proboscis. The eggs usually have thick membranes and membrane vesicles. Devel- opment is predominantly pelagic (Hannerz, 1956). The species of this group are characteristically burrowers and form no def- inite tube. Some of the species have a wide geographic distri- bution. KEY TO THE SPIONID GENERA WITH BRANCHIAE AND WITH POINTED PROSTOMIA 1. Branchiae distinct from dorsal lamellae, on anterior region of body COSTA Ki oman a ts Gent ae EMSS ARES Ne EY aii) ta ais in ee mate Aonides Claparéde 1. Branchiae fused basally to dorsal lamellae, continued to near poste- THOT EME. hand e Peult eta eS eee sin eee te 2 2. Branchiae beginning on setiger 1. Pygidium a simple collar or with Ange Cir RMU eet, es Pe EDR WE TEA BEAM AO Dispio Hartman 2. Branchiae beginning on setiger 2. Pygidium with anal disc or bi- lobed to multilobed appendage (Scolelepis Blainville) _. 3 3. Neuropodial lamellae in middle and posterior regions notched, with smaller lower lobe or “ventral cirrus” 250 Nicos pein SO peer alien LOY Belli beh Se ae Pn ae a Subgenus Scolelepis Blainville 3. Neuropodial lamellae not notched, without “ventral cirrus” BAL eames Ob Neto Rs Sr ark oN Rae Os ase Subgenus Nerinides Mesnil Genus Aonides Claparéde, 1864 Aonides Claparéde, 1864, p. 505. Type species, by monotypy: A. auric- ularis Claparéde, 1864, p. 505 ( = Nerine oxycephala Sars, 1862). Paranerine Czerniavsky, 1881, p. 359. Type species, by monotypy: Nerine oxycephala Sars, 1862, p. 64. Diagnosis: Prostomium acutely conical, spindle-shaped, without frontal horns. Peristomium more or less fused with prostomium. Branchiae beginning on setiger 2, confined to anterior region of body, not fused to dorsal lamellae. Hooded hooks in both notopodia and neuropodia in posterior region; hooks bidentate and tridentate. Pygidium with anal cirri. Eggs with thick membranes and membrane vesicles. Development entirely pelagic and lecithotrophic (Hannerz, 1956). KrY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS AONIDES 1. Hooded hooks tridentate. Branchiae 10-11 pairs. Ireland. WM Sea PRES y ENUM SAMA EEO me 2 1k A LEIS A. paucibranchiata Southern, 1914 Hooded. hooks: bidentate: 0 sh 0 ees 2 2. Branchiae 20-30 pairs. Norway and Mediterranean. Pits aN VNR WR Hes A a ee Dee RE OR Me oe EO A. oxycephala (Sars, 1862) 2. Branchiae 13-14 pairs. West coast of Mexico. HOSMER US ALS Rove AM er) NT Seine A. californiensis Rioja, 1947 — Worms of the Family Spionidae 91 Aonides diverapoda Hoagland, 1920, from the Philippine Islands, belongs to the Trochochaetidae ( = Disomidae), not to the Spionidae. The type specimen (USNM 18961) is in poor condition and the original description is incomplete. It is here referred to the genus Trochochaeta. See Pettibone (in press) for revision of the Trochochaetidae. Genus Dispio Hartman, 1951, emended Dispio Hartman, 1951, p. 86. Type species, by monotypy: D. uncinata Hartman, 1951, p. 87. Diagnosis: Prostomium fusiform, without frontal horns, with nuchal ridge extending posteriorly. Peristomium enclosing prostomium like a hood. Branchiae beginning on first setiger, not confined to anterior region of body, fused basally to dorsal lamellae. With (in type) or without digitiform accessory branchiae on posterior part of notopodia in middle and posterior regions. With neuropodial hooks. Without notopodial hooks. Hooks hooded, entire. Pygidium a simple collar or with anal cirri. The following four species are here referred to the genus Dispio: D. uncinata Hartman, 1951. Gulf of Mexico. D. remanei Friedrich, 1956. Central America. D. schusterae Friedrich, 1956. Central America. D. magna (Day, 1955). South Africa. D. remanei and D. schusterae are incompletely described. Day’s species was originally described as Spio magnus. It is similar to D. uncinata. No mention is made of the accessory branchiae characteristic of that species, but those structures are transparent and easily overlooked. Genus Scolelepis Blainville, 1828, emended Scolelepis Blainville, 1828, p. 492. Type species, by monotypy: Lum- bricus squamatus Miiller, 1806, p. 39 (cited erroneously as Scolelepis squamosa). Aonis Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833, p. 400. Type species, by mon- otypy: A. foliosa Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833, p. 402. Invalid junior homonym of Aonis Savigny, 1820, p. 45. Nerine Johnston, 1838, p. 68. Type species, selected by Quatrefages, 1843, p. 9: N. coniocephala Johnston, 1838, p. 70 ( = Aonis foliosa Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833). See remarks on page 98. Pseudomalacoceros Czerniavsky, 1881, p. 361. Type species, by mono- typy: Malacoceros longirostris Quatrefages, 1843, p. 13 ( = Lum- bricus squamatus Miller, 1806). Nerinides Mesnil, 1896, p. 152. Type species, by original designation: Nerine longirostris Saint-Joseph, 1894, p. 74 ( = Nerinides cantabra Rioja, 1918). Invalid junior homonym of Malacoceros longirostris Quatrefages, 1843, p. 13. Scolecolepis Michaelsen, 1897, p. 45. Erroneous spelling of Scolelepis Blainville, 1828, p. 492. Not Malmgren, 1867, p. 90. 92 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Pseudonerine Augener, 1926, p. 159. Type, by monotypy: P. antipoda Augener, 1926, p. 159. Invalid junior homonym of Pseudonerine Czerniavsky, 1881, p. 361. Diagnosis: Prostomium pointed anteriorly, without frontal horns, with cephalic ridge and pointed tip posteriorly. Peristomium enlarged, sur- rounding prostomium like a hood. Proboscis massive. Branchiae begin- ning on setiger 2, continued to near posterior end, more or less completely fused to notopodial lamellae, at least in anterior region. Ventral lamellae deeply cleft in posterior part, with distinct upper and lower lobes, with hooks and setae between, the lower lobe appearing as a “ventral cirrus” (in subgenus Scolelepis) or ventral lamellae without distinct notch (in subgenus Nerinides). With neuropodial hooks; without notopodial hooks or with few notopodial hooks in far posterior region. Hooks hooded, entire, bidentate to quadridentate. Pygidium with oval disc or multi- lobed membranous appendage, without anal cirri. Eggs with thick retic- ulated shells and membrane vesicles. Development entirely pelagic and predominantly planktotrophic (Hannerz, 1956). Burrowing species, forming vertical burrows, without definite tubes. According to the revision herein, the following are referred to Scolelepis (Scolelepis) : 1. S. squamata (Miiller, 1806). Denmark, as Lumbricus squamatus; Mediterranean, as Lumbricus cirratulus Delle Chiaje, 1822; France, as Malacoceros longirostris Quatrefages, 1843; New Jersey, as Nerine agilis Verrill, 1873; Virginia, as Nerine heteropoda Webster, 1879; California, as Spio acuta Treadwell, 1914; South Africa, as Nerine capensis McIntosh, 1925; Texas, Gulf of Mexico, as Nerine minuta Treadwell, 1939; Jamaica, West Indies, as Nerinides goodbodyi Jones, 1962. 2. S. foliosa (Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833). France, as Aonis foliosa; England, as Nerine coniocephala Johnston, 1838; locality?, as Aonis vittata Grube, 1855; Italy, as Nerine sarsiana Claparéde, 1869; California, as Nerine foliosa occidentalis Hartman, 1961. 3. S. bonnieri (Mesnil, 1896). France, as Nerine Bonnieri. Perhaps young of S. foliosa. 4. S. perrieri (Fauvel, 1902). Senegal, West Africa, as Nerine Perrieri. 5. S. lefebvrei (Gravier, 1905). Red Sea, as Nerine Lefebvrei. 6. S. alaskensis (Treadwell, 1914). Alaska, as Scolecolepis alaskensis. Incomplete description, perhaps S. foliosa (Audouin and Milne- Edwards, 1833). 7. S. antipoda (Augener, 1926). New Zealand, as Pseudonerine anti- poda. Incomplete description. 8. S. squamata saipanensis (Hartman, 1954). Saipan, Marianas, as Nerine cirratulus saipanensis. 9. S. oligobranchia (Chlebovitsch, 1959). Kurile Islands, as Nerine oligobranchia. Similar to S. foliosa (Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833)? 10. Wal Worms of the Family Spionidae 93 S. williami (De Silva, 1961). Ceylon, as Nerinides Williami. Near S. squamata (Miiller, 1806). S. kinghtjonesi (De Silva, 1961). Ceylon, as Nerinides Knight-Jonesi. According to the revision herein, the following are referred to Scolelepis ( Nerinides ) : I 2. Gua S. tridentata (Southern, 1914). Ireland, as Nerinides tridentata. S. cantabra (Rioja, 1918). Spain, as Nerinides cantabra; France, as Nerine longirostris Saint-Joseph, 1894; France, as Nerinides st. josephi Jones, 1962. S. papillosa (Okuda, 1937). Korea, as Nerinides papillosus. S. yamaguchii (Imajima, 1959). Japan, as Nerinides yamaguchii. S. arenicola (Hartmann-Schroder, 1959). Central America, as Neri- nides arenicola. Incomplete description. S. gilchristi (Day, 1961). South Africa, as Nerinides gilchristi. S. bousfieldi (see below). Gulf of St. Lawrence. The following species is indeterminable: ils Nerine auriseta Claparéde, 1869. Italy. Key TO SELECTED SPECIES OF SCOLELEPIS Neuropodial lamellae bilobed posteriorly, with neurosetae and hooks between the lobes, the lower lobe (“ventral cirrus”) smaller nee Sa a dS ee en (Subgenus Scolelepis) ..... 2 Neuropodial lamellae not notched, without distinct lower lobe Geventralicinmus |) ene (Subgenus Nerinides) 8 Hooded shookswumidentate, i222) alee 3 Eoodedmnouksmbicentate: satiate MURR IE nr wl ca) mie eins SUN een ee 6 Prostomium with distinct occipital antenna. Branchiae completely united to dorsal lamellae in anterior region, absent in extreme posterior region. Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 58—60, up to 16-20 per lobe. Notopodial hooks beginning on setiger GO=65.about 10) pernlobees) 62s ee S. (S.) foliosa Prostomium without occipital antenna. Branchiae and dorsal la- melaemcistinct distal ys eset wee ese ee 4 Neuropodial hooks beginning about setiger 31. Notopodial hooks perinning, about sctigenip a 22h 2 S. (S.) bonnieri Neuropodial hooks beginning after setiger 35. Notopodial hooks ADSEHEMOL APPALen bys GOi kere se et bee arene ee 5 Neuropodial hooks beginning about setiger 38. Without notopodial [yay ey ey Legh et e221 a itera, iE ye endl Ue Meet S. (S.) lefebvrei Neuropodial hooks beginning about setiger 43. Without notopodial hooks? (posterior end missing ) _....----__---__- S. (S.) knightjonesi First setiger with notosetae —_____________________ S. (S.) squamata Pirstrseucen without notosetae 2) ee ee ee 7 With notopodial hooks in posterior region. Branchiae without VAP Lette ees ee At PA Ed or PN S. (S.) perrieri Without notopodial hooks. Some anterior branchiae terminating in 94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 2=6"clavate> papillae: Be en eee ee S. (S.) williami 8. Without notosetae on first ‘setiger 12 4) See 9 With notosetae on first setiger. Neuropodial hooded hooks tri- dentate and quadridentate. Prostomium with erect occipital AMEN Aik ke ee 11 9. Hooded neuropodial hooks tridentate, beginning on setiger 15-16. Prostomium with erect occipital antenna, with 4 eyes in trans- VCE CATON. 2 eaten SMR NR at er es ee S. (N.) tridentata Hooded neuropodial hooks bidentate _____________________-_ 10 10. Prostomium with erect occipital antenna, without eyes. Neuro- podial hooks beginning on setiger 16. Basal portion of tentacular palps with papillated membranous sheath ______ S. (N.) papillosa Prostomium without erect occipital antenna, with 4 eyes arranged in a square. Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 33—45. Basal portion of tentacular palps without papillated membranous Shea tha cust semaine mela WOU meme ere Ry ees ee S. (N.) cantabra 11. Neuropodial hooks beginning anterior to setiger 19 _..-____ 12 Neuropodial hooks beginning posterior to setiger 19 _._-___ 13 12. Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 13-15 __ S. (N.) bousfieldi Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 17-18 _.. S. (N.) gilchristi 13. Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 20-21 _.. S. (N.) yamaguchii Neuropodial hooks beginning on setiger 25 S. (N.) arenicola Scolelepis (Nerinides) bousfieldi, new species (Figs) 15 2) Nerinides sp. Sanders, 1958, pp. 247, 249, 250. Materials: Southwestern part of Gulf of St. Lawrence, E. L. Bousfield, National Museum of Canada (NMC), 1960—PRINCE EDWARD IS- LAND: New London Bay, mud, muddy sand, detritus, 1.7—2.5 fathoms, 16 July (2, USNM); Bideford Estuary, fine mud, shells, dead eelgrass, 2 fathoms, 21 July (3, USNM; 3, NMC; Malpeque Bay, off Bideford Estuary, mud, dead eelgrass, 4 fathoms, 22 July (1, NMC); Conway Narrows Reserve, mouth of Cascumpeque Bay, sand, eelgrass, shallow flats, 28 July (1, NMC). NEW BRUNSWICK: Richibucto Harbor, below NW arm, sand, stones, shells, 5 fathoms, 2 August (1, NMC), St. Simon, Inlet North Channel, sand, sandy mud, shells, 1.7—-4 fathoms, 5 August (1, NMC), Shediac Island, Channel, sand, shells, 2 fathoms, 14 August (holotype, NMC 1103; 5, USNM; 4, NMC). MASSACHUSETTS: Buzzards Bay, silty clay, 7-10 fathoms, 1955, H. L. Sanders, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (40, USNM; 10, WHOI). Description: Length up to 12 mm, width up to 1.5 mm, segments up to 42. Body widest anteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally, with short seg- ments; posterior region narrower, subcylindrical, with segments longer, moniliform. Prostomium (Fig. 1, A, B) spindle-shaped, tapering anteriorly Worms of the Family Spionidae 95 US Ais Fic. 1. Scolelepis (Nerinides) bousfieldi, new species. A—Dorsal view anterior end, base of right tentacular palp only shown. B—Lateral view anterior end, tentac- ular palps missing. C—Left parapodium from setiger 1, anterior view. D—Same, from setiger 2. E—Same, from setiger 6. to a pointed tip, with cephalic crest on posterior part extending to setiger 2; with erect occipital antenna in middle and 4 eyes on anterior part of cephalic crest (or without eyes; eyes not observed on specimens from Buzzards Bay). Peristomial segment achaetous, enlarged, lateral and ventral to prostomium, surrounding prostomium like a hood. Tentacular palps extending posteriorly as far as setiger 13, thicker at base, with papil- 96 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington lated membrane on lateral part. First setigerous segment (Fig. 1, A-C), with small rounded postsetal notopodial lamellae and larger rounded postsetal neuropodial lamellae, with spreading bundles of notosetae and neurosetae. Branchiae beginning on setiger 2, continuous with dorsal lamellae on setigers 2-13, ciliated on inner border (Fig. 1, D, E). Branchiae and dorsal lamellae distally distinct from about setiger 14; branchiae becoming gradually smaller posteriorly, very small or lacking after setiger 26 (Fig. 2, A, B). Dorsal transverse ciliated bands at level of branchiae, with ad- ditional ciliated band between, making 2 transverse ciliated bands per segment. Ciliated sensory organs between rami. Body divided roughly into 3 regions. Anterior region (setigers 2-13, Fig. 1, D) with notopodial postsetal lamellae continuous with branchiae and with elongate oval postsetal neuropodial lamellae. Notosetae wider basally, tapering to capillary tips. Neurosetae similar to but shorter than notosetae. Middle region (setigers 14 to about 25, Fig. 2, A) with noto- podial lamellae and branchiae distinct distally. Neurosetae replaced by neuropodial hooks beginning on about setiger 14 (13-15), up to 7-15 hooks per row. Neuropodial hooks hooded, tridentate in lateral view (Fig. 2, C), 5-toothed in end view, consisting of one main tooth and 2 smaller upper pairs. Neuropodial lamellae suboval, dorsal to hooks. Large yolky eggs or sperm massed in middle region; body thin-walled, appearing trans- parent, gelatinous. Posterior region (beginning at about setiger 26, Fig. 2, B, D) with branchiae small or lacking and notopodial lamellae elongate, digitiform, posterior to few long notosetae. Neuropodia similar to those of middle region. Pygidium with anus dorsal and with oval anal disc (Fig. 2, D). Remarks: Scolelepis (Nerinides) bousfieldi differs from the species of the typical subgenus in having the neuropodial lamellae entire, not notched. Of the species of the subgenus Nerinides, it most closely re- sembles S. gilchristi (Day) from South Africa and S. yamaguchii (Ima- jima) from Japan. The three species have spindle-shaped prostomia with an erect occipital antenna, basal portion of tentacular palps with papillated sheath (palps were missing in S. gilchristi), with notosetae on first setiger, with branchiae completely fused to notopodial lamellae in anterior region, without notopodial hooks. The hooded hooks are triden- tate in lateral view in S. bousfieldi and S. yamaguchii, quadridentate in S. gilchristi. Pygidium with oval anal disc in S. bousfieldi, with flattened expansion more or less bilobed in S. yamaguchii (posterior end missing in S. gilchristi). The neuropodial hooks in S. bousfieldi begin on setiger 13-15, up to 7-15 per row; in S. gilchristi, they begin on setiger 17-18, up to 10-12 per row; in S. yamaguchii they begin on setiger 20-21, up to 20-30 per row. The posterior notopodia of S. bousfieldi, with elongate cylindrical notopodial lamellae and branchiae lacking, are characteristic. The very large yolky eggs of S. bousfieldi and the gelatinous thin-walled egg-bearing segments of the middle region of the body suggest the possi- Worms of the Family Spionidae 97 Fic. 2. Scolelepis (Nerinides) bousfieldi, new species. A—Right parapodium from middle region (setiger 25), anterior view (one of large yolky eggs in body shown). B—Left parapodium from posterior region (setiger 32), anterior view. C—Hooded neuropodial hook, lateral view. D—Dorsal view posterior end. 98 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington bility of a development similar to that of S. yamaguchii, in which there is formed a gelatinous spawn-mass where early development takes place, as described by Imajima. According to Sanders (1958, as Nerinides sp.), it was one of the dom- inant species of the deposit-feeding infauna; it formed 6.85% of the pop- ulation of a soft-bottom association. The species is named for E. L. Bousfield of the National Museum of Canada. Distribution: Gulf of St. Lawrence (Prince Edward Island, New Bruns- wick), Massachusetts (Buzzards Bay, Woods Hole). In low water to 10 fathoms. Genus Malacoceros Quatrefages, 1843, emended Malacoceros Quatrefages, 1843, p. 8. Type species, by present selection: Spio vulgaris Johnston, 1827, p. 335. See remarks below. Colobranchus Schmarda, 1861, p. 66. Type species, by monotypy: C. tetracerus Schmarda, 1861, p. 66. Uncinia Quatrefages, 1865, p. 439. Type species, by monotypy: Colo- branchus ciliatus Keferstein, 1862, p. 118 ( = Colobranchus tetra- cerus Schmarda, 1861). Scolecolepis Malmgren, 1867, p. 90. Type species (original designation) : Spio vulgaris Johnston, 1827, p. 335. Rhynchospio Hartman, 1936, p. 51. Type species, by monotypy: R. are- nincola Hartman, 1936, p. 51. Remarks: Nerine Johnston, 1838, was proposed for Spio vulgaris John- ston, 1827 and N. coniocephala Johnston, 1838. The latter species was selected as the type of Nerine by Quatrefages, 1843 (p. 9). The former species was referred by Quatrefages to Malacoceros Quatrefages, 1843. Nerine coniocephala Johnston, 1838, was referred to Aonis foliosa Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833, by Malmgren, 1867 (as Nerine foliosa). It follows then that Nerine Johnston, 1838, would fall as a junior synonym of Scolelepis Blainville, 1828 (see page 91). Sdderstrém, 1920, on the other hand, selected Spio vulgaris Johnston, 1827, as the type species of Nerine. However, the earlier selection by Quatrefages, 1843, and by Malmgren, 1867, should be followed. Scolelepis, as used by Mesnil, 1896, and followed by the majority of polychaete workers was used in a different sense from Scolelepis Blainville, 1828. Malacoceros Quatrefages, 1843, was proposed for the following three species: Spio vulgaris Johnston, 1827. M. giardi Quatrefages, 1843 ( = Spio vulgaris Johnston, 1827). M. longirostris Quatrefages, 1843 ( = Lumbricus squamatus Miller, 1806). Diagnosis: Prostomium with distinct frontal horns, with a slightly pro- jecting crest posteriorly. Branchiae beginning on setiger 1 (subgenus Worms of the Family Spionidae 99 Malacoceros ) or setiger 2 (subgenus Rhynchospio ), continuing posteriorly to last few segments; branchiae more or less free from notopodial lamellae. With neuropodial hooks; without notopodial hooks. Hooks hooded, bi- dentate or tridentate. Pygidium with anal cirri. Eggs with thick shells and membrane vesicles. Development largely pelagic and predominantly planktotrophic (Hannerz, 1956). According to the revision herein, the following nine species are referred to Malacoceros ( Malacoceros) : eM. 2. M. 3. M. 4. M. 5. M. 6. M Tig) ule 8. M 9. M vulgaris (Johnston, 1827). England, as Spio? vulgaris; France, as Malacoceros giardi Quatrefages, 1843; France, as Nerine floroeensis Saint-Joseph, 1894. laevicornis (Rathke, 1837). Crimea, Black Sea, as Spio laevi- cornis. tetracerus (Schmarda, 1861). France, as Colobranchus tetra- cerus; France, as Colobranchus ciliatus Keferstein, 1862. fuliginosus (Claparéde, 1869). Italy, as Spio fuliginosus (? = Spio laevicornis Rathke, 1837). gravieri (McIntosh, 1915). England, as Euspio gravieri (? = Colobranchus tetracerus Schmarda, 1861). . vanderhorsti (Augener, 1927). West Indies, as Scolecolepis vanderhorsti. indicus (Fauvel, 1928). Gulf of Manaar, Indian Ocean, as Sco- lelepis indica. . derjugini (Uschakov, 1948). Murman Coast, as Scolelepis der- jugini. . murmanicus (Uschakov, 1948). Murman Coast, as Scolelepis murmanica. According to the revision herein, the following three species may be referred to Malacoceros (Rhynchospio ): 1. M. glutaeus (Ehlers, 1897). Magellan Strait, as Scolecolepis glutaea; 2. M. 3. M. Antarctic, as Scolecolepis cornifera Ehlers, 1913. arenincolus (Hartman, 1936). California, as Rhynchospio are- nincola. arenincolus asiaticus (Chlebovitsch, 1959). Kurile Islands, as Rhynchospio arenicola asiatica. LITERATURE CITED Audouin, Jean Victor and Henri Milne-Edwards. 1833. Classification des Annélides, et description de celles qui habitent les cétes de la France. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, 29: 195-269, 388-412, Pls. 13-18. Augener, Hermann. 1926. Polychaeten von Neuseeland. II. Seden- taria. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Copenhagen, 81: 157- 294, 22 figs. 1927. Polychaeten von Curacao. Bijdragen tot de Dier- kunde, 25: 39-82, 9 figs. 100 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Blainville, Henri de. 1828. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, 57: 368-501. Chlebovitsch, V. V. 1959. Species of polychaete worms from the Kuril Islands, which are new or recorded for the first time in the USSR (Leningrad). Zool. Zhurnal, 38: 167-181. Claparéde, Edouard. 1864. Glanures zootomiques parmi les Annélides de Port-Vendres (Pyrénées Orientales). Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, 17: 463-600, 8 pls. . 1869. Les Annélides chétopodes du Golfe de Naples. Pt. 2. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, 20: 1-225, Pls. 17-31. Czerniavsky, Voldemaro. 1881. Materialia ad zoographiam Ponticam comparatam. Fasc. 3. Vermes. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscow, 56: 338—420, 1 pl. Day, J. H. 1955. The Polychaeta of South Africa. Pt. 3. Sedentary species from Cape shores and estuaries. J. Linn. Soc. London, 42: 407-452, 8 figs. 1961. The polychaet fauna of South Africa. Pt. 6. Seden- tary species dredged off Cape coasts with a few new records from the shore. J. Linn. Soc. London, 44: 463-560, 18 figs. De Silva, P. H. D. H. 1961. Contribution to the knowledge of poly- chaete fauna of Ceylon. Pt. I. Spolia Zeylanica, 29: 164-194, 12 figs. Delle Chiaje, Stefano. 1822. Memorie sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del Regno di Napoli, 114 pls. only. Ehlers, Ernst. 1897. Polychaeten. In Ergebnisse der Hamburger Magalhaensischen Sammelreise 1892-93, 3: 1-148, 9 pls. 1913. Die Polychaeten-Sammlungen. In Deutsche Siid- polar-Expedition, 1901-1903, Zool., 5 (4): 397-598, Pls. 26- 46. Fauvel, Pierre. 1902. Annélides polychétes de la Casamance rapportées par M. Aug. Chevalier. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, sér. 5, 5: 59-105, 55 figs. 1928. Annélides polychétes nouvelles de Indie. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 34: 90-96, 3 figs. Friedrich, Hermann. 1956. Mitteilungen iiber neue und wenig be- kannte Polychaeten aus Mittel- und Siid-amerika. Sencken- bergiana Biol. Frankfurt, 37: 57-68, 7 figs. Gravier, Charles. 1905. Sur les Annélides polychétes de la Mer Rouge (Cirratuliens, Spionidiens, Ariciens). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 11: 42-46. Grube, Adolph-Eduard. 1855. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekann- ter Anneliden. 4th Beitrag. Arch. f. Naturg. Berlin, 21 (1): 81-136, Pls. 3-5. Hannerz, Lennart. 1956. Larval development of the polychaete fam- ilies Spionidae Sars, Disomidae Mesnil, and Poecilochaetidae Worms of the Family Spionidae 101 n. fam. in the Gullmar Fjord (Sweden). Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, 31: 1-204, 57 figs. Hartman, Olga. 1936. New species of Spionidae (Annelida Polychaeta ) from the coast of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 41: 45-52. . 1951. The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., 2 (1): 7-124, 27 pls. . 1954. New species of polychaetous worms from the Mar- ianas and Gilbert Islands. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 44 (7): 227- D322 figs: 1961. Polychaetous annelids from California. Allan Han- cock Pacific Exped., 25: 1-226, Pls. 1-34. Hartmann-Schréder, Gesa. 1959. Zur Okologie der Polychaeten den Mangrove-Estero-Gebietes von E] Salvador. Beitrage zur Neotropischen Fauna, 1 (2): 69-183, 188 figs. Hoagland, Ruth A. 1920. Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States Fisheries steamer “Albatross” during the Phil- ippine Expedition of 1907-1909. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 100 (1): 603-635, Pls. 46-52. Imajima, Minoru. 1959. A description of a new species of the Spionidae (Polychaeta), Nerinides yamaguchii n. sp., with notes on its development. J. Hokkaido Gakugei Univ., 10: 155-159, 3 pls. Johnston, George. 1827. Contributions to the British Fauna. Zool. J. i London, 3: 321-336. 1838. Miscellanea Zoologica. The British Ariciadae. Mag. Zool. Bot. Edinburgh, 2: 63-73, Pls. 2-3. Jones, Meredith L. 1962. On some polychaetous annelids from Ja- maica, the West Indies. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 124: 169-212, 146 figs., Pl. 52. Keferstein, Wilhelm. 1862. Untersuchungen iber niedere Seethiere. VII. Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger Anneliden. Zeits. Wiss. Zool., 12: 93-136, Pls. 8-11. Malmgren, Anders J. 1867. Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergiae, Groen- landiae, Islandiae et Scandinaviae hactenus cognita. Pp. 1- 127, 14 pls. McIntosh, William C. 1915. A monograph of the British marine Anne- lids. Polychaeta, Opheliidae to Ammocharidae, 3: 1-368, Pls. 88-111. 1925. A second contribution to the marine polychaetes of South Africa. Union South Africa Fish. Mar. Biol. Survey, Cape Town, No. 4: 1-93, 10 pls. Mesnil, Felix. 1896. Etudes de morphologie externe chez les Anné- lides. I. Les Spionidiens des cétes de la Manche. Bull. Sci. France Belg., 29: 110-287, Pls. 7-15. Michaelsen, W. 1897. Die Polychaetenfauna der deutschen Meer, einschliesslich der benachbargen und verbindenden Gebiete. 102 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Wiss. Meeres. deutschen Meere, Keil u. Leipzig, N. F., 2 (1): 1-216, 1 pl. Miiller, Otto Friedrich. 1806. Zoologica Danica sev Animalium Daniae et Norvegiae Havniae, 4: 1-46, 160 pls. Okuda, Shiro. 1937. Spioniform polychaetes from Japan. J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ. Zool., ser. 6, 5: 217-254, 27 figs. Pettibone, Marian H. In press. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region. I. Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 227, 83 figs. Quatrefages, Armand de. 1843. Description de quelques espéces nou- velles d’Annélides errantes recueillies sur les cétes de la Manche. Mag. Zool. Paris, ser. 2,5: 1-16, 3 pls. 1865. Histoire naturelle des Annelés marins et d’eau douce. Annélides et Géphyriens. Paris, Libr. Encycl. de Réret, 1: 1-588. Rathke, Heinrich. 1837. Zur Fauna de Krym. Mem. Acad. Nauk SSSR, Leningrad, 3: 291-454, 771-772, 10 pls. Rioja, Enrique. 1918. Adiciones a la Fauna de Anélidos del Cantabrico. Rev. Acad. Cien. Madrid, 17: 54-79, 10 figs. 1947. Estudios Anelidolégicos. XVII. Contribucién al cono- cimiento de los anélidos poliquetos de Baja California y Mar de Cortés. Anal. Inst. Biol. México, 18 (1): 197-224, 25 figs. Saint-Joseph, Baron Antoine de. 1894. Les Annélides polychétes des cotes de Dinard. Pt. 3. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, ser. 7, 17: 1- 395, 13 pls. Sanders, Howard L. 1958. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. I. Ani- mal-sediment relationships. Limn. Oceanogr., 3: 245-258, 5 figs. Sars, Michael. 1862. Om Annelidslaegten Nerine og dans norske Arter. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania (1861): 59-67. Savigny, Jules-César. 1820. Systéme des Annélides, principalement de celles des cétes de !Egypte et de la Syrie. Paris: 1-128. Schmarda, Ludwig K. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853 bis 1857. Leip- zig, 1 (2): 1-164, 22 pls., 100 text figs. Sdderstrém, Adolf. 1920. Studien iiber die Polychaetenfamilie Spio- nidae. Inaug. Diss. Uppsala, 286 pp., 1 pl., 174 text figs. Southern, Rowland. 1914. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. In Clare Island Survey, Pt. 47. Proc. Royal Irish Acad. Dublin, 31: 1-160, 15 pls. Treadwell, Aaron Louis. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collection of the zoological museum of the Univer- sity of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 13: 175-238, Pls. 11-12. . 1939. New polychaetous annelids from New England, Texas and Puerto Rico. Am. Mus. Nov., No. 1023: 1-7, 25 figs. Worms of the Family Spionidae 103 Uschakov, P. V. 1948. On two new species of Scolelepis (Spionidae, Polychaeta) from Murmansk Coast. Trudy Murmansk. Biol. Sta. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1: 284-285. Verrill, Addison Emery. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1871-72: 295-778, 39 pls. Webster, Harrison Edwin. 1879. On the Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginia Coast. Trans. Albany Inst., 9: 202-272, 11 pls. 104 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 105-112 2 August 1963 06% Be 06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SPECIES OF GONATID SQUID FROM THE NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC? By WiLuiaM G. Pearcy AND GILBERT L. Voss Department of Oceanography, Oregon State University and The Marine Laboratory, University of Miami This paper describes a new species of squid, Gonatus anon- ychus, which was collected in oceanic waters of the northeastern Pacific Ocean off the Oregon coast during 1960-62. Gonatus anonychus belongs to the family Gonatidae which is composed of two genera, Gonatus and Gonatopsis. The genus Gonatus includes two other species: G. fabricii ( Lichtenstein, 1818) and G. magister Berry, 1913. The authors are grateful to Bruce Wyatt, Michael Laurs, Ward Renshaw, and to the crew of the R/V Acona for making collections at sea, to William Aron and the University of Wash- ington for the loan of the G. magister, to Shirley Moorhead for preparing the illustrations, and to James McCauley for com- ments on the manuscript. The work of the senior author was supported in part by a grant from the Atomic Energy Commission (AT(45-1)-1726), and that of the junior author by a grant from the National Science Foundation (G-5853), for which they express their appreciation. Ship time was supported by grants from the Office of Naval Research and the National Science Founda- tion. Gonatus anonychus, new species Holotype: Male, in alcohol, mantle length 69.5 mm, from 45°26.8’N, 125°08.1’W, 11 September 1960. USNM 575559. Paratypes: Two males, mantle length 70.0-73.0 mm, and two females, mantle length 61.0-65.0 mm, deposited at The Marine Laboratory, Uni- versity of Miami. (Twenty other specimens are located at the Department of Oceanography, Oregon State University. ) 1 Contribution No. 466 from the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami. 13—Proc. Biou. Soc. WAsH., VoL. 76, 1963 (105) 106 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington view. Ventral f, Ventral view b, Dorsal view. Left tentacular club. a, new species. Gonatus anonychus, 1 Fic. > é d, Nuchal cartilage Funnel cartilage. of gladius. Cc; New Species of Gonatid Squid 107 Description: The mantle (Fig. la,b) is long, loliginiform, cylindrical for two-thirds its length, from the anterior mantle edge to the insertion of the fins; the posterior one-third of the mantle is conical, ending in a blunt point. The maximum mantle width may occur anywhere in front of the fins and is from one-fourth to one-fifth of the dorsal mantle length. There is a small triangular projection on the anterodorsal midline of the mantle margin and a broad ventral emargination beneath the funnel bor- dered laterally by acute projections. The mantle wall is thick, measuring 2.5-3.0 mm. The fins are subterminal, their length about one-third of the mantle length. The breadth of the combined fins is about 1.6—1.9 times their length. The anterior margins are convex with anterior lobes; the poste- rior margins are nearly straight. The funnel extends anteriorly to about the middle of the eye and has rounded margins, a blunt end and a transverse groove on the ventral surface. The funnel organ consists of a dorsal inverted V-shaped member and smaller, slightly angular ventral pads. The funnel-locking apparatus (Fig. lc) consists of a slightly sinuous funnel cartilage which is slightly expanded posteriorly with a broad depression or sulcus on the anterior two-thirds, ending posteriorly as an angular ridge. The nuchal cartilage (Fig. 1d) is expanded at both ends, with a median minimum width only about one-fifth of the total length. The longitudinal crest has a median groove along its entire length. The head is short, somewhat compressed, constricted at the neck and not quite as wide as the anterior edge of the mantle. The funnel groove on the ventral surface of the head is well defined and has a number of longi- tudinal ridges entending anteriorly. There are three nuchal folds on each side of the head, of which the middle one is largest with a small free olfactory lobe. The eyes are large, with variable-sized lid openings which have a distinct sinus on the anterior border between the third and fourth arms. The arms are short, the arm order formula usually 2.4.3.1. The first arms are very short and the others are subequal. The first pair possess a low keel along the full length of each arm; the second pair are smooth; the third arms are flattened and equipped aborally with a broad well-devel- oped swimming keel; the ventral pair are flattened with a broad tentacular sheath along the dorsal edge. There is no hectocotylization in the males. All of the arms possess four rows of suckers. The suckers of the marginal rows are strongly pedicillate and the chitinous rings have generally six flattened, rectangular teeth with blunt tips (Fig. 2b); these large teeth are sometimes bordered laterally by one or two small teeth. The suckers of the inner rows are larger, particularly on the middle portion of the arms. The chitinous rings of the suckers from the basal two-thirds to three- fourths of the inner rows are not differentiated into separate narrow teeth, but consist of distal and proximal chitinous lips (Fig. 2a). A few (less than six) of the inner suckers in the basal portion of the first three pairs 108 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fig. 2. Gonatus anonychus, new species. a, Sucker from basal two-thirds of inner rows of third arms. b, Sucker from outer row of third arms. c, Sucker from tentacular club. d, Sucker from inner row of basal portion of third arm of female. e, Spermatophore. f, Radula. New Species of Gonatid Squid 109 TABLE 1.—Measurements (in mm) of the holotype and selected paratypes of Gonatus anonychus, new species HOLOTYPE PARATYPES SLaNG y LOE le ees eae ee 3 3 9 3 2 Mantle Jenethy 28 69.5 73.0 65.0 70.0 61.0 Mantle width) L220.) 18.0 el 14.8 15.0 15.0 leagnwidthy) i204 er 15.5 14.7 15.0 16.1 14.0 Bir) |r ye¢3 ogee ca Ue 20.7 23.0 21.0 21.0 18.0 LEULa| Shiota hd 0G ees eae cae a 37.0 39.2 36.0 35.0 31.0 JT EEOS | ae ed 20.0 18.0 16.0 20.0 16.0 Legere eA 22.0 22.0 21.0 22.0 19.0 11D) Slee Se Re a 20.5 20.5 20.0 21.0 W7(P LIN PEs ea 91.5 yi 19.8 21.5 20.0 Tentacle length _.__........__. 95.0 31.0 30.0 34.0 26.0 @labmength 222.22 ar. 12.0 159) 14.5 15.0 14.0 of arms of the female are equipped with small, weakly developed hooks on the sucker ring (Fig. 2d). There are no hooks present in the males. The tentacles are only slightly longer than the arms. The clubs (Fig. le) are about one-half the tentacle length, bordered on either side by a protective membrane and with a well-developed dorsal swimming keel dis- tally. The club possesses numerous minute suckers whose chitinous rings bear three or four rectangular teeth distally and a small broad tooth proximally (Fig. 2c). There are no hooks present. The fixing apparatus consists of a series of alternating small suckers and whitish pads which extend along the dorsal margin of the club from the carpal region to about the middle of the hand. The buccal membrane has seven lappets and supports. The radula (Fig. 2f) possesses seven teeth in each transverse row: a tricuspid rhachidian, a bicuspid admedian, and two lateral unicuspid sabre-shaped teeth. The gladius (Fig. 1f) is long and narrow, widest just posterior to the midpoint and tapering with straight sides to a small shallow cone. The maximum width is about one-eighth the length. Measurements of selected specimens are listed in Table 1. A spermatophore is shown in Fig. 2e. Coloration: The general body color is whitish or silvery with scattered reddish-brown chromatophores densest on the dorsal midline of the mantle and the posterodorsal region of the head. Type locality: Collected at 45°26.8’N, 125°08.1’W, near the surface by M. Laurs with a dipnet while nightlighting aboard the R/V Acona, at 0045 on 11 September 1960. Discussion: It was originally thought that these specimens were juve- 110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TABLE 2.—Data on collections of Gonatus anonychus made by the Department of Oceanography, Oregon State University DORSAL MANTLE LENGTH DATE OF COLLECTION LOCATION (am ) 1 July 1960 45°15.0’ N, 126°29.0' W 62, 75, 78 10 July 1960 42°49.5' N, 125°55.5' W 69, 70, 70, 70, Th, 41, 2s 11 September 1960 45°26.8’ N, 125°08.1’ W 69.5 (Holotype) 12 September 1960 44°00.0’ N, 125°15.7' W 72, 1 August 1961 44°50.4' N, 125°09.7' W 72, 15 August 1961 AAC TTEO IN. 25 O15 16. NV 68, 73, 73, (ais 23 August 1961 46°14.5' N, 127°06.0’ W 70 9 January 1962 44°39.1’ N, 127°27.0' W 70 niles of one of the known species of the Gonatidae. However, the presence of fully formed spermatophores lodged in the penis of male specimens and of well-developed nidamental glands in the females indicates that this is not the case. Although the family Gonatidae is in need of revision at the generic level, G. anonychus may be separated from the other species of the genus Gonatus by the following characters. It may be distinguished from G. fabricii by the lack of tentacular club hooks, seven instead of five teeth in each transverse row of the radula, the reduced number of teeth on the sucker margins, and the absence of true hooks on the arms, particularly in the males. In general appearance it resembles G. magister but differs from that species by the presence of only three nuchal folds instead of four, the complete lack of hooks on the arms of mature males, and the presence of only a few small unsheathed hooks on the suckers of all but the ventral arms of the female, the smaller fins in anonychus, and only three or four teeth on the chitinous rings of the club suckers of anonychus compared with 20 teeth on the same rings in magister. The teeth on the suckers of both the tentacles and the arms of G. magister are shown by Berry (1912) and Sasaki (1929) to be acute, whereas those of G. anonychus are truncate. Gonatus fabricii from our collection, while even smaller than G. anon- ychus, have well-developed tentacular hooks. One small specimen of G. magister has been examined (43.0 mm ML), and although its fins are smaller relative to the mantle length than those proportions given by Berry (1912), the hooks on the arms are numerous and large, and the teeth on the sucker margins agree with Berry’s description. Both G. anonychus and G. fabricii occur sympatrically off Oregon, occasionally both species appearing in collections from the same station. G. magister also occurs in the northeastern Pacific (Berry, 1912). Although nightlight collections were made during every season of the year out to 165 miles offshore, most of the G. anonychus were collected New Species of Gonatid Squid VEIL during late summer about 50 miles offshore in the vicinity of the 1000- fathom contour (Table 2). This may be due to the better sea conditions for nightlighting during this season or perhaps may reflect an inshore movement during the summer. The one specimen taken in January was captured the farthest distance from shore, about 145 miles. The name anonychus is taken from the Greek an meaning “without” and onychos meaning “hooks” or “claws,” and refers to the absence of hooks on the arms of the males and only degenerate ones in the females. LITERATURE CITED Berry, S. Stillman. 1912. A review of the cephalopods of western North America. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., 30: 269-336, Pls. 32-54, text figs. 1-18. Sasaki, Madoka. 1929. A monograph of the dibranchiate cephalopods of the Japanese and adjacent waters. J. Coll. Agri. Hokkaido Imper. Univ., 20 (Suppl.): 1-357, 30 pls., 159 text figs. 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 113-120 2 August 1963 574.0675 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW DIPLOPOD GENUS AND SPECIES FROM GEORGIA (POLYDESMIDA: XYSTODESMIDAE)! By Ricuarp L. HOFFMAN Radford College, Radford, Virginia The millipeds of the Piedmont and Coastal Plain of the southeastern United States are as poorly known as those of any comparable area in the world, probably because these regions, so arid and unproductive during the summer months, have only recently been visited during the cooler seasons by a collector interested in obtaining samples of the diplopod fauna. During the years 1958-61, my good friend Leslie Hubricht resided at Savannah and Atlanta, Georgia, and made these two cities the focal points for numerous excursions during which he generously picked up millipeds for me. Since his collections represent a year-round sampling, I am fortunate in having a fairly good representation of Georgia species. It has been possible so far to study only a part of this rich material, chiefly members of the large and diverse family Xystodesmidae, but the existence of an interesting endemic fauna has already been revealed. The most characteristic xystodesmid genera occurring in Georgia are Cleptoria, Dynoria, Dicellarius, Pachydesmus, Cherokia and Stelgipus. Most of these genera are represented by several species and will be treated in revisionary studies now in preparation (synopses of Cherokia and Pachydesmus have already been published ). In addition, there are at hand several unnamed species which do not fit into any of the established genera and which, because of their isolated position, can be put on record singly. The following description accounts for one of these disjunct genera which seems to be endemic to central Georgia. 1 Contribution from a project supported by Grant G-21519 from the National Science Foundation. 14—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (113) 114 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Family Xystodesmidae Cook Lyrranea, new genus Type species: Lyrranea persica, new species. Diagnosis: A genus of large, robust xystodesmids belonging in the general group of Sigmoria, Cleptoria, Dynoria and Stelgipus, with the following diagnostic characters: Head smooth and polished, epicranial suture distinct and with a single row of punctures, but not bifurcate ven- trally. Facial setae reduced, with only 2-2 frontals detectable, aside from the usual clypeal and labral series. Genae convex, with prominent deep, median impressions. Antennae moderate in length, with four small terminal sensory cones. Body above average size for the family, robust, broad, the width/length ratio about 25%. Collum elongated laterally, the ends extending well below level of following paranota. Tergites prominently sculptured, surface of metatergites and posterior part of prozonites vermiculate rugulose. Interzonal constriction not developed across dorsum of seg- ments, the pro- and metatergites essentially isoplanar. Paranota broad, moderately depressed, all of the anterior corners rounded, the posterior corners caudally produced on segments posterior to the 6th, the posterior edges not margined. Ozopores in normal sequence, opening dorsally near the midlength of elongate, slender peritremata. Scapulorae distinct and marginal on most segments. Sterna of metazonites elevated into podosterna, sloping upward from the interzonal suture to form an acute, overlapping rim between the posterior pair of legs, the surface essentially smooth and flat except for being pro- duced into distinct, acute, subcoxal spines. Sides of segments unmodified. Stigmata similar in size, shape and location, the rims only slightly elevated. Sterna of segments 4 and 6 each with a pair of low paramedian processes, sternum of segment 5 with two pairs of subconic tubercules. Coxae and prefemora of legs with acute distal spines. Pretarsi long and bisinuately curved, the upper surface medially carinate. Gonopod aperture large, oval, its posterior and lateral edges elevated into a distinct but low marginal rim. Gonopods short and massive, the coxae subglobose and larger than the telopodites, without coxal apophyses. Prefemora crassate, densely setose, without traces of prefemoral processes. Distal, glabrous, parts of telopodite lamellate, divided into two slender sub- equal branches which basally form a deep concavity. The dorsal branch is the smaller and carries the seminal groove in nearly a straight line from its end down to the base of prefemur. The ventral branch is larger, setose on its ventral surfaces, and presumably functions as a solenophore. Characters of the female sex unknown. Classification: Lyrranea is apparently related most closely to three other local genera occurring in Georgia and South Carolina: Dynoria, Cleptoria and Stelgipus. These groups have the following characteristics in common, and perhaps are worthy of a formal tribal recognition: a New Diplopod Genus 115 Short, stout, massive gonopods. Loss of nearly all of the normal cranial setae. Elongation of the collum laterally. Development of subcoxal sternal spines. Prominent, rugulose tergal texture. SUE on In two of these genera, Cleptoria and Stelgipus, the telopodite of the gonopod terminates simply, there being no traces of branching, or the formation of a distinct solenomerite. In Dynoria, however, the telopodite is distally bifid (in D. medialis) or even trifid (in D. icana; illustrations of these gonopods are planned for early publication ), one of the branches being small, thin, and laminate and carrying the seminal groove. As seen in mesial aspect, this solenomerite branch in either case is the ventral branch, so that the seminal groove must, upon leaving the prefemur, run obliquely distolaterad across the telopodite to gain access to the base of the solenomerite. In Lyrranea, on the other hand, the solenomerite is the dorsal branch of the telopodite, and this entire segment of the gonopod is very much shortened and more massive in appearance. I think there can be no doubt that L. persica is generically distinct from D. icana. Lyrranea persica, new species (Figs. 1-4) Holotype: Adult male, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 2929(2-652), from a wooded hillside, 3 miles west of Fort Valley, Peach County, Georgia; collected 24 April 1960 by Leslie Hubricht. Diagnosis: With the characters of the genus. Easily recognized by the combination of (1) spined sterna, (2) broad collum, (3) vermiculately rugulose tergal texture, and (4) short, massive, bilobed and basally cupu- late gonopods. Description of holotype: Length about 43 mm, greatest width 10.6 mm; width/length ratio about 25 per cent. Paranota only slightly depressed, moderately broad, producing a moderate height/width ratio of 61 per cent at midbody. Body broad, robust, approximately parallel-sided between segments 4 and 15, narrowing abruptly at both ends as indicated by the following width values: Collum 7.8 mm 10th 10.6 mm 2nd 9.5 12th 10.6 4th 10.2 14th 10.5 6th 10.6 16th 9.4 8th 10.6 18th 6.4 Color in life unknown. Preserved specimen (after two years in alcohol) with dorsal surface of prozonites and median area of metatergites dark brown, almost black. Both anterior and posterior corners of paranota, a transverse band on caudal margin of tergites, antennae, legs, and tip 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-4. Lyrranea persica, new species. Fic. 1—Gonopods of male holotype, in situ, anterior or dorsal aspect. Fic. 2—Gonopods of male holotype, in situ, pos- terior or ventral aspect. Fic. 3—Left gonopod, mesial aspect. Fic. 4—Left gono- pod, dorsal aspect. of epiproct yellowish. Ventral and lateral surfaces of segments probably sordid whitish-gray in life. Head capsule normal in appearance, oval, convex, smooth and polished; width across genal apices 5.0 mm. Epicranial suture short, forming a slightly impressed groove with a single row of indistinct punctures, not bifurcate ventrally. Interantennal isthmus broad (1.7 mm) and smooth. Genae not margined laterally, convex, with very prominent median impression, this becoming broader and deeper ventrally. Antennal sockets with distinct marginal rims medially and dorsally. New Diplopod Genus A Facial setae apparently considerably reduced, no trace of the vertigial, interantennal, and subantennal setae can be detected. Frontal 2-2, the outermost seta of each pair located in a slight depression at lower end of the genal region; no genal setae present; clypeal about 10-10; labral about 12-12, the setae of the last two series compound and irregularly placed, as usual. Antennae moderate in length (8.0 mm) and slender, reaching back to middle of paranota of segment 3. Article 1 broadest, short, globose, glabrous except for two macrosetae. Articles 2-6 approximately equal in length (6th slightly shorter than the others) and similar in shape, all moderately clavate distally. Article 7 small, as broad as long, conic- cylindric, apically truncate, its distal edge not inturned between the four small terminal sensory cones. Antennae nearly glabrous proximally, becoming more densely invested distally, each article with a terminal whorl of 3 or 4 macrosetae; article 6 covered with fine, short, procumbent setae. Collum broad, elongate-trapezoidal in outline, both anterior and poste- rior edges tapering about evenly laterad, the lateral ends prolonged ventrad about 1.0 mm beyond paranota of 2nd segment; anterior marginal ridge unusually prominent and elevated, sharply defined up to level of the mandibular-cranial articulation, ventrally setting off lateral ends of collum but not attaining the rear edge, latter slightly emarginate-sinuous just before the end. Tergites of segments 1-4 essentially smooth, those of remaining seg- ments prominently vermiculate-rugose, including posterior strip of the prozonites. Numerous microtubercules, with tiny erect setae, visible on the metatergites, tending to form 3 to 5 irregular transverse rows; usually only the caudalmost row on the paranota are at all distinct. Paranota rather broad, depressed but interrupting slope of mid-dorsum; peritre- mata elongate, slender, distinctly set off from discal surface of paranota, the submarginal depression extending to caudal edge. Ozopores opening dorsally, at about the midlength of each peritreme, with the usual distri- bution. Prozonites and metazonites nearly isoplanar dorsally, separated by a slight depression the anterior edge of which is sharply defined, this interzonal constriction is longitudinally costulate dorsally, the ridges merg- ing into the texture of the metatergites as elongate rugae. Segments 2—4 similar in shape and texture, the paranota broadly over- lapping, depressed, and projecting cephalad, both anterior and posterior corners broadly rounded, scapulorae distinct, submarginal toward the body. Paranota of segment 5 more nearly transverse and less depressed, but otherwise similar to the preceding. Segments 6—14 similar, the paranota essentially transverse, anterior corners broadly rounded, the posterior corners at first rectangular, then progressively produced caudally, the caudal edges remaining straight. Scapulorae distinct, sharply defined on the anterior paranotal arc but becoming submarginal toward the body and exposing front surface of the 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington paranotal base as seen in dorsal aspect. Segments 15-19 decreasing in width gradually, owing to reduction of the paranota, which become more horizontal and caudally produced. Ozopores of these segments retain their original median location, and do not tend to occur more caudally along the peritreme. Paranota of segment 18 form elongate subtriangular lobes which extend caudally as far as tips of paranota of segment 19, the latter small, short, with suboblique inner edges. Texture of caudalmost tergites more pronounced than on anterior segments. Epiproct evenly conical in dorsal aspect, its surface smooth and polished, and with the typical setal arrangement. Paraprocts essentially flat and smooth, a little wrinkled near the ventrolateral corners; the median para- proctal seta set on a small discal tubercule removed from the compressed and elevated mesial rims. Dorsal paraproctal seta set on the broadest part of the rim, near the upper end. Hypoproct a broadly oval, convex plate, its surface smooth and polished, without a distinct median apical projec- tion, the paramedian setiferous tubercules large and extending slightly beyond hyproctal edges. Sides of segments unmodified; caudal edge of each metazonite with a fine but distinct raised rim preceded by a submarginal depression extend- ing from underside of paranota to top of posterior coxal sockets. Inter- zonal constriction becoming broad and distinct down sides, shallow but with anterior edge slightly elevated; surface of the constriction smooth. Stigmata of moderate size, similar in shape on midbody and posterior seg- ments (the anterior stigma larger and more triangular on anterior seg- ments), elongate-oval, with slightly elevated but not flared rims. Both stigmata about equally separated from the adjacent coxal sockets. Sternal areas of metazonites modified as podosterna, the intercoxal space sloping upward from the interzonal suture, the surface smooth and glabrous, wider between anterior pair of legs; produced into prominent acute subcoxal spines at base of posterior pair of legs, the spines connected by the sharp-edged and overhanging posterior margin of the podosterna. Sternum of 4th segment with two small, erect, closely appressed proc- esses; sternum of 5th segment with four distinct subconical tubercules, those of each pair almost in contact medially; sternum of segment 6 with two low indistinct paramedian knobs between the 6th pair of legs, sternum between 7th pair of legs depressed. Legs long, most of femur visible from above when legs are extended laterad. Podomeres in decreasing order of length: 3-2-6—5—4-1, all are only sparingly setose except tarsus which is covered with numerous stout setae particularly near distal end. Coxae with sharp ventral spines; prefemora with the usual acute and slightly curved distal ventral spine. Pretarsi long, bisinuately curved, compressed and ellipsoidal in cross- section, with prominent thin carina on the dorsal side. Prozonite of 7th segment reduced to a very thin, transverse strip by the large (3.8 mm wide) suboval gonopod aperature. Front edge of latter not elevated, caudal edge produced into a narrow elevated flange ex- New Diplopod Genus 119 tending laterally to ends of the aperature; sternal surface between 8th pair of legs depressed and flat. Gonopods large and massive in appearance, the telopodites overlapping in situ (Figs. 1 and 2), distal ends of the coxae exposed. Coxae robust, subpyriform, attached only by thickened membrane, of the form shown in Fig. 3, no coxal apophyses present; two macrosetae on the dorsal side. Telopodites short, not apparently divided into recognizable regions beyond the prefemur; latter short, nearly as broad as long, densely setose on the mesial surfaces, without trace of prefemoral process; distal half of telopo- dite lameilate, nearly glabrous, divided into two terminal branches enclos- ing a deep concavity. The smaller, dorsal branch (?tarsus) carries the seminal groove, distally it is slightly enlarged and finely laciniate; the much larger ventral branch (?tibia) is elongate-lanciform, basally setose, probably it functions as a protective solenophore. Distribution: Central Georgia; so far known only from the type locality. 120 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 121-126 2 August 1963 T1747 +0€G WES i PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CRAWFISH FROM THE HATCHIE RIVER IN MISSISSIPPI AND TENNESSEE (DECAPODA, ASTACIDAE) By Grorce Henry PENN! Department of Zoology, Tulane University, New Orleans The species described here belongs to the Spiculifer group of the genus Procambarus. The first specimen, a female, was col- lected in 1955; subsequent visits to the Hatchie River in 1956 and 1960 added only six additional specimens. The Hatchie originates in northeastern Mississippi and flows roughly in a northwesterly direction across southwestern Tennessee before emptying into the Mississippi River about 30 miles north of Memphis. The timber of most of this area was cut long ago and the land heavily farmed thereafter. As a result of this exploita- tion, soil erosion was serious and most of the streams and small rivers are laden with silt, making conditions unfavorable for many forms of aquatic life. At most of the potential collecting sites no crawfishes were found despite vigorous efforts on the part of two graduate students and myself. At other sites the total yield was sparse to say the least. I am indebted to Messrs. Joe B. Black and Joseph F. Fitzpat- rick, Jr., for their efforts in the field. This investigation was supported by research grants from the National Science Foun- dation (Nos. G-947 and G-2330). Procambarus ablusus, new species? Holotype, male form I; Cephalothorax (Figs. 1, 2) subovate; greatest width of cephalothorax just posterior to midpoint of areola; greatest height of cephalothorax at anterior end of areola. Abdomen narrower than and slightly longer than cephalothorax. Areola broad, nearly four times longer than wide at its narrowest width where there are three punctations. Cephalic portion of cephalo- 1 We regret to report the death of Dr. Penn on 10 May 1963. Ed. 2 ablusus, L. = different. 15—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (121) 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-10. Procambarus ablusus, new species. 1, 2, Dorsal and lateral views of cephalothorax of holotype; 3, Antennal scale of holotype; 4, Chela and carpus of holotype; 5, Hooks on ischiopodites of third and fourth pereiopods of holotype; 6, 7, Mesial and lateral views of first pleopod of morphotype; 8, 9, Mesial and lateral views of first pleopod of morphotype; 10, Annulus ventralis of allotype. Pubescence removed from all structures illustrated; not drawn to same scale. thorax a little more than twice as long as areola; length of areola less than one-third (29%) of total length of cephalothorax. Rostrum with acute lateral spines. Rostrum widest at its base; margins raised, slightly sinuous, and converging anteriorly; no median carina. Ac- umen long; its length about 46 per cent of total length of rostrum. Postorbital ridges well developed, each terminating cephalad in an acute spine. Branchiostegal spine small, acute. Cervical groove inter- rupted laterally; two conspicuous acute spines on each side at point of New Species of Crawfish 123 interruption. Epistome slightly wider than long, terminating in an acute spine anteriorly. Antennules of usual form, with a prominent acute spine on ventral side of basal segment. Antennae reaching beyond tip of telson. Antennal scale (Fig. 3) extending beyond tip of rostrum; lateral margin straight, terminating in an acute spine; lamellar portion of scale flat, fringed with long hairs from base to apex; greatest width of scale just proximal to mid- dle; length about three times greatest width. Cephalic section of telson with two spines in right and one spine in left caudolateral corners. Chela (Fig. 4) ovoid in cross-section, long, and slender; a row of eight tubercles along inner margin of palm; smaller, flat tubercles in four to five irregular longitudinal rows on upper face of palm. Both fingers terminating in short, corneous tips bent toward each other. Occluding portions of fingers curved so they meet when dacty] is flexed; dactyl with four acute tubercles on inner margin and one large rounded tooth on opposable (outer) margin near base; opposable margin of immovable finger with one large rounded tooth proximally, and one conical tooth about one-third of distance from apex. Fingers long; dactyl about 56 per cent of total length of the outer margin of chela. Ischiopodites of first pereiopods each with four spines on inner margin; basipodites without spines. Carpus (Fig. 4) ovoid in cross-section; with two prominent acute tubercles near distal end on inner margin; a few flat tubercles between inner margin and longitudinal groove. Hooks on ischiopodites (Fig. 5) of third and fourth pereiopods; approx- imately equal in size; length of each slightly less than half the width of its ischiopodite. Coxopodites of fourth and fifth pereiopods with caudo- mesial projections; projection of fourth inflated, that on fifth smaller and forming a somewhat oblique cephalomesial-caudolateral ridge. First pleopod (Figs. 6, 7) extending to anterior edge of the coxopodite of the third pereiopod when abdomen is flexed. Pleopods essentially straight; apical parts not bent. Appendage terminating in four distinct parts projecting distally. Mesial process spiculiform, noncorneous, and directed distad. Cephalic process slightly excavate caudally, lying cephalo- laterad of central projection and extending distad. Caudal element con- sisting of three parts: caudal knob noncorneous, prominent, rounded at apex; caudal process corneous, acute, lying between central projection and caudal knob, directed distad; accessory process a thin corneous trans- verse ridge caudad of caudal process. Central projection corneous, rounded and somewhat hooked caudally at distal end, fusion line of its component parts clearly marked. Morphotype male, form II: In most respects similar to the holotype; chelae and hooks on ischiopodites reduced; caudomesial process on fourth coxopodite undeveloped, that on fifth coxopodite pronounced; ischio- podites of first pereiopods with two spines on right, three on left. First pleopods (Figs. 8, 9) reach to anterior edge of coxopodites of fourth 124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington pereiopods when abdomen is flexed; all processes reduced and noncor- neous, but caudal knob remains prominent. Allotype female: Similar to holotype in most respects; chelae reduced; ischiopodites of first pereiopods each with three spines; left side of cephalo- thorax with three lateral spines. Annulus ventralis (Fig. 10) movable, about one and one-half times longer than wide, with anteromedian de- pression delineated laterally by strong ridges that run posteriorly and diverge around a posteriorly placed protuberance; sinus originates in anterior depression near the midline, then proceeds caudodextrad to caudal protuberance, turns sinistrad a short distance, and then caudad to its terminus near caudal margin. Sternum of fourth thoracic segment not produced and nontuberculate. Measurements: Data from the types are given (in mm) in the follow- ing table. HOLOTYPE MORPHOTYPE | ALLOTYPE Cephalothorax: 1 I(a\ofai doy ee ea a Mn ns ae ge 34.0 98.5 39.0 Width ((ereatest;) sean 15.0 12.0 17.0 Herchta(ereatest,) ye 14.0 11.0 16.0 Areola: rey cea c ieee tee oe SLES eamy om oh ae tea 9.8 Wt 10.5 Width (at narrowest point) ____ 25 oS 2.5 Rostrum: Deseo bn foie Pande ADE A a 12.0 11.0 14.0 Wiaiclthiia tases 25 eet eeu 5.0 4.3 6.0 Iengthyotacumensp ssa ep elt 5.0 Antennal scale: [bfssayeqd nppeetiln ee tok WNL es. UNO ie 11.0 10.2 12.0 \Vifo ld rip ince sie le ar ic pce eon) Mra 3 3.6 3.4 4.5 Epistome: ten thpie tated lin eee eae ere 2.0 15s M7) Width tet are ei eee erate 9.4 2.0 D5) First pleopod (males only ): Teenathy, Sie SM. DUIS Ae 9.4 6.4 — Abdomen: Length (to tip of telson) 36.0 30.0 41.0 Right chela: Length of outer margin _____ DAS 12.0 20.0* Kenvthrot dactyl == =e 12.0 ile 10.5 Width of palma en es 6.0 3.3 6.0 Thickness of palm (greatest) __ AT 2.5 45 *Dactyl broken on right chela; measurements for left chela. New Species of Crawfish 125 Type locality: The holotype and morphotype were collected from Hatchie River, 12.1 miles E of Ripley (State hwy. 4), Tippah County, Mississippi, 12 July 1956 by the writer and Joe B. Black. Crawfish asso- ciates included only Orconectes immunis. The allotype was collected from Hatchie River, 1.5 miles NE of Bolivar (State hwy. 18), Hardeman County, Tennessee, 17 September 1955 by Leslie Hubricht. Disposition of types: The holotype, morphotype, and allotype are de- posited in the U.S. National Museum, numbers 108200, 108201, and 108202, respectively. The four paratypes are in the Tulane University col- lection as follows: one é¢ II, tributary to Hatchie River, 3 miles N of Biggersville (U.S. hwy. 45), Alcorn County, Mississippi, 12 July 1956, G. H. Penn and J. B. Black (TU 3463); one ¢ juv. and one @ juv., Hatchie River, 1.5 miles NE of Bolivar, Hardeman County, Tennessee, 8 September 1960, J. F. Fitzpatrick (TU 3641); and, one ¢ juv., tributary to Hatchie River, 2.5 miles N of Biggersville, Alcom County, Mississippi, 8 Septem- ber 1960, J. F. Fitzpatrick (TU 3642). Relationships: This makes the eleventh species to be described in the Spiculifer group of the Blandingi section of Procambarus. Hobbs (1962) recently stated his interpretations of the relationships within the group. On the basis of the structure of the first pleopod of the form I male, P. ablusus appears to be most closely related to P. penni Hobbs, although its closest geographic neighbor is P. vioscai Penn. LITERATURE CITED Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. 1962. Notes on the affinities of the members of the Blandingii section of the crayfish genus Procambarus. Tulane Stud. Zool., 9 (5): 273-293. 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington u oN ny arcs A Toit inate hs jsceondan ¥ q if Ve ; i - j ' "4 i ou sees ieee | en My as) hy ‘y We we a Va vil a) a AM, ww Le ARE isk eukaaah sagt, AN AiAwe sy pohly er a) ‘ ' me ? b io hie ET 7 pry A, OF HAR. LP © mig | vee Lie gh Sy My ay iM . , mit Many ft rr Ae Ay A at ay rues Wi 1 AS hs v x he " 5 a Ay v4 ary ea my b ‘Yi Ce Ave eR SOM HO Ae ri. toh. ue 4 j Ke iN ‘ hl rye. tare WET pus Abin ay | Pa Ca ae LAs Pea Enda ei re bi? i hha te re \ Man eae vy i Bit Mining hgh iy | dl rye wnt Cee i nie Oe ee be Ve MES PNAS Na PL: NR RRR eine gl nie Eek H t We é RE ib j p 1, +H i yg a YA pia nM ; et, a ote , aR a i, wa We yy ait , teh? aye a Ut) Le Ar al ie ay sphere ul bh! arent hb ete!) ta bY AO eS OAT AT ENE ae ey has i aa ber Pac en peas AORN BEC LL yan Cia Ne ie aera Li RB iiive Oi sj iy ey nL Oy) A ie ay 4 wa dy bi Ly ‘! GME erie . ae Me all ee nett SEPA GER, (URIS RPG) Un al ' 4 sly a TEUATS Via uitok Re Mes a My eu hye RMAF) itis i , is bn ees) ce) | PN Ma ONE ie ros ] vere at Lath ay A nee ! ae aay vine tie sibaside i i tidkvey . Whit ath atest Noh Spa eR THI fly Sia ih | rie Oo UEC Cdn MrT) cm ee a aR fa ihe ib eae Apne) Sen a a a ey gt a bsaiciniad iA Wied lian a at iit AL Matty ¥ The, EEE PaRA hails a Sacred), stall area Taye ftv is widdanltate cate NG HMR A UN ieee uf DRencbrw'e nie ny Lapis Pete dy hie Ni Mal, r bt lias i hack oH piss Aannivodyt ep Ay DR Mma id cs! Ps dpb nile abi Heiter hl | | poh qi. MAAS font, Cay ij bay Oey gy e " big sil feo ni eM Ae eon it foal: Ae eae HN AIRY kay ml ish ne, aba ale eerie wy q al. i) wo ey Leia (4 7 ivi ; ai ic eAeaOl cane nants Vie aa ee nek a uh wv ee Th MONON WRC! MLNS | Vol. 76, pp. 127-138 2 August 1963 S7TKI6 73 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON GRASSHOPPERS OF THE TRIBE OMMEXECHINI: A KEY TO GENERA, A NEW ARGENTINE GENUS, AND NOTES ON OTHERS (ORTHOPTERA, ACRIDIDAE ) By AsHLEy B. GurRNEY AND JosE LIEBERMANN Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington; and Instituto de Patalogia Vegetal, Instituto Nacional de Tecnologia Agropecuaria, Buenos Aires In order to compare a new genus with other genera of the Ommexechini, we have prepared a key to the seven genera now included in the tribe. The last previous key, by Bruner (1911: 38), was to the four genera included in the group at that time. In literature, several tribal characters of the Om- mexechini have been confused by different interpretations, and explanations to clarify these interpretations have been given here. Brief notes on the species of each genus are given also, and two new synonymies are indicated, one in Spathalium, the other in Graea. This tribe, recently discussed by Eades (1961) and Dirsh (1961), includes about 32 known species. The species are found in South America, in the area from Colombia to Argentina. Grateful acknowledgments are due James A. G. Rehn and Robert L. Randell, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, for their cooperation in loaning material, and for hospi- tality and technical assistance during our visit to the Academy. David C. Eades of State University College, Oneonta, N. Y., has read the manuscript. Tetrixocephalus, new genus Generic description: General form much like Calcitrena. Head with interocular distance on vertex about equal to width of one eye in dorsal view; eyes of moderate size; lateral carinae bordering fastigium strongly developed; disk of fastigium deeply (male) to moderately (female) sul- 16—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasuH., VoL. 76, 1963 (127) 128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Grasshoppers of the Tribe Ommexechini 129 cate, strongly declivant ventroanteriorly, narrowing to and merging with frontal costa opposite lateral ocelli; frontal costa with transverse carina just dorsad from median ocellus, this carina the maximum anterior devel- opment of a weak projection of costa between antennae when seen in lateral view, shallowly sulcate ventrad from ocellus, flaring toward clypeus; width of head in frontal view across genae much greater than across eyes. Pronotum about two-thirds as long as total width (female), shorter (male); median carina indistinct, represented by irregular rugosities on prozona, a faint line on metazona; indefinite lateral carinae, indicated by rounded boss on prozona (Fig. 5, lc); anterior margin narrowly emargi- nate mesally, remainder weakly sinuate; posterior margin obtuse-angulate (female), broadly and somewhat irregularly rounded (?) (male); lateral lobes moderately flaring, ventral margin entire, somewhat more pro- duced ventrally toward posterior margin; disk with low rugosities of larger size on prozona than metazona; disk and lateral shoulders cut by two transverse sulci, anterior one extending far posterior at median line of disk, principal sulcus moderately and broadly curved posteriorly (female), sulci indistinct on disk (male); prosternum with transverse, ventrally very broadly curved carina, no trace of prosternal spine; mesosternal interspace about 4 times as wide as long, lateral lobes wider than long; metasternal interspace a little narrower than mesosternal one, lateral lobes with mesal margins angular (Fig. 18, mm); tegmina and wings fully developed; front and middle legs moderately slender, unspecialized; hind femur about 4 times as long as wide, simple, upper basal lobe dis- tinctly longer than lower basal lobe so far as main outer faces are con- cerned, but of subequal length regarding basal attachment lobe, genicular lobes unarmed, carinae of femur with sparse short setae arising directly from cuticle (rather than from tubercles as in Calcitrena), Brunner’s organ present; hind tibia slender, a little shorter than femur, with fairly numerous short setae, inner marginal spines 10, outer ones 7 to 9, usually 7, an apical spine on inner margin only, two inner and two outer apical spurs, inner ones much longer and about equal to basal tarsomere; tarsomeres slender, the basal one nearly 3 times length of second; claws simple; arolium very small and narrow. Fics. 1-16. Figs. 1, 4-8, 11-15: Tetrixocephalis willemsei, n. sp. 1, Lateral view of head and pronotum, allotype; 4, Front view of head, same; 5, Dorsal view of head and pronotum, same (lc—lateral carina); 6, Lateral view of pronotum, holotype; 7, Dorsal view of head, same; 8, Dorsal view of pronotum, same; 11, Basal tarsomere, right middle leg, female paratype; 12, Dorsal view of supra-anal plate and associated structures, holotype; 13, Dorsal view of phallic complex, epiphallus removed, holo- type; 14, Dorsal view of epiphallus, holotype; 15, Front view of epiphallus, holotype. Figs. 2, 9, 10: Calcitrena maculosa Eades. 2, Lateral view of head, holotype; 9, Lateral view of pronotum, allotype; 10, Dorsal view of head, holotype. Figs. 3, 16: Ommexecha brunneri Bolivar. 3, Lateral view of head, male from Huadquina, Peru; 16, Lateral view of apical portion of left hind femur, female from Torontoy, Peru. (Parts of copulatory organs: an—ancora; as—aedeagal sclerite; br—bridge; ea— endophallic apodeme; /o—lophus; os—oval sclerite; sll—sclerite of lateral lobe. ) 130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ea) é POP pie rT Eh ere Saran Bri ania oe Grasshoppers of the Tribe Ommexechini 131 Abdomen with tympanum apparently absent; no stridulatory mechanism on hind femur, abdomen, or tegmen; male with last apparent tergum deeply emarginate; supra-anal plate also typical of tribe, with prominent transverse carina; cercus small, unspecialized; subgenital plate blunt, simple; female supra-anal plate with weak transverse carina; subgenital plate obtusely angulate at apex; ovipositor valves short, blunt; cerci minute. Concealed male genitalia described under the species, typical of tribe, comparable to, but differing in details from those of Calcitrena. Type of genus: Tetrixocephalus willemsei, new species. Tetrixocephalus resembles Calcitrena much more than any other genus, and the main differences between the two genera are given in the key. When seen in dorsal view, the frontal costa shows as an anterior projection in advance of the fastigium; the costa does not appear in the male of Cal- citrena unless the head is viewed from a more anterior position, and in the female of Calcitrena the frontal costa in dorsal view is less conspicuous than in Tetrixocephalus. In lateral view, the upper margin of the eyes is considerably above the pronotum in the male of Calcitrena (Fig. 2), but in the male of Tetrixocephalus the upper margin is only moderately above the pronotum (Fig. 1). Differences between females, in this respect, are less decided, but are significant. Direct comparison of the male genitalia of the two type species shows: 1. Lophi of Calcitrena are shorter, with the apices directed mesally more acutely; 2. Endophallic apodemes (Fig. 13. ea) of Tetrixocephalus are more recurved at their anterior ends; 3. Sclerites of lateral lobes (Fig. 13, sll) are proportionately larger in Calcitrena. (See Eades (1961: 169) for figures of Calcitrena. ) The name Tetrixocephalus is chosen because of the superficial resem- blance of the head in frontal view to that of many Tetrigidae. Tetrixocephalus willemsei, new species (Figs. 1, 4-8, 11-15, 18-20, 23, 24) Holotype: Male. Laguna Blanca, Neuquen, Argentina, 1300 meters Figs. 17-24. Fig. 17: Graea horrida (Philippi). Dorsal view of pronotum, male from Argentina. Figs. 18-20, 23, 24: Tetrixocephalus willemsei, n. sp. 18, Ventral view of sternal plates, holotype (mm—mesal margin of lateral lobe); 19, Lateral view of apical portion of abdomen, female paratype; 20, Ventral view of apical portion of abdomen, female paratype (asg—apex of subgenital plate); 23, Lateral view of left hind femur, holotype (ap—attachment portion of lower lobe; /f—lateral face of lateral lobe; ul— upper lobe); 24, Left tegmen, holotype. Fig. 21: Calcitrena maculosa Eades. Ventral view of apical portion of abdomen, allotype. Fic. 22: Parossa bimaculata (Giglio-Tos). Ventral view of steal plates, male from Sapucay, Paraguay. (Fig. 23 drawn by Miss Barbara Hartke of the Entomology Research Division; others by the senior author.) 132 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington elev., March 1959 (M. Gentili). [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 66392. ] General form very small for tribe; broad across posterior part of protho- rax, appendages slender and delicate; tegmen slightly surpassing hind femur, about one-fourth of tegmen length extending posterior to apex of abdomen; no conspicuous vestiture, but sparse short hairs on legs and lower parts of head and pleura. Head with ratio of total width across dorsum of eyes and narrowest dorsal interocular width 3:1; width across eyes in front view compared to width across genae as 20:22; lateral carinae bordering fastigium extend- ing posteriorly slightly more than one-half eye length; occiput with depres- sions behind carinae, otherwise only feebly rugose; carinae irregularly con- stricted just above lateral ocelli; lateral facial carina conspicuous, extending from eye near lateral ocellus to about halfway between antennal base and clypeal suture; genal suture interrupted a short way below eye; (antennae lost); front of head with smooth low rugosities. Pronotum (Fig. 8) with right side shorter than left, apparently due to injury; principal transverse sulcus only broadly indicated on disk, anterior sulcus cutting lateral shoulders and weakly represented on disk; lateral lobe with ventroposterior corner (Fig. 6) with more prominent rounded marginal area than in female (Fig. 1); sternal interspaces and lobes as in Fig. 18; tegmen (Fig. 24) with 7 distinct longitudinal veins at mid-length, several intercalary veins, cross veins numerous; (front legs lost); middle femur 8.5 times as long as wide; middle tibia with 4 spines each side; basal tarsomere of middle leg with prominent pulvilli (Fig. 11); hind femur as in Fig. 23; pulvilli as described for Calcitrena. Abdomen without evident specialization; supra-anal plate and adjacent structures as in Fig. 12. Concealed genitalia: Aedeagal sclerites (Fig. 13, as) closely appressed; outline of lateral lobes (sll) only partially distinct in available preparation, but apparently differing from constricted form in Calcitrena; endophallic apodemes (ea) conspicuous and dorsally re- curved at anterior ends. Epiphallus with bridge (Fig. 14, br) narrow and sinuate; ancorae part of separate lateral plates, blunt, scarcely downcurved or hooklike; lophi erect, narrow, the distal end not so acute as in Calcitrena; small oval sclerites (os) present. Coloration: Background of head, pronotum, and tegmina light gray, with weak overtones of pale brown, of hind femur and ventral surface of abdomen pale clay yellow; sternum of thorax whitish gray; head with very few small blotches of brownish black, such blotches on pronotum sparse along anterior and posterior margins, as well as disk and lateral lobes; blotches on tegmen and lateral surface of hind femur as in Figs. 24 and 23; wing membrane transparent, veins pale brown; front surface of middle femur with three broken dark bands on light gray background; tibia and tarsus dark spotted; hind tibia dirty gray with sparse brown spots, mainly short rectangular spots most numerous in basal half of lateral surface; dorsum of abdomen shiny blackish brown, dark area reduced to Grasshoppers of the Tribe Ommexechini 133 small median and lateral spots toward apical segments; supra-anal plate pale. Measurements: Length of body, 10.0 mm; median length of pronotum, 1.5; maximum width of pronotum, 3.5; length of tegmen, 9.2; of hind femur, 6.5; max. width of hind femur, 1.5; length of hind tibia, 6.0. Allotype: Female, same data as holotype [U. S. National Museum]. Differing from holotype as follows: General build more robust; eyes a little less bulging; interocular distance at vertex slightly less than width of an eye (as 7:8); width across eyes in front view compared with width across genae as 22:27; fastigium and interantennal portion of frontal costa broadly sulcate instead of deeply so; pronotum (Fig. 5) with disk more elongate, the two transverse sulci distinct; ovipositor and associated struc- tures as in Figs. 19 and 20 (from paratype). Coloration: Agrees well with holotype except that background color scarcely includes brown; it is a purer gray. Measurements: Length of body, 12.4 mm; length of pronotum, 2.6; maximum width of pronotum, 4.2; (apex of tegmen broken); length of hind femur, 7.6; maximum width of hind femur, 1.7; length of hind tibia, 7.2. Variation: An undamaged tegmen of a female paratype extends 1.5 mm beyond the apex of abdomen and 1 mm beyond the apex of hind femur. Color of the two paratypes agrees better with the holotype than the allo- type. Measurements of paratypes (2 92) are: Length of body, 12.0, 14.5 mm; length of pronotum, 2.4, 2.8; maximum width of pronotum, 3.9, 4.5; length of tegmen, 12.0; length of hind femur, 7.6, 8.3; width of hind femur, 1.7, 1.8; length of hind tibia, 7.3, 7.5. Because of the deformed male pronotum, it is uncertain how the pos- terior pronotal margin of perfect males compares with that of the female. Specimens examined: 4 (holotype, allotype, 2 @ paratypes, all with same data). One paratype is deposited in the Instituto de Patologia Vegetal, Buenos Aires; the other is in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The specimens noted by Liebermann (1944: 301) as having been taken at Tejas Verdes, Chile, and then thought to be a new genus, probably are willemsei, but they are not available now for exam- ination. The type locality, Laguna Blanca, is shown in the Trmes Atxas (John Bartholomew, ed., 1957, vol. 5, plate 119), is located about 40 km west of Zapala, in the western part of Neuquen Province. This is some 1000 km south of La Rioja Province, type locality of Calcitrena maculosa. The hab- itat, like that of Calcitrena, Graea, and Spathalium, is an arid zone with hot sandy hills characterized by volcanic rocks and shrubby vegetation. The area is part of the Patagonian Desert. This grasshopper is named for our late friend, Dr. C. J. M. Willemse (1889-1962), of Eygelshoven, The Netherlands, a devoted student of Orthoptera, notably the Acridoidea of Southeastern Asia. 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington COMMENTS ON TRIBAL CHARACTERS Dirsh (1961) considered the Ommexechini, as defined by Eades (1961), to represent a distinct family, the Ommexechidae, because he felt family rank was in keeping with the overall classification of the Acridoidea. We accept Eades’ definition, and treat the group as a tribe, since we are inclined toward a more conservative course in raising the ranks of tax- onomic groups until more comparative studies have been made. It was stated by Dirsh (l.c., p. 384) that, as a group character, the lower basal lobe of the hind femur, in the Ommexechini, is as long as, or slightly longer than, the upper basal lobe. On the other hand, Eades (l.c., p. 162) stated that the upper basal lobe is at least as long as the basal one, and he described Calcitrena (p. 170) as having the upper basal lobe distinctly longer than the lower one. It is evident that Eades utilized the lateral face of the lower lobe adjacent to the paginal area, but Dirsh included the extreme basal portion of the lower lobe which is attached to the trochanter. As an example, the lateral face of the lower lobe in Tetrixocephalus (Fig. 23, lf) is much shorter than the upper lobe (ul), but when the attachment portion of the lower lobe (ap) is considered, the lobes are of subequal length. Thus, Eades and Dirsh have referred to different structures and, when we realize that, their apparent disagreement is explained. Tetrixocephalus has definite but rather blunt ancorae (Fig. 14, an). By the definitions of Roberts (1941: 241) and Dirsh (1956: 229), an- corae are hooklike structures which project from the anterior margin of the dorsal surface of the epiphallus. In T. willemsei the ancorae are part of the lateral plates of the epiphallus, the plates being lightly joined to the median portion, the bridge. In various other Acridoidea the bridge may be solidly joined to the lateral plates and the ancorae borne sometimes by the bridge portion, or by the lateral plates. Frequently, ancorae are distinct, fingerlike appendages arising from the dorsal surface well back from the anterior margin of the epiphallus; in other cases they are projec- tions of the margin itself. The ancorae in Tetrixocephalus are more con- spicuous than drawn for Calcitrena (Eades, |.c., fig. 15), where they are merely the rounded mesoanterior corners of the lateral plates, though struc- turally they are the same in both genera, and their presence requires a modification of the diagnosis of the Ommexechini which, according to Dirsh (1961: 384), have no ancorae. Another character ascribed by Dirsh (l.c., p. 381) is a prosternal spine (or process), and Eades (l.c., p. 168) has stated that a spine may occur or be represented by a slight swelling of a carina. In Tetrixocephalus (Fig. 18) there is a strong, broadly curved transverse carina, but no indication of a spine, so within the tribe there is a gradation from a well-developed spine to none at all. COMMENTS ON THE OTHER GENERA OF OMMEXECHINI Calcitrena Eades——This genus and its single species, maculosa Eades, was described in 1961 from La Rioja Province, Argentina. Only two adults ne Grasshoppers of the Tribe Ommexechini 135 and a nymph are known. We have compared the genus with Tetrixo- cephalus under our description of the latter. Parossa Bruner.—This genus has been reviewed, with a key to species, by Rehn (1941). The five species occur in southern Brazil, Paraguay, eastern Bolivia, and as far south as Mendoza in west-central Argentina. Pachyossa Rehn.—No specimens of Pachyossa have been reported in literature since Rehn’s original generic description (1913b: 324) and that of the only species, signata, based on a unique female taken in Misiones, Argentina. Recently, important material of the genus has been found in Uruguay by C. S. Carbonell of the Universidad de la Republica Uruguay and his associates, and a further publication is expected. Ommexecha Serville—There are nine species of Ommexecha, including apolinari Hebard (1923: 218) from Colombia and walkeri Kevan (1959: 161, footnote) from Santarem, Brazil, in addition to the seven species documented by Liebermann (1939: 164-165). O. walkeri is a replace- ment name for the preoccupied O. gracilis Walker (1870: 798). The genus occurs from Colombia to eastern Argentina (Entre Rios and Santa Fe), where specimens occur on sandy soils. Spathalium I Bolivar—Except for S. paranense Rehn (1913a: 86-88, figs. 3-4) from Parana, Brazil, the 13 known species of Spathalium were enumerated by Liebermann (1938). The genus extends from central Brazil to central Argentina (La Pampa). We consider S. Rehni Liebermann a synonym of S. viridis Bruner (New synonymy). Graea Philippi.—A single species, horrida Philippi, is known, though a second, monstrosa, was described by Bruner (1900: 52). The drawing of monstrosa by Bruner (1900, fig. 20) is the same one for which he later used the name horrida (1906, pl. 37, fig. 1). Liebermann (1942: 438) discussed the variation shown by horrida and questioned the distinctness of monstrosa. The type of monstrosa, loaned by the University of Ne- braska, was examined in 1962 (by Liebermann) and found to be horrida (New synonymy). The distribution of the species is centered in north- western Argentina, especially the arid zones of San Luis, Mendoza, Cor- doba, and La Pampa. KEY TO THE GENERA OF OMMEXECHINI 1. Color green, often tinged with yellow, frequently with orange spots at bases of tegmina which may be concealed by pronotum; mes- osternal interspace quadrate or but little wider than long (Fig. 22); hind femur simple, not adorned by lobes, tubercles, or spines; pronotum without a pronounced flare of lateral lobes LG OUR OTH Ate eo eane ner Mien eames CORE Wie SAPs) 28 Parossa Bruner Color usually brown or gray, if green differing in other characters from above; mesosternal interspace much wider than long; hind femur variable, often lobate, tuberculate, or with spines project- ing posteriorly from genicular lobes; pronotum frequently flared ANURV ERY HOLT ALE, fetes ates LI URS See ot aa eel site Val yt putters ny 2 136 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 2. Tegmina and wings absent; metanotum and several abdominal terga each with a pronounced spinelike hook or tubercle on midline; lateral lobes of pronotum very flared and ornate (Fig. 17), but posterior margin of pronotum broadly rounded and tubercilate yack 22) ee ae med AR OES a Graea Philippi Tegmina and wings present; no hooks or tubercles on midline of metanotum or abdomen; lateral lobes of pronotum variable; if degree of flare approaches condition shown in Fig. 17, then posterior margin or pronotum usually is very ornate _._______ 3 3. Frontal costa but little produced between antennae (Figs. 1, 2); pronotum with median carina absent or weakly indicated on metanotum only, pronotal surface rugose but tubercles scattered and inconspicuously low; tegmina of gray to buff color with nu- merous well-scattered dark blotches (Fig. 24); size small, pro- notal, length mottexceeding 4mm se 4 Frontal costa conspicuously produced between antennae (Fig. 3) or, if not (Pachyossa), tubercles on pronotum are numerous and strongly developed; pronotum variable, median carina present on prozona, frequently crestlike or, if not, then strong tubercles occur; tegmina of uniform color, streaked, or spotted, but not spotted as in Fig. 24 above; size variable, pronotum often much longerithan 4 mm 222 a ee 5 4. Lateral lobe of pronotum with ventral margin conspicuously oblique (Fig. 9); male with anterior surface of head decidedly oblique (Fig. 2); male with interocular area narrower than width of an eye in dorsal view (Fig. 10); female with apex of subgenital plate broadly rounded (Fig. 21, asg) AL MeN oe SNL OS SNS) Ca rele Bd WME APE. ME a ys. ee Calcitrena Eades Lateral lobe of pronotum with ventral margin moderately oblique (Figs. 1, 6); male with anterior surface of head not oblique; male with interocular area about equal to width of an eye (Fig. 7); female with apex of subgenital plate angulate (Fig. 20) lB Dec RD Sota Baot NL a A i Tetrixocephalus, new genus 5. Flagellum of antenna flattened on dorsal surface, especially on basal half; prozona of pronotum with a crestlike development of median carina, though some species have the crest restricted to scattered hooklike lobes —----_-__. Spathalium Bolivar Flagellum of antenna not flattened; prozona of pronotum with median carina absent or poorly developed, may be represented by tubercles which are not hooklike or in form of crest __.__ 6 6. Projection of frontal costa between antennae moderate; genicular lobes of hind femur without spinelike projections; pronotum rather uniformly covered with low rounded tubercles, without spinelike tubercles or angular corners at lateroposterior angles of lateral lobes, posterior margin of dorsal surface broadly rounded and may be strongly tuberculate __.______ Pachyossa Rehn Grasshoppers of the Tribe Ommexechini 137 Projection of frontal costa between antennae conspicuous (Fig. 3); genicular lobes of hind femur often (in most species) with spine- like posterior projections extending posteriorly (Fig. 16); pro- notum usually with some sharp and conspicuous tubercles in- stead of a uniform covering of them, lateroposterior angles of lateral lobes angulate or with sharp spinelike tubercles, poste- rior margin usually angulate or with tubercles creating that BM PEATAN CE @: i: ROE et ReMi uni eh ole Li Ommexecha Serville LITERATURE CITED Bruner, Lawrence. 1900. A brief account of the genera and species of locusts or grasshoppers of Argentina together with the descriptions of new forms. Sec. Rept. Merchants’ Locust Invest. Comm. Buenos Aires, pp. 13-80. . 1906. Synoptic list of Paraguayan Acrididae, with descrip- tions of new forms. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 30: 613-694. 1911. South American Acridoidea. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 8: 5-147. Dirsh, V. M. 1956. The phallic complex in Acridoidea (Orthoptera ) in relation to taxonomy. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 108: 223-356. 1961. A preliminary revision of the families and subfamilies of Acridoidea (Orthoptera, Insecta). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Ent., 10 (9): 351-419. Eades, David C. 1961. The tribes and relationships of the Ommexe- chinae (Orthoptera, Acrididae). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 113: 157-172. Hebard, Morgan. 1923. Studies in the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of Colombia [Acrididae]. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 49: 165-313. Kevan, D. Keith McK. 1959. A study of the genus Chrotogonus Audi- net-Serville, 1839 (Orthoptera; Acridoidea: Pyrgomorph- idae) Pts. V, VI. Publ. Cult. Comp. Diamantes Angola, 43: 1-246. Liebermann, José. 1938. El genero “Spathalium” Bolivar, en la region neotropical con la descripcién de una nueva especie argentina. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina, 10: 47-54. 1939. Catalogo sistematico y biogeografico de acridoideos argentinus. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina, 10: 125-230. . 1942. Contribucién al conocimiento de los acridios de San Luis. Bol. Agric., Mendoza, Buenos Aires, 10 (10-12): 416— 449, 1944. Los acridoideos de Chile. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat., 44: 161-316. (Reprint paged 1-158.) Rehn, James A.G. 19134. Descriptions and records of South American Orthoptera, with the description of a new subspecies from 138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Clarion Island. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 65: 82— 113. 1913b. A contribution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 65: 273- 379. 1941. Two new ommexychid locusts of the genus Parossa, with a key to the species (Orthoptera, Acrididae, Ommexy- chinae). Notula Naturae, 79: 1-11. Walker, Francis. 1870. Catalogue . . . Dermaptera Saltatoria . . British Museum. Pt. IV, pp. 605-809. Note: Too late for full correction of the names, we have learned that Rosas Costa (Neotropica, 8: 79-80, 1962) reported that Parossa Bruner 1911 and the preoccupied Ossa Giglio-Tos 1894, which it replaced, are synonyms of Clarazella Pictet & Saussure 1887, and that P. viridis G.-T. 1897 is a synonym of C. patagona P. & S. All the species referred to Parossa by Rehn (1941) were referred to Clarazella by Rosas Costa. Vol. 76, pp. 139-152 2 August 1963 5 7y vb WE, PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THREE FLORIDIAN WASPS (HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE ) By Kart V. KROMBEIN AND FRANK E. KuRCZEWSKI Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.; Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. During the summer of 1962, while both of us were in res- idence at the Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid, Florida, we had an opportunity to observe the life history and behavior of a number of solitary wasps. Each of us made observations on three sphecid wasps, Nitelopterus slossonae Ashmead, Tach- ytes (Tachyoides) mergus Fox, and Oxybelus emarginatum Say. We have pooled our notes on these, and present joint accounts in order to give a more complete coverage than would be possible in separate contributions. Our observations were made 5 miles south of Lake Placid on the grounds of the Station, in sandy scrub areas adjacent to Lake Annie, just north of the Station property, at Lake Placid, and at Arcadia, 35 miles west of the Station, on sparsely veg- etated sand flats adjacent to and above the Peace River ( Fig. 4), We are grateful to the following specialists for identification of the prey and parasites of the wasps: W. J. Gertsch and W. Ivie, American Museum of Natural History, Araneae; and A. B. Gurney, C. W. Sabrosky and G. C. Steyskal, Entomology Re- search Division, Orthoptera and Diptera. We are also indebted to H. E. Evans, Museum of Comparative Zoology, for his kind- ness in allowing us to incorporate some brief field notes on Tachytes mergus made by him and C. M. Yoshimoto along Blackjack Creek and on the Medora sand dunes in Kansas in 1952. 17—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (139) 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Nitelopterus slossonae Ashmead Our observations were made on a population of typical slossonae1, at Arcadia, and on populations of slossonae barberi Krombein? at Lake Annie and Lake Placid. Males of the two subspecies are indistinguishable, but females are recognized readily by some slight behavioral traits as detailed below, and by the entirely red abdomen and slightly larger size of slossonae barberi as contrasted with the somewhat smaller size and red and black abdomen of typical slossonae. We observed burrow excavation by s. barberi only (62462 A, 62562 A, 62762 A, NI-1, 2, 3 and 5). Usually the burrows were begun on slightly sloping areas of open sand, but one nest was started on the side of a pit we had dug to obtain the nest of another wasp, and another was begun in a spoil heap of loose sand 5-6 cm above the adjacent sand. In searching for a place to dig, one wasp made several false starts and finally disap- peared without having completed a burrow, and another began a second burrow after making a false start 0.8 cm long elsewhere. The burrows were always begun in loose, dry sand, and the wasps used only the fore- legs, working in unison, to excavate. As the sand was thrown backward, the wasp held her wings raised nearly vertically and bobbed her abdomen up and down in synchrony with the action of her forelegs. At intervals, the wasp backed from the burrow and cleared away the loose sand which accumulated in a spoil heap below the burrow entrance. The spoil heap was raked flat as she moved forward to the entrance, throwing sand backward as she went. She kept her wings raised nearly vertically until she entered the burrow, at which time she lowered them over the dorsum of her abdomen. We timed the burrow excavation of three females at 35, 45 and 55 minutes for burrows 2.5 to 4.0 cm in length. We observed males digging short burrows in the sand with their forelegs, probably to serve as shelters during the rain or for overnight. We are un- certain whether females remain overnight in their nests, or whether they, too, dig a short temporary burrow for shelter. Immediately upon completion of the burrow the barberi females left the entrance open and proceeded to make orientation “tours” over an area 1-2 meters from the entrance. Usually, three or four brief orientation “tours” were made in the immediate vicinity, mostly on foot or in short, low flights, alternating with short visits inside the burrow. The wasps then began to hunt for prey, still leaving the entrance open. Occasionally, the wasp returned without prey several times during the hour, entered her burrow for a few seconds, and then departed for another period of hunt- ing, still leaving the entrance open. In making the temporary closure, one barberi female (62462 B) raked in sand from the spoil heap and then appeared to pound it with the venter 1 Based on KVK notes 7362 A, C, D, E, 7462 C and E, and FEK notes NI-6, 7, 8, 9 and 11. 2 Based on KVK notes 62462 A, B, C, 62562 A and 62762 A, and FEK notes NI-1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 10; observations 62762 A and NI-1 were made on the same individual. Biological Notes on Wasps 141 of her abdomen. This element of her behavior needs confirmation by additional observations. The apparent pounding of sand with the ab- domen may have actually been just the bobbing up and down of the ab- domen, such as we noted during excavation of the burrow and during prey transport. Our observations (62462 A, B) indicate that barberi may make a temporary closure nearly an hour after the orientation “tours” and subsequent visits, even though no prey has been brought into the nest. Once typical slossonae (7362 C) left her burrow entrance open after plac- ing a spider in the cell; we are uncertain whether this behavior is typical for that subspecies. Females of both typical slossonae and s. barberi hunted for prey mostly on the open sand or on or under prostrate vegetation. Most of the hunting was done rapidly, either on foot or in short, “skipping” flights less than a centimeter above the ground surface. Probably the wasps are poor fliers because of the short wings, which explains why so much of the hunting and prey transport is done on foot. While hunting on foot, the wasp held her abdomen upward at an angle and bobbed it up and down, and flicked her wings incessantly. In our experience females of typical slos- sonae held the abdomen at a somewhat lower angle than did those of barberi, and the short, “skipping” flights were less rapid. However, these apparent ethological differences may simply reflect variation among indi- viduals we observed, and may not be typical of all females of these subspecies. We were not fortunate enough to witness capture of the prey. Pre- sumably, it is stung, because the spiders which we recovered from wasps during prey transport or which we found in provisioned burrows were thoroughly paralyzed. Occasionally, one or more of the spiders’ legs were missing at the coxal joint. Possibly, the wasp amputated a leg in order to feed on the exuding blood, and not to make transport easier, since only one to four legs were missing on three of the nine spiders used as prey. The possibility should not be overlooked that the few spiders with missing legs may have lost them by some cther agency than amputation by the wasp. We took one spider with one missing leg from a wasp during transport, and recovered from partially provisioned nests two others with one or more legs missing. We observed prey transport by five females of typical slossonae (7362 A, D, E and 7462 C, E) and by one of s. barberi (NI-10), and could distinguish no behavioral differences. Usually, the wasp walked rapidly over the sand, straddling the spider, but twice we saw females of typical slossonae make periodic, low, “skipping” flights with their spiders. The spider was always held venter to venter, head forward, and usually the wasp clutched the forelegs, or a foreleg and a pedipalp of her prey between her mandibles. The wasp bobbed her abdomen up and down rhythmically, while she walked with her spider over the ground. Krombein and Evans (1954: 232) recorded a female of typical slossonae transporting her prey 142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington on the ground, and later (1955: 231) noted another female of s. slossonae flying with her spider. We obtained only two specimens of prey from barberi (62562 A, NI- 10). One was a small (2 mm long) female linyphiid, Meioneta formica (Emerton); the other was a large (4.2 mm) immature salticid, Pellenes sp. We recovered six spiders from females of typical slossonae or from their nests as follows: 7362 A—Linyphiidae, 9 Meioneta formica, 2 mm long (wasp 4 mm) 7362 C—Lycosidae, young Lycosa sp., 2 mm long " Dictynidae, @ Dictyna altamira Gertsch and Davis, 2 mm long 7362 D—Lycosidae, young Lycosa sp., 2.5 mm long (wasp 5 mm) 7362 E—Lycosidae, young Lycosa sp., 3.5 mm long 7462 C—Lycosidae, young Arctosa sp., 2.8 mm long (wasp 5.5 mm). None of these spiders is a snare-builder, and it is probable that both sub- species of slossonae flush their prey from the bare sand, from prostrate vegetation, or from leaves or other debris on the ground. Krombein and Evans (1954: 232; 1955: 231) recorded two salticids, Metaphidippus galathea (Walck.) and Habrocestum pulex (Hentz) as prey of typical slossonae. The available data suggest that two or more spiders are stored per cell, but we are uncertain whether there is only one or perhaps more cells per nest. We dug up two nests of barberi (62562 A, NI-1); each contained one cell with a single spider but no wasp egg. Krombein and Evans (1955: 231) noted a nest of typical slossonae with a single spider but no egg. We dug up another single-celled nest (7362 C) of typical slossonae which contained two spiders but no egg. Ferton (1896: 266) recorded 7 to 12 spiders per cell in nests of the European Miscophus bicolor Jurine, which genus is very closely related to Nitelopterus. He did not mention whether there were one or more cells per nest, so the assumption is that there was only one. We had only moderate success in tracing the burrow to the cell. Us- ually, the burrow was in dry sand and frequently led into a mass of fibrous grass roots, so that its course was often lost. We were unable to detect any differences between nests of barberi (62462 A, B, 62562 A, NI-1) and of typical slossonae (7362 C, NI-11). Usually, the burrows had a diameter of 2 mm, and entered the sand at an angle of 40—45° with the horizontal. They were straight, 2-4 cm long, and ended in a crude cell 1.8-3.5 cm below the sand surface. We observed final closure by a single female of typical slossonae (7462 E). When first observed, this wasp was clutching the anterior end of a spider in her mandibles and was holding the cephalothorax and abdomen of her prey with her fore- and mid-legs. Perhaps she had just stung the spider, or perhaps she assumed this position to malaxate it. Ferton (1896: 267) recorded malaxation of the spider prey to obtain a liquid (blood?) Biological Notes on Wasps 143 by two European species of Miscophus. Our wasp then carried the spider over the sand for 6 meters, walking most of this distance, but occasionally making short, low flights. We lost sight of the wasp just before she entered the burrow head-first with the spider at 1447 hours. We do not know whether there had been a temporary closure at the entrance. Seven- teen minutes later she came out of the burrow head-first, crawled around for a few seconds, and then began to make a permanent closure. She threw sand backwards from the spoil heap toward the burrow, gradually backing up, and raking it down into the burrow with her forelegs. She continued this for 2 or 3 minutes and then began to pull down sand with her mandibles from the overhanging upper edge of the entrance, and to pack it into the burrow. She completed filling the burrow at 1508, but 15 minutes later was still smoothing sand for a distance of 3-5 cm over and around the entrance. She did not pound the sand with her abdomen either while filling the burrow or subsequently smoothing over the entrance and surrounding area. Neither did she bob her abdomen as she raked sand backward, keeping her wings folded flat over her abdomen. We scared her away when we attempted to capture her at 1523, and un- fortunately lost her nest due to the dry shifting sand and interspersed grass roots. Tachytes (Tachyoides) mergus Fox! This is the only valid, described species in the United States belonging to this distinctive subgenus; as compared with Tachytes of other sub- genera, mergus is peculiar in having two strong teeth on either side of the median lobe of the clypeus, more slender mandibles, and very sparse decumbent setae on the pygidium. Presumably, the distinctive characters of the clypeus and mandibles are related to the unusual (for the genus) way in which it digs its burrow. T. mergus ranges from New Jersey and Nebraska southward through Central and South America to Brazil. For so widely distributed a wasp there is a surprising lack of published biological data. The only previous life-history note is by Williams (1928: 53-54). Most of our mergus nests were either near water, or in sand having a high water table. This apparent preference for sandy areas near the water's edge was noted earlier by Williams (1913: 198) in Kansas and by Krombein (1953: 281) in North Carolina. We observed various aspects of the excavation of the nesting burrow by six wasps (63062 B, 7362 B, TY 4, 8, 9, 14). All of the nests were begun on a flat or slightly sloping surface, except for one started in the side of an impressed heel print and one on a 45° slope of a sand pile on a con- crete platform. When discovered, the wasps had already been at work on these burrows, so we have no information on selection of a nesting site. 1 Based on KVK notes 63062 B and 7362 B, and FEK notes TY 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, and 14, made at Archbold Biological Station, Lake Annie, Lake Placid and Arcadia sites. We have also incorporated some data from notes made by H. E. Evans and C. M. Yoshimoto in Kansas, HEE notes 60, 64, 87, 96, 113 and 199, and CMY note 74. 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Puate I. Tachytes mergus Fox. Fig. 1, burrow profile (c, cell; e, entrance), nest 63062 B, July 1962, x 0.54. Fig. 2, burrow entrance (€) and excavated sand pellets, nest TY-4, 2 July 1962, x 0.50. (Both figures by KVK.) Biological Notes on Wasps 145 Four of the burrows were marked by a roughly crescentic spoil heap of large lumps of damp sand 2-8 cm from the burrow entrance (Fig. 2). A fifth burrow begun on a 45° slope had a reniform spoil heap of large pel- lets 2-6 cm from the entrance. The crescent-shaped spoil heap was usually about 3 cm wide in the middle and about 0.5 cm high. Evans observed similar disposition of the excavated pellets in Kansas. The behavior during digging was quite consistent in the several indi- viduals observed. In the early stages of the excavation, where the sand may be finer and less damp, the wasp used her forelegs to fling the sand beneath and a few centimeters behind her. Evans also observed this behavior early in the burrow excavation. Later, when she reached the damper, more coarse sand, she backed out of the burrow, carrying a formed pellet 2-3 mm in diameter between her mandibles and forelegs. Evans observed this pellet being formed by the mandibles and forelegs. The fore- legs were bent upward to form a sort of basket with the mandibles, as was observed also by Williams (1928: 54). She then walked backward several centimeters and dropped the sand pellet on the spoil heap. Her wings were kept folded flat over the dorsum of her abdomen and her antennae ex- tended downward and slightly outward while she walked to and from the spoil heap. Her actions were rapid but not at all nervous. Occa- sionally, the wasp backed away from the entrance and cleaned her antennae and rubbed her hind legs against the sides of the abdomen. One female was troubled twice by a small, red ant while she was digging. Each time, she chased it off with threatening motions, deserting the burrow for sometimes as long as 5 minutes. Females of mergus were also frequently troubled by miltogrammine flies while digging. The latter were usually chased off and immediately thereafter the wasps resumed digging. Fe- males worked very diligently, one bringing out as many as 6 or 7 loads of sand a minute during an early stage of her excavation. Later, as the bur- row grew deeper, the wasp brought out loads of sand less frequently. The excavation of nearly the entire burrow was observed only once (63062 B). It was estimated, from the size of the spoil heap at 1045, when the burrow was discovered, that the wasp had already been digging for about 20 minutes. At 1145 she made a temporary closure from within with several large pellets of damp sand. It is assumed that the making of this closure marked the completion of the burrow, for the wasp did not reap- pear for another hour. At 1245 she exited from the burrow headfirst, walked over to the spoil heap, and then reentered her burrow, throwing up another temporary closure in the entrance. It seems unlikely that any digging was done from 1145 to 1245, for no sand was brought out nor was there a large accumulation of loose sand in the empty burrow when it was dug up several days later. These data indicate that excavation of a burrow requires somewhat more than an hour, but that the wasp does not necessarily begin hunting prey immediately thereafter. Presumably, when the wasp is ready to provision a cell, she temporarily closes the burrow entrance. At least such a closure is maintained between 146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington provisioning flights and consists of a few scuffs of loose sand thrown back- wards with the forelegs into the burrow. One wasp did not even reach the sand surface before she began making the temporary closure while still within the entrance. It seems likely that the wasp also makes some sort of orientation flight after completing the burrow and prior to hunting prey, but we did not observe such a flight. Prey consisted of pigmy mole crickets belonging to two tridactylid species, Tridactylus apicalis Say and T. minutus Scudder. Williams (1928: 54) also found mergus preying on Tridactylus, probably apicalis Say, in Brazil. His earlier guess (1913: 198) that it probably preyed on immature Tettiginae in Kansas was certainly erroneous. Evans captured a female mergus in Kansas flying with a paralyzed apicalis adult. In our experience most of the prey were immature, but there were a few adults. The specimens we preserved consisted of 12 nymphs of apicalis, 3.8-6.0 mm long, and 2 adults of minutus, 3.5—4.8 mm long. The only other wasp which is known to prey on pygmy mole crickets is Tachytes (Tachynana ) minutus Rohwer. Previously unpublished observations at Plummers Island, Maryland (by KVK), and at the Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid, Florida, and at Auburn, New York (by FEK), establish that Tachytes minutus also uses Tridactylus apicalis Say as prey. In hunting for prey the wasps made short, rapid flights about 3-4 cm above the surface of the sand, interspersed with equally rapid, short, zigzag walks on the sand. Frequently, the wasp paused on the sand, tapping the surface rapidly with the outstretched distal segments of its antennae. When the wasp finally located a hidden pygmy mole cricket, sometimes only after some 20 minutes of hunting, she began to dig for it, using her mandibles to loosen large pellets of sand. These pellets were carried back- ward very rapidly and deposited 1-2 cm from the excavation. One hunt- ing female (TY 1), at intervals, turned in a rapid circle on one side or the other of its excavation. These circles were made every few seconds at the start, but the intervals became longer as the excavation deepened. This female dug downward from 0.8 to 4.2 cm to reach her prey (based on three observations). When the wasp reached the Tridactylus, she pulled it rapidly out of its burrow, clutching its head in her mandibles. She then flew a short distance, landed on the sand surface and, holding the prey beneath her, stung it. In 1-3 seconds, she flew off, usually at a higher level than when hunting. During flight, the wasp held the cricket with all six legs. Usually, the prey was carried venter up and head forward, but once the wasp carried the cricket to its nest dorsum up and head forward. One female (TY 3) brought in prey at 1345 and then subsequent crickets at 1420, 1425, 1428, 1435, and 1447. She landed with prey at the nest entrance, holding the sides of the cricket’s head with her third pair of legs while she raked open the temporary closure with her forelegs. The cricket was venter up, its body extending beyond that of the wasp. On two other occasions, this same female used her mandibles as well as her forelegs in opening the temporary closure. Usually the wasp remained Biological Notes on Wasps 147 inside for only a few seconds, just long enough to place the cricket in the prepared cell. H. E. Evans has a brief note made by C. M. Yoshimoto as to prey capture in Kansas. Yoshimoto observed the mergus locate a nymph a couple of millimeters below the surface, fly into the air with it, and sting it during flight. The wasp alighted on the sand seconds later, and stung the prey again in the thoracic sternum, The final closure of the burrow after complete provisioning of the nest was observed twice (TY 3, 6). One of the wasps (TY 3) made a tem- porary closure from within at 1448 after bringing in five mole crickets in a period of 27 minutes. Presumably this closure was made so that ovi- position and closure of the cell could be effected. At 1507 this female made an elaborate final closure which ended with her throwing sand with her forelegs from various directions, followed by a few hovering flights and then more leveling of sand over the entrance. In the other observation (TY 6) the entire closure took 25-30 minutes. The wasp first made a closure from within, then opened the closure and appeared headfirst in the entrance; she came out onto the sand surface, began picking up large pellets of sand from the spoil heap in her mandibles and, transferring these to the forelegs, threw them backward into the burrow. As the sand grains accumulated inside the entrance, the wasp raked these with her forelegs, while backing down into the burrow, nearly out of sight. When the upper part of the burrow was filled to the ground level, the wasp came onto the sand surface and threw loose sand backwards with her forelegs over the area of the entrance. After 30 seconds she made a few hovering flights above the area of the entrance and was then captured. We dug up eight burrows (63062 B, 7362 B, TY 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 14), but five of them had been abandoned by the wasps before completion, and a sixth was abandoned after completion but before any prey had been stored within. This latter nest (63062 B) demonstrates the normal burrow profile (Fig. 1). The initial section is about 2.5 cm long, and enters the sand at a rather shallow angle; the burrow then turns sharply downward at an angle of about 85° for 11 cm, and ends in a horizontal cell 15 mm long and 7.5 mm high, 12.5 cm below the sand surface. One nest dug up by Evans in Kansas had an initial section 10 cm long entering the sand at a 40° angle, and then a vertical section ending 19 cm below the surface. Another partially completed burrow dug up by Evans in Kansas was in a sloping sand bank; it went in at a steep angle for about 9 cm, then at a shallower angle for 9 cm more, and ended about 25 cm below the surface. Our five partially completed burrows all had an initial section 2-5 cm long at a shallow angle of 25—-40° and then the burrow turned downward sharply, ending blindly 5-8 cm below the surface where each of the wasps encountered clay or extremely hard-packed sand which apparently discouraged further digging. Ordinarily, the burrow entrance was 4.5— 5.5 mm in diameter, and the burrow itself about 4.5 mm. One completed nest (TY 3), whose final closure had been observed on 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PuateE Il. Fig. 3, young larva of Tachytes mergus Fox feeding on Tridactylus nymph. Fig. 4, sand flats adjacent to Peace River, Arcadia, Fla.; Tachytes mergus nested in foreground, Nitelopterus s. slossonae Ashm. on sloping bank above river in center. (Fig. 3 by FEK, Fig. 4 by KVK.) Biological Notes on Wasps 149 29 June, was dug up on 3 July. The main burrow began at a shallow angle for several centimeters, and then went downward at a very steep angle. The oldest cell, containing a wasp larva about half-grown and eight re- maining Tridactylus, was at a depth of 16.4 cm. A second cell, containing a smaller larva and 13 mole crickets, was located about 1.5 cm from cell 1 at a depth of 15.6 cm. The last cell, which held a very recently hatched larva and six mole crickets, was 13.5 cm deep, about 4 cm from and on the other side of cell 1. Cells 1 and 2 were 19 cm from the entrance, and cell 3 was 15.5 cm from the burrow entrance. The final closure of the other completed nest (TY 6) was made on 6 July, and the nest was dug up the next day. It was in an abandoned sand- pile on a concrete platform, and differed in several respects from nests dug in a more normal site. The sand had an angle of 45° where the wasp commenced digging. The burrow itself was 15.5 cm long, and the vertical distance to the cell was only 12.6 cm. There was only a single cell directly on the concrete surface. It contained the wasp egg, six apicalis nymphs, and two minutus adults. This wasp may have stored only a single cell because of the shallow depth of the first cell. Williams’ observations (1928: 54) on the burrow length are not at all concordant with ours. He found only a “rather short sloping burrow.” He also noted that the “nest seems to be a single-celled affair.” All prey were placed in the cells head inward, but either venter up, venter down, or on their sides. Prey taken from the cells were only lightly, if at all, paralyzed and some could jump 15-20 cm into the air. Williams (1928: 54) also noted this very active behavior by released prey, and surmised that the anterior (digging) legs must have been paralyzed or the crickets would have been able to dig their way out of the cell. The egg is white, sausage-shaped, 2 mm long, and 0.4 mm in diameter. In the one example noted, it was attached at the base of the right fore coxa of the cricket and extended transversely across the thorax. The newly hatched mergus larva begins to feed in the soft intersegmental membrane behind the fore coxa with its body extending transversely across the thorax between the fore and mid coxae (Fig. 3). We did not obtain precise data on the duration of the egg and larval stages. Rather frag- mentary data indicate that the larva may hatch in 2-3 days, and that the larval stage may last 5-6 days. We preserved the few mature larvae for taxonomic study, so have no information on the cocoon or duration of time between spinning the cocoon and emergence of the adult. Williams (1928: 54) stated that the cocoon is “cylindrical and rounded at both ends and composed of grains of sand glued and spun together to form a rigid cask.” As mentioned above, mergus is frequently attended by miltogrammine flies during excavation of her burrow, particularly by Phrosinella fulvicornis (Coq.). We observed and captured these parasitic flies during three excavations (63062 B, 7362 B, TY 9), but never saw any flies trailing a wasp with prey, or lurking at the burrow entrance when the wasp entered 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington with its prey. A specimen of Phrosinella was captured after it entered the burrow trailing behind the wasp during one excavation (63062 B), and a second Phrosinella was taken as it investigated the temporary closure of this burrow while the wasp was still inside. During another excavation (TY 9) three flies, one of which was a Phrosinella, hovered over the female wasp and constantly forced her to interrupt her digging and fly to a plant nearby; the other two flies were identified as Gymnoprosopa sp. near filipalpus Allen, and Senotainia sp. possibly of the trilineata complex. After capturing these, a fourth miltogrammine came upon the scene. Still another Phrosinella fulvicornis hovered above a third wasp (7362 B) as she dug in the sand, and afterwards, sat watching on a plant nearby. The frequency with which Phrosinella fulvicornis observed the wasps excavating their burrows, its audacity in investigating the burrow entrance while the wasp was inside digging, and its absence from the area of the burrow entrance while the wasp brought in prey, suggest to us the possibil- ity that this fly may customarily deposit larvae or eggs in the burrow en- trance before any prey are stored in the nest. One of us (FEK) observed this fly at Groton, New York, sitting motionless on the sand surface while nearby a female Tachysphex terminatus (Smith) excavated its burrow. Allen (1926: 73), quoting J. B. Parker, mentioned that fulvicornis wan- ders “about over the sand apparently engaged in smelling, and then digging in the sand.” One female dug a small pit at the entrance of an Oxybelus emarginatum burrow and then apparently oviposited or larvi- posited. Allen did not record fulvicornis trailing wasps, as he did other genera of Miltogrammini. The lack of specially enlarged compound eye facets might indicate that fulvicornis does not shadow its host. Oxybelus emarginatum Say This is another widely distributed wasp which occurs transcontinentally in southern Canada and the United States, ranging even into many inland areas of Mexico. Females of this species show considerable variation in size, ranging from 3 to 5.5 mm long. Our observations! were made at Lake Annie and Arcadia, and were essentially fragmentary. However, few biological data haye been published on the North American species of Oxybelus and nothing on emarginatum. Since the latter differs from many U. S. species in some essential behavioral details, we feel that our limited data will be illuminating. Some details of the burrow excavation were noted only once (62562 B). This female was digging her burrow, which entered a gentle slope of sand at almost right angles, standing practically on her head, and flinging the sand beneath and behind her rapidly with her forelegs. All the while, the digging female was shadowed by an unnamed miltogrammine fly. During our subsequent excavation, we were unable to trace this nest because of the constant shifting of the dry sand under the trowel. 1 Based on KVK notes 62562 B, 62562 C and 62762 C, and FEK note OX-11. Biological Notes on Wasps 151 A second, rather large female (62562 C), 5.5 mm long, was observed at 1434 as she flew out of her burrow, leaving the entrance open. She re- turned in flight 2 minutes later carrying a paralyzed fly underneath, and darted immediately into the open burrow without landing on the sand near the entrance. She flew out of the burrow at 1443, again leaving the en- trance open and returned in flight 3 minutes later, presumably with a fly, but darted into her burrow so quickly and close to the ground that we could not see whether she was actually carrying prey. At 1450 she pushed up some sand from below, closing the entrance. Presumably oviposition and/or closure of the provisioned cell took place during the next 12 minutes, as there was no change in the appearance of the burrow entrance. However, when we returned at 1517, a permanent closure had been made. This burrow, begun in a heel print on a 20° slope, went approximately straight downward. There was a small crescent of excavated sand about 3 mm high extending downhill about 10 mm from the burrow entrance. We found a single cell 3.8 cm below the area of the heel print, slightly to one side. It contained four stocky, female muscid flies, Atherigona orien- talis Schiner, 3.1-3.5 mm long. The sausage-shaped wasp egg, 1.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide, was attached upright to one of the flies on the left side between the head and left foreleg. The flies were paralyzed and could move only the legs and proboscis weakly. We observed a third female (62762 C and OX-11) nesting just below the sand surface in the side of an abandoned pit, which one of us had dug to obtain the nest of a Cerceris. This female, smaller than the one reported above, only 5 mm long, was captured flying toward her open burrow entrance carrying a slender, paralyzed cecidomyiid midge, Anarete buscki (Felt), 1.6 mm long, beneath her. This nest could not be traced because of the dry, shifting sand. O. emarginatum is the second Nearctic species of this genus which has been found not carrying its prey impaled on the sting. In the North American fauna only sericeum, both typical sericeum Robertson (Bohart and Marsh, 1960: 116,118) and s. crocatum Krombein (1955: 74), which belongs to a quite different species group from emarginatum, is also known to carry the prey beneath the body. In the other North American species for which biological notes have been recorded, the prey is always carried impaled on the sting whether in flight or on the ground. None of the flies, recovered from our nests nor from wasps in flight, showed any signs of having been impaled on the sting. Another unusual facet of the behavior of emarginatum is that it is not known to make a temporary closure of its burrow entrance when it departs to hunt flies. This behav- ioral trait may be linked to its unusual type of prey carriage, for some species which impale their prey on the sting are also known to make tem- porary burrow closures which they open with their forelegs without relin- quishing the prey. Ferton (1902: 517) also postulated this correlation with some species of Palaearctic Oxybelus. 152 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington LITERATURE CITED Allen, H. A. 1926. North American species of two-winged flies belong- ing to the tribe Miltogrammini. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 68 (9): 1-106, 5 pl. Bohart, R. M. and P. M. Marsh. 1960. Observations on the habits of Oxybelus sericeum Robertson. Pan-Pac. Ent., 36: 115-118. Ferton, C. 1896. Nouveaux Hyménopteéres fouisseurs et observations sur l’instinct de quelques espéces. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, A8: 261-272. 1902. Notes détachées sur l’instinct des Hyménoptéres mel- liferes et ravisseurs. 2nd ser., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 71: 499-531, 1 pl. Krombein, K. V. 1953. Biological and taxonomic observations on the wasps in a coastal area of North Carolina. Wasmann J. Biol:, 10: 257-341. 1955. Synonymical notes on North American sphecoid wasps. IV. Some synonymy in Oxybelus and description of a new subspecies. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 50: 70-74. and H. E. Evans. 1954. A list of wasps collected in Florida, March 29 to April 5, 1953, with biological annotations. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 225-236. 1955. An annotated list of wasps collected in Florida, March 20 to April 3, 1954. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 57: 223-235. Williams, F. X. 1913. The Larridae of Kansas. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., 8: 121-213, pls. xxii—xxx. 1928. Studies in tropical wasps—their hosts and associates. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assn., Bull. 19: 1-179, 16 text fig., 33 pl. + 7 a fe sg aa Oo a — 3 ee > ‘ 5 i Ge Pee: ieee si 9 a's, . . Vol. 76, pp. 153-158 2 August 1963 57%,06 722 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE PLETHODONTID SALAMANDER PHAEOGNATHUS: EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY By Barry D. VALENTINE Department of Zoology and Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio On 18 June 1960, while collecting in the Coastal Plain of southern Alabama, Leslie Hubricht discovered a single indi- vidual of a remarkable new salamander. The specimen was sent to the U. S. National Museum, and the following year it was described by Highton (1961) as a new genus and species, Phae- ognathus hubrichti. Since the publication of Highton’s descrip- tion, herpetologists have been split into two camps, those who believe that Phaeognathus is a normal salamander, just the first known individual from an unusual but natural population, and those who believe that Phaeognathus is a freak—a lonely, hopeful monster in the tradition of Goldschmidt’s evolution by macromutation. The adherents of these opposing points of view are vocal, but relatively few people have seen Phaeognathus, and no one really knows very much about it. Thanks to the kindness and cooperation of Dr. Doris M. Cochran of the U. S. National Museum, I recently examined the holotype of Phaeognathus, and can provide some morpho- logical details not in the original description. The many other features which I have repeated from Highton’s paper are those which have been verified by the present study. REDESCRIPTION Phaeognathus hubrichti Highton, 1961, Copeia, No. 1, p. 66-67 Holotype: USNM 142486, Alabama, Butler County, 3 miles NW Mc- Kenzie, 18 June 1960, coll. Leslie Hubricht. Female: Head 20, body 88, snout to posterior end of vent 108, tail 104, total length 212 mm; 21 costal grooves; 1414 intercostal spaces between 18—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (153) 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington adpressed limbs, arm almost reaches fourth costal groove when adpressed, leg extends about a similar distance anteriorly when adpressed; legs more robust than arms; digits very short, broad, almost truncate, thumb reduced. Note: The dimensions of this specimen have caused considerable diffi- culty. My measurements for head, snout-vent, and total length are 18, 103, and 206 mm, respectively. For the same parts, Highton gives 20, 107, and 221 mm. Since the discrepancy was not noticed until I had returned to Columbus, I wrote Dr. Cochran requesting her to remeasure the type. Her answer, dated 11 July 1962, is as follows: “The type of Phaeognathus hubrichti has the head bent forward. When I measured it that way, I got 18 mm from snout to gular fold, but when I straight- ened it, this length was 20 mm. I measured 108 mm [by a slip of the pen Dr. Cochran wrote 208 mm] from snout to posterior edge of vent. ... The total length with extended head I get as 212 mm.” By subtracting snout-vent from total length, Valentine, Cochran, and Highton obtain tail measurements of 103, 104, and 114 mm, respectively. Appar- ently the tail has shrunk about 10 mm since measured by Highton. Be- cause of her awareness of the situation, and her use of an accurate ivory ruler, I have adopted Dr. Cochran’s data. Head very long and depressed with a distinct median concavity deepest just behind a line drawn between the posterior corners of the eyes, remainder of upper surface slightly convex; dorsal head skin smooth, neither rugose nor pitted; both lips with very fine longitudinal wrinkles, those beneath the eye curving to parallel the eye margin; nostril extremely small; nasolabial groove sinuous, not swollen; in lateral view the jaw line almost straight to below hind angle of eye, then gently curved downward; eyes sufficiently dorsal so as not to interrupt the head outline when viewed from above; the eyelids unique for the anterior and posterior ends of the upper eyelid overlap the lower; length of eye slightly less than distance from its anterior corner to tip of snout; gular fold present, fused to the throat; other head grooves very poorly indicated, the lateral extension of the gular fold extending dorsally to slightly above the level of the arm insertion, curving anteriorly, then forking, the dorsal and more prominent branch extending anteriad to the rear of the eye and forming the lower margin of a weakly raised “paratoid” area, the lower and less distinct fork running anteriad toward the external hind angle of the jaw but not crossing a vertical groove just posterior to the jaw angles; the vertical groove continuing ventrally as a fold across the throat where the head is deflexed, and extending dorsally across the upper fork of the gular groove, then curving posteriorly, ending opposite the gular fold and forming the dorsal margin of the “paratoid ” area; vomerine teeth uniserial, 9 on right, 11 on left, the rows converging posteriorly, completely between orbits, extending anteriorly to a line drawn between the anterior margins of the orbits, separated from the internal nares (which are similar to those in Desmognathus) by about 1% narial diameters on the right side and 2 narial diameters on the left; paravomerine patches elongate, widened pos- The Plethodontid Salamander Phaeognathus 155 teriorly, converging anteriorly and forming the two lower arms of a long narrow X, the vomerines forming the shorter upper arms, the point of intersection marked by a narrow transverse depression free of teeth (the X appearance heightened by the closeness of the vomerine series to the left paravomerine patch which extends farther anteriorly than that on the right); dentary, maxillary, and premaxillary teeth short, blunt, bicuspid as in female Desmognathus, the premaxillary teeth not modified, not set off from maxillary series, and appearing to number about twelve. Body with skin smooth; no indication of a dorsal fin nor of lateral-line organs; vent with a high, swollen margin anteriorly, crossed by pronounced wrinkles which extend into the cloaca, the posterior margin of vent also wrinkled but depressed, not elevated. Tail with a thick, fleshy, low, dorsal ridge from above the vent to the tip, this ridge less obvious distally; about halfway to tip the tail cross section gradually changing from round with a dorsal ridge to oval with the upper edge more acute than the lower; midventral line of tail with a narrow depression containing a fine median ridge anteriorly, the ridge disap- pearing simultaneously with the dorsal one. Color dark brown with the margin of the lower jaw, the gular fold, the limb insertions, elbows, knees, carpal, and tarsal areas all paler brown; indications of small pale areas at the intersections of the lateral longi- tudinal body groove with the costal grooves; no light line from eye to angle of jaw; microscopically, the pigment forming a dark reticulum enclosing tiny round pigment-free spots, the individual melanophores not distinguishable. DISCUSSION I do not doubt that Phaeognathus is a valid genus. Even if the extra seven vertebrae were removed, Phaeognathus has several unique struc- tural features. The legs are disproportionately short; if the body lacked seven vertebrae the adpressed limbs would still be separated by more than 6 intercostal spaces, whereas the maximum count yet observed in Desmog- nathus is less than 6. The eyelids are different, not only in the over- lapping at the posterior corner, but also in other ways. In Desmognathus, when the eye is depressed or closed, the edges of the two lids meet in a curving line, and only overlap anteriorly. In Phaeognathus, the margin of both lids is more strongly concave so that even with the eye depressed, the animal can have both comers of the eye closed and still peer out of an oval slit in the center. This appears to be a remarkable adaptation for a burrowing, subterranean existence; certainly no such condition is known in either Desmognathus or Leurognathus. The deep groove which limits the upper eyelid posteriorly is much more pronounced and longer in Phaeognathus than in Desmognathus. The exaggerated, swollen, and cor- rugated collar around the anterior half of the vent is not found in either Desmognathus or Leurognathus, although it is suggested in these two genera by the presence of convex lips traversed by grooves. The tail, too, 156 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington is very different, for despite the keel, the tail of Phaeognathus is not sim- ilar to those of other desmognathines. In the largest and most aquatic desmognathines, including Leurognathus marmoratus and Desmognathus quadramaculatus and monticola, the tail keel is least developed basally and rises to a pronounced fin apically. In the more terrestrial species the keel, if present, is still most pronounced apically. In Phaeognathus, both dorsal and ventral fin rudiments are differentiated only on the basal half, with no recognizable fin apically. This suggests that Phaeognathus is not intimately related to the remaining desmognathines, and is the least aquatic member of the subfamily. Many anatomical features of Phaeognathus fit the pattern of a spe- cialized burrower: very elongate cylindrical body form, short, heavy legs, stubby digits, tiny nostrils, absence of lateral-line organs, absence of an apical tail fin, and of course, the remarkable eyelids. The combination seems too well integrated to be the result of a fortuitous series of mutations in one animal; rather it makes more sense to consider Phaeognathus a product of natural selective forces acting over many generations. Certainly the array of specializations is far too complex to be attributed to a point mutation and too harmonious to be due to a series of random mutations at several loci. Polyploidy does not provide the perfect answer either, for all known salamander polyploids, both natural and induced, are recogniz- able to genus and species in presently known taxa. In the other desmognathines, larger sizes are correlated with increasingly aquatic tendencies. Phaeognathus is the largest known desmognathine, yet appears to be the most terrestrial. The type was collected under leaf litter on a wooded hillside, distant from the stream below. Thanks to Mr. Hubricht, who provided an excellent map, I made a hurried stop at the type locality. The actual site is on a densely shaded, humid, north- facing slope with steeper relief than usual on Coastal Plain sediments. The thick surface leaf litter lies on a dense mat of interwoven roots making digging virtually impossible, and the ground is, in spots, honeycombed with holes. The humus fauna is very rich; arthropods, annelids, and mol- lusks are all abundant. I know of no finer place for the survival of an endemic salamander. The Coastal Plain area where Phaeognathus was discovered is of Eocene age (Adams et al., 1926); thus this region has been available for coloni- zation even longer than the Miocene “Island” area of central Florida. Florida supports unusual endemic genera (the lizards Rhineura and Neo- seps, the snake Stilosoma, the blind camel cricket Typhloceuthophilus, and the remarkable subterranean crayfish Troglocambarus (see Neill, 1957, for much additional information); an older area might do likewise. The survival of a rare, endemic, terrestrial salamander in the hot mid-Gulf Coastal Plain must be dependent on local conditions where such inter- locking features as exposure, humidity, and substrate combine to provide favorable conditions. Surviving populations should be restricted to op- timum areas, not widespread; local extinction in some areas and survival in The Plethodontid Salamander Phaeognathus 157 others should result in a haphazard distribution. If one or more geological formations are better suited for the development of favorable microcli- mates, the relict amphibian populations should follow the outcrops of these strata. It is instructive to look at the areas of Eocene and Oligocene deposits in Alabama and Georgia. (Although these two periods are distinct to a geologist, in the field there is no unconformity; also, each contains cal- careous formations in contact with the other so that they form a continuous habitat.) Both formations show local tendencies for developing unusually steep relief, resulting in deep, shaded valleys reminiscent of more montane areas. These formations outcrop in a broad east-west belt across southern Georgia and Alabama. In Alabama these lower Coastal Plain formations support a relict population of Rana palustris (Brown and Boschung, 1954) more than 150 miles from the closest locality in the northern portion of the state, and an isolated population of Drymarchon (Neill, 1954). The coastal rivers which drain this area contain five endemic species of saw- back and map turtles, Graptemys pulchra Baur, barbouri Carr and Mar- chand, oculifera (Baur), flavimaculata Cagle, and nigrinoda Cagle (Cagle, 1952, 1954). And finally, the same formations in Georgia and adjacent Florida have yielded another remarkable salamander, the extra- ordinary, blind, white Haideotriton wallacei (Carr, 1939; Pylka and Warren, 1958). On the basis of these records, it would not be surprising if other relicts and novelties were discovered in the area. Also on the basis of these records, the presence of Phaeognathus itself is part of a pattern which, although still incomplete, spotlights the zoogeographic in- terest of the mid-Gulf Coastal Plain. LITERATURE CITED Adams, George I., Charles Butts, L. W. Stephenson and Wythe Cook. 1926. Geology of Alabama. Geol. Surv. Alabama, Spec. Rpt. No. 14 (1-23): 24-312, 97 pl., 4 fig. Brown, Jack S. and Herbert T. Boschung. 1954. Rana palustris in Alabama. Copeia, No. 3: 226. Cagle, Fred R. 1952. The status of the turtles Graptemys pulchra Baur and Graptemys barbouri Carr and Marchand, with notes on their natural history. Copeia, No. 4: 223-234, 6 fig. 1954. Two new species of the genus Graptemys. Tulane Studies in Zool., 1: 167-186, 15 fig. Carr, Archie F., Jr. 1939. Haideotriton wallacei, a new subterranean salamander from Georgia. Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8: 333-336, pl. 11, 12. Highton, Richard. 1961. A new genus of lungless salamander from the Coastal Plain of Alabama. Copeia, No. 1: 65-68, 2 fig. Neill, Wilfred T. 1954. Ranges and taxonomic allocations of amphib- ians and reptiles in the southeastern United States. Publ. Res. Div. Ross Allen’s Reptile Inst., 1: 75-96. 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1957. Historical biogeography of present-day Florida. Bull. Florida State Mus., Biol. Sci., 2: 175-220. Pylka, Joseph M. and Richard D. Warren. 1958. A population of Haideotriton in Florida. Copeia, No. 4: 334-336, 1 fig. ADDENDUM: On 15 and 16 March 1963, a party from The Ohio State University (the author, David Dennis, John Jenkinson, Steven Tilley, and Roger Troutman) visited the Phaeognathus type locality, observed about 60 specimens, and managed to collect 15. The smallest measures 56 (33 +25) 8 mm; the numbers stand for total length, followed in pa- rentheses by snout to posterior end of vent plus tail, and then head length to the gular fold. The largest, a female, is 213 (106 + 107) 20; another female has a longer body but a shorter tail, 209 (108 + 101) 20. Two other females (snout-vent 92 and 76) have the premaxillary bones fused, the nasal spines in broad contact but not fused posteriorly and enclosing a narrow, elongate fontanelle, and the prefrontal bones absent. The three characteristic myological features of the Desmognathinae—large quadrato- pectoralis, small gularis, and heavily tendinous temporalis muscles—are all present. The five largest specimens (snout-vent 108, 106, 106, 95, and 92) are females with numerous very small ovarian eggs, and slender oviducts; they are either immature or sexually inactive. The single male measures 175 (91 + 84) 18, its Wolffian ducts are slender and black, the testes are one-lobed and lack melanophores, there is no external or internal indication of a mental gland, the maxillary and premaxillary teeth show no sexual dimorphism, and the vomerine teeth (actually pre- vomerine) are numerous (7/10 on left/right sides). Thus, the male is also either immature or sexually inactive. Phaeognathus may well be the longest terrestrial salamander in the world. Hubricht’s salamander is a secretive, nocturnal, highly specialized burrower. No specimens were seen during 20 man-hours of strenuous daytime collecting. Fourteen specimens were dug from the mouths of their burrows after dark, most after 10:00 pm, and one was found crawling on damp leaf litter. yh 1GICAI fe but Hr) ara ne sptay pre 5) mh de igs se kd ee yi fi a inp : re ; a Ay: ah Any ake us a , ee AKA Re dy tie RE } re hel AA Rie en! ia a, ‘ ec ee Lee ee <7) 7 : a i mya ie wee Dy i ei i fy he 1) nein We a PAA A Wi id ai ai is Hy 7 i Wy i . Tih Aen ey, af atts nT pal Parsing) 1 NLS Vy ne? i ' Hy 7 j nh ' My ‘| wy iN h Moy ae Sea ‘aa \ i Hereh | a) ame ee ty ou ig) ie, ti mA SRA Mee,” fp i " i 4 i / on a hod ta y tye F 5 i > ‘ * , . * ' 4 bigs Wea | THOS une Was eh ule tate haba yy! DF rel Bat "ne! We Ah OLS h Me ; ‘| re | hearer ey aa Foi o) ii by ie ay , : ta'% AX, f 7 { id é i . t on ! A Aft ' if ‘ By : uP Y : i et iM Ait fithat Td cle ay By DASA alla ; pipes! nt) wo Oh Or ‘ bit hi aes uy we i ie Pie i Vln! bidiias Wings i Shing WAM She Bee Went ys ay wetted re : wf We | Pag et oie Ll) Whee t Vi Hi, v ie ry ah Pata ALi, Haar be Tort by PAE 4 ‘i \ Mundt apegaaee PR ied i Ye ‘he: peal inf 2h eee whe PM) ‘shila ve) Babi Wheivhandti Laem Dh ; ea Mh MMR sett ote aati PVT EC, hae Pa a te ut } + . ea ‘y 301.04 lk Prt Ae Si o) ‘tee bhai Laat penny, | 484 hails, vial im basa. nee ae et cate NU a ae uy | . 7 ai nk Sa oe Perit) oe i ae. bt = tek La ity a y } th y ‘ bt a ad PN yi mh i o iva} ae 190, Phe { ‘in i ; "i ww : Tey Wea a its e aa Pirin’ | re p ii devia Sh Bicee i Aisah y ‘ it Ata ie : f R i, 4 Ae Ue ae | as fod ‘lap chee Pin Bh ni ATES oe. \ ; i i Fi ue f Lie " Lee / j : oe = | | ie if is 1 4 ; ; j r = i t 7 i | ; ya i ib : ’ , [ ft y m ) ’ | a 5 ae i ‘ y » , { i . ; ( ’ 7 _ } ' i oF, Bl a ? rer Lai aL + | ety = id ~ : ‘ } r = . ” > ‘ \ 4 i st %, ~ re Vol. 76, pp. 159-168 2 August 1963 574-0673 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF KEEWATIN AND NORTHERN MANITOBA By FrRANciIs HARPER This is the thirteenth paper to appear on the results of my bio- logical observations and collections in 1947 in the Nueltin Lake area of Keewatin and between The Pas and Churchill, Man- itoba. The trip was supported by the Arctic Institute of North America (through contractual arrangements with the Office of Naval Research). The preparation of the results has been aided by grants from the National Science Foundation. Reproduction in whole or in part is permitted for any purpose of the United States Government. The herpetological observations began at The Pas on 20 May, as I was setting out by rail to Churchill. From 31 May, when I departed by air from Churchill, to 4 December, my head- quarters were on the Windy River at the northwestern extremity of Nueltin Lake. In this extremely isolated spot I enjoyed the fine hospitality of a little trading post operated by Charles Schweder and Fred Schweder, Jr. Previous literature on the herpetology of Keewatin, as the district is constituted at present, with a southern boundary at latitude 60° N, appears to be all but non-existent. Up to 1912 the southern boundary was fixed at latitude 52°50’ N, in present Manitoba. The territory covered by the present report extends southward to approximately the same latitude. Nearly all of this territory, except for a coastal strip extending from Churchill southeastward to (and beyond) the Ontario boundary and an area reaching from the northern part of Lake Winnipeg west- ward to Saskatchewan, is occupied by Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield (Map 1045A, Geological Map of Canada, Geological Survey of Canada). The greater part of our information on the amphibians of northern Manitoba, up to very recent years, has been based 19—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (159) 160 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington upon the investigations of Edward A. Preble (1902: 133-134). In the region between Hudson Bay on the east and the Atha- baska and Slave Rivers on the west, I have only now and then been able to reach any considerable expanse of country that did not already bear the imprint of his pioneering footsteps. Since Preble’s time, only two other papers dealing with the herpetofauna of northern Manitoba as a whole, and supplying detailed distributional records, seem to have appeared; they are by Logier and Toner (1955 and 1961). Among the four amphibians and one reptile that are treated here, Bufo hemiophrys and Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis ap- parently do not advance beyond the Canadian Zone into the Hudsonian Zone. Rana pipiens pipiens extends into the latter zone (Norris-Elye, 1949: 91)—at Limestone River, 7 miles north of Mile 349, Hudson Bay Railway. Pseudacris nigrita septentrionalis and Rana sylvatica cantabrigensis occur in both zones, reaching north to the edge of the Barren Grounds. The distributional status of these last two species evidently refutes Noble’s statement (1931: 456) that “Amphibia are unable to live in regions having a permanently frozen subsoil” (cf. Thomas, 1953: chart 8-1). Oliver (1955: 117) repeats essen- tially the same statement. Both the southern and the northern boundaries of the Canadian Zone have doubtless advanced northward beyond the limits indicated by Merriam et al. (1910), since the second decade of the present century (cf. Harper, 1962). My particular thanks are extended to Sam Waller for spec- imens and information that he has generously provided from The Pas and Cedar Lake. Single wood frogs were kindly pre- sented by John Ingebrigtsen and Fred Schweder, Jr. For the privilege of examining comparative material in the Division of Reptiles and Batrachians of the U. S. National Museum, I am much indebted to Dr. Doris M. Cochran. My own specimens will be deposited in that institution. Additional material has been obligingly placed at my disposal by T. Paul Maslin, of the University of Colorado, and by Stanley W. Gorham, of the Na- tional Museum of Canada. Douglas G. Alexander, of the Uni- versity of North Carolina, has helped by applying his anatomical Amphibians and Reptiles of Keewatin 161 knowledge of Pseudacris to the determination of the gonadial condition of two specimens. Roger Conant has kindly read an early draft of this paper. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES Bufo hemiophrys Cope. Dakota Toad. One or several of these toads were heard about 8:50 pm, 20 May (temp. approx. 50°), at Wabowden, 136 miles northeast of The Pas. This is the only species of Bufo recorded in Manitoba north of the southern end of Lake Winnipeg. The northernmost locality hitherto reported in the province is The Pas ( Logier and Toner, 1961: 32, map 27); their record for Lake St. Martin (lat. 51°35’) seems to have been mis- placed at Cedar Lake (lat. 53°10’) on their map. A careful comparative study by Blair (1957) of the structural charac- ters, coloration, behavior, voice, and distribution of B. hemiophrys, B. americanus, B. woodhousei, and B. cognatus leads him to the conclusion that “B. hemiophrys is behaving as a distinct species of the americanus group, to which it unquestionably belongs.” In this I heartily concur. It may be appropriate at this time to refer to a long-standing but evi- dently erroneous report of a Bufo in the far northwest of Canada. Giin- ther (1858: 63) lists a young “Bufo americanus” from Great Bear Lake, as “presented by Sir J. Richardson,” while Boulenger (1882: 309) re- cords it as “Bufo lentiginosus var. A. americanus.” The specimen was almost certainly mislabeled as to locality. Although Logier and Toner (1955: 29, map 27) accept this without question as a record of “Bufo woodhousei hemiophrys,” the next northernmost locality of that toad is Fort Smith on the Slave River (Preble, 1908: 501, as “Bufo lentiginosus woodhousei’). Preble’s specimen was determined as hemiophrys many years ago by Remington Kellogg and by myself. Logier and Toner (1961: 32, map 27) delete the record of Richardson’s specimen in their text, but inadvertently leave a dot for Great Bear Lake on their map. All trust- worthy records of Bufo in Canada are south of the limit of permafrost (cf. Thomas, 1953: chart 8-1), whereas Great Bear Lake is well to the north of it. Pseudacris nigrita septentrionalis (Boulenger). Northern Chorus Frog. This species was heard trilling on 20 May at several places: The Pas, apparently one individual during the morning; Big Eddy (on the north side of the Saskatchewan River opposite The Pas), a considerable number near mid-day; Mile 107 of the Hudson Bay Railway, several at 7:35 pm; and Wabowden, several at 8:50 pm. It was a sunny day, with tempera- tures ranging from about 45° to 55° or higher. An interesting series of eight specimens, collected at The Pas and Cedar Lake, has been received from Sam Waller. All have plain, uninflated throats, covered practically entirely with areolae. Seven of the specimens, 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington taken between 20 May and early June, represent at least two, and pos- sibly three, age groups: two adult females (length, 25.5, 26.5; tibia, 10, 11); three presumed yearlings (length, 16.5-18.5; tibia, 7-8); and two (male and female) with intermediate measurements (length, respectively, 21.5, 22, and tibia, 8.5, 9). The last group of two are possibly two-year- olds: the male with a throat not differing in color from the venter and with a testis 1.66 x 7 mm; the female with a similar throat, a small, simple unconvoluted ovary, and eggs mostly white, but some light brown. At a season when the local adult males are normally calling actively, these two individuals were evidently approaching the breeding season rather than taking an active part in it. An eighth specimen, taken at The Pas in early September, was probably a yearling, with measurements (length, 19; tibia, 8) very close to those of May or June specimens. Dorsal stripes are progressively less sharply defined in the smaller specimens. The upper surface of the limbs is more or less obscurely spotter rather than barred. In general, the light maxillary streak is not sharply defined. Wright and Wright (1949: 252) record the length of immature spec- imens from Manitoba, Mackenzie, Minnesota, and Montana as varying from 14.5 to 19 mm (approximate average, 16.4); probably these were all yearlings. There appear to be no very trenchant differences in proportions between my Manitoba specimens and P, n. triseriata, but the dorsal and lateral stripes in the latter may be, in general, more distinct. I am merely follow- ing general usage in referring the Manitoba material to septentrionalis. Agassiz (in Agassiz and Cabot, 1850: 378, pl. 6, figs. 1-3) proposed the name Hylodes maculatus for a chorus frog, apparently from somewhere along the north shore of Lake Superior, though no locality was mentioned. Schmidt (1953: 75) placed this name in the synonymy of Pseudacris nigrita triseriata (Wied) and presumed to restrict the type locality to the “vicinity of Sault Ste. Marie,” without indicating whether he meant the city in Ontario or the one in Michigan. It so happens that no Pseudacris has ever been recorded in Ontario in the vicinity of Sault Ste. Marie (E. B.S. Logier, in litt., 19 January 1959, and Logier and Toner, 1961: 38, map 32); consequently Schmidt’s restriction is invalid. Subsequently P. W. Smith (1956: 171) proposed to place septen- trionalis in the synonymy of maculata. However, until fresh topotypical or near-topotypical material of septentrionalis becomes available and a zone of intergradation between this subspecies and triseriata is more definitely established, I prefer to hold the nomenclatural question in abeyance. In comparison with Manitoba specimens, seven adult males from Boulder, Colorado, collected on 18 May 1953, by Jim Froiland (Univ. of Colo. Mus.), have the following extreme and average measurements: length (snout—vent), 24-30 (26.8); intergenual extent, 19-21.5 (20.4); tibia, 10-11.5 (10.8). These measurements average slightly larger than those of the two adult females from Manitoba. Since females average larger Amphibians and Reptiles of Keewatin 163 than males in a given population, the disparity between individuals of the same sex from the two areas would doubtless be still greater. The average ratio of tibial length to body length in the Colorado specimens is .403, compared with .404 for the two adult females from Manitoba. The in- flated throats, as usual in the breeding males of the P. nigrita group, are darkened and have scarcely any visible areolae on the anterior half. The dorsal stripes are mostly continuous and well defined, but in one specimen they are mostly broken up into spots. Two of seven specimens have faint spotting on the breast. The limbs of all are spotted rather than barred. Aside from an apparently slightly greater size, there is perhaps nothing very tangible in the Colorado specimens to separate them from septen- trionalis of the Canadian Northwest. The highly commendable practice of such herpetologists as Cope, Miss Dickerson, and Sherman C. Bishop, in indicating the provenance of the specimens that they illustrate, has unfortunately been neglected by the authors of various recent manuals. Thus, in the case of subspecies, the reader has no certain means of knowing whether a given specimen is a typical representative; it may be an intergrade from the boundary zone between two subspecies, or even another subspecies from the far side of that zone. Preble (1902: 134) presents records of septentrionalis from Great Playgreen Lake, Norway House, Oxford House, and York Factory. The most northerly point in Manitoba where any Pseudacris has been found is Landing Lake, near Churchill (D. A. Smith, 1953: 181). Logier and Toner (1961: 38) record it from The Pas. Central Manitoba and western Ontario include most of the Canadian localities within the vast Canadian (or Laurentian) Shield from which Pseudacris has been recorded (cf. Bruce, 1939: 232, map; Wright and Wright, 1949: 7; Smith and Smith, 1952: 176). Rana pipiens pipiens Schreber. Northern Leopard Frog. This is one of the two species of frogs reported from the vicinity of The Pas by Sam Waller. It was found by Preble (1902: 133) near Norway House and at Sea River Falls, 20 miles to the northeast. Norris- Elye (1949: 91) records it from Mile 33 (Hudson Bay Railway ) and from 7 miles north of Mile 349, on the Limestone River. Logier and Toner (1961: 44, map 37) give records from The Pas and Wabowden. [Note: The last authors (1961: 46) attribute to Preble (1902: 133) a record of Rana palustris at the mouth of Nelson River. I have been unable, however, to find such a record in Preble. ] Rana sylvatica Le Conte. Wood Frog. Several wood frogs were heard at Wabowden, Manitoba, at 8:50 pM, 20 May. In the Windy River area I found this species only at a pond 2 miles northwest of the mouth of the river, near mid-day on 22 June (temp. 164 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington about 56°). This pond was then ice-free, while some neighboring ones were not. It is about 150 by 100 yards in extent, and it is essentially a tundra pond, although there is a patch of black spruce at the south end. Willow, dwarf birch, Chamaedaphne, Ledum groenlandicum, Empetrum, and sedge also grow about its borders. At least two frogs were calling there, in series of two, three, or four notes: c’ruck, c’ruck, c’ruck, or ctuck, ctuck, ctuck. I secured a male with a shot and captured a female by hand; they were in the water, among or near dwarf birch bushes. No eggs were detected. An adult female was captured by Fred Schweder, Jr., on 25 July in grass near the shore at the mouth of Red River, about 9 miles west-south- west of the mouth of Windy River. An adult male was collected at Churchill about 1 July by Johan Ingebrigtsen. The measurements (mm) of the four specimens (all adult) are: LENGTH ELBOW TO INTER- WHOLE (SNOUT TIP OF 3RD GENUAL_ TIBIA HIND TO VENT ) FINGER EXTENT FOOT $, Windy River 45.5 19 44 21 34 #, Climmemill 22 es 43 18.5 43 20 31 Cea Wiancly, River. se 51.5 oN) 48 24 37 @, Red River _ 46 20 43 2) 35 Some of these measurements are slightly larger than those of an adult male and an adult female from northern Quebec (Harper, 1956: 99). The Keewatin and Churchill specimens appear distinctly more robust than the Quebec specimens. The two males of the former lot, in a preserved state (with paper labels attached), have an average weight of 9 grams, while a male from Quebec (with label) weighs only 6.1 grams. The Keewatin and Churchill specimens, unlike the Quebec specimens, show no light vertebral stripe. The median dorsal area is occupied by a broad, dark, lengthwise stripe, not very sharply defined, though con- trasting with a lighter and narrower area on each side that occupies the space between the median stripe and a dorsolateral fold (Fig. 1). The general color of the upper parts (body and limbs) of the Red River female, as revealed in a Kodachrome, is pale grayish brown. The irregular raised areas, or tubercles, on dorsum and sides appear considerably more prominent than in specimens from the southeastern range of sylvatica. Two immature specimens (presumably yearlings), collected by Sam Waller at The Pas in early June 1953 and early September 1951, are, respectively, 18.5 and 22.5 mm in length. In applying merely a binominal designation to the wood frogs of this region, I am following the suggestion of Martof and Humphries (1959) in their careful study of geographical variation within the species. The inconstancy of characters in a supposedly more or less homogeneous pop- ulation extending over wide areas is indicated in the following data. With an average body length falling between 45 and 50 mm, my four adult spec- imens show affinity with distant and widely scattered populations rather Amphibians and Reptiles of Keewatin 165 Fic. 1. Dorsal view (left) and ventral view (right) of Rana sylvatica, 2 adult, in aquarium jar. Captured 25 July 1947, at mouth of Red River, 9 miles WSW of mouth of Windy River, Keewatin. Photographed 26 July. than with the Alaskan phenotype, with which Martof and Humphries (1959: 370, fig. 7) would associate the local population. In the average ratio of tibial length to body length (.468), they accord with the Alaskan phenotype. In the average ratio of body length of females to that of males (1.12), and in the absence of a middorsal white stripe, they accord more closely with the Midwest and Labrador phenotypes than with the Alas- kan. The number of transverse bars on the tibia is too variable in these specimens to serve as a dependable character. All told, the four specimens, in the majority of the above-mentioned characters, accord less with the Alaskan than with other phenotypes. More definite conclusions could doubtless be derived from a much larger number of specimens. Schmidt’s attempt (1953: 81) to restrict the type locality of Rana cantabrigensis Baird to “Moose Jaw, Saskatchewan” seems essentially invalid, in view of the apparent lack of any record of a wood frog from that locality (cf. Martof and Humphries, 1959: 386; Logier and Toner, 1961: 43, map 36). Preble (1902: 133) collected the wood frog at Great Playgreen Lake, Norway House, York Factory, and Fort Churchill. Patch (1939: 235) had specimens from The Pas, Moose Lake, and Herchmer. Shelford and Two- mey (1941: 60, 64) report the species apparently from the Little Barren, about 40 miles south of Churchill. McClure (1943: 30, 32, 33, 34) found it in the tundra about Churchill. Martof and Humphries (1959: 385) examined specimens from Cedar Lake and Ilford. 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say). Northern Garter Snake. This is said by Sam Waller to be the only snake occurring in the vicinity of The Pas. There seems to be no other record in the territory covered by the present report. REMARKS Fifteen additional species of amphibians and reptiles occur in the more southerly parts of Manitoba, below latitude 52° 50’, as follows: Salamanders Necturus m. maculosus (Rafinesque ) Ohio Mudpuppy Ambystoma jeffersonianum (Green) Jefferson’s Salamander Ambystoma tigrinum diaboli Dunn Devil’s Lake Tiger Salamander Toads and Frogs Bufo a. americanus Holbrook American Toad Hyla c. crucifera Wied Northern Spring Peeper Hyla v. versicolor Le Conte Northern Tree-frog Rana clamitans melanota (Rafinesque ) Northern Green Frog Rana septentrionalis Baird Mink Frog Turtles Chelydra s. serpentina (Linnaeus ) Northern Snapping Turtle Chrysemys picta bellii (Gray) Western Painted Turtle Lizard Eumeces s. septentrionalis ( Baird ) Northern Prairie Skink Snakes Storeria o. occipito-maculata (Storer ) Northern Red-bellied Snake Thamnophis radix haydeni (Kennicott ) Western Plains Garter Snake Heterodon n. nasicus Baird and Girard Plains Hog-nosed Snake Opheodrys vernalis blanchardi Grobman Western Smooth Green Snake As far as we may judge from the distributional records assembled by Logier and Toner (1955; 1961), the zonal affiliations of the species in this group may be stated as follows. Nearly all of them seem to be largely or wholly restricted in Manitoba to the territory south of the July iso- therm of 65° (cf. Thomas, 1953: chart 1-5), which marks the approx- imate boundary between the Transition and the Canadian Zones of Merriam et al. (1910). This is also approximately the northern limit of the Aspen Grove Section of the Boreal Forest Region (map in Native Trees of Canada, Canada Department of Resources and Development, Forestry Branch Bull. 61, ed. 4, 1950). Like these amphibians and reptiles, various fishes seem to have about the same northern boundary to their ranges. Mrs. Radforth (1944) sug- gested that nine minnows (Cyprinidae) “had a distributional trend in Ontario apparently related to the 65° (F.) July isotherm .... All but one of these have their northern limit of known distribution in Manitoba be- tween the 64° and 66° isotherms.” (Keleher, 1956: 265.) Amphibians and Reptiles of Keewatin 167 LITERATURE CITED Agassiz, Louis, and J. Elliot Cabot. 1850. Lake Superior: its physical character, vegetation, and animals, compared with those of other and similar regions. Boston: i-xii, 9-428, 16 pl., 1 map. Blair, W. Frank. 1957. Mating call and relationships of Bufo hemi- ophrys Cope. Texas J. Sci., 9 (1): 99-108, 2 fig. Boulenger, George Albert. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia s. Ecaudata in the collection of the British Museum. Ed. 2. London: xvi + 503, 30 pl., 49 fig. Bruce, E. L. 1939. The Canadian Shield and its geographic effects. Geog. J., 93 (3): 230-239, 2 pl., 1 map. Giinther, Albert. 1858. Catalogue of the Batrachia Salienta in the col- lection of the British Museum. London: xvi + 160, 12 pl. Harper, Francis. 1956. Amphibians and reptiles of the Ungava Penin- sula. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 69: 93-103, 2 fig. . 1962. Changes in climate, faunal distribution, and life zones in the Ungava Peninsula. Polar Notes, 3: 20-41, 1 map, BLOGIRS Keleher, J. J. 1956. The northern limits of distribution in Manitoba for cyprinid fishes. Canadian J. Zool., 34 (4): 263-266, 1 map. Logier, E. B. S., and G. C. Toner. 1955. Check-list of the amphibians and reptiles of Canada and Alaska. Contrib. Royal Ontario Mus. Zool. and Palaeontol., 41: v + 88, 77 maps. 1961. Check list of the amphibians and reptiles of Canada and Alaska. Ed. 2. Contrib. Royal Ontario Mus., 53: [5] + 92, 77 maps. McClure, H. Elliott. 1943. Aspection in the biotic communities of the Churchill area, Manitoba. Ecol. Monog., 13 (1): 1-35, 23 fig., 1 map. Martof, Bernard S., and Robert L. Humphries. 1959. Geographical variation in the wood frog Rana sylvatica. Am. Midl. Nat., 61 (2): 350-389, 8 fig., 6 maps. Merriam, C. Hart, Vernon Bailey, E. W. Nelson, and E. A. Preble. 1910. Fourth provisional zone map of North America. In: Check- list of North American birds, prepared by a committee of the American Ornithologists’ Union, ed. 3: frontisp. New York. Noble, G. Kingsley. 1931. The biology of the Amphibia. New York and London: xiii + 577, 1 pl., 174 fig. Norris-Elye, L. T. S. 1949. Rana p. pipiens. Canadian Field-Nat., 63 (2): 91-92. Oliver, James A. 1955. The natural history of North American am- phibians and reptiles. Princeton, N. J.: xi + 359, 12 pl., 74 fig. Patch, C. L. 1939. Northern records of the wood-frog. Copeia, 1939 (4): 235. Preble, Edward A. 1902. A biological investigation of the Hudson Bay 168 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington region. U. S. Dept. Agric., N. Am. Fauna, 22: 1-140, 13 pl., 1 map. 1908. A biological investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region. U. S. Dept. Agric., N. Am. Fauna, 27: 1-574, 21 pl., 12 fig., 8 maps. Radforth, Isobel. 1944. Some considerations on the distribution of fishes in Ontario. Contrib. Royal Ontario Mus. Zool., 25: 1-116,°32 fig. Schmidt, Karl P. 1953. A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. Ed. 6. Chicago: viii + 280. Shelford, V. E., and A. C. Twomey. 1941. Tundra animal communities in the vicinity of Churchill, Manitoba. Ecology, 22 (1): 47- GON ise iges Lemar: Smith, Donald A. 1953. Northern swamp tree frog, Pseudacris nigrita septentrionalis (Boulenger) from Churchill, Manitoba. Cana- dian Field-Nat., 67 (4): 181-182. Smith, Philip W. 1956. The status, correct name, and geographical range of the boreal chorus frog. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 69: 169-176, 1 map. Smith, Philip W., and Dorothy M. Smith. 1952. The relationship of the chorus frogs, Pseudacris nigrita feriarum and Pseudacris n. triseriata. Am. Midl. Nat., 48 (1): 165-180, 1 pl., 2 fig. Thomas, Morley K. 1953. Climatological atlas of Canada. Ottawa: 3-253, 74 charts. Wright, Albert Hazen, and Anna Allen Wright. 1949. Handbook of frogs and toads of the United States and Canada. Ed. 3. Ithaca, N. Y.: xiii + 640, 126 pl., 7 fig., 37 maps. Vol. 76, pp. 169-172 2 August 1963 574 :d6 13 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ANOTHER NEW WATER SNAKE OF THE GENUS NATRIX FROM THE MEXICAN PLATEAU By RocEerR CONANT Zoological Society of Philadelphia, Philadelphia 4, Pennsylvania The presence of a water snake in one of the isolated river systems of north central Mexico was unsuspected until 1946 when a single specimen was collected in the Rio Nazas near the village of La Goma, Durango. Studies made upon it and a series of eight additional specimens acquired in 1949 resulted in the description of the population as Natrix erythrogaster bogerti (Conant, 1953). This form is confined to the drainage system of the Rio Nazas, a stream that rises in the highlands of western Durango and which, prior to the use of most of its water for agriculture and industry, emptied into the Laguna de Mayran, a desert bolson in southwestern Coahuila near the city of Torreoén. Recent collecting has demonstrated the presence of another race of the same species in a second isolated drainage system, in the Rio Aguanaval, which rises in the highlands of Zacatecas but becomes an intermittent stream before reaching its mouth in the Laguna de Viesca, another bolson of southwestern Coa- huila. For this form I propose the name: Natrix erythrogaster alta, new subspecies Holotype: American Museum of Natural History No. 84152, a young adult ¢, collected 19 July 1959, in the Rio Trujillo (known locally as the Rio Florido), at the village of Rio Florido, approximately 15 miles NW of Fresnillo, Zacatecas, by Roger Conant. Paratypes: AMNH No. 84151, 85320-322 and University of Michigan Museum of Zoology No. 118398—400, 123259, all from approximately one mile downstream from the type locality at or near a small impoundment of the river; AMNH No. 88954-89056, all from the Rio Trujillo (known locally as the Rio Medina) near Rancho Grande, Zacatecas. This last group includes 93 young born in captivity shortly after their mothers were col- lected. 20—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (169) 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Diagnosis: A Natrix of the erythrogaster complex distinguished from (a) the pallid, pinkish bogerti by its dark coloration and marked contrast between the black or dark brown dorsal blotches and the pale ground color, and by a lower number of ventrals and a greater number of sub- caudals; and from (b) transversa, the only other race of erythrogaster occurring in Mexico, by its narrow lateral markings and presence of only one upper labial entering the orbit. Description of holotype: Head scutes the same in number and general arrangement as in other races of the species. Two nasals, the anterior bearing the nostril entirely within it. Loreal subtrapezoidal, about as high as wide. One preocular; postoculars two (on left side of head) and three (on right), the lowermost extending well forward beneath the eye, nearly reaching the preocular and completely cutting off the 5th labial from the orbit. One temporal in the first row and two in the second row. Supra- labials 8, the 6th and 7th the largest; the 4th entering the orbit. Infra- labials 10 on the left side of the head and 9 on the right, the 6th the largest on both sides, and the first pair meeting on the midventral line; first 5 on each side in contact with the corresponding anterior chin shield. Two pairs of chin shields, the posterior slightly longer than the anterior. Dorsal scales with two apical pits. Scale rows 23-25-23-21-19, all carinate throughout the length of the body and tail; the increases and de- creases may be expressed by the Dowling system (1951) as follows: +6 (33) 6+ 7 (65) 5 + 6 (80) 4+ 5 (103) ——. 25 ——_____ 23 —______ 21 ——____—__ 19 (140) +6 (37) 5 + 6 (57) 5+ 6 (82) 4+ 5 (103) The scales of the 6th row on the left drop out irregularly between points above the 57th to the 82nd ventral, so that counts of 24 are possible in several places. The ventrals, as indicated at the end of the formula, are 140, plus a divided anal plate; two half ventrals are not counted, one wedged in between the 10th and 11th ventral on the left side of the body and one between the 16th and 17th ventral on the right. Subcaudals 87 pairs. Total length 785 mm; tail length 226 mm; tail length/total length 27 per cent. Both hemipenes are everted. Dorsum marked with a series of dark dorsal blotches numbering 42 from the head to a point directly above the anus; the blotches are 2% to 3 scales long (in the longitudinal axis of the body) and average 10 scales wide on the anterior part of the body, but they narrow toward the tail and are reduced to 4 scales in width in the anal region. Smaller, vertically elongated lateral blotches, hereinafter called bars, alternate with the dorsal blotches from a point posterior to the second dorsal blotch all the way to the anal region. The bars are one scale in width and involve the 2nd to 6th row of scales on the anterior parts of the body and the 2nd to 5th posteriorly. The colors were recorded in life; capitalized names in the following descriptions are in accordance with Ridgway (1912). New Water Snake from Mexico iia Dorsal blotches Olive-Brown bordered anteriorly and posteriorly with dark brown. Lateral bars also Olive-Brown, the skin between the scales within their borders very dark gray, almost black. Dorsal ground color light olive-brown (between Light Brownish Olive and Isabella Color), the skin between the scales between adjacent dorsal blotches is pale yellow (Colonial Buff); on the sides of the body the edges of the scales and the skin between them is Honey Yellow. Tail Buffy Brown, not pat- terned. Top of head almost plain Sepia but with a pair of scarcely discernible pale spots on the frontal and a similar pair situated farther posteriorly, one spot at the anterior corner of each parietal. A pair of faint spots along the common suture of the two parietals, followed posteriorly by a smaller but similar pale spot. A median post-pariectal light streak the width of one scale and the length of about a scale and a half. Temporal region reddish (Mahogany Red). The sutures between the labials, both upper and lower, are Burnt Sienna. Pupil of eye black, narrowly edged with gold; iris Brownish-Olive, but flecked with dark pigment. Tongue pink but stippled with gray, especially on the tips. Belly pale yellowish-orange (Ochraceous-Buff ) turning to pale yellow in the neck region and changing to cream-color on the chin, throat, and labials. Belly virtually uniform in coloration except that the lateral tips of the ventrals are pigmented with the dorsal ground color and the antero- laterad edges of the ventrals are lightly stippled with brownish-gray. Similar dusky stipplings appear across the anterior portions of the sub- caudals. A patch of orange (Xanthine Orange) on the side of the neck postero-ventrad to the angle of the jaw. Underside of tail Ochraceous- Buff but becoming browner (Ochraceous-Tawny ) near the tip. Comparisons with allied races: The contrast between the strongly pat- terned alta and the pale pinkish bogerti is strongly evident at all ages, except in the very young. At birth, both forms exhibit a pattern of dark blotches and lateral bars on a pale gray ground color, but the markings are grayer, hence less intensely in contrast with the ground color in bogerti. The skin between the scales in the ground color of newborn indi- viduals of both forms is pink or orange-pink. In alta the dorsal markings remain dark and continue to be sharply differentiated from the ground color as the snake grows and increases in size. This pattern feature is strikingly evident in the field or when specimens are submerged in liquid. In the largest adults the ground color darkens and the markings lighten with the net result that the dorsum approaches a uniform brown or olive- brown coloration. In bogerti the dark gray markings of the juveniles grow paler with age, and even half-grown individuals may be nearly unicolored, especially on the posterior part of the body. In alta the lateral bars are prominent in all specimens except the largest adults; the scales involved in the bars are strongly pigmented. In bogerti the lateral bars pale rapidly with growth, and in adults all really dark pigment is confined to the skin between the scales. 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ventrals and subcaudals (with the number of specimens involved indi- cated within parentheses) may be summarized as follows: (a) alta—Ventrals in (58) ¢ ¢ 138 to 143, mean 140.0; in (54) @ 9 140 to 144, mean 142.1. Subcaudals in (58) ¢ 6 84 to 90, mean 87.1; in (48) 2 2 69 to 76, mean 73.0. (b) bogerti—Ventrals in (12) $ 6 141 to 145, mean 142.9; in (18) 22 143 to 148, mean 145.3. Subcaudals in (12) ¢ ¢ 82 to 85, mean 83.3; in (18) 2 2 68 to 76, mean 71.7. The meristic differences are best demonstrated by subtracting the num- ber of subcaudals from the number of ventrals in each individual specimen. The resulting figure (the remainder) among males of bogerti is 57 or greater in all (100%); among males of alta it is fewer than 57 in 98.3% of the specimens. The corresponding remainder among females of bogerti is 72 or more in 88.9%; among females of alta it is fewer than 72 in 91.7%. There are other minor differences in scutellation between alta and bogerti, but comment upon these is reserved for a monographic study of the genus Natrix in Mexico, which is now in preparation. The lateral bars in transversa are almost always one and one-half to two scales or more in width, whereas in alta (and bogerti) the bars are about the equivalent of one scale wide or less. Every specimen of alta (100%) has only one upper labial entering the eye; among 86 specimens of trans- versa from Mexico two labials enter the eye in 140 cases (81.9%) and only one enters in 31 cases (18.1%). The condition in bogerti is somewhat intermediate. The name alta (L. altus, high) is in reference to the upland elevations of the localities, circa 6500 to 6700 feet, from which this snake is known and which represent the highest stations for Natrix yet recorded for the western hemisphere. Acknowledgments: Charles M. Bogert, George Foley, Norman E. Hartweg, Edmond V. Malnate, T. Paul Maslin, Norma Rothman, and Richard G. Zweifel have helped in a variety of ways. I am particularly grateful to Richard B. Parker who collected the first of these snakes and promptly turned them over to me for study, and who also supplied detailed information for finding the dam on the Rio Trujillo from the vicinity of which a number of specimens have come. I am indebted to the authorities in Mexico City for issuing a collecting permit on my behalf. My field work in Zacatecas was supported by the National Science Foundation (Grants G-9040 and G-22657). LITERATURE CITED Conant, Roger. 1953. Three new water snakes of the genus Natrix from Mexico. Nat. Hist. Misc., 126: 1-9. Dowling, Herndon G. 1951. A proposed method of expressing scale reductions in snakes. Copeia, 2: 131-134. Ridgway, Robert. 1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. Washington: Privately printed, 48 pp., 53 pls. Vol. 76, pp. 173-176 2 August 1963 SIYO6 73 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AN ADDITIONAL RACE OF THE PILEATED TINAMOU FROM PANAMA By ALEXANDER WETMORE Smithsonian Institution Detailed studies of recently collected specimens of the Pile- ated Tinamou, Crypturellus soui (Hermann), from Panama, where this bird is known as the Perdiz de Rastrojo, have indi- cated an additional race from the northwestern province of Bocas del Toro. It is to be known as Crypturellus soui capnodes, new subspecies Characters: Similar to Crypturellus soui modestus, de- scribed by Cabanis (1869: 212), with the type locality given as Costa Rica, but decidedly darker throughout; much darker above, with the sides of the head blacker; darker below; lower breast and abdomen deeper buff. Description: Type, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 477516, female, marked as laying, from Almirante, Bocas del Toro, Panama, taken 10 July 1962, by R. Hinds, of the Gorgas Memorial Lab- oratory. Crown and upper hindneck dusky purplish gray; lower hindneck and edge of upper back dark grayish brown; base color of back (except the anterior area), rump, and upper tail coverts warm sepia, lined and dotted very narrowly and closely with black; wing coverts and tail with black mottling reduced, so that these areas are brighter brown; scapulars like back, with distal edgings of Mikado brown; primaries and sec- ondaries fuscous-black, with the outer webs and tips fuscous; side of head dark neutral gray becoming paler toward the malar area where the darker color blends with the lighter gray of the side of the upper neck; throat dull white; upper foreneck mouse gray, changing to deep mouse gray on lower portion; upper breast Mikado brown, changing to cinnamon on lower breast, and to cinnamon-buff on abdomen; sides snuff brown to bister; upper tail coverts Mikado brown centrally, cinnamon- 21—Proc. Bron. Soc. WaAsu., Vou. 76, 1963 (173) 174 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington buff distally, mottled slightly with dusky; edge of wing fuscous; under wing pale to pallid mouse gray. Measurements: Males (5 specimens), wing 117.4-125.0 (121.9); culmen from base 19.4-21.3 (21.0), tarsus 38.1-40.8 (39.7) mm. Females (4 specimens), wing 124.0-127.4 (125.5), culmen from base 20.0-22.1 (21.2), tarsus 40.7-42.8 (41.6) mm. Range: Lowlands of northwestern Panama, in western and central Bocas del Toro. Presumed to range along the lower Rio Sixaola in Costa Rica. Remarks: Griscom (1932: 307-310 )was the first to examine sufficient material of the Pileated Tinamou, a definitely plastic species, to allow an understanding of the main populations that may be recognized as subspecies, his treatment being one that has been followed in the main for a period of 30 years. Further field work, and the accumulation of specimens from Panama and northwestern Colombia, now make it possible to clarify details of the races of this area that have remained obscure or uncertain. The principal confusion has come from the appli- cation of the name panamensis, which has been used for the birds of the central and eastern Pacific slope of Panama. When Carriker (1910: 379) recognized that birds of central Panama were different from C. s. modestus of Costa Rica and Chiriqui and proposed this name, he chose as a type an adult female in the Bangs collection taken by W. W. Brown at Loma del Leon (Lion Hill), then a part of Colombia, on 25 March 1900. It has been overlooked frequently that this locality, now submerged in Gatun Lake within the limits of the Canal Zone, was in the val- ley of the lower Rio Chagres, and in an airline only about 7 miles from Limon Bay on the coast, and therefore a typical site of the Caribbean slope. Through this misunderstanding the name panamensis has been used for the quite different birds of the Pacific side of the Isthmus. When Aldrich (1937: 30) de- scribed the race of the Azuero Peninsula under the name polio- cephalus he separated it from panamensis mainly on the basis of the type and four topotypes of Carriker’s panamensis and of specimens taken by Goldman, most of which also came from the Caribbean side, or from Darién. Pileated Tinamou from Panama 175 It is now practicable to indicate that Crypturellus soui pan- amensis ranges in the tropical and lower subtropical zone on the Caribbean slope from western Colén (probably through northern Veraguas and eastern Bocas del Toro) east through the northern Canal Zone, the eastern sector of Colén, and the Comarca de San Blas into northeastern Choco (Unguia, Acandi), Colombia, where it intergrades with C. s. caucae. In that part of the eastern area of the Province of Panama that lies in the Caribbean drainage this race is found on the upper Rio Chagres ( Rio Boquerén). At the Rio Majé, panamensis crosses to the Pacific side and then continues through Darien (Jesu- cito, Cana, Jaqué). The race Crypturellus soui poliocephalus (Aldrich), de- scribed from the head of the Golfo de Montijo (Paracoté) in Pacific Veraguas, separated from panamensis by paler color, is resident from the southern slope of western Veraguas (Sona), the Azuero Peninsula, the Pacific slope of Coclé, the western Province of Panama, and the Canal Zone (Empire), into the eastern area of the Province of Panama, eastward to the lower Rio Bayano (Chepo, San Antonio ), these areas as stated being in the Pacific drainage. It is found also on Isla del Rey in the Archipiélago de las Perlas. Its range as outlined includes most of the area assigned by recent authors under the name pana- mensis. Crypturellus s. modestus extends from Costa Rica into west- ern Chiriqui along the southern slopes of the volcano. It is probable that poliocephalus ranges through western Veraguas into eastern Chiriqui, a region from which specimens have not been obtained as yet. It is also probable that panamensis ranges west on the Caribbean side to eastern Bocas del Toro but here again specimens are not available. The treatment here outlined restricts the name harterti, for- merly applied to birds of part of Panama, described from the Province of Esmeraldas, Ecuador, to tinamou from western Ecuador and a part of western Colombia. I have not seen mate- rial to indicate the identity of birds from west of the western Andes in Colombia. It is probable that panamensis may cross the border, and that it may meet harterti in northwestern Chocd. 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington The name capnodes for the race described from Bocas del Toro is from the Greek kapnodes, in the sense of dark or dusky. LITERATURE CITED Aldrich, J. W. 1937. Annotated list of birds of the western slope of the Azuero Peninsula. In Aldrich, John Warren, and Benjamin Patterson Bole, Jr., Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 7: 27-139. 31 Aug. Cabanis, Jean. 1869. Uebersicht der im Berliner Museum _befind- lichen Vogel von Costa Rica. J. Orn., 17 (3): 204-213. May. Carriker, M. A., Jr. 1910. An annotated list of the birds of Costa Rica including Cocos Island. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 6 (4): 314-915. 7 Sept. Griscom, Ludlow. 1932. The ornithology of the Caribbean coast of extreme eastern Panama. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 72 (9): 303-372. Jan. Vol. 76, pp. 177-180 2 August 1963 Uae 574. NES: PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN THE CEDAR WAXWING (BOMBYCILLA CEDRORUM ) By Tuomas D. BURLEIGH A routine comparison of cedar waxwings taken in Idaho during the breeding season with specimens taken during this season in the eastern United States revealed that the breeding population of Idaho is morphologically different. Cedar wax- wings occur in small numbers during the winter months over much of Idaho, but in common with other resident species there is an interval in the late fall when no waxwings have been observed. Specimens taken during the winter were found to differ noticeably from the breeding birds as well as from ex- amples from the east. This difference appeared to be too pro- nounced to be the result of seasonal wear. On the assumption that the winter examples represented a more northern breeding population, summer specimens from the extreme northern limits of the cedar waxwing’s range were compared with winter spec- imens from Idaho. They appeared the same. It was at once apparent that the breeding waxwings of Idaho are replaced in the late fall by birds from farther north that represent another morphologically distinct population. Bombycilla cedrorum is, therefore, a composite of at least three geographic races. Two of these are of southerly distribution—one in the east and one in the west. The third extends across the continent north of the breeding range of the first two forms. Before describing and applying names to these three sub- species it is necesary to determine to which geographical group the name Bombycilla cedrorum was originally applied. The type locality of Bombycilla cedrorum, as given in the 5th edition of the A. O. U. Check-List (1957) is “Amérique depuis le Canada jusqu’au Mexique = eastern North America.” This is based on Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot, Hist. Nat. Ois. Amer. Sept., vol. 1, 1807 (1808), p. 88, pl. 57. Vieillot’s obser- 22—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 76, 1963 (177) 178 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington vations, where the cedar waxwing is concerned, were made largely in Pennsylvania and New York, and it is logical to assume that the specimen he used in describing and naming this species was collected in one of these two states. The type locality is herewith restricted to Pennsylvania and, although it cannot be determined whether the original description was based on a breeding bird of that area or a migrant, it is pre- sumed most likely that the more southern breeding population in the east was the basis for Vieillot’s description and plate, and thus becomes the nominate race. Thus the western and north- ern populations appear to be the ones without names and are, therefore, described as follows. Bombycilla cedrorum larifuga, new subspecies Characters: Adults of both sexes similar to Bombycilla cedrorum ced- rorum but paler both above and below. Crown straw-colored and distinctly paler than the neck. Line at base of bill, lores and postocular patch dull black rather than velvety black, and much reduced; dull black of chin also much reduced, or wanting. Brown of throat and chest distinctly vinaceous, this character being obscure or wanting in cedrorum. There is no appreciable size difference. Immatures of larifuga are equally distinct from cedrorum, being also paler, both above and below. Back grayish-olive rather than dark brown, crown vinaceous brown. The broad streaks on the under surface grayish brown, in contrast to the dark brown streaking of cedrorum. Measurements: Adult male (8 breeding specimens from idaho, east- ern Washington and Oregon): Wing, 91-96 (93.3) mm; tail, 53-60 (57); exposed culmen, 8-11 (10.2). Adult female (3 breeding specimens from Idaho and British Columbia): Wing, 92-95 (93.5) mm; tail, 57-58 (57.5); exposed culmen, 8-10 (9.0). Type: Adult male, No. 419709, U. S. National Museum (Biological Surveys collection), Headquarters, Clearwater County, Idaho, 21 August 1951; Thomas D. Burleigh, original number 14052. Distribution: Breeds in southern British Columbia east of the coast ranges, southern Alberta, southern Saskatchewan, and southern Manitoba, south through eastern Washington east of the Cascades to southern Ore- gon, southern Idaho, and northern Montana. Winters irregularly within its breeding range and south to Panama and Colombia. Remarks: Specimens of Bombycilla cedrorum from Washington and Oregon, west of the Cascades, proved rather puzzling. The upper parts, while distinctly gray, have a dark brown wash lacking in larifuga, and the crown is dark brown rather than straw-colored. The lines at the base of the bill, lores, and postocular patch are velvety-black, and noticeably less reduced. This darker coloration agrees with one of the characters of numerous races described from this area of morphological differentiation Variation in Cedar Waxwings 179 notable examples being the hairy and downy woodpeckers, the brown creeper, and the song sparrow. Specimens available for critical study were too limited in number to justify any definite conclusions, and further collecting is necessary to determine whether the cedar waxwings of the coast region of Washington and Oregon represent a distinct race. For the time being they may be considered as a darker variant of larifuga. Specimens of Bombycilla cedrorum larifuga examined: Total number, 38, from the following localities: Idaho: Harvard, 15 June 1952, 2 ¢ adult; Moscow, 29 September 1948, 6 im., 2 July 1949, 9 adult, 27 June 1955, ¢ adult; Boville, 19 July 1948, @ adult; Potlach, 16 October 1949, 2 im., 4 August 1951, 2 im., 13 July 1952, ¢ adult, 8 October 1952, 2 im.; Headquarters, 21 August 1951, ¢ adult; Weippe, 21 October 1952, ¢ im.; New Meadows, 18 July 1960, ¢ adult. Washington: Grand Ronde River, 15 June 1919, ¢ adult; Pullman, 8 September 1948, @ im., 31 July 1950, ¢ adult. Oregon: Pendleton, 16 July 1955, ¢ adult. Montana: Darnalls, 26 June 1910, é adult, 9 July 1910, ¢ adult; Kalispell, 11 August 1955, @ adult; Leedy, 14 July 1919, ¢ adult; Zortman, 25 July 1910, 2 adult; Crazy Mts., 16 June 1917, ? adult. British Columbia: Vanderhoof, 12 August 1919, @ adult; Okanagan, 27 July 1920, ¢ adult; mouth of Couldery Creek, 14 July 1952, ¢ adult; Flathead Valley, 13 July 1956, ¢ adult. Saskatchewan: Kutawagan Lake, 16 June 1920, 6 adult; Carnduff, 17 July 1956, ¢ adult. Man- itoba: Shoal Lake, 30 July 1918, ¢ adult; Oak Lake, 6 August 1921, ¢ adult; Thicket Portage, 7 August 1936, 2 ¢ adult; Swan River, 24 June 1937, ¢ adult, 15 July 1937, @ adult; Clear Lake, 13 July 1938, ¢ adult; Bouscjour, 22 June 1951, 2 adult; Overflowing River, 1 August 1951, 2 6 adult. Bombycilla cedrorum aquilonia, new subspecies Characters: This is the grayest of the three races, the upper parts being uniformly dark gray. Color of crown variable, but in most instances distinctly vinaceous. Similar to larifuga in having the line at the base of the bill, lores, and postocular patch dull black, and much reduced and in having the black of chin much reduced, or entirely wanting. Throat and chest vinaceous, in contrast to the dark brown of cedrorum. There is no appreciable size difference. Measurements: Adult male (8 breeding specimens from Newfound- land, Ontario, Canadian Labrador, Alberta and Alaska): Wing, 93-97 (94.0) mm; tail, 52-59 (54.5); exposed culmen, 8-9.5 (9.1). Adult female (11 breeding specimens from Newfoundland, Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, and Alberta): Wing, 91-97 (92.6) mm; tail, 51-57 (53.7); exposed culmen, 9-11 (9.3). Type: Adult male, No. 381593, U. S. National Museum (Biological Surveys collection), Searston, Newfoundland, 13 July 1943, H. S. Peters and T. D. Burleigh, original number 512. Distribution: Breeds from Newfoundland west through the northern part of the Canadian Provinces to Alaska. Winters irregularly from the 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington northern part of the United States, south to the gulf coast and eastern Mexico, and rarely to Costa Rica. Remarks: Through the kindness of W. Earl Godfrey, of The National Museum of Canada, an excellent series of breeding cedar waxwings from the Canadian Provinces was available for critical examination. A study of this material showed that aquilonia is a distinct race with a relatively narrow but continuous breeding range through the northern portion of the Canadian Provinces, extending from Newfoundland westward through Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta. Specimens from southern Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba proved to a large extent referrable to larifuga, but there were a sufficient number intermediate in their characters (5 from Manitoba, 3 from Saskatchewan, and 13 from Alberta) to show clearly that this is the area of intergradation between larifuga and aquilonia. These intermediate specimens are characterized by having the gray back tinged with brown as in larifuga but with the crown distinctly vinaceous rather than straw-colored. Specimens of Bombycilla cedrorum aquilonia examined: Total num- ber, 41, from the following localities: Alaska: Juneau, 22 August 1949, 6. Idaho: Moscow, 22 November 1948, ¢, 8 November 1949, ¢, 3 December 1949, 29, 15 December 1949, 2 9, 24 December 1949, ¢, 4 January 1950, 9, 27 January 1951, 2, 15 November 1952, 9, 23 April 1953, 6, 16 December 1953, ¢, 25 December 1953, 2, 30 January 1954, ?, 28 December 1954, ¢, 3 November 1956, ¢; Genesee, 16 February 1950, 6; Lewiston, 5 February 1950, 2 9. Alberta: Jasper Park, 27 July 1918, ¢, 15 August 1918, 9, 16 August 1918, @; Cypress Hills, 7 July 1945, 6, 2,10 July 1945, 6; Banff, 15 June 1891, 2 9. Manitoba: The Pas, 18 June 1937, 2. Ontario: South March, 5 July 1927, ¢; Ottawa, 11 August 1931, 2; North Gower, 26 June 1948, 9. Quebec: Ste. Foy, 13 June 1945, 2 9. Canadian Labrador: Trout River, Moisie Bay, 22 June 1928, ¢, 29 June 1928, 6. Newfoundland: Balena, 1903, 2; Searston, 13 July 1943, 6. Vol. 76, pp. 181-190 2 August 1963 574 G6 23 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON STATUS OF CERTAIN FOX SQUIRRELS IN MEXICO AND ARIZONA By M. RaymMonp LEE AND DoNALD F. HOFFMEISTER Museum of Natural History, University of Illinois, Urbana The Sciurus nayaritensis group of fox squirrels previously was composed of three nominal species—Sciurus chiricahuae Goldman, 1933, Sciurus apache J. A. Allen, 1893, and Sciurus nayaritensis J. A. Allen, 1889. These squirrels inhabit the mixed pine-oak forests of the Chiricahua Mountains in Arizona and the Sierra Madre Occidental of Mexico southward as far as southern Jalisco. In the course of investigations of mammals of the Southwest, we were confronted with the problem of the relationships and taxonomic status of S. chiricahuae. Goldman (1933: 72) re- garded certain differences between S. chiricahuae and S. apache and the complete geographical isolation of the former as sufficient evidence for regarding the two as specifically distinct. He stated, however, that they are obviously very closely related. Other authors have also indicated that these forms are related and in fact may be only subspecifically dis- tinct (Hall and Kelson, 1959: 392). Earlier descriptions of S. chiricahuae and S. apache indicated that differences in size— external and cranial—were of lesser importance than were those of shape and proportions of the skull and coloration. No one subsequently has examined an adequate number of specimens to verify these contentions. Finally, our interest in the taxo- nomic relationship of S. chiricahuae and S. apache also has led us to reevaluate the position of S. nayaritensis, whose range is complementary to that of S. apache. For permitting us access to their collections we are indebted to the following persons: R. G. Van Gelder and Sydney Ander- son, American Museum of Natural History; E. R. Hall and J. K. Jones, Jr., Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas; 23—Proc. Biot. Soc. WaAsH., Vou. 76, 1963 (181) 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington David H. Johnson, U.S. National Museum; Rollin H. Baker, The Museum, Michigan State University; William H. Burt, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan; Richard H. Manville, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bird and Mammal Laboratories. The figures were prepared by Harry C. Henriksen. This research was supported by the National Science Foundation, grant G-19392. All measurements are in millimeters. Specimens were used for measurement and comparisons if permanent Pm* was com- pletely erupted. Averages of selected measurements, location of collecting stations, and sample sizes are shown in Table 1. Not all measurements discussed are shown in Table 1. In order to more clearly present our findings on the relation- ships among these three kinds of squirrels, we have dealt with the matter as two problems: an evaluation of apache and chiri- cahuae and an analysis of apache and nayaritensis. COMPARISON OF APACHE AND CHIRICAHUAE External and cranial measurements: External size varies but little from the Chiricahua Mountains (A) on the north to near the southern limits near El] Salto, Durango (F) (see Table 1 and Fig. 1). In length of tail and length of hind foot the Chiricahuan population is smallest but the difference is not marked. A clinal trend is suggested in length of hind foot. Total length is slightly greater in the southernmost populations but again the difference is not great. Skull measurements indicate an increase in length (basilar, greatest length, and condylobasal) from north to south (see Table 1). Also, the skull tends to decrease in relative breadth (using zygomatic breadth, breadth of rostrum, and postorbital constriction) from north to south (see Table 1), causing a moderate elongation and narrowing of the skull from the Chiricahua Mountains (A) to El Salto (F). None of these gra- dients is of large magnitude nor is there a strong break within them. A moderate break does appear in most characters between samples A and B (Table 1). Conformation of skull: Most specimens of chiricahuae (A) can be distinguished from most of those of apache (B, C, D, E, and F) in having a shorter and broader rostrum and both bulbous and laterally expanded distal ends of nasals. This last condition is also reflected in the larger apertures of the external nares and more concave lateral margins of the nasals in chiricahuae. Specimens of chiricahuae usually show a more prominent convexity of the anterior region of the frontals. With regard to the aforementioned characters, specimens of apache from more northern localities (B and C) exhibit the closest approach to chiricahuae while Fox Squirrels in Mexico and Arizona 183 those from the southernmost localities (E and F) least resemble chirica- huae. For example, in dorsal profile and shape of margins of nasals, some specimens from the San Luis Mountains, Chihuahua (B, Fig. 1), are indistinguishable from chiricahuae. One specimen from near Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua (C, Fig. 1), also resembles chiricahuae in shape of nasals. A specimen from near Huachinera, Sonora (C, Fig. 1), has in- flated nasals as in chiricahuae. None of these characters is well demon- strated in specimens from areas D, E, and F. Color: Specimens of chiricahuae differ from the majority of those of apache in having the underparts (see Fig. 2), orbital ring, and postau- ricular areas a richer, darker ochraceous. Examination of 45 adult spec- imens of S. apache from several localities within its range shows them to vary considerably. Eight of these specimens are indistinguishable from those of chiricahuae; 30 specimens are perceptibly (but only slightly) lighter, and 7 specimens are markedly lighter. Thus, the supposed dis- tinctive coloration of chiricahuae is encompassed by the range of variation in color of apache. Remarks: At present it is unlikely that genetic exchange occurs between populations of chiricahuae and those of apache. The intervening terrain between their ranges creates entirely unsuitable habitat for these squirrels. It is likely that within the range of apache there are similar cases where no genetic interchange occurs because of local isolation. How- ever, the close relationship between chiricahuae and apache is quite obviously shown by the considerable number of characters of chiricahuae which appear in varying frequencies within populations of apache. In fact, there is no single character of chiricahuae which cannot be duplicated in some specimens of apache. Further evidence of close relationship is afforded by the apparent fact that most of the cranial characters of chiricahuae are simply the terminal expressions of clinal tendencies within the range of S. apache. COMPARISON OF APACHE AND NAYARITENSIS External and cranial measurements: In total length, specimens of apache and nayaritensis average almost the same (556.8 vs. 557.3). How- ever, length of tail averages less and length of body averages more in nayaritensis than in apache (see Table 1). The hind foot averages very slightly shorter in nayaritensis than in apache. Cranial measurements indicate a very slight increase in length, especially basilar length (also nasal, condylobasal, and palatilar lengths), and de- crease in width (postorbital and interorbital) in nayaritensis when com- pared to apache (see Table 1). None of these differences is judged to be of significant taxonomic value. Most notable is the difference in inter- orbital breadth (21.26 in apache; 20.70 in nayaritensis) which is statis- tically significant (P = .01-.001) but which in itself is of little taxonomic value. The differences between the skulls of apache and nayaritensis are considerably fewer than those between apache and chiricahuae. 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington chiricahuae (A) | | Fic. 1. Solid circles indicate localities from which specimens have been exam- ined. For statistical purposes, specimens from nearby localities were combined. These groupings are indicated by letters which correspond to those in Table 1. In shape of nasals and dorsal profile, specimens of nayaritensis are indis- tinguishable from apache. Specimens of nayaritensis do have slightly longer auditory bullae than those of apache. Color: The difference in coloration between apache and nayaritensis Fox Squirrels in Mexico and Arizona 185 TABLE 1.—Average external and cranial measurements of Sciurus nayaritensis group; locality letters correspond to those on map (Fig. 1) ; - ales By : Be er Seer A ase | tee Eee < Op o OAH do o4 ZH8 v4 40 aos 8 Semliees ee creiga wee eo | se ae | eee 4 Pa |) SLE ae Ame ee NA Om AZ ree 442 A 14 282.66 263.9 75.1 48.55 387.87 21.24 21.06 27.51 11.75 B 8 277.1 277.9 77.0 49.94 36.67 20.48 21.96 27.98 12.06 C 7 281.7 273.8 76.3 49.64 37.20 20.90 21.56 27.95 11.99 D 6 282.8 274.8 78.2 50.16 3831 2093 22.09 27.97 12.00 E 4 — — — 50.08 37.43 19.80 21.88 28.20 11.85 F 14 283.7 2742 77.9 50.33 387.54 20.17 21.66 28.00 12.04 G 25 287.7 266.9 76.1 50.27 37.31 20.18 21.84 28.19 12.07 H 7 284.0 278.6 79.2 5041 37.98 2025 22.17 28.31 12.15 I 9 289.4 270.6 77.3 50.382 37.57 20.41 21.88 27.81 12.15 chiricahuae av. 14 282.6 263.9 75.1 48.55 37.87 21.24 21.06 27.51 11.75 Ss. + 9.89 + 8.50 +2.98 +0.88 +0.50 +0.36 +0.55 =+0.41 =+0.21 min. 267 250 71 47.5 37.2 20.5 20.0 26.8 11.3 max. 301 281 80 50.6 38.7 21.9 21.9 28.3 12.2 apache av. 389 281.88 275.0 77.5 50.03 387.48 20.46 21.77 27.98 12.02 Ss. +10.60 +10.00 +2.60 +0.98 =+0.87 =+0.64 =+0.87 =+0.62 =+0.28 min. 258 259 73 48.5 35.1 19.4 20.1 26.7 11.2 max. 309 298 82 52.5 39.9 21.6 23.7 29.2 12.5 nayaritensis av. 41 287.4 269.9 77.0 50.31 37.48 2027 21.91 28.10 12.10 s +11.55 412.40 +2.99 +1.09 =+0.86 =+0.62 =+0.79 =+0.74 =+0.33 min 264 237 70 48.0 35.7 19.2 20.4 26.3 11.5 max 315 294 84 52.7 39.1 21.7 23.7 30.4 13.0 is considerable. Dorsally, apache is blackish washed with buff or yellow whereas nayaritensis is grayish washed with white. In apache the hairs of the dorsum have a subterminal black band followed by a buffy band. In nayaritensis the hairs are white-tipped (some specimens have a middorsal patch with rusty-tipped hairs) with a subterminal black band followed by a prominent rusty band. In both kinds the hairs basally are dark plumbeous. The upper forearms and hind legs of apache are strongly ochraceous-buff compared with mostly grayish limbs (with slight wash of light buff) in nayaritensis. Differences in the tail are the broad, white lateral margins in nayaritensis compared to the buffy margins in apache. The tail of apache in the midventral region is usually bright ochraceous compared to hazel in nayaritensis (see Fig. 2). The light-tipped hairs are more numerous on the ventral surface of the tail in nayaritensis. The underparts in apache vary from light buff to bright ochraceous and rarely dark ochraceous. The underparts in nayaritensis are usually whitish or rarely (2 of 60 specimens) ochraceous-buff to ochraceous cinnamon. The dark underparts and feet in these two are of a slightly different color than 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington nayaritensis apache chiricahuae ] Lb 2 Sot Air2 LL OP ee a ee WS NSS S NAN S VSS INS NESS NESS SPN NSS SS RENSS Ss SAS *s ‘s S 's a Be NS C/ “yyy Ue, Fic. 2. Diagramatic, ventral views showing coloration and color-patterns in nayaritensis, apache, and chiricahuae. Dots represent whitish; straight lines, ochraceous (closeness of lines proportional to intensity ); wavy lines, hazel; black, black. in apache but distinctly reminiscent of certain specimens of apache. We do not regard these two specimens as geographic intergrades. However, they do demonstrate that the genetic basis of the color pattern which is characteristic of apache and chiricahuae is also present, albeit at a low frequency, in the gene pool of nayaritensis. Remarks: No taxonomically significant differences were found between the skulls of apache and nayaritensis. Certainly, on the basis of their skulls, the two do not constitute even good subspecies. In fact, the sim- ilarity of skulls of these two kinds seems anomalous in view of the striking differences in color. Fox Squirrels in Mexico and Arizona 187 The form nayaritensis seems to exhibit a continuation of certain clinal trends running from chiricahuae through apache. Although the changes from apache to nayaritensis are slight, the skull does appear to become still longer and narrower (see Table 1). External size, however, does not show even these weak clinal tendencies. Length of body in nayaritensis exceeds that in both apache and chiricahuae while length of tail and length of hind foot average smaller than those in apache but larger than those in chiricahuae. The Rio Mesquital, which traverses the entire width of the Sierra Madre in southern Durango, is probably the southern boundary of apache and the northern limit of nayaritensis (also see Baker and Greer, 1962). No specimens are known of either “species” to indicate otherwise. How- ever, it should be pointed out that no specimens of either of these kinds of squirrels are known from areas immediately adjacent to the river. From published information regarding their habitats, it appears that there are no important differences, if any, among these squirrels. All live in mixed pine-oak woodlands (Baker and Greer, 1962: 86; Nelson, 1899). Direct intergradation between apache and nayaritensis at present is highly un- likely. Baker and Greer (1962: 37,51) and also Leopold (1959: Fig. 6) indicate that much of the valley of the Rio Mesquital in the Sierra Madre supports a tropical vegetation. DISCUSSION That the three kinds, chiricahuae, apache, and nayaritensis, are phylo- genetically closely allied is quite indisputable. Sufficient evidence is available to show conspecificity of apache and chiricahuae. Any reluctance to regard the three as a single species stems solely from the distinctive color of nayaritensis. Genetic exchange which in all likelihood has oc- curred between apache and nayaritensis should still be evident in inter- mediate specimens in present populations of these forms. No specimens of apache have been examined which would suggest any similarity to nayaritensis in coloration. However, two specimens of nayaritensis do have the dark ventral coloration suggestive of apache. In view of the great similarity in cranial features between nayaritensis and apache and notwithstanding the difference in color between the two kinds, we suggest that the two be regarded as conspecific. This conclu- sion receives support from the findings of other students of variation in the family Sciuridae. Harris (1937) considered a group of taxa, some of which differ strikingly from each other in coloration, to belong to one species, Sciurus variegatoides. Banks (1931) concluded that a group of squirrels (Callosciurus prevosti) occurring in Sarawak were conspecific although color differences between certain forms were very outstanding and no intergradation was demonstrable between certain subspecies. Nelson (1899) synonymized a group of forms under the name Sciurus poliopus although color variation between certain subspecies was extreme. Within the species Sciurus niger, which is closely allied to the nayaritensis group, spectacular differences occur between subspecies, as for example, 188 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington between S. niger niger and S. n. rufiventer. As a matter of fact, a high degree of intraspecific color variation is not unusual in Mexican and Cen- tral American tree squirrels (viz., Sciurus socialis, S. yucatanensis, S. oculatus, S. poliopus, S. deppei) and is probably the general rule. Careful evaluation will likely reveal a close relationship between S. nayaritensis, as herein delimited, with the species S. oculatus and even S. alleni. Possibly the similarities are sufficient to justify the inclusion of all these forms under one specific name although we have not critically studied oculatus or alleni. Actually, Sciurus nayaritensis is closely allied with Sciurus niger. The resemblance of skulls and color in nayaritensis (especially the color in apache and chiricahuae) is close to the rufiventer-group of S. niger (as delimited by Lowery and Davis, 1942: 154) with their smaller skulls and orange-cinnamon or yellowish underparts. The skulls of S. nayaritensis differ from those in this group most prominently in more inflated braincase, especially far posteriorly, slightly larger auditory bullae, and greater naso- frontal inflation. The range of variation within the species Sciurus niger as presently understood is so great that many workers may regard the dif- ferences between S. nayaritensis and S. niger as those of only subspecific degree. In light of our present investigation, we feel confident that the following nomenclatural arrangement is warranted: Sciurus nayaritensis nayaritensis J. A. Allen 1889. Sciurus alstoni J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2: 167, 21 October, type from Sierra Valparaiso, Zacatecas. Not Sciurus alstoni Anderson 1879 [ = Callosciurus alstoni], type from Borneo. 1890. [Sciurus] nayaritensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2: vii, footnote, February, a renaming of S. alstoni J. A. Allen, 1889. Specimens examined: Total, 63, as follows: DURANGO: Rancho Las Margaritas, 8350 ft, 28 mi. S, 17 mi. W Vicente Guerrero, 12 (MSU). ZACATECAS: Sierra Madre, 8500 ft, 1 (US); Sierra Valparaiso, 8200 ft, 8700 ft, 4 (AM), 19 (US); Plateado, 8500 ft, 12 (US). AGUASCAL- IENTES: Sierra Fria, 7500-8200 ft, 3 (MU). NAYARIT: Santa Teresa, 6800 ft, 9 (US). JALISCO: Sierra de Nayarit, 1 (AM); La Laguna, 5000 ft, Sierra de Juanacatlan, 1 (US); Agosto nr. Atenquiqui, 1 (US). Sciurus nayaritensis apache J. A. Allen 1893. Sciurus apache J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: 29, 16 March, type from western slope of the Sierra de Nacori, 6300 ft, in eastern Sonora. Specimens examined: Total 53, as follows: CHIHUAHUA: Devils Carion, 3 mi. SE Mon. 66, 1 (UI); San Luis Mts., Mexican Boundary line, 9 (US); 20 mi. W Casas Grandes, 1 (KU); 3 mi. SW Pacheco, 2 (KU); Rio Gavilan, 9 mi. SW Pacheco, 1 (KU); 25 mi. (?) W Colonia Garcia, 1 (US); Sierra Madre Mts., head of Yakui [ = Yaqui?], 1 (US); Mojara- Fox Squirrels in Mexico and Arizona 189 chic, 1 (US); 3 mi. NE Temoris, 3 (KU); near Guadalupe y Calvo, 2 (US). SONORA: about 3 mi. from New Mexico line, SE of Cloverdale, 1 (US); 4 mi. N Huachinera, 1 (US); 4 mi. SW Huachinera, 1 (US); western slope of Sierra de Nacori, about 29 trail miles NE Nacori, 6300 ft {not head Rio Bavispe, Chih., see Burt, 1938: 38-39], 1 (US). DU- RANGO: Arroyo de Bucy, 3 (AM); Ciénega Corrales, 1 (AM); La Ciénega de las Vacas, 1 (AM); El Salto, 17 (US); 3 mi. E La Ciudad, 1 (UI); Laguna del Progresso, 1 (AM). SINALOA: 50 mi. NE Choix [ = about 19 mi. E Choix], Sierra de Choix, 3 (US). Sciurus nayaritensis chiricahuae Goldman 1933. Sciurus chiricahuae Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 46: 71, 27 April, type from Cave Creek, Chiricahua Mts., Cochise County, Arizona. Specimens examined: Total, 14, as follows: ARIZONA: Pinery Canyon, 4 (US); Fly Park, 1 (US); Green House Canyon, 114 mi. E Fly Park, 2 (UI); 4% mi. W Research Station, 1 (UI); Herb Martyr Dam, 1 (UI); Cave Creek, 5200 ft, 5 (US). LITERATURE CITED Baker, R. H. and J. K. Greer. 1962. Mammals of the Mexican state of Durango. Publ. Museum, Biol. Ser., Mich. State Univ., 2: 25-154. Banks, E. 1931. The forms of Prevost’s squirrel found in Sarawak. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1931: 1335-1348. Burt, W. H. 1938. Faunal relationships and geographic distribution of mammals in Sonora, Mexico. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 39: 1-77. Goldman, E. A. 1933. Five new rodents from Arizona and New Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 46: 71-77. Hall, E. R. and K. R. Kelson. 1959. The mammals of North America. The Ronald Press Co., New York. Vol. I. Harris, W. P., Jr. 1937. Revision of Sciurus variegatoides, a species of Central American squirrel. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 38: 1-39. Leopold, A.S. 1959. Wildlife of Mexico: the game birds and mammals. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, xiii + 568 pp. Lowery, G. H., Jr. and W. B. Davis. 1942. A revision of the fox squir- rels of the lower Mississippi Valley and Texas. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 9: 153-172. Nelson, E. W. 1899. Revision of the squirrels of Mexico and Central America. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 1: 15-110. 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington eRe atthe da i cy? ede E ¥ 7 oy tn eal i : wt f e ed wile : i dee | aie penn 7 7 “Hl wy Ato ae RY, Ani no aa nae | If ai da ys Ti bi iP Uae ice a Bae Yi , vil ii . La pus Cie Wein aly A Poni, es Al i i f yo, j } r fi és / AL me a! 6 " Be i ote i q Ab “ § he Le 4 } eer a ft , } f F ‘ uyi 4 ' cal i 7 = : - , ‘ Ru ; ; vi Pea CrPepigia esd’? i ae iy deik hl eee , Mb ly ; A ‘ a Si aay Ray " 7 ‘ ; f ; bfeer wy é ASS i Wy ee RABE MAY mt | PBs Saya A a Se a pe) RV oy ee 7 ‘ ae ie mts ; ti pats 8 - iil AT egy e Pig Gvin i A ip whi Oey ed a) mn u) ant fe) wera ae v Pay cite kM aA Ps Hbolips ia io as OA Fy ae P “ tt, apa? Pet em , : Make ; yl eed | ne + si in en atl teen Vaca ht Ke - F yn ee Le Wee heh a Weber ine OY =. uh Ral | glad: mid Ty Mion yee Sig AEE uray | . — hi i ee vin i thay in Mey, Ts aan A MMe ee eT Coc on Pee : os Sea tio : : ey mete ay Yay, af gl Sh Meat, py) q ie ia : aged aes Ai Lime. ft aaa vile & . Sy elas HN oh : i any DL a hai Oa | Mle ia pap in uae aid ALY bots Sean ny rae Pup hae hf a ae | te Dib ots ome a ms vibe NAb oe Haas Mori ALi yl /iaiiiy | - aa ¥ ern AV? ne Ue tani i eee hy ‘i \ | " soca ey iL iniptiod ee VT rs ay au | ie snhied eo: Hy “18 , pet | | eh es. is howe ATL ara? i sey <2 2s tly iy ! ‘ j vt Ae i" ice Bn aa ¥ at eta 4: if ' n 1 es An ie sv Wie ite OST aay ile Vol. 76, pp. 191-196 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TYPE FIXATION AND VALIDATION OF CERTAIN CALCAREOUS NANNOPLANKTON GENERA By AtFrep R. LOEBLICH, JR., AND HELEN TAPPAN California Research Corporation, La Habra, California and University of California, Los Angeles, California During the course of study of calcareous nannoplankton it has become evident that many genera are as yet invalidly described, lack type species, or are homonyms. In order that these genera may be useful in studies now in progress the following genera are herein validated under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN) or the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN ), depending on their original placement as unicellular algae or as flagellate proto- zoans. Algirosphaera Schlauder, 1945, p. 22. Described with three included species: A. oryza, A. spinulosa, and A. campanula without selection of type species. Algirosphaera oryza Schlauder, 1945, p. 23, is here designated as type species. Asterolithes Sujkowski, 1931, p. 508, 509, 617, 618. Described with eight included species, all new: A. cayeuxi, A. grodnensis, A. niemeni, A. octoradiatus, A. polyradiatus, A. pyszkiensis, A. sexradiatus, and A. simplex without selection of type species. Asterolithes sexradiatus Sujkowski, 1931, p. 509, 618, fig. 1 (12) (given as A. sextiradiatus, p. 618), is here designated as type species. As A. sexradiatus is a probable synonym of Discoaster brouweri Tan, 1926, Asterolithes is a junior synonym of Discoaster. Sujkowski reported his species to occur in Cre- taceous chalk near Grodno, Poland, but they seem most likely to be of post-Cretaceous age. Brachiolithus Loeblich and Tappan, n. gen. [proposed by Noél, 1959, p. 171, with three included centuriae (= species): B. quadratus, B. pentagonus, and B. hexagonus. As none was selected as type, the genus and all species are invalid (ICBN Art. 37)]. The herein validated genus is described in Noél, 1959, p. 171, and the species Brachiolithus quad- ratus Loeblich and Tappan, n. sp., herein (described by Noél, 1959, p. 171, pl. 3, fig. 25), is here designated as type species. The species and 24—Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (191 ) 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington genus occur in Jurassic Upper Portlandian to Lower Cretaceous Valan- ginian strata from Algeria. Bucculinus Noél, 1957, p. 326. Described with two included species: B. algeriensis and B. hirsutus. Bucculinus algeriensis Noél, 1957, p. 327, pl. 4, fig. 31, 32, is here designated as type species. Coccosphaera Wallich, 1877, p. 348 (non Coccosphaera Perty, 1852). Described with two included species: C. pelagica and C. carterii, neither designated as type species. Coccosphaera pelagica is here designated as type species. As Coccolithophora Lohmann, 1902, p. 93, 136, 137, is a nomen substitutum, it has the same type species and hence is a junior isogenotypic synonym of Cyathosphaera Haeckel, 1894 (see Hay and Towe, 1962 [1963], p. 507) and Cyatholithus Huxley, 1868. Cribrosphaerella Deflandre, 1952, p. 462, 466. Proposed as nom. subst. pro Cribrosphaera Arkhangel’skiy, 1912, non Popofsky, 1906, with two included species, neither cited as type. Cribrosphaera ehrenbergi Arkhangel’skiy, 1912, p. 412, pl. 6, fig. 19 (not fig. 20) is here designated as type species for Cribrosphaera Arkhangel’skiy, 1912, and for the substitute name Cribrosphaerella Deflandre, 1952. Fig. 19 is here designated as lectotype for C. ehrenbergi. Cyatholithus Huxley, 1868, p. 206. Described and figured, but without included species. Coccosphaera pelagica Wallich, 1877, is here desig- nated as type species. Coccosphaera, Cyathosphaera, and Coccolith- ophora are junior isogenotypic synonyms. Cyclolithella Loeblich and Tappan, n. name [nom. subst. pro Cy- clolithus Kamptner, 1948, p. 3 (invalid ICBN Art. 34 & 41) and Cy- clolithus Deflandre, 1952, p. 465, non Cyclolithus Koenig, 1825]. Type, Cyclolithus inflexus Deflandre, 1952, p. 465, text-fig. 362-B (= invalid C. inflexus Kamptner, 1948, p. 7). Discoaster Tan Sin Hok, 1927, p. 412. Described with seven included species: D. barbadiensis, D. ehrenbergi, D. hilli, D. brouweri, D. pen- taradiatus, D. molengraaffi, and D. triradiatus, none of which was selected as type species. Discoaster pentaradiatus Tan Sin Hok, 1927, is here designated as type species. Discolithina Loeblich and Tappan, n. name (nom. subst. pro Dis- colithus Huxley, 1868, p. 206, non Discolithus Fortis, 1802). Discolithus was described by Huxley without originally included species. The first species to be placed in the genus were the eight included by Kamptner, 1948, p. 4: D. pulvinus, D. multiporus, D. vigintiforatus, D. patera, D. latus, D. sparsiforatus, D. circumcisus, and D. staurophorus, none of which was designated as type. Discolithus vigintiforatus Kamptner, 1948, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 8, is here designated type species for Discolithina, as it is readily recognizable in topotype material. Vekshina, 1959, p. 65, designated Discolithus glabrus Vekshina, 1959, as type species for Discolithus, but this is an invalid type designation, because D. glabrus was not among the first included species. Lecalia Loeblich and Tappan, nom. nov. (nom. subst. pro Rhab- Calcareous Nannoplankton 193 docyclus Lecal in Bernard and Lecal, 1960, p. 21, non Lang and Smith, 1939). Type species, Rhabdocyclus simplex Lecal in Bernard and Lecal, 1960, p. 21, text-fig. 2(9). Martiniaster Loeblich and Tappan, nom. nov. (nom. subst. pro Co- ronaster Martini, 1961, p. 102, non Perrier, 1884). Type species, Co- ronaster fragilis Martini, 1961, p. 102, text-fig. 2. Meringosphaera Lohmann, 1903, p. 68. Meringosphaera was described with four included species: M. baltica, M. mediterranea, M. divergens, and M. hydroidea, none of which was selected as type. In a generic revision Pascher, 1932, pp. 209-210, removed the coccolithophorid species M. hydroidea Lohmann, 1903 [= Ophiaster], from the green algal genus Meringosphaera. Meringosphaera mediterranea Lohmann, 1903, is here designated as type species for true Meringosphaera. Pontosphaera Lohmann, 1902, p. 129. Described with five included species: P. huxleyi, P. syracusana, P. haeckeli, P. pellucida, and P. inermis, none of which was selected as type. Pontosphaera syracusana Lohmann, 1902, p. 129, 130, pl. 4, fig. 10, is here designated as type species. Rhabdolithes Schmidt, 1870, p. 680. Described with no included species. Rhabdolithes was first proposed by Schmidt, 1870, not by Voeltzkow in 1902 as stated by Neave, 1940, p. 27, although the first species included in the genus were Rhabdosphaera tubifer Murray and Blackman, 1898, and R. claviger Murray and Blackman, 1898, by Voeltz- kow, 1902, p. 493. Rhabdosphaera claviger Murray and Blackman, 1898, p. 438, 439 = Rhabdolithes claviger (Murray and Blackman) Voeltzkow, 1902, p. 493, is here designated as type species. Thus Rhabdosphaera Haeckel, 1894, becomes an isogenotypic synonym of Rhabdolithes Schmidt, 1870 (see Hay and Towe, 1962 [1963], p. 504, for type designation for Rhabdosphaera. The prior type designation by Vekshina (1959, p. 74) of Rhabdosphaera elliptica Vekshina, 1959, as type of Rhabdosphaera is invalid as R. elliptica was not among the first included species ). Syracolithus Kamptner, 1941, p. 73, 81, 101. Described with four included species: Syracosphaera catillifera, S. dalmatica, S. quadriper- forata, and S. schilleri, none of which was cited as type species. Syra- cosphaera dalmatica Kamptner, 1927, p. 178, text-fig. 2, is here desig- nated as type species. Syracosphaera Lohmann, 1902, p. 129, 133. Described with six in- cluded species: S. spinosa, S. mediterranea, S. pulchra, S. tenuis, S. dentata, and S. robusta, none of which was selected as type species. Syracosphaera pulchra Lohmann, 1902, p. 133, 134, pl. 4, fig. 33, 36, 36a, b, 37, is here designated as type species. Umbellosphaera Paasche in Markali and Paasche, 1955, p. 96. De- scribed with two included species: U. irregularis, n. sp. and U. tenuis (Kamptner), 1937 = Coccolithus tenuis Kamptner, 1937, without type 194 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington citation. Coccolithus tenuis Kamptner, 1937, p. 311, pl. 17, fig. 41, 42, is here designated as type species of Umbellosphaera. Vekshinella Loeblich and Tappan, nom. nov. (nom. subst. pro Ephip- pium Vekshina, 1959, p. 63, 69, non Bolten, 1798, nec Latreille, 1805). Type species, Ephippium acutiferrus Vekshina, 1959, p. 69. Zygolithus Matthes, 1956, p. 223 [= Zygolithus Kamptner, 1949, p. 78, invalid (ICBN Art. 41)]. Described by Matthes but without type citation. First valid species included in the genus were Z. bijugatus Deflandre, Z. diplogrammus Deflandre, Z. dubius Deflandre, Z. erectus Deflandre, Z. tenansa Deflandre, and Z. turriseiffeli Deflandre (all 1954, in Deflandre & Fert). Zygolithus erectus Deflandre in Deflandre & Fert, 1954, p. 150, pl. 15, fig. 14-17, text-figs. 60-62, is here designated as type species. Zygosphaera Kamptner, 1936, p. 244. Described originally with no included species. Kamptner, 1937, p. 305, again described the genus as new and included three species: Z. amoena, Z. hellenica, and Z. wett- steini without citation of type species. Zygosphaera hellenica Kamptner, 1937, p. 306, pl. 16, figs. 27-29, is here designated as type species. LITERATURE CITED ARKHANGEL skly, A. D. 1912. Verkhnemelovyya otlozheniya vostoka evropeyskoy Rossii [Upper Cretaceous deposits of east Euro- pean Russia]: Materialy dlya Geologii Rossii, Izdanie Im- peratorskago Mineralogicheskago obshchestva, 25: iv + 631, pls. 1-10. BERNARD, FRANCIS AND JULIETTE LEcAL. 1960. Plankton unicellulaire récolté dans l’ocean Indien par le Charcot (1950) et le Norsed (1955-56): Inst. Oceanogr., Bull. 1166: 1-59, text-figs. 1-18 (Monaco ). DEFLANDRE, GrEorGES. 1952. Classe des coccolithophoridés, in P. P. Grassé: Traité de Zoologie, 1(1): 439-470, text-figs. 339- 364 bis. AND CHARLES Fert. 1954. Observations sur les Coc- colithophoridés actuels et fossiles en microscopie ordinaire et électronique: Ann. Paléontologie, 40: 115-176, pls. 1-15, 127 figs. Hay, W. W. anv K. M. Tower. 1962 [1963]. Electron microscope examination of some coccoliths from Donzacq (France). Eclogae geol. Helvetiae, 55(2): 497-517, pls. 1-10. HAECKEL, Ernst. 1894. Systematische Phylogenie der Protisten und Pflanzen, 1: 1-400, Georg Reimer (Berlin). Huxiey, T. H. 1868. On some organisms living at great depths in the North Atlantic Ocean. Trans. Roy. Micros. Soc., 15: 203— 212, pl. 12. KAMPTNER, ERwin. 1927. Beitrag zur Kenntnis adriatischer Coc- colithophoriden. Arch. Protistenk., 58: 173-184, text-figs. 1-6. Calcareous Nannoplankton 195 . 1936. Uber die Coccolithineen der Siidwestkiiste von Istrien. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Jahrg. 1936, no. 25: 243-247. 1937. Neue und bemerkenswerte Coccolithineen aus dem Mittelmeer. Arch. Protistenk., 89: 279-316, pls. 14-17. . 1941. Die Coccolithineen der Siidwestkiiste von Istrien. Ann. Naturhist. Museum Wien, 51: 54-149, pls. 1-15. . 1948. Coccolithen aus dem Torton des Inneralpinen Wiener Beckens. Osterr. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. Kl., Sitz- ungsber., Abt. 1, 157: 1-16, pls. 1, 2. . 1949. Fossile Coccolithineen-Skelettreste aus dem Molukken- Archipel. Osterr. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. KI., Anz., 86(4): 77-80. . Loumann, H. 1902. Die Coccolithophoridae, eine Monographie der coccolithenbildenden Flagellaten. Arch. Protistenk., 1: 89- 165, pls. 4-6. 1903. Neue Untersuchungen tiber den Reichtum des Meeres an Plankton. Wiss. Meeresuntersuch., Abt. Kiel, n. folge, 7: 1-87. MARKALI, JOAR AND EYESTEIN PAASCHE. 1955. On two species of Um- bellosphaera, a new marine coccolithophorid genus. Nytt Mag. Botan., 4: 95-98, pls. 1-6. Martini, ErteND. 1961. Die stratigraphische Wert der Lithostroma- tionidae. Erdoel Zeitschr., 77(3): 100-103 (Wien-Ham- burg). Mattues, H. W. 1956. Einfihrung in die Mikropalaontologie. P. 1- 348, text-figs. 1-197, S. Hirzel (Leipzig). Murray, GeorcE AND V. H. BLackMAN. 1898. On the nature of the coccospheres and rhabdospheres. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 190(B): 427-441, pls. 15, 16. Murray, JOHN AND A. F. RENARD. 1891. Report on deep sea deposits based on the specimens collected during the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger in the years 1872-1876. Deep Sea Deposits, Challenger Exped., pt. 3, p. 1-525, pls. 1-29, charts 1-42, diagrams 1-22, Neill & Co. (Edinburgh). NeaveE, S. A. 1940. Nomenclator zoologicus, 4(Q-Z): 1-758, Richard Clay & Co. (London). NoEL, Denise. 1956 [1957]. Coccolithes des terrains jurassiques de YAlgérie. Publ. Service Carte Géol. Algérie, n. sér., Bull. 8: 303-345, pls. 1-8. 1958 [1959]. Etude des coccolithes du jurassique et du crétacé inférieur. Publ. Serv. Carte Géol. Algérie, n. sér., Bull. 20: 155-196, pls. 1-8. Pascuer, A. 1932. Zur Kenntnis mariner Planktonten. I. Meringo- sphaera und ihre Verwandten. Arch. Protistenk., 77(2): 195-218, text-figs. 1-27. 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington SCHLAUDER, JULIETTE. 1945. Recherches sur les flagellés calcaires de la baie d’Alger. Univ. Alger, Fac. Sci., Dipl6me Etudes Supérieures (Zool.), p. 1-51, pls. 1-8, Artra (Paris). ScHmMipT, Oscar. 1870. Uber Coccolithen und Rhabdolithen. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Sitzungsber., Math.-Naturwiss. KI., 62, Abt. 1, heft 10: 669-682, pls. 1, 2. Suykowsk1, Zp. 1931. Petrografja kredy Polski kreda z gtebokiego wiercenia w Lublinie w porédwnaniu z kreda_ niektérych innych obszaréw Polski [Etude petrographique du crétacé de Pologne. La série de Lublin et sa comparison avec la craie blanche]. Sprawozdania Polskiego Inst. Geol., 6(3): 485— 628, 4 text-figs., pls. 6-13. Tan Sin Hox. 1927. Discoasteridae incertae sedis: Proc. Akad. We- tensch. Amsterdam, Sec. Sci., 30(3): 411-419, 14 figs. VexsHInAa, V. N. 1959. Kokkolitoforidy maastrikhtskikh otlozheniy zapadno-Sibirskoy nizmennosti [Coccolithophoridae of the Maastrichtian deposits of the west Siberian lowlands]. Si- birskogo Nauchno-Issledov. Inst. Geol., Geofiz. i Mineral. Syria (sNuccims), Trudy, 2: 56-77, pls. 1, 2, Minst. Geol. i Okhrany Nedr SSSR (Leningrad). VoELtTzkow, A. 1902. Uber Coccolithen und Rhabdolithen nebst Be- merkungen tiber den Aufbau und die Entstehung der Al- dabra-Inseln. Abh. Senckenberg. Naturforsch. Gesell., 26: 467-537, 3 figs. Wa.ticu, G. C. 1877. Observations on the coccosphere. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, 19: 342-350, pl. 17. “phomereincs vi Or he a a | m wine eal Sete oN ‘bane iey sani i a cae ue i i a Li ? , i , ay Pas ve i m0, ie Heigl Rove w}: fi Mf 48% +7 i i Dy eM Lil Sie wh tay i ae cule eta hu Ks ‘UR, ty i ‘ ! ; BBWC RY! lak i OM ns : Ve, edie? ’ Wath 7 i a) Hit wy alae i we no eas Bier. iy i re ah ave he we bie, bheeshy PRE BARR o ok i a es we Hh. ee Add) CY Ra ROR eek me RS i * Wierd Wha wediat ds Si eh Wha ha i" ki ie tie AT. Me py?) PEERS, me i bed iy COLES Py am, Vath runt Ca 1) sity) aye ty on Hou Wey Tar PRE EAN biviueebiry : ee La Pie Bhat Pi rain Th tae Me Ved ik daye i eiera: Hidaah th, are cal Ap | Layee 6h) Miri) mee Ha Pale vit nol A is ck allasa Mh tal, Uaciah TRUE ee ca ls sre Syl edie iter, Ae a ee hat thie y hail 4 Huai a rae igen oe i" Ae Bt, 9673 Vol. 76, pp. 197-208 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM PUGET SOUND AND THE SAN JUAN ARCHIPELAGO, WASHINGTON! By Karu BANSE University of Washington, Seattle In view of pending investigations of the level bottom fauna of the inshore waters of Washington by the Department of Oceanography, polychaetes were studied at the Friday Harbor Laboratories of the University of Washington during the sum- mers of 1961 and 1962. Some species new to the area or new to science are treated here. FAMILY PHYLLODOCIDAE Eteonides coineaui difficilis, new subspecies Several anterior and posterior fragments, with up to 65 setigers 4.6 mm long were dredged in July 1961 at about 20 m south of Cattle Point, San Juan Island (appr. 48° 25.0’ N; 122° 59.0’ W) from coarse, not too clean sand. Other specimens were dredged in August 1962 between Reid Rock and Turn Island, near San Juan Island (appr. 48° 32.5’ N; 122° 58.5’ W), at about 100 m from a coarse, fairly clean sediment mostly made up of broken shells. Description: The living animal (Fig. 1A) has a very elongated, pseudoannulated prostomium with four antennae of equal length and, on its posterior margin, two eyes. The proboscis is about three times as long as the prostomium and is covered with fairly large, round papillae which are not arranged in rows. The first two segments carry three tentacular cirri and are apparently free from each other, although a separation could not be clearly seen mid-dorsally. The cirrus on the first segment, and the dorsal one on the second segment, are long and slender, whereas the ventral cirrus on the second segment is ovoid and hardly larger than the ventral cirri on the setigers. All tentacular cirri are placed on cirrophores. There are no bristles or aciculae on the second 1 Contribution No. 290 from the Department of Oceanography, University of Washington, Seattle 5. The preparation of this paper was supported in part by the Office of Naval Research Contract Nonr-477(10) Project NR 083 012. The author is obliged to his colleagues for the material put at his disposal, and to Dr. R. L. Fernald, Director, Friday Harbor Laboratories, University of Washington, for making M. V. Hydah available for dredging. Mr. D. M. Damkaer translated Russian descriptions. 25—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (197) 198 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington D E F G G 0.05mm Fic. 1. Eteonides coineaui difficilis. A, Living animal, dorsal view. B, Preserved specimen, ventral view. C, 10th parapodium. D, Acicula, approximately to scale with setae. E, End of shaft of uppermost seta. F, Median seta. G, Lowermost seta. segment. There is no dorsal cirrus on the third segment. Thus, the ol oO formula of the tentacular cirri is ] + Om + ae Hartmann-Schréder ) a (1960) has established the genus Eteonides for phyllodocid species with this formula. The prostomium of the preserved animal (Fig. 1B) is shortened, and of oval shape. The eyes are difficult to make out. The cirrophores of the tentacular cirri are less distinct than in the living animals, and the shape of these cirri is more bulbose than filiform. The tenth foot is shown in Fig. 1C. The dorsal cirrus which some- times appears to sit on a small cirrophore, is inserted at the origin of the parapod. In the posterior setigers (60th to 70th) it grows from the very base of the parapod. Also in this region, it does not reach beyond the tip of the foot, in contrast to the ventral cirrus. The ventral cirrus Polychaetous Annelids 199 sits on a moderately distinct cirrophore in the middle and posterior (60th to 70th) setigers. The acicula has a rounded point (Fig. 1D). Anteriorly there are four, posteriorly, five compound setae. The shafts are bifid except the dorsal bristle which is trifid (Fig. 1E); the dorsal bristle usually is slightly thicker than the others. The bristle below it has a very broad blade. The blade of the one or two middle setae is fairly long (Fig. 1F); that of the lowest seta is given in Fig. 1G. The anal cirri are slender and slightly longer than the tentacular cirri on the first segment. Living and dead specimens are rather bale There is little yellow-green pigment on the ventral cirri. Diagnosis: A subspecies of Eteonides coineaui Laubier with at least 65 setigers and 4.6 mm length, living on coarse sand in cold water of high salinity. Dorsal cirri shorter than, or equal in length to, parapodia. Uppermost bristle slightly thicker than the others. Tip of the blades of the median bristles long and thin. Yellow-green pigment on the ventral cirri. Type locality and habitat: San Juan Archipelago, Washington. Be- cause of the strong tidal mixing in the area, the environment on the stations between Reid Rock and Turn Island, and south of Cattle Point, San Juan Island, should be similar. An idea of the prevailing conditions may be obtained from the observations by Phifer and Thompson (1934; see also Herlingvaux and Tully, 1961, with other references) at the Friday Harbor Laboratories. During the year the average monthly means of the surface salinity range from 29.7 to 30.7% S, with a deviation from the average for individual months of roughly 0.5%. either way. The annual range of the temperature values is 7.2 to 10.8° C, also with little variation. At the first station, the salinity of water near the bottom does not drop below 29.0%-, and the oxygen content is not likely to fall much below 50% of saturation. Types: Holotype—U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 30493. Para- types—U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 30494. Discussion: There are four species of Eteonides known, E. elongata (Southern, 1914), E. augeneri (Friedrich, 1937), E. serrata Hartmann- Schréder (1960), and E. coineaui (Laubier, 1961) which, except for E. serrata, were described as species of Pseudomystides. The first two species have very small dorsal cirri which are inserted on the para- podium itself, whereas in the two other species the cirri are inserted on the base of the parapod. The tips of the bristles of the present material are drawn out more than those of E. serrata and E. coineaui coineaui from the type locality. Dr. Laubier kindly sent one of his specimens. In material of E. coineaui from other Mediterranean localities, the blades of the setae are of similar shape to those in the present material, accord- ing to drawings sent by Dr. Hartmann-Schréder. It would be difficult to distinguish the new subspecies from the type subspecies on purely morphological characters. Laubier (1961) stated that the type sub- 200 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington species has wine-red and violet pigmentation. The main reason for keeping the present material separate from the Mediterranean form is that it lives on coarse sand in cool water of high salinity. In Europe, E. elongata and E. augeneri, which are clearly distinct from E. coineaui, are found in this environment. E. coineaui coineaui has been found in brackish water of high temperature. The new subspecies is distinguished from E. serrata by its bristles and by the dorsal cirri which in E. serrata reach beyond the tip of the parapodium in the middle region of the body. FAMILY EUNICIDAE (DORVILLEINAE) Ophryotrocha vivipara, new species Two mature specimens of 0.8 and 1.0 mm length were collected by Dr. R. Zimmer in August 1962 from the water standing above a mud sample dredged by him at 22 m in Lopez Sound west of Decatur Island (appr. 48° 30.8’ N; 122° 50.7’ W). Fig. 2A is based on photographs of the living paratype and sketches of the living holotype. Description: The prostomium carries a pair of antennae and a pair of palps which are both situated behind a complete ring of cilia. There is no second complete ring of cilia behind the antennae, as in O. puerilis Claparéde and Metschnikow (1869) but only two pits of cilia (Fig. 2A); ventrally, cilia seem to encircle the mouth but details could not be made out. A pair of eyes is found beneath the border of the first segment. The first two segments are apodous, each with a complete ring of cilia. There are six setigerous segments. In cross section, the body is almost elliptical; the feet insert below the end of the major axis of the figure. The parapods (Fig. 2B) are without rudiments of dorsal or ven- tral cirri or lips. In the fourth and fifth parapods, a pointed acicula, two dorsally inserted needle-like capillaries, and two to three compound setae with long blades (Fig. 2C) are found. There are complete rings of cilia on the posterior parts of the setigers. The pygidium is girdled by another ring, and carries an inconspicuous ventral median appendage and two anal cirri. Long stiff hairs are found on palps, tentacles, anal cirri and the distal ends of the parapods (the latter are omitted in the drawings). Short hairs line the front of the prostomium. The dark brown jaws are visible through the body wall. The mandible of an embryo taken from the type specimen is shown in Fig. 2D. (The broken line indicates its shape in the adults.) Characteristic is the almost straight anterior margin. Fig. 2K and F show the broken forceps and the maxillary apparatus of the paratype pressed under a coverglass; the jaws of the holotype were lost. Looking from above at the forceps (marked by “x’”) and the apparently very short carrier, one sees a piece with large teeth, above the forceps and presumably free from it; it appears to be less complicated on the left side than on the right side. The caudal end of the carrier of the forceps is widened. Beneath the forceps is a thin piece with many sharp teeth. The left maxillae are shown in Fig. 2E. The right maxillae seem to consist of five strong Polychaetous Annelids 201 Fic. 2. Ophryotrocha vivipara. A, Adult, dorsal view. B, Parapodium. C, Com- pound seta. D, Mandible of an embryo, the broken line indicating the size in the adults. E, Left maxillary apparatus. F, Forceps, broken. G, Largest embryo taken from the holotype, ventral view. hooks, that may be separate pieces, and about the same number of thinner plates with many teeth. Maxillary plates with a fairly smooth 202 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington anterior margin, as known in O. puerilis (Korschelt, 1893; Hartman, 1944), are not present. There is no such forceps in the embryos as is known from young specimens of O. puerilis (Korschelt, 1893). In the paratype, two oval dark masses, presumably the gonads, filled almost the entire space in setigers 3-5, on both sides of the midline (Fig. 2A). In the holotype were found eight embryos in varying states of development, between 200 and 250 uw long. The two oldest were as in Fig. 2G, and had fairly well-developed jaws which could be seen through the mother’s body wall; the mandible shows that they were embryos, and not parasites. The epithelium of the dead animals appears in many places like foam, as observed in living and dead O. puerilis by Korschelt (1893). The color of the living adults is pale; the gonads give a pink color to the middle part of the body. Deep red pigment, irregularly distributed in the epi- dermis, does not fade after one month in formalin (dotted areas in Fig. 2A). The animals swim rapidly by their cilia along the bottom of a dish and up to the water surface. The parapods are seldom used for crawling. The shape of the body changes rapidly from the form shown in Fig. 2A to that of an electric bulb. Diagnosis: A viviparous species of Ophryotrocha of 0.8—-1.0 mm length with six setigers. Frontal edge of mandible almost straight, with teeth. Parapods without cirri and distinct lips. Compound setae with long blades. Type locality and habitat: San Juan Archipelago, Washington. The salinity, temperature and oxygen content at the station must be quite similar to those prevailing near the Friday Harbor Laboratories (p. 199). Types: Holotype—U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 30491. Para- type—U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 30492. (The jaws are kept on a slide with this same number. ) Discussion: The other known species of the genus (cf. Hartman, 1959) have considerably more segments than O. vivipara when mature, and have generally less simplified feet. This new species can be dis- tinguished from young specimens of the others by the straight anterior margin of the mandible, which is toothed. According to Wesenberg- Lund (1938), the margin is fairly straight also in O. geryonicola (Esmark, 1878) but in young animals there is a lateral keel not present in O. vivipara. The development of O. vivipara differs from that of O. puerilis not only in respect to the viviparity, but also because the embryos with four segments bear two pairs of feet. In O. puerilis with four segments, no feet (or one pair only) are observed (cf. Korschelt, 1893; Braem, 1893). It is not yet known whether there are males in the new species, at least temporarily, or whether self-fertilization prevails. O. puerilis, one of the few fairly well-known polychaetes (although not well known taxonomically, see below), is a protandric hermaphrodite; Bacci (1951), however, has stated for the Naples population that a few true males Polychaetous Annelids 203 and females do occur. Self-fertilization is rare although not impossible; the offspring develops abnormally (Korschelt, 1895). Normally, the male fertilizes the laid eggs (Korschelt, 1894). The forms described by Huth (1933) as O. hartmanni and O. gracilis are hermaphroditic throughout their life; self-fertilization usually does not occur (Hartmann and Huth, 1936). These forms have a chromosome number different from O. puerilis, behave differently from each other and from O. puerilis, and have different ways of developing and depositing their eggs. Concerning the behavior of O. puerilis, it may be mentioned that the author was told by G. E. MacGinitie and N. MacGinitie that the observa- tions reported by them (1949) refer to worms from Newport Bay, near Corona del Mar, Southern California. The authors observed pairing, and brood protection by the male. European observers found brood protection by the female (for Triest, cf. Korschelt, 1894, 1895) although the male is around for some days before the deposition of the eggs. Hartman (1944), describing North American material, did not find morphological differences justifying the taxonomic separation from the European representatives. According to a personal communication from Dr. O. Hartman, the description was probably based on specimens from La Jolla, Southern California. It may be remembered that the previously lumped populations of O. puerilis from Naples and Plymouth do not interbreed successfully (Bacci and La Greca, 1953) and are now re- garded as different subspecies. Thus, a new study of the Pacific O. puerilis may be worthwhile. FAMILY SPIONIDAE Rhynchospio arenincola Hartman, 1936 Syn.: Rhynchospio (cf. arenincola) Wieser, 1959, p. 105 Many large specimens were collected in August 1962 in the outermost part of False Bay, San Juan Island (appr. 48° 28.9’ N; 123° 04.3’ W) on medium to fine, fairly clean sand at about —2 ft tide level. This level is exposed on a very few days during low spring tides which do not occur every month. Wieser (1959), however, found the species at +2 to +3 ft. With the prevailing tides of the mixed type, this means many hours of exposure. There is very little freshwater discharge into False Bay. In the preserved material, the frontal horns point obliquely forward as mentioned by Chlebovitsch (1959) for his R. arenincola asiatica. The anterior pair of eyes is, in five or six of the nine specimens studied, larger than the posterior one, and in three specimens equal in size. In the type (Hartman, 1936), the posterior eyes were the larger ones; the subspecies R. arenincola asiatica is distinguished from the type by its larger anterior eyes. It seems doubtful that this character is a valid one. Chlebovitsch (1959) has pointed out that the known species of the genus are distinguished from each other mostly by the shape of the anal cirri. In the present material, a young individual of 30 setigers has only 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington six conical cirri, instead of the eight in adults. Two insert dorsally and are about 1% times as long as the ventral ones; there is a fifth cirrus about as long as the ventral cirri and a sixth just budding. A specimen with 64 setigers, of 14 mm length, has one conical cirrus along with filiform cirri of about 0.2 mm length. Chlebovitsch recorded very thin cirri whereas Hartman (1936) described conical cirri for the holotype. Dr. O. Hartman kindly sent the animals collected by Wieser (1959), which are all small. The anal cirri are also filiform. The specimens seem to be identical with those from the new collection. FAMILY CIRRATULIDAE Cossura longocirrata Webster and Benedict, 1887 One complete specimen with 45 setigers and almost 3 mm length, and an anterior fragment of a presumably older individual, have been found in a dredge haul by Dr. E. Kozloff in August 1962, on mud bottom at 15 m in Massacre Bay, West Sound, Orcas Island (appr. 48° 38’ N; 122° 59’ W). Berkeley and Berkeley (1956) have reported only one achaetous seg- ment (the buccal segment) in material from East Sound, Orcas Island, as has been observed elsewhere. In both the present specimens, there are two achaetous segments following the prostomium, as in the speci- mens of Webster and Benedict (1887), indicating variability of this character. The tentacle inserts at the posterior border of the second setiger. The station in West Sound is situated behind a sill. Although the pycnocline usually is shallow, as in East Sound, the temperature at the sampling depth may occasionally reach at least 15° C during summer. The salinity is not much lower than outside (see conditions near the Friday Harbor Laboratories, p. 199) but the oxygen saturation of the bottom water possibly could be low during summer. FAMILY SABELLIDAE Laonome kroyeri Malmgren, 1866 Several specimens, up to 25 mm long, were dredged by Dr. E. Kozloff in August 1962 in Massacre Bay, West Sound, Orcas Island (appr. 48° 38’ N; 122° 59’ W) from mud bottom in 15 m depth (for the environ- mental conditions, refer to the preceding species). In a large specimen, there are seven to eight pairs of radioli, without eyes or dorsal appendages, or a palmar membrane. The collar is formed as figured by Malmgren (1866) with a broad dorsal gap and a pair of large, elongated, pointed ventral lobes. There are limbate and spatulate bristles in the thoracic notopodia. The thoracic tori are short and contain only hooks (Figs. 3A and B). The thoracic uncini are quite similar to those figured by Malmgren (1866) and McIntosh (1922). Fauvel (1927) and Uschakov (1955) have used a figure of Hofsommer (1913) which is very different from eH Polychaetous Annelids 205 A B C Fic. 3. A and B, Laonome kroyeri from West Sound, thoracic uncini from dorsal or youngest part (A) and from ventral or oldest part (B) of torus. C, Fabricia sabella oregonica, dorsal view of front end, tentacular crown removed. either one. Prof. Siewing kindly checked the sample O. X. from the Bay of Kiel which Hofsommer apparently had used. The uncini were found to be fairly similar to those in Fig. 3 (see also Evenkamp, 1931, for other material from Kiel). Previously known in the Pacific from the area near Kamchatka and from the Sea of Japan (Uschakov, 1955). Fabricia sabella (Ehrenberg ) subsp. oregonica Banse, 1956 Many specimens were collected by Mr. M. G. Hatfield in August 1962 in the high intertidal zone in False Bay, San Juan Island (appr. 48° 29' N; 123° 04’ W). The animals were taken in felt-like mats of algae which can become lukewarm from the sun during low tide. The specimens agree with the subspecies described from material collected in Coos Bay, Oregon, in their subspatulate thoracic notosetae which have a very long tip and differ little in shape and length from the other notosetae. The number of thoracic hooks reaches 14 only in one out of four animals checked, the specimens being not more than 2 mm long. This high number was thought to be characteristic of the sub- species. In the other individuals, there were only eight to nine hooks in the thoracic neuropods. Additions to the original description: The tentacular crown makes up ¥Y% to %4 of the total length. The radioli bear 3 to 5 pairs of pinnulae ending at the same level. The collar (Fig. 3C) is broader than in the type subspecies, and occupies 14 of the circumference of the prostomium. The blood is bright green. It is unknown whether the previous record of Fabricia sabella from neighboring areas (Berkeley, 1930 partim, see Banse, 1956) refers to this subspecies. The original material is lost (personal communication from Dr. C. Berkeley). The collar of the present specimens is con- siderably broader than shown in Fig. 1C of Berkeley. 206 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington LITERATURE CITED Baccr, G. 1951. Existence of true males and females in a hermaphro- dite population of Ophrytrocha puerilis. Experientia, 7: 222-994. Bacct, G. AND M. La Greca. 1953. Genetic and morphological evidence for subspecific differences between Naples and Plymouth populations of Ophrytrocha puerilis. Nature (London), 171: 1115. BansE, K. 1956. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattungen Fabricia, Ma- nayunkia und Fabriciola (Sabellidae, Polychaeta). Zool. Jb., Syst., 84: 415-438. 1957. Die Gattungen Oriopsis, Desdemona und Augeneriella (Sabellidae, Polychaeta). Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk Naturh. Foren., 119: 67-105. BERKELEY, E. 1930. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. V. Ammocharidae to Myzostomidae. Contr. Canad. Biol., N. S., 6: 65-77. AND C. BERKELEY. 1956. Notes on Polychaeta from the east coast of Vancouver Island and from adjacent waters, with a description of a new species of Aricidea. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, 13: 541-546. BraEM, F. 1893. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Ophryotrocha puerilis Clprd. Mecz. Z. Wiss. Zool., 57: 187-223. CHLEBOVITDCH, V. V. 1959. Species of polychaete worms from the Kurile Islands which are new or recorded for the first time in the USSR fauna. [In Russian.] Zool. Zhurn., 38: 167— 181. CLAPAREDE, EF. AND METSCHNIKOW, E. 1869. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Chaetopoden. Z. Wiss. Zool., 19: 163-205. Evenkamp, H. 1931. Morphologie, Histologie und Biologie der Sabel- lidenspecies Laonome Kroyeri Malmgr. und Euchone papillosa M. Sars. Zool. Jb., Anat., 53: 405-534. EsMarkK, L. 1878. Eteonopsis geryonicola. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Chris- tiania, for 1873: 497-498. FAuvEL, P. 1927. Polychétes Sédentaires. Faune de France, 16: 1-494. FrrepricH, H. 1937. Polychaetenstudien. I-III. Kieler Meeresforsch. 1: 343-351. HartTMAN, O. 1936. New species of Spionidae (Annelida polychaeta) of the coast of California, with descriptions of nine new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 41: 45-52. 1944. Polychaetous annelids. V. Eunicea. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 10: 1-238. 1959. Catalogue of the Polychaetous Annelids of the World. I. Occas. Papers, Allan Hancock Found. Publ., 23: 1-358. HartTMann, M. ann W. Hutu. 1936. Untersuchungen tiber die Ge- Polychaetous Annelids 207 schlechtsbestimmung und Geschlechtsumwandlung von Ophry- trocha puerilis. Zool. Jb., Allg. Zool. Phys., 56: 389-439. HARTMANN-SCHRODER, G. 1960. Polychaeten aus dem Roten Meer. Kieler Meeresforsch., 16: 69-125. Heruincvaux, R. H. anv J. P. Tutty. 1961. Some oceanographic fea- tures of Juan de Fuca Strait. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, 18: 1027-1071. Horsommer, A. 1913. Die Sabelliden-Ausbeute der “Poseidon’-Fahrten und die Sabelliden der Kieler Bucht. Wiss. Meeresunters. Kiel, 15: 302-364. Hutu, W. 1933. Ophryotrocha-Studien. Zur Cytologie der Ophryo- trochen. Z. Zellforsch., 20: 309-381. KorscHeLt, E. 1893. Uber Ophryotrocha puerilis Clap.-Metschn. und die polytrochen Larven eines anderen Anneliden (Harpo- chaeta cingulata nov. gen., nov. spec.). Z. Wiss. Zool., 57: 224-289. 1894. Uber eine besondere Form der Ejibildung und die Geschlechtsverhaltnisse von Ophryotrocha puerilis. Ber. Na- turf. Ges. Freiburg, 8: 1-9. . 1895. Uber Kernteilung, Eireifung und Befruchtung bei Ophryotrocha puerilis. Z. Wiss. Zool., 60: 543-688. Lausier, L. 1961. Mystides (Pseudomystides) coineaui n. sp., un Phyl- lodocien des eaux souterraines littorales de Méditerranée Occidentale. Rapp. Comm. Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer Médi- terranée, 16: 461—464. MacGinitiz, G. E. anp N. MacGinitiz. 1949. Natural History of Marine Animals. 473 pp., McGraw-Hill, New York. Maumceren, A. J. 1866. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Ocefv. K. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 22: 355-410. McIntosu, W. C. 1922. A Monograph of the British Marine Annelids. IV (1). Polychaeta: Hermellidae to Sabellidae. Pp. 1-250. Ray Soc., London. Puirer, L. D. AND T. G. THompson. 1935. Seasonal variation in the surface waters of San Juan Channel during the five-year period, January 1931 to December 30, 1935. J. Mar. Res., 1: 34-53. SOUTHERN, R. 1914. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. Proc. R. Irish Acad., 31: 1-160. UscHaxkov, P. V. 1955. Polychaeta of the Far-Eastern Seas of the USSR. [In Russian.] Tabl. Anal. Faune USSR, 56: 1-445. Wesster, H. E. anp J. E. Benepicr. 1887. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish. Wash. for 1884: 707-758. WESENBERG-LUND, E. 1938. Ophrytrocha geryonicola (Bidenkap) (= Eteonopsis geryonicola Bidenkap) refound and redescribed. Goteborgs K. Vetensk. Handl. 5. Fj. B 6 (8), 13 pp. 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Wieser, W. 1959. Free-Living Nematodes and Other Small Inverte- brates of Puget Sound Beaches. 179 pp., University of Washington Press, Seattle. Aol 5S Lf , O ’ Vs S Vol. 76, pp. 209-216 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TAXONOMIC REVISION OF TWO POLYDORID SPECIES ( ANNELIDA, POLYCHAETA, SPIONIDAE ) By Kertu H. Woopwick Fresno State College, California Polydora tricuspa Hartman (1939) is herein referred to the closely related genus Boccardia. Polydora ciliata (Johnston) var. spongicola (Berkeley and Berkeley, 1950) is herein raised to species status. Bases for the revision and further information concerning the morphology and geographical and ecological distributions of the species are presented below. This study was aided by a grant from the National Science Foundation (NSF G-17990). Boccardia tricuspa (Hartman ) The single adult specimen originally described by Hartman was taken on the Presidential Cruise of 1938 at Sullivan Bay, James Island, Gala- pagos, in shore and tide pool collecting. She related this specimen to larvae found in the plankton at Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla, California (March—April, 1938), but was unable to find the adults in shore collecting at the latter region. Hartman described the branchiae as being present first on segments posterior to the modified fifth (in this species on segment 7); this is the usual arrangement in members of the genus Polydora. The author found specimens at Morro Bay and Cayucos (central California coast) which agreed with the diagnosis of Hartman’s species but small branchiae were found on segments 2, 3, 4, —, 6, and posteriorly (Fig. la). This information based on study of preserved material was corroborated by observation of live material taken on a subsequent collection. Specimens of this species in the Allan Hancock Foundation collections were made available by Hartman and comparative studies indicated the identical nature of the original and the Morro Bay—Cayucos forms; it was neces- sary then to remove the species to the genus Boccardia in which the appearance of branchiae on segments anterior to the modified fifth seg- ment is a prime characteristic. The specimens from Morro Bay agree with the original description in many respects and especially in the morphology of the two kinds of enlarged setae of segment 5 (Fig. 1b) and in the absence of notosetae 26—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (209) 210 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Boccardia tricuspa—a, dorsal view of anterior end, X 35; b, modified seta of segment 5, X 300; c, pygidium, X 30. in segment 1 of the adult. In describing the first setigerous segment of the larval form, Hartman (1939: 17) stated that it “. . . has both dorsal and ventral fascicles, the ventral setae much the shorter, and not present in the adult... .” In all other polydorids in which parapodial setae are absent in segment 1 of the adult, it is the notosetae which are so lost, and the neurosetae and lobe are shifted dorso-medially. This is suggested to be the case in Boccardia tricuspa after study of the Morro Bay form. The specimens from Morro Bay—Cayucos differ from Hartman’s original description in the branchial distribution and the posterior extent of the caruncle. The branchiae are present on segments 2, 3, 4, —, 6, 7 and about 10 more additional segments. From segment 6 through the next five or Revision of Two Polydorids 211 six segments the branchiae gradually increase in size so that the tips, as they approach one another, form a V-shaped interbranchial space (Fig. la). The caruncle reaches only to the posterior border of segment 3 rather than segment 4. However, the latter segment is very narrow dorso- medially and exact determination of the posterior extent of the caruncle is not possible in all specimens. There are no anterior dorsal setae in the modified fifth segment (Fig. la). The pygidium (Fig. lc), which was not described in the original work, is barely distinguishable from preceding segments and is unlike the disc-shaped pygidium found on most polydorids. The prepygidial segments are reduced in size; the last one is U-shaped and surrounds the small pygidium which opens dorsally between four weakly developed lobes. The geographical distribution is extended from the original Galapagos Island and La Jolla, California, areas, north to Santa Barbara and the central California coast at Morro Bay—Cayucos. The habitats of Boccardia tricuspa are made known here for the first time and include diverse situations. It was found in encrusting coralline algae (Lithophyllum) from the upper tide region and with a mass of serpulid tubes from the base of aggregated anemones (Anthopleura elegantissima). It occurred with sponge and with Phragmatopoma cali- fornica scraped from the surface of a rock from the lower tide region, a region of dense growth of Postelsia palmaeformis. In the Lithophyllum it produced a clean burrow suggesting the ability to bore and erode the calcareous material. In this habitat it was associ- ated with Polydora ciliata and a new species of Polydora, both able to bore through the algae, and with Boccardia proboscidea and B. colum- biana; the latter two species, although able to erode calcareous materials, were found here more as nestling forms in accumulations of sand and silt between the algal lamellae. Boccardia tricuspa was also a common inhabitant of gastropod shells inhabited by hermit crabs. In three separate collections at Cayucos of Tegula brunnea, with Pagurus granosimanus being the only associated hermit crab, the infestation rate was 11 of 42, 7 of 29, and 5 of 38 shells. The incidence of 21% indicated other than a chance occurrence in the shells. Boccardia tricuspa was associated in these shells with two other boring-type polydorids, P. ciliata and B. columbiana. At Santa Barbara B. tricuspa was found in Ceratostoma nuttalli as an associate with P. commensalis, in Olivella biplicata with P. commensalis and P. ciliata, and in Thais emarginata with P. commensalis, P. ciliata, P. limicola, and B. columbiana. All the Santa Barbara shells were inhabited by Pagurus samuelis. Egg cases were found in material from Cayucos in late June 1961 and early July 1962 and 3-segment larvae within egg cases were also found in the June 1961 collections. A free-moving 17-segment larva was found in material collected 27 August 1961 at Santa Barbara. Hartman (1939) found 19-segment larvae in plankton at La Jolla during March-April 212 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1938. It is possible that the reproductive cycle is initiated earlier in the warmer southern waters or that the data, when supplemented through additional collections, may indicate a continuous cycle with one or two peaks in reproductive activity during the year. In the original description Hartman emphasized the fact that this species differed from other Polydora in having two kinds of stout setae in the modified fifth segment. Rioja (1939) noted in his description of Polydora heterochaeta that it also had two kinds of setae in the modified segment and he therefore established a section within the genus for the two species. As a result of the revision of Boccardia tricuspa, the posi- tion of P. heterochaeta should be reexamined. It was described from a post-larval stage, a stage in which the exact branchial distribution cannot always be determined. Other forms which should also be re- viewed in this respect are P. laticephala and P. punctata described by Hartman-Schréder (1959). Each of these forms has two types of setae in segment 5; the former, which is very similar to P. heterochaeta, was apparently described from a larval form. Hartman (1939: 17) stated in discussing the larvae taken at La Jolla, . . . these pelagic larvae had up to 19 setigerous segments, indicating a long pelagic life, and hence the possibility of being widely disseminated by ocean currents.” Egg cases observed in the present study were found only with 2- or 3-segment larvae, closely packed, with no nurse eggs present. This compares with the type of development described by Wil- son (1928) for Polydora ciliata, in which it hatched at about the 3- segment stage and had a long planktonic existence. This supports Hart- man’s suggestion concerning the pelagic life of Boccardia tricuspa; however, the presence of larvae at La Jolla did not necessarily depend on their wide dissemination by ocean currents for, with the finding of adult B. tricuspa in many California coastal habitats, it is likely that the adults are present in the La Jolla intertidal in hermit crab shells and in encrusting coralline algae. Settling of B. tricuspa may occur at approximately the 17-segment stage for a post-larval form of that stage was found associated with other polydorids in a Thais emarginata shell from Santa Barbara (27 August 1961). It had not lost the dorsal pigmentation characteristic of free- swimming larvae. “<< Polydora spongicola Berkeley and Berkeley E. and C. Berkeley (1950) described Polydora ciliata var. spongicola as a new variety from sponges encrusting rocks at False Narrows and Pecten hindsi shells dredged in Northumberland Channel; both localities are near Nanaimo on the east coast of Vancouver Island. They indicated that this variety differed from the stem species only in the form of the specialized hooks of segment 5. They stated (1. c.: 53), “It has also been found, together with representatives of the stem species, amongst bryozoa coating tubes of Spirorbis. This close associa- Revision of Two Polydorids 213 tion of the stem species and the variety suggests that no more than phases of a single form may be involved.” Because the setae of the fifth are so characteristic in P. spongicola and because of other morphological differences it is considered herein as a separate species. Polydora spongicola and P. ciliata are compared below. Because P. ciliata has been described from many geographical and ecological areas, the comparisons made here are with that species as described by E. and C. Berkeley (1952). The tip of the prostomium of P. ciliata is indistinctly notched; the prostomium in P. spongicola is rounded. In P. spongicola the palps are shorter and heavier (Fig. 2a). Neither species has notosetae on segment 1 but in P. ciliata the notopodial lobes are poorly developed compared to the other species. Segment 5 of P. spongicola is extremely well de- veloped, overlapping segments 6 and 7. The large setae are very stout, having a heavy, falcate main fang with two lateral knob-like flanges which are joined by a raised collar located under the convex portion of the main fang. There is a third smaller knob slightly proximal to one of the lateral knobs (Fig. 2b). The main fang may show considerable erosion. Unlike Polydora ciliata the stout setae project freely from the lateral surface of the segment for quite some distance and there are no accessory setae. The branchiae begin on both species at segment 7, but in P. spongicola they are very small on 7, intermediate on 8, and full-sized on 9 (Fig. 2a). They are present up to about the 10th last segment and are reduced to small, thin structures posteriorly. The pygidium of P. ciliata is de- scribed as cup-shaped, having a broad ventral rim which almost disap- pears dorsally (on the California specimens it is scoop-shaped). There is a dusky pigmentation on the pygidium, the anterior end, and the palps. In P. spongicola the pygidium is cuff-like (Fig. 2c) and is no greater in diameter than the last few prepygidial segments. It is re- fractile and in a few specimens had a brownish pigmentation at the edge. Most specimens possess a brownish anterior pigmentation begin- ning as a band across the dorsal surface of segment 5 and mid-dorsally on the next ten segments. There is a variation in size between the two species, but while size may be a contributing factor in differentiation, it should not be the sole basis for separation. That size difference may be the result of ecological and other factors is emphasized in a comparison of specimens of P. ciliata and P. spongicola from British Columbia (specimens from E. and C. Berkeley) with those from California; specimens of both species from British Columbia are larger than their southern counterparts. These morphological differences serve to separate the two species and support the contention that spatial relationship does not necessarily indicate taxonomic identity or even close relationship. Polydora ciliata is more similar morphologically to P. hermaphroditica Hannerz, P. pacifica Takahashi, and P. websteri Hartman, than it is to P. spongicola. 214 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington “\ \ VM 2c Fic. 2. Polydora spongicola—a, dorsal view of anterior end, X 30; b, modified seta of segment 5, X 300; c, pygidium, X 30. The geographical distribution of P. spongicola (originally limited to the east coast of Vancouver Island) is herein extended to Trinidad Head in northern California, Cayucos and Avila in central California, and farther south at Santa Barbara. Polydora spongicola is well named for in this study it was only found associated with sponge, a red encrusting sponge at Cayucos from the low tide zone near Postelsia, and a tannish-gray free-rolling sponge from the upper intertidal zone at Santa Barbara. It occurred in association Revision of Two Polydorids 215 with P. ciliata at three of the six stations and with P. limicola at three of the six. However, only at Avila were all three found together. Study of these collections indicate P. ciliata has a broader ecological spectrum than P. spongicola, for while the latter was found only in sponge, the former was found there and also in gastropod shells inhabited by hermit crabs, debris from surface of low-tide rock along with Phrag- matopoma californica, piling material, a Dodecaceria mass, Macrocystis holdfast, rock oyster shells, and coralline algae. No reproductive material was found that could be associated un- questionably with Polydora spongicola. LITERATURE CITED BERKELEY, EpITH AND CyriL BERKELEY. 1950. Notes on Polychaeta from coast of western Canada. 4. Polychaeta Sedentaria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, 3: 50-69, 8 figs. . 1952. In Canadian Pacific Fauna. 9. Annelida. 9b (2) Polychaeta Sedentaria. Fish. Res. Board Canada, pp. 1-139, 292 figs. HartTMan, Orca. 1939. The polychaetous annelids collected by the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Coll., 98: 1-22, 3 figs. HarRTMANN-SCHRODER, GEsA. 1959. Zur Okologie der polychaeten des Mangrove-Estero-Gebietes von El Salvador. Beitrage zur neotrop. Fauna, 1 (2): 70-179. Rioja, ENRIQUE. 1939. Estudios anelidologicos I. Observaciones acerca de varias formas larvarias y postlarvarias pelagicas de Spioni- dae, procedentes de Acapulco, con descripcion de una especie nueva del genero Polydora. Inst. Biol. Mexico, An. 10: 297-311, 31 figs. Witson, Douctas P. 1928. The larvae of Polydora ciliata (Johnston) and Polydora hoplura Claparéde. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Jour., 15: 567-603, 7 pls., 4 figs. Woopwick, KeirH H. 1960. Early larval development of Polydora nuchalis Woodwick, a spionid polychaete. Pac. Sci., 14 (2): 122-128, 3 pls. 216 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington $94, 06 73 Vol. 76, pp. 217-222 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIURID BRITTLESTAR OPHIOCNIDA CUBANA A. H. CLARK, 1917 By Lowe tt P. THomas Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami Ophiocnida cubana A. H. Clark, 1917 was described from a specimen, with a disc 4.3 mm in diameter, collected at En- senada de Santa Rosa, Cuba. Austin Clark’s unillustrated de- scription unfortunately lacks any mention of color or color pattern; however, Hubert Lyman Clark (1933: 55, Plate 7) published two photographs of the type showing the color pat- tern of the arms. The latter author suggested that the specimen was a young one, basing his opinion, no doubt, on the presence of primitive plates and the fan-shaped dorsal arm plates. Since its description 47 years ago no further material of Ophiocnida cubana has been reported. In 1958 I found a specimen of an apparently undescribed Ophiophragmus tangled in Thalassia roots in about one foot of water at Coral Harbor, St. John, Virgin Islands. I examined a second specimen, also from the Virgin Islands, at the U. S. National Museum in 1960, and at the same time made an un- successful attempt to locate the type of Ophiocnida cubana (C. E. Cutress, of the National Museum, informs me that the type has since been found ). In the summer of 1961 I examined two specimens of Ophiocnida cubana at the Museum of Com- parative Zoology at Harvard. These had been identified by Ailsa M. Clark of the British Museum (N. H.) after H. L. Clark labeled them “Amphiodia Sp. Noy. A.” Examination of these specimens and the photographs of the type revealed that 1 Contribution No. 501 from The Marine Laboratory, Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami. This constitutes a technical report to the National Science Foundation of work supported under Grant G-23649. 27—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (217) 218 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ophiocnida cubana is the juvenile of the large Ophiophragmus from the Virgin Islands. The following descriptions are intended to clarify the sys- tematic position of this inadequately described species. In addition, new distribution records from Florida and the Virgin Islands are given. I am indebted to Charles E. Cutress, Associate Curator, Division of Marine Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum, and to Elisabeth Deichmann, Curator of Marine Invertebrates, Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, who offered as- sistance on a number of occasions. The material at Harvard was studied during the tenure of a visiting curatorship under National Science Foundation Grant G-5183. The material at the National Museum was examined during a trip supported by the National Geographic Society, and the material from St. John, V. I., was collected during a trip supported by the National Science Foundation (Grant No. G-5941) and Dingell-Johnson project funds (Project No. F-2-R-2). Ophiophragmus cubanus (Clark, 1917) new combination (Figs. 1-3) Ophiocnida cubana A. H. Clark, 1917: 69.—H. L. Clark, 1933: 55, Pl. 7, Figs. a, b. Material examined: 1 spec., disc 11.2 mm in diameter; Coral Harbor, St. John, Virgin Islands; 1 m; 20 December 1958; S. B. and L. P. Thomas; UMML 41.69. 1 spec., disc 14.1 mm in diameter; Gorda Sound, Virgin Gorda, Virgin Islands; 14 April 1956; W. L. Schmitt; USNM E. 9302. 2 spec., discs 6 and 11 mm in diameter; White Shoal, the Dry Tor- tugas, Florida; 16-18 m; 24 July 1931; W. L. Schmitt; MCZ 4735. Description: A specimen with a disc 14.1 mm in diameter has arms approximately 145 mm long. Each jaw bears three pairs of oral papillae. The papillae of the in- fradental pair are blocklike and widely separated; those of the middle pair are the smallest and are often truncate on their outer sides, and those of the distal pair are the largest and are almost twice as wide as the middle ones. The oral shields are long and narrow. They are pointed proximally, widening distally for about two-fifths of their length, then gradually narrowing to their rather broadly rounded distal ends. The adoral shields meet proximally and are roughly triangular or tear-drop shaped, with a pronouncedly concave proximal face. The half jaws are CS Fics. 1-3. Ophiophragmus cubanus, new combination. Fig. 1—Dorsal surface of disc and one arm. Fig. 2—Arm spines. Fig. 3—Ventral surface of arm base showing two jaws. as wide, between the second papillae, as they are long. Both the oral and adoral plates are swollen rather than tabulate. 220 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington The ventral arm plates at the twenty-fifth segment are wider than long and slightly wider distally than proximally. They are roughly rectangular, with the distal side almost straight and the proximal side slightly convex. The portions of the plate adjacent to the tentacle scales are excavated. The two tentacle scales, about equal in size, are at right angles to one another and are wider than long. The outermost scale becomes smaller on the distal quarter of the arm and finally disappears near the tip of the arm. Apparently the outermost tentacle scale of the type is undeveloped along most of the arm (A. H. Clark, 1917: 70). The side arm plates are narrow and project laterally. They bear three, slightly flattened, pointed spines of similar proportions. The tentacle pore is prominent. The dorsal arm plates are about three times wider than long and are slightly concave distally. The lateral sides are broadly rounded. Most of the dorsal arm plates, even near the arm tips, are split along the midline of the arm. The dorsal surface of the disc, covered by slightly swollen, imbricating scales, is bordered by a fence of conical papillae. There are no primitive plates. In the two larger specimens (UMML 41.69 and USNM E. 9302) there is still evidence of the juvenile spination on the disc. The UMML specimen has a single spiniform papilla proximal to the fence, and the USNM specimen has about eight such papillae. Scattered spiniform papillae extend ventrally from the fence onto the interbrachial regions, forming V-shaped papillose areas, which are bordered laterally by scales. The small holotype and the smallest MCZ specimen (disc 6 mm in diameter) have a number of spinulose papillae scattered about on the dorsal surface of the disc. Their dorsal arm plates, as Austin Clark (1917) pointed out, are fan-shaped, with broadly rounded outer angles. The larger MCZ specimen (disc 11 mm in diameter) lacks scattered dorsal papillae. The four specimens that I examined display a color pattern identical to that of the type as shown in H. L. Clark’s (1933) photograph. One to four or more dorsal arm plates are darker than the next one to several adjoining plates. There is a black line extending part-way across the proximal side of each darker plate. Thus the dark arm bands are them- selves incompletely banded by black bands. The ventral surfaces of the arms were pinkish orange in the live UMML specimen. This color was similar to Ridgway’s (1912: Plate 2, 9d) “bittersweet pink” or Kornerup and Wanscher’s (1961: Plate 7, A6) “reddish orange.” The dorsal arm bands were greenish brown, and the smaller bands within these were black. The remaining dorsal surface of the arm was similar in color to the ventral surface. These colors all have partially faded in alcohol. Type: Ensenada de Santa Rosa, western Cuba, 1-3 fathoms; USNM 34,763. Distribution: The Dry Tortugas, Florida; Cuba; and the Virgin Islands. Discussion: The holotype and the smaller MCZ specimen have scat- Redescription of Ophiocnida cubana PAN tered, spinulose papillae on the dorsal surface of the disc. These are reduced in number during growth and are either rare or absent in the three larger specimens. However, a well-defined fence of papillae en- circles the disc in all the material examined. Hence it becomes impos- sible to refer large examples of Ophiocnida cubana to the genus Ophioc- nida, and the species must be placed instead in the genus Ophiophragmus. Ophiophragmus cubanus is similar to O. filograneus (Lyman) in that both have ventral interbrachial papillae. These are smaller and more numerous in the latter species. Variation in spination is not unknown in Ophiophragmus. A fence may be lacking entirely in Ophiophragmus pulcher (H. L. Clark) and O. filograneus (Thomas, 1962: 640, 672). As more information dealing with growth changes and phenotypic variation is obtained it is likely that many of the taxonomic characters used at present will be reevaluated or discarded. LITERATURE CITED Cxiarkx, A. H. 1917. Four new echinoderms from the West Indies. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30: 63-70. CuarKx, H. L. 1933. A handbook of the littoral echinoderms of Puerto Rico and other West Indian islands. Sci. Surv. P. R., 16 (1): 1-147, pls. 1-7. Kornerup, A. AND J. H. WANscHER. 1961. Reinhold color atlas. New York, Reinhold Publishing Corp., 224 pp., 30 pls. Rmeway, R. 1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. Wash- ington, A. Hoen Co., 44 pp., 53 pls. Tuomas, L. P. 1962. The shallow water amphiurid brittle stars (Echi- nodermata, Ophiuroidea) of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Carib., 12 (4): 623-694, Figs. 1-23. i" a as | We ; Oya 2) ‘ ey ae w ¥ | . big i ia | “aff: . a in at ait hp \ , | : ay a ce a Hi i ani att j Sb) Oe .0675 Vol. 76, pp. 223-226 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW MILLIPED OF THE XYSTODESMID GENUS BRACHORIA FROM SOUTHWESTERN VIRGINIA? By Ricuarp L. HorrMAN Radford College, Virginia The following new species is described individually in order that the name be available for use in a paper now being pre- pared on the significance of color-pattern variations in xysto- desmid millipeds. Brachoria versicolor, new species (Figs. 1, 2) Type specimens: Male holotype (USNM D-655), two male and three female paratypes (RLH), from the Gullion Fork Wildlife Management Area, west of Blacklick, Wythe County, Virginia; R. L. Hoffman leg., 28 July 1962. Diagnosis: A member of the Separanda Group of Brachoria (cf. W. T. Keeton, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 109: 1-58, 1959), distinguished from all other species of the genus by the proximally recurved solenomerite which is set off by a prominent projection from the outer margin of the telopodite. The postcingular telopodite is considerably wider than in other members of the group with the possible exception of B. calcaria. Color pattern highly variable: bimaculate, trimaculate, and cross-banded. Holotype: Length about 38.5 mm, greatest width 9.1 mm, W/L ratio, 23.7%. Body essentially parallel-sided for most of its length, widest at segment 12. Widths of various segments across metatergites and paranota: Segment 1—6.9 mm Segment 10—9.0 mm 2—8.0 12—9.1 4—8.8 14—8.9 6—8.9 16—8.0 8—9.0 18—5.4 Dorsum dark brown, almost black, caudolateral halves of paranota, a broad band on anterior margin of collum, entire epiproct, and legs bright yellowish-orange. Labrum and antennae light brown. 1 A contribution from studies supported by a grant (G-21519) from the National Science Foundation. 28—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (223) ght i 224 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1, 2. Brachoria versicolor, n. sp., left gonopod of holotype. 1, mesial aspect; 2, dorsal aspect; both x 45. Anterior marginal ridges of collum very faint, obliterated toward the ends. Middorsum of collum and following segments smooth and polished, upper surface of paranota becoming distinctly coriaceous. Stricture re- duced to a transverse suture dorsally, prozonites and metazonites meeting at an even plane. Paranota large, depressed, continuing slope of mid- dorsum; anterior corners broadly rounded, posterior comers rounded back to 7th segment, subrectangular back to 10th, thence becoming gradually more produced caudally, but not acutely angular except on 18th and 19th segments; posterior edge not margined, slightly convex and thus meeting dorsum at a slight reentrant angle. Scapulorae promi- nent, submarginal toward body and thus exposing front edge of paranota; peritremata poorly defined, nearly flat. Stricture broad, deep, and well defined down sides, its surface densely punctate; sides of metazonites striate—coriaceous, the caudal edge of each set off by a prominent marginal ridge. Stigmata subsimilar, but anterior stigma somewhat larger than posterior and proportionately narrower; both stigmata are close to dorsal coxal condyles but distinctly separated from them. Legs set upon distinct podosterna, these broad and sloping up gradu- ally from the stricture; glabrous, medially depressed between posterior pair of legs; forming an acute-edged transverse, overhanging rim be- tween coxae of posterior legs. Sterna of some posterior segments with New Milliped from Virginia 225 tendency for the development of low, blunt subcoxal spines. Legs long and slender, coxae with blunt, short coxal spines; prefemoral spines prominent, acute. Pretarsi elongate, slender, bisinuate, dorsally carinate, the tip curved caudad. Anterior sterna with low, vague, subcoxal processes between legs of 3rd, 4th, and 5th pairs. Gonopod aperture large, broadly oval, the margin strongly elevated laterally, flush with sternal surface anteriorly and posteriorly. Gonopods large and robust, of the form shown in Figs. 1 and 2. Pre- and postcingular sections of telopodite about equal in length, postcingular section laminately broadened, then tapering gradu- ally distad; a distinct, hamate, recurved solenomerite is developed, set off by a prominent projection from the outer margin of the telopodite. Remarks: On the basis of gonopod structure, the present species is clearly related to B. eutypa ethotela and B. hamata, both of which occur at adjoining areas in southwest Virginia. Aside from the singular ter- mination of the gonopod, B. versicolor differs from these two congeners in its polychromatic characteristic: both of the others occur so far as is known only in one color phase. 226 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 227-234 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF WATER-STRIDER FROM CALIFORNIA (HEMIPTERA: MACROVELIDAE ) By Cart J. Drake! AND HAaroip C. CHAPMAN” The present paper describes a new genus and new species of water-strider of the family Macroveliidae from California, divides the macroveliines into the subfamilies Ocelloveliinae and Macroveliinae, and then segregates the latter subfamily into the tribes Macroveliini and Oraveliini. Original keys are included to the taxa of the hierarchal categories. The paper is based upon specimens in the collections of the authors and U. S. National Museum. We are most grateful to Miss Lisa Biganzoli, Washington, D. C. for the fine illustrations. KEY TO SUBFAMILIES OF FAMILY MACROVELIIDAE Head very short, shorter than width across eyes, sharply declivent just in front of eyes, subvertical, anteocular part about as long as an eye, postocularly with hind margins of eyes and front margin of pronotum subcontiguous; tarsal claws slightly preapical. (Type Genus, Ocel- lovelia China and Usinger, 1949.) South Africa scat cag hs SA ce RR ee AE: ESD Ocelloveliinae, new subfamily Head very long, much longer than transocular width, porrect, ante- ocular part more than twice as long as an eye; postocular part short, approximately one-half as long as an eye; tarsal claws apical. (Type Genus, Macrovelia Uhler, 1872.) United States (west of the Missouri River); Mexico (Lower California) _. Macroveliinae McKinstry (1942) KEY TO TRIBES, GENERA, AND SPECIES OF MACROVELIINAE Ocelli absent; antennae very long, each segment longer than transocular width of head; abdominal tergites and usually also sternites I-IV mostly flavous; lateotergites with prominent anterior spot on upper and lower sides of segments II-VI. Length 5.25-5.56 mm. Cali- fornia. (Oraveliini, new tribe) (Fig. 1) nl sas Re tee Oravelia pege, new gen., new sp. 1 Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 2 Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A. 29—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (227) SHITHSOXIAN pat g ast 228 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ocelli prominent, well developed; antennae much shorter, segments I-III each shorter than transocular width, IV subequal to width across eyes (60:54); abdominal tergites and connexival segments without flavous markings. Length 3.75-4.00 mm. United States (west of Missouri River) (Tribe Macroveliini, McKinstry, 1942) (igen mice Jetwe = © Chih te a een Macrovelia hornii Uhler (1872) Fic. 1. Oravelia pege, n. sp. (holotype). bo New Water-strider from California 229 Fic. 2. Macrovelia hornii Uhler. Oravelia, new genus Apterous form: Elongate, three times as long as wide. Head very long, longitudinally sulcate, porrect, feebly curved downward in front of eyes, twice as long in front of eyes as transocular width, with three pairs of trichobothrial hairs; postocular space about half as long as the length of an eye; anteocular space three times the length of an eye; inter- ocular space slightly greater than twice the width of an eye; ocelli absent; buccal sulcus wanting. Antennae long, slender, segments I and II 230 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington slightly thicker than apical two; I and III nearly subequal, each longer than II; IV longest. Labium long, slender, feebly bowed; segment I short, much thicker and slightly longer than II; III longest, swollen at base, then gradually tapering to apex, more than twice as long as IV. Pronotum very wide, long, lobate, produced backwards, extending over almost all of meso- and metanotum, clearly divided across the middle into front and hind lobes; collar raised, short, impunctate, ridgelike, set off from front lobe of pronotum by a narrow cross-furrow; front lobe wide impunctate, slightly shorter than hind lobe, distinctly separated into right and left divisions by a wide, median, lengthwise impression, with a pair of large pits (1+1) in the bottom of the depression midway between the tumescent divisions; median longitudinal carina vague, lying in the bottom of the lengthwise depression, extending from the collar backward to base of pronotum; hind lobe large, coarsely rugosely punctate, broadly rounded behind, with rear and lateral margins carinate. Mesonotum very short, wide, rectangular. Metanotum shorter than mesonotum, nearly rectangular, with backward projection of hind mar- gin short, rectangular, and occupying about the middle third of hind border. Legs long, slender, without spines or other armature; femora only slightly swollen, the hind pair with apices slightly surpassing tip of last genital segment. Tarsi composed of three segments: segment I very short; II long, slightly longer than III; claws paired, symmetrical, apical, situated adjacent to each other, often appearing as a single claw. Rostral sulcus set off on meso- and metasternum by paired longitudinal ridges, which are slightly divergent posteriorly and become obsolete behind middle of metasternum. Metasternal omphalium well developed, open- ings of scent glands paired, contiguous inward, placed at middle of rear side; ostiolar canal shallow, very narrow, running across hind face just beneath ostiolar openings, then arcuately curving forward and outward on each side, imperceptible on either metapleuron. Abdomen broad, long, more than twice as long as wide, gently taper- ing backwards; tergites 2-4 each with a pair of longitudinal ridges divergent posteriorly, each ridge concave on inner side; laterotergites wide, reflexed obliquely upward, distinctly sutured off from one another and from abdominal sternites; connexival segment VII not prolonged rearward. Macropterous and brachypterous forms unknown. Type species: Oravelia pege, n. sp. (Fig. 1). This genus is allied to Macrovelia Uhler but is easily distinguished from it by the lack of ocelli, much longer legs and antennae. The absence of short- and long-winged forms in Oravelia and of the apterous form in Macrovelia makes it impossible to collate alary and pronotal structures between the genera. The extremely short, sharply declivous head and position of the compound eyes separate at once Ocellovelia China and Usinger, of South Africa, from the macroveliines. New Water-strider from California 231 The ocelli are very distinct in Macrovelia and Ocellovelia, but absent in Oravelia. Oravelia pege, new species (lange, I, SE, lo, © Gl) Apterous form: Large, chocolate-brown, with a prominent spot on upper and a smaller one on lower sides of laterotergites II-VII, space between paired longitudinal ridges (sometimes entire segment) of ab- dominal tergites II-IV, coxae and trochanters of all legs, usually also abdominal sternites II-IV, and a wide subapical band on each femur flavous. Inferior side and basal half above middle and hind femora somewhat yellowish. Antenna dark brown with inferior side of segment I pale brown. Length ¢ 5.25 mm, @ 5.56 mm; width ¢ 1.25 mm, 9 1.55 mm. Head very long, porrect, twice as long as wide, interocular space three times as wide as depth of an eye; median longitudinal furrow moderately wide, with one to two rows of tiny pits in its bottom; V- shaped impression at base of vertex pitted, becoming obsolete before reaching anterior margin of interocular space. Antennae very long, slender, shortly pubescent; measurements: seg- ment I, 1.12 mm; II, 0.90 mm; III, 1.15 mm; IV, 1.25 mm (all segments longer than transocular width, 0.78 mm). Rostrum long, slender: seg- ments I and II very short, together about one-third as long as IV; III two and one-half times as long as IV (0.94 mm: 0.38 mm). Pronotum 1.05 mm long, divided crosswise near the middle into fore and hind lobes of about equal size; collar short, truncate in front, ridge- like, deeply furrowed back of collar, coarsely pitted in bottom of furrow; median longitudinal ridge barely indicated; fore lobe swollen, impunc- tate, divided by a wide longitudinal impression into right and left di- visions of equal size; hind lobe slightly longer than fore lobe, very coarsely punctate, with rugosity of surface frequently appearing like short broken ridges; hind and lateral margins jointly rounded, ridged. Legs very long, slender, without armature, hind femora extended backwards with their apices projecting beyond tip of last genital segment. Fore femur 1.75 mm long; tibia 1.80 mm; tarsal segment I, 0.06 mm; II, 0.38 mm; III, 0.30 mm. Middle legs: femur 2.25 mm long; tibia 2.37 mm; tarsal segment I, 0.06 mm; II, 0.45 mm; III, 0.35 mm. Hind legs: femur 2.55 mm long; tibia 3.50 mm; tarsal segments I, 0.06 mm; II, 0.50 mm; III, 0.37 mm. Metasternal omphalium prominent, with ostioles of metathoracic scent glands paired, placed on hind ledge. Abdomen long, broad, tergites slightly tapering posteriorly; abdominal scent gland openings placed on tergite IV slightly behind middle of segment; laterotergites wide, suberect, widest at middle, entire outer margin on each side gently convexly rounded. Male genital segments small; segment VIII beneath transversely convexly impressed; IX with parameres and aedeagus (anal lid removed) as in figures 3a—d. Female slightly stouter than male. 232 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Za a Fic. 3. Oravelia pege, n. sp.: a) ventral aspect of &@ stemite VII and genital segments; b) dorsal aspect of segment IX showing parameres and aedeagus; c) anal lid; d) left & paramere Macrovelia hornii Uhler; e) anal lid; f) left @ paramere. Holotype 8 and allotype 9: Both apterous, Tollhouse, Fresno Co., Calif., 16 October 1962, Drake Coll. (USNM). Paratypes: 8 6 6 and 20 2 9, collected with type; also 30 6 ¢ and New Water-strider from California 233 32 2 @ taken near the same spot as holotype, 1 October 1962, in col- lections of U. S. National Museum, California Academy of Sciences, University of California, and Southern California Academy of Sciences (Los Angeles ). The type specimens of O. pege were collected along the shore of a small intermittent stream (dry creek), elevation 1,600 feet, in the foot- hills of Sierra Nevada, near highway 168, between 2 and 3 miles south- west of Tollhouse, Calif., by H. C. Chapman. The first lot of specimens were secured by diligently searching cracks and fissures in the basal section of a 25-foot sheer rocky cliff on the shore of the creek. The face of the craggy cliff is kept constantly wet by water always oozing out of interstices of the rocks and trickling downward slowly over the rugged face into the creek. Some specimens were also taken at the same time, secreted under rocks, leaves, and other moist debris on the ground at the foot of the cliff. In collecting a short distance upstream, several individuals were flushed off the steep bank a little above the edge of the water. Sev- eral specimens were also found on the underface of overhanging rocks above a temporary pool along the creek. In every instance, the water- striders were always found in deep shade by means of a flashlight. Un- less prodded or otherwise disturbed, the specimens remained quiet in the crevices of the rocks and on the steep bank above the edge of the stream. Genus Macrovelia Uhler Macrovelia Uhler 1872, p. 422.—Kirkaldy and Torre-Bueno 1896, p. 207. —China and Usinger 1949, p. 350. This monotypic genus is represented by M. hornii Uhler. It can be separated from Oravelia by the structures employed in the key. The ocelli are well developed, and the opening of the abdominal scent gland is situated on the median line behind the middle of tergite IV. The apterous form is unknown. Macrovelia hornii Uhler (Figs. 2, 3e, f) Macrovelia hornii Uhler 1872, p. 422; 1876, p. 334; 1894, p. 289.—Gil- lette and Baker 1895, p. 62.—Kirkaldy and Torre-Bueno 1896, p. 207. —Van Duzee 1916, p. 44.—McKinstry 1942, pp. 90-96.—China and Usinger 1949, p. 350.—Usinger 1956, p. 219, fig. 7:34. Moderately large, elongate, reddish or fulvous brown with varied markings of flavous and fuscous; antenna yellowish testaceous with ter- minal segment slightly fuscous. Opening of abdominal scent gland on median in front of middle of tergite IV. Legs yellowish with apical part of femur more or less fuscous. Hemelytron with a few white spots. Length 4.00—4.50 mm, width (across humeri) 1.35 mm. Antennae long, shortly pubescent; measurements: segment I, 0.50 mm; II, 0.42 mm; III, 0.52 mm; IV, 0.74 mm. Transocular width, 0.72 mm. 234 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Distribution: United States—Calif., Ariz., New Mex., Ore., Utah, Colo., Nev., N. Dak., S. Dak., Neb.; Mexico: Lower California (Uhler 1894). This species lives largely in close proximity to permanent streams, lakes, ponds, and springs. Adults and nymphs are found in mosses growing at the waters edge and beneath rocks, logs, and other debris on the shore within a few feet of the water. They are capable of walking on the surface of the water. On several occasions, we have collected them on open water among emergent vegetation and in the narrow canal formed by the overhanging vegetation along the shore line. The lectotype, macropterous ¢, “Ft. Defiance, New Mex.,” is in the U. S. National Museum (No. 1140). LITERATURE CITED Cuina, W. E. anv R. L. Usincer. 1949. Classification of the Veliidae (Hemiptera) with a new genus from South Africa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, 2: 343-354. GmLLETTE, C. P. AND C. F. BAxer. 1895. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Colorado. Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 31, Tech. Ser. No. 1: 1-137. KirKAupy, G. W. ANp J. R. DE LA TorRE-BUENO. 1909. A catalogue of American aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 10: 173-221. Mckinstry, A. P. 1942. A new family of Hemiptera-Heteroptera pro- posed for Macrovelia hornii Uhler. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 18 (2): 90-96. UHLER, P. R. 1872. Notices of the Hemiptera of the western territories of the United States, chiefly from the surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden. Geol. Surv. Terr., U. S. Geol. Surv.: 392-423. 1876. List of Hemiptera of the region west of the Mississippi River, including those collected during the Hayden explora- tions of 1873. U.S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr., 95 pp. 1894. Observations upon the Heteropterous Hemiptera of Lower California, with descriptions of new species. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4: 223-295. UsincErR, R. L. 1956. Aquatic Hemiptera, in Aquatic insects of Cali- fornia with keys to North American genera and California species. Edited by R. L. Usinger. Univ. Calif. Press, pp. 182-228. VAN Duzer, E. P. 1916. Check list of the Hemiptera (excepting the Aphididae, Aleurodidae and Coccidae) of America, north of Mexico. New York Entom. Soc., 111 pp. SHE. 06 LF Vol. 76, pp. 235-246 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME INTERESTING SPECIES OF EUCOSMA IN CALIFORNIA (LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE ) By Jerry A. POWELL Department of Entomology and Parasitology University of California, Berkeley During the past few years an increasing amount of field work in the southwestern states has resulted in the accumula- tion of numbers of olethreutine moths for which there has been incomplete distributional data, or which appear to be unde- scribed. Since there evidently are no revisionary studies in progress on this group, which might incorporate such knowl- edge, it seems reasonable to present this information while it is assembled. Eucosma langstoni, new species A moderately large moth with nearly unicolorous rust-orange fore- wings. Holotype male: Length of forewing 12.2 mm. Head—Labial palpus moderately large, second segment about one-third longer than vertical eye diameter; scales elongate, thin dorsally and ventrally, forming a roughened dorsal crest on distal half and a long, more or less appressed, ventral brush which entirely obscures the short, thin, appressed-scaled third segment; pale rust-orange, paler at base, dorsally, and anteriorly. Antenna less than one-half costal length; banded dorsally and ventrally by pale scaling; scape pale rust-orange above, whitish below. Scale tufts spreading, of elongate, thin, very pale ochreous-orange scales. Thorax—Dorsal scaling unicolorous pale rust-orange; shining pale tan below. Prothoracic leg dark rust-brown exteriorly, whitish interiorly, meso- and metathoracic legs paler, rust-orange exteriorly. Forewing— Conspicuously broadened distally, length about 2.9 times width at end of cell; costal fold less than one-third costal length, tightly appressed, enclosing a brush of about 40 stiff, dark gray hairs; costa nearly straight on basal half, only slightly curved beyond, apex rather acute, termen rather strongly angled back, broadly curved to dorsum, latter straight except near base. Ground color pale rust-orange, costal fold, fold through 30—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (235) 236 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PuLatTE I Fics. 1-2. Male genitalia: 1, Eucosma langstoni Powell, ventral aspect, aedeagus removed and figured in lateral aspect. 2, Eucosma williamsi Powell, ventral aspect. cell, and veins beyond cell slightly darker, scarcely discernible to naked eye; a few scattered blackish scales beyond cell in dorsal half, not form- ing a pattern. Fringe whitish at base, with a median brown band, be- coming rust-orange towards dorsum, and a rust-orange marginal band. Underside pale gray except costa rust-orange, fringe as above. Hind- wing—About one-fourth broader than forewing; costa rather strongly excavate on distal half, apex rounded, termen and dorsum slightly con- vex. Pale gray above, the hair tufts whitish. Fringe broad, whitish, with subbasal and marginal grayish bands. Underside a little paler, faintly orangish towards apex. Abdomen—Shining pale tan dorsally, pale rust- orange ventrally including the relatively sparse genital tuft. Genitalia as in Fig. 1 (drawn from paratype, JAP prep. No. 1197; two preparations examined ). Allotype female: Length of forewing 11.0 mm. Eessentially as de- Eucosma in California 237 scribed for male, color throughout paler. Labial palpus with elongate, thin scales more diffuse, no distinct elongate, appressed, ventral brush, third segment not entirely obscured. Forewing broader basally, costa gently curved on basal third, nearly straight beyond, length about 3.0 times width. Ground color brighter rust-orange, veins scarcely darker, no scattered black scales. Underside very pale grayish, costal area in outer third and fringe pale rust-orange. Hindwing above very pale gray, below whitish, apical area, fringe and veins beneath faintly tinged with pale rose-orange. Abdomen pale, faintly tinged with orange above and below; a well-developed tuft of broad, dark ochreous, amber-appearing scales ventrally; genital tuft otherwise of normal scales. Genitalia as in Figs. 3, 4 (drawn from paratype JAP prep. No. 1442; two preparations examined); papillae anales with median anterior portion folded out- wardly, posterior portion flap-like, densely clothed with elongate, curved setae; sterigma a simple plate, setate; seventh abdomnial sternite with a dark, sclerotized region produced anteriorly into lateral lobes; ductus bursae with two weakly sclerotized patches; signa well developed, horn- like.t Holotype male and allotype female, Pozo, San Luis Obispo County, Calif., 3 May and 27 April 1962, respectively, collected at light (J. Powell), deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. Three male and four female paratypes, same data, 27 April to 5 May (R. L. Langston & J. Powell), deposited in the California Insect Survey collection and U. S. National Museum. Taxonomic discussion: Length of forewing of paratypes, males 11.5 to 12.2, females 10.7 to 11.0 mm. Color variation similar to that of the holo- and allotypes. No males are darker than the holotype, but one female is, having a slight infusion of dark brownish scales beyond cell, a few blackish scales, the dark fringe bands, and the hindwing grayish. One female is paler than the allotype, with the forewings having the orange brighter, appearing almost as a diffuse reticulated pattern on a pale ground, and with the hindwings white. According to the male genitalia, the species belongs to the agricolana group, members of which are superficially wholly unlike langstoni; and it seems closest to E. heathiana Kearfott (Manitoba to New Mexico) which has whitish forewings with a diffuse dark dorsal blotch. Other related species are generally smaller moths with pale tan to brownish forewings indistinctly marked with white lines or are silver marked. Eucosma williamsi, new species A large moth having whitish forewings heavily mottled with shades of gray and brown. 1 Unfortunately, female genitalia of only a few of the 150-odd species of North American Eucosma have been illustrated. Thus, at the present time there is little value in presentation of these characters with regard to comparison to related forms. Although obvious differences exist, it cannot be stated whether the female genitalia will offer diagnostic characters within closely related species groups. 238 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Puate II Fics. 83-7. Female genitalia: 3, 4, Eucosma langstoni Powell: 3, ventral aspect; 4, lateral aspect of segments VIII-X. 5, Eucosma williamsi Powell, ventral aspect. 6, 7, Eucosma hohana Kearfott: 6, ventral aspect; 7, lateral aspect of segments VIII-xX. Holotype male: Length of forewing 11.3 mm. Head—Labial palpus broad, short, second segment length about equal to vertical eye diameter; scaling elongate, broadly spreading distally into a truncate tuft, pro- Eucosma in California 239 duced below and almost entirely obscuring third segment; dark brownish- gray exteriorly, the scales paler at their bases and narrowly tipped with white; pale interiorly; third segment small, pointed, appressed-scaled, purplish. Antenna weakly scaled dorsally, pale brownish; scape and basal few segments scaled, purplish. Scaling of head dense, elongate, strongly directed mesad; the scales dark brownish gray, reflecting purplish apically, pale basally. Thorax—Collar and notum anteriorly brownish, remainder of notum white; tegulae white with intermixed gray scales; metanotum unscaled anteriorly, with broad white scales and lateral hair tufts posteriorly. Underside shining whitish; legs brownish exteriorly with pale tibial and tarsal bands; metathoracic leg paler. Forewing—Broad, length about 2.5 times width; costal fold appressed, narrow, short, extending along basal one-fourth, enclosing a brush of about 50 white, hairlike scales and an imbricate row of small, narrow, white scales along middle portion of fold, below vein Sc; costa straight be- yond, termen concave, rather sharply angled at tornus. Whitish, heavily marked with indistinct brownish and grayish as follows: basal area to one-fourth grayish with a few short blackish strigulae; a broad median area of ground color heavily clouded with transverse gray strigulae, be- coming a well-defined broad band in dorsal half; a large dark brownish dorsal spot follows just before tornus, the most contrasting marking of the wing; apical area indistinctly clouded with grayish and pinkish scales, in part forming shining, transverse strigulae and enclosing an ill-defined subapical blackish mark; fringe of intermixed pinkish and gray scales. Underside dark gray-brown, reflecting purplish; paler dorsally; costa with a series of whitish marks. Hindwing—Slightly broader than forewing, costa slightly emarginate before apex; termen concave, broadly curved with dorsum. Dark brown, slightly paler basally; fringe scales with a whitish median band and narrowly tipped with white. Underside similar with some whitish strigulae in apical area. Abdomen—Dorsum whitish basally, following segments successively darker grayish with posterior whitish bands; underside shining whitish; genital tuft moderately con- spicuous and spreading, shining whitish. Genitalia as in Fig. 2 (drawn from paratype, Pleasant Hill, JAP prep. No. 809; three preparations examined ). Allotype female: Length of forewing 13.8 mm. Essentially as de- scribed for male; in general paler, the forewing markings more distinct and contrasting on a white ground. Costal fold lacking, costa gently curved on basal half, straight beyond. Hindwing paler than in male, underside strongly clouded with whitish. Genital tuft not spreading, purplish ventrally. Genitalia as in Fig. 5 (drawn from paratype, Pleasant Hill, JAP prep. No. 1444; two preparations examined); papillae anales simple, densely clothed with elongate setae; sterigma broad, funnel-like, setate laterally; ductus bursae with a lightly sclerotized patch near corpus bursae; dorsal signum minute. Holotype male: Leona Heights, Oakland Hills, Alameda County, 240 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington California, 26 July 1909 (F. X. Williams) [reared from larvae collected February 1909 in stems of Baccharis pilularis]; and allotype female, Hastings Natural History Reservation, near Jamesburg, Monterey County, California, 23 July 1959 (D. D. Linsdale) deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; 70 paratypes, all California, as follows: Napa Co.: St. Helena, 1 @ 27 Aug. 1935 (E. C. Johnston). Contra Costa Co.: Orinda, 1 ¢ 16 Aug. 1952 (R. L. Langston); Pleasant Hill, 9 g, 1 2 8-11 July 1959, 2 2 1 Aug. 1959,1 6,2 9 1, 4 Aug. 1960 (W. E. Ferguson). Alameda Co.: Berkeley, 1 ¢ 1 July 1931 (D. Meadows), 1 @ 29 Aug. 1954, 1 2 29 June 1959, 1 2 7 July 1959 (R. L. Langston); Leona Heights, Oakland Hills, 1 ¢ 10 July 1909, 1 9? 26 July 1909, 1 @ 31 July 1909, 1 ¢ 3 Aug. 1909 (F. X. Williams). Santa Clara Co.: Stanford, 1 2 29 July 1947 (J. W. Tilden); Los Gatos, 8 ¢ 1- 15 Aug. 1933 (J. A. Kusche), 1 6,1 92 25 July 1942, 2 9 30 Aug. 1942, 2 ¢ 12 Sept. 1942 (G. E. Pollard); 12 mi S Los Gatos, 1 ¢ 29 Aug. 1959 (D. C. Rentz); Alma, 1 ¢ 5 Sept. 1944, 1 @ 2 July 1946 (G. E. Pol- lard). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz, 2 ¢,1 2 8 Aug. 1939 (J. W. Til- den); “Santa Cruz Co.,” 1 @ 17 July 1935 (J. W. Tilden). Monterey Co.: Carmel, 1 @ 23 Aug. 1938 (L. S. Slevin); Bixby Canyon, 1 92 7 Aug. 1947 (J. W. Tilden); Hasting’s Reservation near Jamesburg, 2 6 17-30 July 1949, 1 ¢ 23 July 1959 (D. D. Linsdale); 3 ¢ 23 July to 20 Aug. 1954 (B.S. Davis); Paradiso Hot Springs, 1 6,1 9 15 July 1954 (O. & L. Bryant); 10 mi S Big Sur, 1 @ 20 Aug. 1948 (C. I. Smith). Ventura Co.: Ventura, 1 ¢ 7 Aug. 1936, 1 2 16 July 1944 (C. W. Kirk- wood); Ventura River, 1 ¢ 4 June 1945, 1 6 26 July 1945, 1 9 9 Aug. 1946 (C. W. Kirkwood). Riverside Co.: Rancho La Sierra, Arlington, 1 2 23 July 1941, 1 ¢ 30 July 1941 (F. H. Rindge), 1 ¢ 1 July 1949, 1 @ 6 Aug. 1949 (A. H. Rindge). San Diego Co.: San Diego, 1 ¢ 30 July 1931 (no further data); “San Diego Co.,” 2 ¢ 9 Sept. 1921 (E. Piazza). Paratypes deposited in the collections of American Museum of Natural History, British Museum, California Academy of Sciences, California Insect Survey, California State Department of Agriculture, Canadian National Collection, R. L. Langston, Los Angeles County Museum, San Diego Museum of Natural History, J. W. Tilden, and U. S. National Museum. The following additional material has been studied but not designated as paratypic due to incomplete condition of data or specimens. Santa Clara Co.: “Santa Clara, Calif.,” 1 9 (no further data); Alma, 1 2 13 July 1944 (G. E. Pollard). Monterey Co.: Salinas River near King City, 3 ¢ 12 June 1937 (M. L. Walton). Ventura Co.: Ventura River, 1 © 14 Aug. 1933, 1 @ 6 July 1944, 1 ¢ 2 July 1945 (C. W. Kirkwood). Riverside Co.: Palm Springs, 1 ¢ 20 Oct. 1940 (F. H. Rindge). County unknown: “California,” 1 @ “7873,” “No. 14 676, collection Hy. Ed- wards.” Taxonomic discussion: Forewing length range of paratypes—males, 9.8 (reared) to 12.4; females 11.2 to 14.0 mm. The wing color is vari- Eucosma in California 241 able, but the pattern and general appearance are constant. The white is replaced by vertical gray strigulae to a greater or lesser degree, re- sulting in darker or paler specimens. At times the outer dorsal and apical spots are more heavily scaled with black. A male from Palm Springs has a very washed-out appearance, being pale and without dark mark- ings. The genitalia are not distinguishable from typical williamsi, how- ever. The species appears to be most similar to E. denverana Kearfott in structure of the male genitalia. However, it seems most closely related to E. eburata Heinrich in general appearance, having a similar but darker color pattern. In addition to color, it differs from eburata by having the valva rather strongly constricted and by a more produced uncus. E. williamsi is superficially similar to Epiblema carolinana (Walsingham) and specimens have been confused with the latter in collections. Speci- mens were also found in the California Academy of Sciences and U. S. National Museum bearing a “rypE” label and manuscript name of Kear- fott. Biology: The species was reared from Baccharis pilularis (Compositae ) in 1909 by F. X. Williams. With the exception of a penciled label, “ex Baccharis,” on one female, the specimens bear no biological data; but notes on the collection appear in Williams’ 1909 notebook? and were correlated through the emergence dates. Collections of Baccharis stems were made on 14 and 22 February 1909, and the “rather small, very sluggish” larvae were in the base of the plants. Williams noted the affected plants were “not particularly healthy.” In May he observed that a larva had lined its gallery (presumably with silk) and, along with several other larvae, it had prepared an emergence hole. The exit apertures were closed with wood dust and chips. Adults emerged from 7 to 26 July. Subsequent collection records, based on adults of both sexes taken at lights, indicate that a similar emergence period occurs throughout the range. I take pleasure in naming the species for Dr. F. X. Williams, dean of American insect biologists, who wrote on 22 February 1909, “Went out especially to obtain this borer, was moderately successful.” Eucosma biplagata (Walsingham ) Paedisca biplagata Walsingham, 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1895: 507. This large species with straw yellow forewings was described from north central Colorado. Walsingham gave the type locality as “Loveland, 10,000 ft,” but Loveland itself is located at only about 5,000 feet eleva- tion; and subsequent records have not represented boreal regions. Hein- rich (1923) recorded it from Pullman in eastern Washington, and the U. S. National Museum also has specimens from nearby Walla Walla. 2 Deposited in the historical files of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society at the California Academy of Sciences and kindly made available by Hugh B. Leech. 242, Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Two other records, those of Braun (1925) “lower west slopes of the mountains” near Logan, Utah, and of McDunnough (1927) in the Seton Lake area of southern British Columbia, are in accordance. Speci- mens I have examined from Plumas County, California, extend the dis- tribution to eastern California, and lend further evidence to the suggestion that the species occupies a broad range through the foothills adjacent to the Great Basin. The California specimens are a little larger (expanse 26 to 29 mm) and show somewhat more variation in wing color than is given by Wal- singham’s description. The two oblique bands of the forewing tend to be a little more well developed and distinct, and either one may be somewhat sigmoid rather than straight. In addition, Walsingham re- ported the hindwing upperside as pale reddish brown; while the Plumas County examples have primarily gray hindwings tending towards reddish brown apically. The underside of the forewing is dark gray with a pale costa and fringe, of the hindwing white. In genitalia a California slide agrees with Heinrich’s (1923) figure (Fig. 174) of a Washington speci- men in nearly all respects but has a slightly less pointed uncus than his microphotograph shows. California material examined: Plumas Co.: Nelson Creek, 6 6, 4-30 Aug. 1940 (W. R. Bauer). Eucosma hasseanthi Clarke Eucosma hasseanthi Clarke, 1952, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 52: 60. This species was described from a series of specimens reared at Orange, California, from Hasseanthus [= Dudleya] variegatus (Wats.) (Cras- sulaceae). It seems likely that this plant is Dudleya blochmanae (East- wood) according to present concepts (see Munz & Keck, 1959). Clausen et al. (1945) treated as distinct Hasseanthus blochmanae, a form which had been considered a variety of H. variegatum by earlier authors. The latter species does not range northward as far as Orange County. During the spring of 1962, while investigating Hydrophyllaceae for Ethmiidae, I found larvae of E. hasseanthi boring in the woody roots of Phacelia ramosissima Dougl.® (var. suffrutescens Parry) at Riverside, California. The collection was made 13 May on the dry hills back of the Citrus Experiment Station, where exceptionally heavy rains of the current season had resulted in a tremendous growth by annual and perennial herbs, including P. ramosissima. Although individual plants of this species had formed large, semiprostrate bushes 10 to 12 feet in diameter, the woody portions of their roots were comparatively small, the crown extending only a few inches downward before separation into individual roots which diminished in size abruptly. The larvae were all found within the crown area in tunnels about 2.5 mm in diameter, which extended at least 4 to 6 3 Determined by P. H. Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside. Eucosma in California 243 inches through the roots. Every P. ramosissima examined showed evi- dences of feeding in the form of the characteristic tubes of tightly packed, pale, sawdust-like frass; and larvae were collected in several different plants, two of which had two larvae each. One larva, exposed by splitting the root, spun a silken shelter enclosing itself in its tunnel within 24 hours. During the course of feeding or in preparation for emergence, two larvae formed elongate tubes of silk covered with frass which projected upward from the root pieces. These tunnels, which served as emergence exits, were about 12 and 25 mm in length; in the case of the second, it extended along and through layers of paper toweling. Other individuals emerged from burrows which opened directly at the root surface. Pupae were not observed in situ, but not all occupied tunnels collected were opened for examination. Apparently pupation began soon after the roots were excavated, since adults emerged from 28 May to 11 June. Under field conditions probably pupation does not begin until June or July. The type series was reared in August, but the collection date was not given. Although most North American species of Eucosma are thought to be root borers, very few have been reared, and some of those from only a single locality. Thus, little information is available on host specificity of individual species or species groups, and the occurrence of E. has- seanthi in representatives of two plant families is noteworthy. Even though the distance between the cities of Orange and Riverside is only about 40 road miles, the two represent areas of differing ecological con- ditions, on the coastal and east sides of the Santa Ana Mountains. Dud- leya blochmanae in southern California is limited to the seaward foothills (Munz & Keck, 1959) and would not be expected to occur in arid, inland parts of the range of E. hasseanthi, such as at Riverside. In addition, the growth form of D. blochmanae is described as stems from a globose or fusiform corm, which should provide a somewhat different habitat for borers from the dry, woody rootstocks of P. ramosissima. Eucosma hohana Kearfott Eucosma hohana Kearfott, 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 33: 28. This curious, little known species was described from Mt. Piran, Al- berta and subsequently was reported by Heinrich (1923) from Paradise Valley, Mt. Rainier, Washington. Colonies which recently have been turned up in California indicate that the species is a resident of true boreal zones above climatic timberline. In the Mono Pass area of the southern Sierra Nevada and in the White Mountains, it flies in association with such Lepidoptera as Hesperia meriamae MacNeill (Hesperiidae ) and Catastia bistriatella (Hulst) (Pyralidae), species which were not encountered during investigations of subtending Hudsonian Zone areas of 10,000-11,000 feet elevation. California specimens average a little smaller than Kearfott’s two types, which were given as 20-22 mm. I suspect that the latter were males, since 244 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in my material males range about 17-20 mm in wing expanse, and fe- males about 15-16 mm. Since the original description was based on only two specimens and was somewhat superficial, the species (based on California specimens) may be further characterized as follows: Male: Length of forewing 9.1 to 10.5 mm. Head—Labial palpus moderately elongate, second segment length 1.5 times vertical eye diam- eter, clothed by spreading scales especially ventrally, which become more elongate distally to form a broad, apical tuft which completely obscures third segment; gray exteriorly, the tuft scales blackish distally, tipped with white. Antenna less than one-half forewing length; dark, the scale bands pale gray; minutely setate. Head scaling dense, bushy, shorter on front; pale grayish, tipped with white. Thorax—Dorsal scales dark gray tipped with white; metanotum scales posteriorly dark gray. Under- side scaling shining gray; metathoracic leg whitish. Forewing—Elongate, narrow at base, expanding apically, length about 3.3 times width at end of cell. Costal fold narrow, short, less than one-third costa length; costa beyond almost straight, slightly concave at middle; apex acute, termen strongly angled back, broadly curved with dorsum. Ground color whitish, tinged with ocreous; more or less evenly and lightly to heavily speckled with slate gray; the gray tending to form a series of parallel, transverse lines; a series of outer costal dashes being the only constant marks. In pale forms the ochreous overscaling combined with the grayish gives an olivaceous appearance; the gray dusting often con- centrated into two more or less well-defined dorsal spots, one at basal one-third, which tends to form the margin of a basal patch, and a tri- angulate one just before tornus; area between these at times evident as a broad, median, paler band. Fringe gray, tipped with white. Underside pale grayish, whitish areas of upperside evident. In male genitalia California examples compare well with Heinrich’s figure (Fig. 241) of a Washington specimen, although a White Moun- tains male has slightly narrower, less angulate valvae. Female: Length of forewing 6.9 to 9.4 mm. Essentially as described for male, tending to be darker, ranging to a form which is almost entirely dark gray with the whitish restricted to narrow, ill-defined bands. Costal fold lacking, costa slightly convex in basal area. Genitalia as in Figs. 6, 7 (drawn from plesiotype, Mt. Barcroft, JAP prep. 1449; two prepara- tions examined ); papillae anales rotated outward 90°, apparently forming a blade-like ovipositor; sclerotized portion of abdominal segments IX—X bearing short hook-like setae; eighth abdominal tergite elongate, laterally compressed; sterigma a concave plate; ductus bursae gradually broadened distally, bearing a broad, lightly sclerotized patch distad of ductus semi- nalis; ventral signum small, dorsal signum reduced to a trace. The general grayish, speckled appearance is similar to that of granite rocks which the moths frequent. Both sexes were taken during the day amongst rocky outcroppings around the small, dry alpine meadows at Mt. Barcroft. Eucosoma in California 245 California material examined: Mono Co.: Mt. Barcroft, 12,500 ft., White Mts., 2 @ 5 July 1961 (D. C. Rentz), 20 ¢, 14 @ 21 July 1961 (D. C. Rentz and J. Powell). Inyo Co.: near Mono Pass, 12,000 ft., 2 4 13 August 1957 (J. Powell), 1 @ 8 August 1961 (MacNeill, Rentz, Lundgren ). Acknowledgment is made to the following, whose cooperation enabled the use of private and institutional collections in their care: F. H. Rindge and N. S. Obraztsov, American Museum of Natural History; C. D. Mac- Neill, California Academy of Sciences; R. L. Langston, Berkeley, Cali- fornia; L. M. Martin, Los Angeles County Museum; C. F. Harbison, San Diego Museum of Natural History; J. W. Tilden, San Jose, California; and J. F. Gates Clarke, U. S. National Museum. Dr. Clarke also reviewed the manuscript and offered critical suggestions. Additional thanks are due to David C. Rentz, California Academy of Sciences, who has made special efforts to collect Microlepidoptera in my interest, despite being governed by the modes of an orthopterist. LITERATURE CITED Braun, A. F. 1925. Microlepidoptera of northern Utah. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 51: 183-226. Cuiausen, R. T., R. V. Moran, anp C. H. Unt. 1945. The taxonomy and cytology of Hasseanthus. Desert Plant Life, 17: 69-83. Hetnricu, C. 1923. Revision of the North American moths of the sub- family Eucosminae of the family Olethreutidae. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 123, 298 pp. McDunnoucu, J. 1927. The Lepidoptera of the Seton Lake District, British Columbia (concluded). Canad. Ent., 59: 266-278. Munz, P. A. AND D. D. Kecx. 1959. A California flora. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1681 pp. 246 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington STU, 0673 Vol. 76, pp. 247-254 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NOTES ON THE ENTOMOGNATHUS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE ) By Kari V. KROMBEIN Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. The species of the genus Entomognathus are among the least common of the crabronine wasps in the eastern United States. I have seen only 60 specimens of the four species oc- curring in this area, all of which belong to the subgenus Toncahua Pate. The two more common species in the Middle Atlantic States, lenapeorum Viereck and memorialis Banks, are sylvicolous forms which nest in rather heavy soil. A third species from Florida and possibly North Carolina, arenivaga, n. sp., occurs in open, sparsely vegetated sandy areas. The fourth species, texanus Cresson [= panurgoides Viereck, NEw SYNONYMy], ranges from Texas to Kansas and also has been taken in Pennsylvania; its habitat preferences are not known. Nothing is known about the prey preferences of any of our Nearctic species. Perhaps they prey on adult halticine Chryso- melidae, as do certain of their Palaearctic congeners which be- long to the typical subgenus. Presumably our species visit honeydew secretions of various insects for food. At least many of the specimens of lenapeorum and memorialis are labeled as having been taken on honeydew secretions and on oak foliage. However, one male of memorialis was collected on Chrysanthe- mum Parthenium Pers., which it may have visited for nectar. The following key will separate the four species of Entomog- nathus (Toncahua) occurring in the eastern United States. 1. Large species ( 2 2, 6.1-8.4; ¢ ¢, 5.5-7.3 mm); pale body markings lemon yellow; mesopleural disk not margined anteriorly by a vertical carina nor by a foveolate groove; posterior margin of only fourth and fifth terga shallowly emarginate in middle; a large, 31—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (247) OMITHSONIAR An ¢ , (4 pat hi N 2 ie LASTILUTION = 248 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington shallow, oblique, supraorbital fovea present; Kansas south to Mexico (Tamaulipas), Pennsylvania _____--------- texana Cresson Smaller species, 9 2 not over 6.8 and ¢ ¢ not over 5.2 mm long; pale body markings ivory or whiter; mesopleural disk margined anteriorly by a vertical carina behind which is a foveolate groove; posterior margin of third to fifth terga shallowly emarginate in middle 2:2 bi kv Cues 2 Ad EAA el 2 2. Smaller species (9, 3.7; ¢ ¢, 3.4-3.7 mm), occurring on sparsely vegetated, sandy areas in Florida and possibly North Carolina; propodeum dull, the posterior surface punctate laterad of median cuneate impression; mandible yellow at base, light red at apex; tarsi pale yellow; male with a short lateral ridge or elongate tuber- cle on sixth tergum, and third to fifth sterna with a transverse row of coarse, confluent pits, female with one blunt lateral tooth on median lobe of clypeus arenivaga, new species Larger species ( 9 9, 5.3-6.8; 6 6, 4.2-5.2 mm), occurring in open wooded areas with heavy soil, Connecticut or New Jersey to Virginia, Kansas; propodeum shining, the posterior surface more or less irregularly rugulose reticulate on lateral areas, occasionally with a few scattered small punctures; mandible usually black at base, dark brown to dark red at apex, occasionally yellow sub- basally; tarsi infuscated entirely or in part; male without ridge or tubercle laterally on sixth tergum, and without such rows of pits on sterna; female with two acute lateral teeth on median lobe ofielypeus 2125. be Ea ee 3 3. Slightly smaller (9 2, 5.3-5.5; 64, 4.5-4.8 mm), the punctation relatively coarser and denser, particularly on mesopleuron and first two terga; fovea near upper inner margin of compound eye well developed, lenticular in outline; pronotal lobe in anterior aspect angulate laterally. FemaLe: Creamy markings as follows— scape beneath, pronotal tubercle, fore and mid tibiae except be- neath, fore basitarsus above, and basal two or three segments of mid and hind tarsi. MALe: Fore basitarsus strongly flattened, its apical width 0.5 the length, the posterior margin curved; mid basitarsus noticeably thickened on apical half when viewed from the front; creamy markings as follows—scape beneath, fore tibia with a stripe above, mid tibia with a narrower stripe on basal two- thirds, all basitarsi above and sometimes second segment of hind RAYSUIS doa SR ee es iB 8 hae ee de A a a lenapeorum Viereck Slightly larger (9 9, 5.5-6.8; $4, 4.2-5.2 mm), the punctation relatively finer and sparser; supraorbital fovea obsolete; pronotal lobe in anterior aspect rounded laterally. FEMALE: Creamy mark- ings as follows—scape beneath, pronotal collar except in middle, pronotal tubercle, base of tegula, a pair of rounded lateral spots on scutellum, paired posterolateral oval spots on first four terga, fore femur at apex in front, fore tibia except beneath, stripe on Entomognathus of Eastern United States 249 outer surface of mid tibia, and hind basitarsus above at base. Mate: Fore basitarsus not so strongly flattened, its apical width 0.3 the length, the posterior margin straight; mid basitarsus not abruptly thickened on apical half; creamy markings as follows— scape beneath, lateral spots on pronotal collar, pronotal tubercle, base of tegula, paired posterolateral oval spots on first two terga (those of second quite small) and rarely on third and fourth also, fore and mid tibiae except beneath, hind tibia above at base and along posterior margin, fore and mid basitarsi (the former above, the latter entirely), and three basal segments of hind tarsus Papen teen OEM Vib males ecw d tien enh ee MW ah a8 memorialis Banks Entomognathus (Toncahua) arenivaga, new species ? Entomognathus sp., Brimley, 1938. The Insects of North Carolina, p. 450. Entomognathus (Toncahua), n. sp., Krombein and Evans, 1954. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 235 (9; Arcadia, Fla.). E. arenivaga is quite easily distinguished from the other two species occurring in the eastern United States by its smaller size, dull and par- tially punctate propodeum, entirely pale tarsi, and in its preferred habitat (sparsely vegetated, sandy areas). At the present time it is known certainly by only a short series from the banks of the Peace River at Arcadia, Florida. Undoubtedly it is more widely distributed and may be found eventually in some of the adjacent Southeastern States when the small wasp fauna is more thoroughly explored. I have seen a male from Bryson City, N. C., which may be this species, although it differs in some details. The collection data indicate that there are two or more generations annually in peninsular Florida. Type: ¢; Arcadia, DeSoto County, Florida; 30 June 1962 (K. V. Krombein) [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 66662]. Male: Length 3.5, forewing 2.8 mm. Black, the following creamy: Basal half of mandible, antenna beneath, pronotal tubercle, spot above at apex of fore femur, outer surface of fore and mid tibiae, base of hind tibia, and all tarsi. Apical half of mandible, tegula, narrow apical mar- gins of first five terga, and last abdominal segment entirely, light red. Wings slightly infumated, stigma and veins brown. Head shining, dense, appressed silvery hair on lower sides of face and on clypeus except just above apex of median lobe, the rest of head with short cinereous vestiture which is appressed on temple, erect on eyes, front and vertex; apical margin of median lobe of clypeus slightly rounded and with a small, blunt lateral tooth; lower half of face with fine dense punctures laterally, impunctate on a narrow median strip; upper part of face with delicate punctures mostly separated from each other by two to three times the diameter of a puncture; supraorbital fovea obsolete; ocelli in a low triangle, the ocellocular distance 0.8 times the postocellar distance; vertex with minute, more scattered punctures; temple with 250 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington minute, denser punctures; flagellum short, moderately clavate toward apex, none of segments modified. Thorax shining except propodeum dull, the vestiture sparse, short, cinereous, erect on dorsum, decumbent on sides; pronotum not carinate anteriorly or on tubercle; scutum with irregularly scattered, small punc- tures, separated from each other by two to five times the diameter of a puncture; scutellum sparsely punctate, anteriorly with a deep, moder- ately broad foveate groove; postscutellum anteriorly with a narrower, shallower foveolate groove; mesopleuron anteriorly with a sharp carina behind which is a foveolate groove, episternal suture foveolate as is a vertical groove along posterior margin, the surface elsewhere with scat- tered, minute punctures and without a tubercle or carina before mid coxa; metapleuron with rather dense, minute punctures, margined pos- teriorly by a foveolate groove; propodeum short, dorsal surface in middle with a rectangular areole on each side of which are small irregular areoles; posterior surface with a median, more or less cuneate areole, on each side of which the surface is punctate and crossed by a few weak, transverse rugulae; lateral surface granulate, with longitudinal rugulae posteriorly. Legs essentially unmodified, the fore tarsus flattened but not widened. Abdomen shining, vestiture sparse, short and mostly appressed, apical margins of third to fifth terga arcuately emarginate in middle, those of fourth and fifth more noticeably so; first and second terga with fine punctures separated by two to three times the diameter of a puncture, the third and fourth terga with more scattered punctures; fifth tergum with punctures a little larger and closer; sixth and seventh terga with coarse, subcontiguous punctures, the sixth with a short lateral ridge, the seventh with a marginal carina; second sternum with moderately large punctures mostly separated by one to two times the diameter of a puncture; third to fifth sterna each with a transverse row of coarse, con- fluent pits across middle. Allotype: @; Arcadia, Florida; 2 April 1953 (W. R. M. Mason) [Canadian Dept. Agr.]. Female: Length 3.7, forewing 3.0 mm. Color and vestiture as in male. Head the same as in male, but with a narrow, sublunate supraorbital fovea; clypeal lobe with only one blunt lateral tooth. Thorax the same but median rectangular areole of propodeal dorsum crossed by several weak rugulae. Anterior tarsi without a comb. Abdomen in general the same as in male, but pygidium with sides forming an angle of about 30° at apex, the surface with coarse, contiguous punctures and suberect setulae, and pits on sterna weaker, present only on third and fourth. Paratypes: 3 6 6; same locality as type, but one each on 2, 3, and 4 July 1962 (K. V. Krombein). The paratypes range in length from 3.4 to 3.7 mm and are otherwise identical with the type. In addition, I have Entomognathus of Eastern United States 251 seen a male from Bryson City, North Carolina, 20 August 1923 (J. C. Crawford) [N. C. Dept. Agr.], which may be this species. It agrees in all respects with the Florida males except that the mandible is dark at base, the pronotal disk has a tiny, lateral pale spot, and the sixth tergum lacks the lateral tubercle or ridge. Entomognathus (Toncahua) lenapeorum Viereck Entomognathus lenapeorum Viereck, 1904. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30: 239 ( 9; Lehigh Gap, Pa.; type in Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ).—Cresson, 1928. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 54,— Krombein, 1951. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 44: 143 (9, ¢; Dunn Loring, Va.). Entomognathus (Toncahua) lenapeorum Viereck, Krombein in Muese- beck et al., 1951. U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 1013.— Leclercq, 1954. Monogr. Crabroniens, p. 203. This species and memorialis are obviously closely related and quite distinct from arenivaga. E. lenapeorum, as compared with memorialis, is a slightly smaller, somewhat less maculated species and has a well- developed supraorbital fovea. The pale markings vary less than in memorialis, possibly because fewer specimens are available. The tarsi are all dark in one female, and another female has a small, pale, postero- lateral spot on the first tergum. The male from Kansas has a small pale spot on the pronotal tubercle. The available label data indicate that lenapeorum is double-brooded. Banks captured a male on May 30, and my series from Dunn Loring probably emerged just a few days before the dates of capture in early September. Specimens examined: 10 9 2,5 @ 4, with the following data. New Jersey: 1 9; Glassboro; 12 August 1942 (W. F. Rapp) [USNM]. Pennsylvania: 1 9; Lehigh Gap, 29 June 1901 [ANSP, the type]. 1 2; Hazelton; September 1896 (W. G. Dietz) (= Baker #, Pa. 2071) [USNM]. Maryland: 29°92, 2 66; Takoma Park; 20 June (@) and 9 August 1942 (9,266) (H. and M. Townes) [HKT, KVK]. 1 9; Glen Echo; 30 August 1923 (J. R. Malloch) [USNM]. Virginia: 1 9; Falls Church; 30 May (N. Banks; on chinquapin) [MCZ]. 3 92,2 64; Dunn Loring; 4 (9 2) and 5 ( ¢ 6) September 1949 (K. V. Krombein; visiting honeydew secretions of Toumeyella liriodendri (Gmel.) on foliage of Liriodendron tulipifera L. at edge of woods) [KVK]. Kansas: 1 6; Clay Co.; August 1901 (J. C. Bridwell) [USNM]. Entomognathus (Toncahua) memorialis Banks Entomognathus memorialis Banks, 1921. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 14: 16 (2; Glencarlyn, Va.; type in Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge). 252 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Entomognathus (Toncahua) memorialis Banks, Krombein in Muese- beck e¢ al., 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 1013.—Krom- bein, 1952. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 78: 95 (2; Westmoreland State Park, Va.).—Leclercq, 1954. Monogr. Crabroniens, p. 203. There is some variation in the extent of pale markings, but memorialis always has more pale markings than does lenapeorum. In less maculated memorialis females the scutellum is dark in one specimen, and the hind basitarsus is dark in two, whereas two females have a small, pale, postero- lateral spot on the fifth tergum. The two males from Kansas are more brightly marked than eastern males; they have posterolateral pale spots on the first four terga. In a few less strongly marked eastern males the pale markings may be lacking on all terga as well as on the pronotal dorsum and hind tibia. The available label data suggest that this species is definitely bivoltine in the Washington metropolitan area. Specimens examined: 12 9 9,11 6 6, with the following data. Connecticut: 1 2; Cornwall [MCZ]. New Jersey: 1 ¢; Ramsey; 16 June 1916 (on Chrysanthemum Par- thenium pinnatifidum Lec. and Lam.) [USNM]. Maryland: 2 29,2 66; Plummers Island; 28 June 1958 (6; K. V. Krombein; on oak foliage), 3 July 1921 (2 2 2; J. Bequaert; one nesting in ground along woodland path), and 4 July 1961 ( 6; K. V. Krombein; on oak foliage) [KVK, USNM]. District of Columbia: 4 292; 26 June 1949 (D. G. Shappirio), 27 June 1944 (M. Vogel), 11 July 1916 (H. L. Viereck), and 22 August 1903 (J. C. Bridwell) [DGS, USNM]. Virginia: 1 9, 1 68; Glencarlyn, Arlington Co.; 28 June (4; N. Banks) and 26 July (2; type of memorialis; N. Banks) [USNM, MCZ]. 1 6; Arlington; 11 July 1954 (K. V. Krombein) [KVK]. 1 9, 1 ¢; Falls Church; June 1916 (J. N. Knull) [USNM] and 2 June (N. Banks) [MCZ]. 1 9,3 6 6; Dunn Loring; 15 and 28 July 1951 (2 @ 4; visiting honeydew of Toumeyella liriodendri (Gmel.) on foliage of Liriodendron tulipifera L.), 24 July 1949 (9) and 26 July 1947 (4; on leaf of Quercus montana Willd.) (all K. V. Krombein) [KVK]. 1 2; Mt. Ver- non; 4 July 1917 (W. L. McAtee; on honeydew) [USNM]. 1 2; West- moreland State Park; 6 July 1951 (K. V. Krombein; on honeydew of Toumeyella liriodendri (Gmel.) on Liriodendron tulipifera L.) [KVK]. Kansas: 2 6 6; Baldwin; 10 July and 9 August 1906 (J. C. Bridwell) [USNM]. Entomognathus (Toncahua) texana Cresson Entomognathus texanus Cresson, 1887. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Sup. Vol., p. 286 (2, 6; Texas; type in Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ) —Fox, 1895. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 22: 132.—Dalla Torre, 1897. Cat. Hym. 8: 631 (erroneously placed E. texanus Cr. in synonymy of Crabro texanus Cr.).—Cresson, 1916. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1: 103. Entomognathus of Eastern United States 253 Anothyreus panurgoides Viereck, 1904. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30: 239 ( @, 2 misdet.; lectotype, Lehigh Gap, Pa.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ).—Cresson, 1928. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 55. New Synonymy. Entomognathus (Toncahua) texana Cresson, Pate, 1944. Amer. Midl. Nat. 31: 341 (texanus cited as genotype of Toncahua, n. subg. ).— Krombein in Muesebeck e¢ al., 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 1014.—Leclercq, 1954. Monogr. Crabroniens, p. 203. Entomognathus (Toncahua) panurgoides (Viereck), Krombein in Muesebeck et al., 1951. U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 1014.— Leclercq, 1954. Monogr. Crabroniens, p. 203. Viereck described Anothyreus panurgoides from one female and one male but neglected to select a type. His description of the female (actually labeled ¢ in error in the description) is first, and is followed by the description of the male. The female is actually a specimen of what was described later as Crabro (Crabro) juniatae Krombein, but the male is a true Entomognathus and a specimen of texana Cresson. Viereck must have based his generic assignment of panurgoides on the female, and probably would have selected that sex as type had he made a selection. Viereck’s assignment of a male Entomognathus as the opposite sex of panurgoides is inexplicable, particularly because of his correct generic assignment of Entomognathus lenapeorum on the preceding page. However, Cresson’s designation of the male as lectotype of panurgoides makes it necessary to apply the name as I am doing here. I have seen both Viereck’s lectotype and Cresson’s type, and I regard them as being conspecific. This is the only known species of Toncahua in which the mesopleural disk is not margined anteriorly by a sharp carina and foveolate groove. It is more brightly marked than any of the other three species treated here. The pale markings are lemon yellow as contrasted to the ivory or whiter markings of the other eastern species. Usually the clypeus has a median yellow spot, and the mandible is yellow at the base. The west- ern specimens vary to some degree in the extent of the pale markings, but they are all more brightly marked than the male lectotype of panur- goides from Pennsylvania. Additional eastern material may demonstrate the desirability of recognizing the eastern population as a distinct race, texana panurgoides. Specimens examined: 7 22,9 6&6 6, with the following data. Pennsylvania: 1 ¢; Lehigh Gap; 26 June 1901 [ANSP, the lectotype of panurgoides]. Kansas: 1 6; Clay Co. [USNM]. 1 @; Decatur Co., 2,560 ft. (F. X. Williams) [KU]. 1 $; Cowley Co., 1,114 ft.; 1916 (R. H. Beamer) [KU]. Oklahoma: 1 2,1 &; Ardmore; 1 June 1909 (F. C. Bishopp) [USNM]. Texas: 2 92,1 6; no other data (Belfrage) [ANSP, the 9 type of texana; 1 9, 1 6, USNM]. 1 9; Progreso; 12 April 1950 (Michener, Rozens, Beamers, Stephen) [KU]. 1 ¢; 5 mi E of Riogrande; 12 April 254 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1950 (Beamers, Stephen, Michener, Rozens; on Quincula lobata ( Torr.) ) [KU]. 2 99,2 @ 6; Brownsville; 19 and 25 March 1945 (1 9,2 64; D. E. Hardy), and 21 June 1945 (1 @; on cotton) [USNM]. Mexico: 1 6; Victoria, Tamaulipas; 10 December (F. C. Bishopp) [USNM]. 2,06 732 Vol. 76, pp. 255-280 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NATURAL HISTORY OF PLUMMERS ISLAND, MARYLAND! XVII. ANNoraATeD List oF THE Wasps (HYMENOPTERA: BETHYLOIDEA, SCOLIOIDEA, VESPOIDEA, POMPILOIDEA, SPHECOIDEA ) By Kari V. KROMBEIN Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. On 16 May 1902, five members of the Washington Biologists’ Field Club—H. S. Barber, R. P. Currie, W. R. Maxon, J. H. Riley, and Wm. Palmer—visited Plummers Island, Maryland, in the Potomac River just above Washington, D. C. Although the only observation they made for that date in the Club regis- ter was a prosaic “river muddy, it can be assumed that it was a day of tranquil enjoyment such as our members anticipate to this day. The date is of importance in the present context, because Currie collected a queen of the common yellow jacket, Vespula maculifrons (Buysson). So far as I know, this was the first wasp specimen taken on the island, or at least the earliest one to be preserved in the National Museum collection. Many of our early members had an intense interest in col- lecting and cataloguing the fauna and flora of the island. No wasp specialist was numbered among this group, and the in- sects collected most thoroughly were Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Diptera, and bees among the Hymenoptera. However, 10 members and 13 of their guests collected 303 wasp specimens plus the occupants of two yellow jacket nests between 1902 and 1923. H.S. Barber, J. C. Crawford, E. A. Schwarz, R. C. Shan- non, and H. S. Viereck were the most active of this early group in collecting wasps; the others collected less than a dozen spe- 1 The preceding number in this series was published in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 237-249, 1962. Publication costs of the present number have been defrayed by the Washington Biologists’ Field Club to promote its primary objective of research on the fauna and flora of Plummers Island and adjacent areas. 32—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (255) SHITHSORIAN se WASTITUTION AN 4 256 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington cies each. Remarkably, these 303 specimens represent 123 different species. No additional wasp collections are known until my own efforts from 1956 through 1963, which resulted in the collection or rearing of 245 species. Altogether, a total of 274 species is now known from the island. The early collecting was not thorough enough to enable me to detect any definite successional changes, such as are ap- parent in the flora of Plummers Island. Later collections include 100 of the 123 species taken by earlier workers. However, many of the 23 species which I did not capture are quite small and probably with rather obscure habits; some of the others may have been strays and not representatives of actual populations breeding on the island. BIOLOGICAL STUDIES Little attention was given to field studies of wasp biology in the early years. Barber in 1908 reared several specimens of Trypoxylon politum Say from the clay, “pipe organ” nests of this wasp, and dug up several subterranean nests of the common yellow jacket in 1912. He also reared a specimen of Rhopalosoma nearcticum Brues from a parasitized tree cricket, Orocharis saltator Uhler, collected by J. D. Hood in 1912 (Hood, 1913; recorded in error as Rhopalosoma poeyi Cresson). Beginning in 1956 I carried on extensive biological studies of a number of solitary wasps. These resulted in several publications (Krombein, 1958, 1959, 1961, 1962b, and in press) containing short notes on the following species: Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith), Auplopus a. architectus (Say), Episyron q. quinquenotatus (Say), Tachytes crassus Patton, Trypoxylon pennsylvanicum Saussure, T. Richardsi Sandhouse, Mimesa basirufa Packard, Xylocelia virginiana Rohwer, Stigmus ameri- canus Packard, Passaloecus annulatus (Say), Xysma ceanothae ( Viereck), Podium luctuosum Smith, Gorytes canaliculatus Packard, Cerceris insolita Cresson, Euplilis rufigaster (Packard), Crossocerus planipes (Fox), and Oxybelus emarginatum Say. A more extensive study is in preparation dealing with several crabronine wasps, Ectemnius paucimaculatus ( Pack- ard), Crossocerus stictochilos Pate, Euplilis coarctata modesta (Rohwer) and E. rufigaster, which breed in Hibiscus stems. I have also made life- history studies of a number of solitary wasps nesting in wooden borings; > Puate [. Fig. 1, Plummers Island looking NW from S end of Cabin John Bridge, 2 December 1962; upper (west) end of island not visible; cabin chimney just visible to left and above large rock formation (Cactus Rock) at center. Fig. 2, Cabin (Winnemana Lodge) viewed from SW, 5 May 1961; many species of wasps nest in borings in porch rafters and posts. Fig. 3, Cabin viewed from NNE, 5 May 1962; foreground left and center is nesting site of large colony of Xylocelia virgini- ana Roh. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 257 258 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 259 these will be published in a separate report including results from similar studies carried on in New York, Virginia, North Carolina, Florida, and Arizona. HABITATS Despite its small extent (12 acres), Plummers Island offers a variety of habitats because of the varied topography, soil, and vegetative cover. The island is elongate, triangular in shape, with the attenuated eastern end pointing downstream (Fig. 1). It is a short distance above the fall line of the Potomac River and below Great Falls. The highest point is about 110 ft. above sea level and about 60 ft. above the mean low-water mark. There are several rocky bluffs, ridges, and knolls which bear vary- ing depths of soil and a moderately open tree cover dominated by oak, hickory and hop hornbeam, among which is interspersed a rich under- cover of small shrubs and herbaceous vegetation (Figs. 3, 5). At the west end is a small area of coarse, alluvial sand exposed to sunlight through most of the day (Fig. 4). Similar deposits of coarse sand occur at points along the channel separating the island from the Maryland mainland and on the entire lower end, but these areas are mostly rather shaded. There are also mud flats along the river which, like the sandy areas, are subject to annual inundation during the spring floods. The lower end of the island, which is mostly a flood-plain, is quite densely shaded by a mixture of sycamore, elm, cottonwood and pawpaw, and a variety of other trees and shrubs. The varied soil types and the degree of shade to which each is exposed offer a variety of nesting sites for ground-nesting wasps. Wasps that nest in abandoned borings of other insects in dead wood have available a great number of nesting sites in the dead standing or fallen trees (Fig. 6) and in the cabin porch rafters and posts (Fig. 2). Other wood-nesting wasps, which bore in soft pith, find nesting sites in such plants as Hibiscus on the mud flats or in such shrubs as the fringe tree, Chionanthus. Para- sitic wasps of the families Bethylidae and Dryinidae can find a number of appropriate hosts in the rich insect fauna. There have been some marked successional changes in the vegetative cover over the years, and it is likely that there have been corresponding changes in the insect fauna, particularly in such groups as Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, which are associated more intimately with the vegetation than are the wasps. For example, early photographs show that the knoll on which the cabin stands had a number of red cedars. These died off < Puate II. Fig. 4, Sandy area at upper (west) end of island, nesting site of many psammophilous wasps, 6 October 1962; stand of Hibiscus militaris Cay. in middle distance at right in whose stems Ectemnius paucimaculatus (Pack.) and Euplilis spp. nest. Fig. 5, Open wooded slope west of cabin, 5 May 1962. Fig. 6, Wooden trap nests containing hollow borings attached to trunk of dead standing tree, 5 May 1961; many wood-nesting wasps used these traps as nesting sites at various stations on the island. 260 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington and were supplanted largely by oak and hickory, thus decreasing the amount of shade beneath and on the ground cover. ANNOTATED LIST OF WASPS The annotated list which follows enumerates 274 species of wasps which have been collected on, reared from, or sighted on Plummers Island. It is thought that most of these species, especially those which nest in the ground, are represented by breeding populations. However, some are undoubtedly strays which flew in from adjacent areas. The number of species represented by single specimens causes one to wonder how many species may be present that have not yet been captured. Undoubtedly, we can also expect to find additional species in the years to come as a result of three factors. One is the newly constructed circum- ferential highway which crosses the Potomac River just west of the island. The broad, grassy right-of-way for this highway offers an excellent avenue to the island for field-dwelling species which formerly did not penetrate the forested shores of the river. A second factor is the annual spring flooding of the Potomac which deposits a certain amount of drift- wood which may contain nests of wood-dwelling species. The third is the introduction of collecting techniques not used previously on the island, such as the Malaise insect trap, which may result in the capture of species not taken by other methods. The list is based entirely on two sources. The first was a careful scrutiny of identified wasps in the collection of the U. S. National Mu- seum, and the recording of label data for all specimens bearing Plummers Island locality labels. Club members, indicated by an asterisk before their names, and their guests who made collections from 1902 to 1923 are as follows: *Herbert S. Barber (HSB) P. R. Myers (PRM) Jos. Bequaert (JB) *Waldo L. McAtee (WLM) Nathan Banks (NB) Alan H. Pottinger (AHP) D. H. Clemons (DHC) F. C. Pratt (FCP) *J. C. Crawford (JCC) *Wm. Palmer (WP) *Rolla P. Currie (RPC) Sievert A. Rohwer (SAR) * Albert K. Fisher (AKF ) *EHugene A. Schwarz (EAS) George M. Greene (GMG) *Raymond C. Shannon (RCS) J. Douglas Hood (JDH) *Henry L. Viereck (HLV) L. O. Jackson (LOJ ) *Alexander Wetmore (AW) Josef N. Knull (JNK) W. V. Warner (WVW) John R. Malloch (JRM ) The other, and major source, is the material collected from 1956 through 1963 by the following members and guests: Donald B. Baker (DBB) Frank E. Kurczewski (FEK) Oscar L. Cartwright (OLC) *Karl V. Krombein (KVK) Howard E. Evans (HEE) *Paul J. Spangler (PJS) *Henry S. Fuller (HSF) George C. Steyskal (GCS) Jacobus van der Vecht (JvdV ) Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 261 The information recorded for each species is as follows: The scientific name, author, and common name if there is one; extreme dates of capture on the island and initials of collectors who captured specimens; an indi- cation as to whether the species is univoltine (one generation annually ) or multivoltine (two or more generations ); and brief biological data where any are known. It should be noted that the extreme dates of capture are not the same as the seasonal flight range, which is frequently much longer. The number of specimens collected is usually a rough measure of the relative abundance except for social wasps belonging to the genera Vespula and Polistes, of which only representative samples were taken. Readers who are interested in consulting more detailed biological accounts will find most sources listed under the appropriate species headings in the catalog, “Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico,” and its two supplements (Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes, 1951, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 1-1420; Krombein, op. cit., pp. 1-305, 1958; Krombein and Burks, op. cit., in preparation). SUPERFAMILY BETHYLOIDEA FAMILY CHRYSIDIDAE All of the Plummers Island cuckoo wasps are parasitic on other solitary wasps or bees except for Mesitiopterus kahlii Ashm., which para- sitizes walking-stick eggs. Omalus (Omalus) aeneus (Fabricius). 2 2,1 ¢; 28-30 May (KVK); multivoltine; parasitic on wood-nesting pemphredonine wasps, Passaloecus. Omalus (Omalus) iridescens (Norton). 17 2, 4 6; 19 May to 26 October (HSB, HEE, KVK, WLM, HLV); multivoltine, parasitic on wood-nesting pemphredonine wasps, Stigmus and Diodontus. Omalus (Pseudomalus) auratus (Linnaeus). 1 9; 3 August (KVK); multivoltine; parasitic on wood-nesting pemphredonine wasps, Pemphre- don and Passaloecus. Omalus (Pseudomalus) janus (Haldeman). 1 ¢; 26 April (HSB); multivoltine; parasitic on wood-nesting pemphredonine wasps, Pemphre- don. Omalus (Pseudomalus) macswaini Bohart and Campos. 4 9, 1 4; 28 May to 13 August (JCC, KVK); multivoltine; parasitic on wood-nest- ing pemphredonine wasps, Stigmus and Pemphredon. Omalus (Diplorrhos) intermedius (Aaron). 66 ¢ and 1 reared 9°; 26 May to 14 June (KVK); univoltine; parasitic on the ground-nesting pemphredonine wasp, Xylocelia virginiana Roh., which flies at the same time and nests near the outdoor fireplace. Elampus viridicyaneus Norton. 5 9, 9 &; 2 June to 9 July (KVK, EAS, PJS); multivoltine; parasitic on the ground-nesting gorytine wasp, Psammaecius costalis (Cr.). Hedychridium dimidiatum Say. 1 2, 3 6; 3-21 July (JB, KVKk, HLV); multivoltine; host unknown. 262 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Hedychrum violaceum Brullé. 1 @, 1 ¢; 25-29 June (KVK, RCS); multivoltine; parasitic on Cerceris architis Mick. Chrysura kyrae Krombein. 3 9, and many reared @ ¢; 25 April to 3 May (KVK); females may be active at the island from 9 April until the end of May; univoltine; I have reared it at the island from the wood-nesting vernal megachilid bee, Osmia (Osmia) I. lignaria Say; de- scribed from Plummers Island. Chrysura pacifica (Say). 3 2, 1 6; 17-23 May (KVK); univoltine; I have reared it at the island from the wood-nesting vernal megachilid bee, Osmia (Nothosmia) pumila Cresson. Chrysogona verticalis (Patton). 619, 114 6; 5 May to 26 October (JB, KVK, HLV, JvdV); multivoltine; I have reared it at the island from several species of wood-nesting sphecid wasps, Trypoxylon subg. Try- poxylon. Chrysis (Trichrysis) carinata Say. 3 2 and many reared @ ¢; 2 June to 18 August (HSB, KVK); multivoltine; I have reared it at the island from wood-nesting sphecid wasps, Trypoxylon subg. Trypargilum. Chrysis (Trichrysis) tridens (Lepeletier). 2 2; 6-23 June (HSB, EAS); multivoltine; presumably parasitic on the mud-dauber wasp, Sceliphron caementarium (Dru.). Chrysis (Chrysis) alabamensis Mocsary. 1 @; 17 July (KVK); mul- tivoltine; hovering around standing dead tree in woods and presumably parasitic on the sphecid wasp, Podium luctosum Sm. nesting therein; has been reared in North Carolina and Florida from Podium rufipes (F.). Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola Krombein. 6 9,2 6; 5 May to 17 August (KVK, RCS, JvdV); most specimens on cabin porch; usually univoltine; par- asitic on the wood-nesting vispid wasp, Symmorphus canadensis (Sauss.). Chrysis (Chrysis) coerulans Fabricius. 172, 26; 9 May to 19 October (HSB, JCC, KVK, PRM, EAS, RCS, JvdV); multivoltine; parasitic on wood-nesting vespid wasps, Rygchium, Symmorphus, and Ancistrocerus; I have reared it at Plummers Island from an unidentified vespid wasp. Chrysis (Chrysis) nitidula Fabricius. 8 @ and some reared specimens; 21 May to 4 September (HSB, KVK, EAS, HLV); most specimens on cabin porch, one hovering before dead standing tree trunk; I have reared it at the island from the wood-nesting vespid wasp, Ancistrocerus a. antilope (Panz.). Chrysis (Chrysis) smaragdula Fabricius. 1 2 and a few reared speci- mens; 30 July; (DBB, KVK); multivoltine; I have reared it at the island from the wood-nesting vespid wasp, Monobia quadridens (L.), and also from the same host in North Carolina. Mesitiopterus kahlii Ashmead. 3 @, 36 6; 17 August to 23 September (JCC, HEE, KVK); univoltine; parasitic on eggs of the walking stick, Diapheromera femorata Say; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods. FamMiLty BETHYLIDAE Scleroderma carolinense (Ashmead). 3 @; 25 April to 1 June (KVK, Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 263 EAS, RCS); probably multivoltine; parasitizes larvae of old house borer and probably other wood-boring coleopterous larvae (1 @ at island taken on trunk of dead fallen sapling in woods). Laelius trogodermatis Ashmead. 3 ¢; 11 June to 2 September (JCC, KVK); multivoltine; parasitizes Trogoderma (dermestid) larvae in wood borings. Epyris bifoveolatus (Ashmead). 1 @, 10 ¢; 23 September to 22 October (HEE, KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods. Epyris brachypterus (Ashmead). 6 @, 19 ¢; 25 June, 19 September to 22 October (HEE, KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegeta- tion and leaf litter in open woods. Epyris vierecki Krombein. 2 2, 1846; 28 August to 5 October (JCC, HEE, KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods; described from Plummers Island. ? Holepyris coronatus (Ashmead). 4 6; 12-22 October (KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods. Holepyris marylandicus Fouts. 1 2,1 ¢; 6 June, 23 September (HEE, KVK); probably univoltine; ¢ swept from herbaceous vegetation and 9 on leaf litter, both in open woods. Anisepyris columbianus (Ashmead). 20 &; 19 September to 26 October (KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods. Pristocera armifera (Say). 37 6; 27 August to 22 October (HEE, KVK); univoltine; swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods; has been reared from elaterid larva, Limonius sp., in soil. Pseudisobrachium ashmeadi Evans. 27 6; 30 August to 22 October (HEE, KVK); univoltine; this and the following species of the genus swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods; members of this genus are parasitic in ant nests, presumably on ant larvae. Pseudisobrachium carbonarium (Ashmead). 35 ¢; 30 August to 22 October (HEE, KVK, HLV); univoltine. Pseudisobrachium prolongatum (Provancher). 325 6; 19 August to 22, October (HEE, KVK); univoltine. Pseudisobrachium rufiventre (Ashmead). 4 ¢; 23 September to 22 October (HEE, KVK); univoltine. Dissomphalus barberi Evans. 1 @, 2 6; 10 August to 17 October (HSB, KVK); probably univoltine; 1 ¢ swept from herbaceous vegeta- tion in open woods, @ reared from log infested with cecidomyids and micromalthids; described from Plummers Island. Dissomphalus foveolatus (Brown and Cheng). 1 9; 22 October (EAS); probably univoltine. Goniozus columbianus (Ashmead). 15 9, 11 6; 5 May to 9 June and 4 September to 10 October (KVK); probably multivoltine; this and the following species swept from herbaceous vegetation in open woods and along the river. ? Goniozus electus Fouts. 1 92; 19 October (KVK); visiting aphid honeydew on oak leaf. 264 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Goniozus platynotae Ashmead. 2 2; 30 July to 7 October (KVK); multivoltine; parasitizes a number of lepidopterous larvae. Perisierola cellularis (Say). 1 @; 11 June (HSB); multivoltine; parasitizes several spp. of lepidopterous larvae. Perisierola n. sp. 1 9; 26 May (KVK). FamMiILy DRyYINIDAE Most species of this family are parasitic on Homoptera (Cicadellidae and Fulgoridae), but hosts are unknown for all but one of the Plummers Island species. Records are so scanty that it is impossible to determine whether there are one or more generations per year. Mesodryinus crawfordi Krombein. 1 @; 11 July (JCC); described from Plummers Island. Eucamptonyx secundus Fenton. 2 2; 5-30 July (KVK); crawling on semirecumbent trunk of live maple sapling on sandy soil at lower end of island. Chalcogonatopus areolatus Fenton. 1 ¢?; 24 July (KVK); crawling on plant stem on sandy beach. Gonatopus curriei Krombein. 1 9; 3 August (RPC); described from Plummers Island. Anteon puncticeps Ashmead. 1 2, 2 &; 6 June to 20 July (RCS). Chelogynus virginiensis Fenton. 5 92; 9 June to 30 July (KVK); on vegetation in sandy areas. Deinodryinus variabilis Fenton. 1 2; 3 June (KVK). Aphelopus albopictus Ashmead. 2 2; 30 June to 27 August (KVK); on beach vegetation and in wooden boring. Aphelopus comesi Fenton. 1 2; 12 August (KVK); on beach vegeta- tion; the type was reared from the leafhopper, Erythroneura comes (Say). SUPERFAMILY SCOLIOIDEA FamMiLy TIPHIMDAE The species of Tiphia and Myzinum, so far as known, are parasitic on soil-dwelling scarabaeid beetle larvae. Most specimens of Tiphia and Myrmosa were captured in open woods, and those of Myzinum on the upper sandy beach on flowers. Tiphia affinis Malloch. 1 ¢; 23 June (KVK); univoltine. Tiphia egregia Viereck. 14 9, 45 ¢; 3 July to 22 October (HSB, RPC, HEE, KVK, JRM, EAS, HLV); multivoltine. Tiphia illinoensis Robertson. 1 6; 13 August (KVK). Tiphia inaequalis Malloch. 5 6; 18 July to 25 August (HSB, KVK, PRM, HLV); 2 @ taken on lower sandy beach; univoltine. Tiphia infossata Allen. 5 2, 167 6; 26 May to 30 June (HSB, JCC, GMG, KVK, EAS); univoltine; part of the type series of T. hollowayi Allen, a synonym, came from Plummers Island. Tiphia intermedia Malloch. 2 2,1 6; 27 July to 9 September (KVK); multivoltine. Tiphia jaynesi Allen. 1 2; 1 September (HLV). Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 265 Tiphia relativa Viereck. 2 2, 10 6; 15 June to 27 August (HSB, NB, JCC, KVK, JRM, PRM); multivoltine; T. winnemanae Malloch, a syno- nym, was described from Plummers Island. Tiphia rugulosa Malloch. 7 2, 24 6; 5 May to 28 June and 6-19 October (KVK, RCS, HLV); probably univoltine. Tiphia subcarinata Malloch. 1 ¢, 24 ¢; 25 June to 28 July (JCC, KVK, WP, HLYV); univoltine. ; Tiphia vernalis Rohwer. 6 2, 3 6; 5 May to 11 June (KVK); univol- tine; liberated in U. S. in late 1920’s to control Japanese beetle. Myzinum maculatum (Fabricius). 1 9; 6 September (KVK); mul- tivoltine; on flowers of Polygonum on upper beach. Myzinum obscurum (Fabricius). 1 9; 8 August (JCC); univoltine (?). Myzinum quinquecinctum (Fabricius). 1 9; 30 August (KVK); on upper beach on flowers; univoltine (?). Myrmosa (Myrmosa) unicolor Say. 6 °, 342; 6 June to 6 September (HSB, KVK, EAS); multivoltine; parasitic on small ground-nesting wasps and bees. FAMILY SIEROLOMORPHIDAE Sierolomorpha canadensis (Provancher). 1 9,1 ¢; 17-27 June (DHC, KVK); on vegetation on lower beach. FAMILY MUTILLIDAE So far as known, the velvet ants are parasitic on mature, resting insect larvae, usually of other wasps and bees but occasionally of Lepidoptera, Diptera, or Coleoptera. Hosts are known for very few of the Plummers Island species. Photomorphus (Photomorphus) banksi (Bradley). 2 2; 3-13 August (KVK); univoltine (?); one near the cabin and one on the upper beach. Sphaeropthalma (Sphaeropthalma) pennsylvanica scaeva (Blake). 4 2,6 &@ and several reared specimens; 13 June to 2 September (HSB, HVK, EAS); multivoltine; mostly in wooded areas; I have reared it from co- coons of the sphecid wasps, Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) collinum rubro- cinctum Pack. and striatum Prov. at the island, and it has been reared elsewhere from other mud-daubing wasps. Pseudomethoca frigida frigida (Smith). 19 9, 16 6; 4 May to 23 September (HSB, JCC, KVK, WLM); multivoltine; occurs both in wooded and sandy areas; parasitizes small ground-nesting bees, Lasioglos- sum subg. Chloralictus. Pseudomethoca simillima (Smith). 2 9, 15 ¢; 11 April to 17 October (JCC, HEE, KVK, PRM); multivoltine; mostly in wooded areas. Pseudomethoca vanduzeei Bradley. 1 6; 31 August (KVK); multi- voltine; flying in open wooded area. Dasymutilla alesia Banks. 1 9; 4 July (JB, HLV); a woodland species. Dasymutilla nigripes (Fabricius). 3 2, 1 6; 25 June to 4 September (HSB, KVK, EAS); multivoltine; in wooded areas; parasitic on the ground-nesting sphecid wasp, Cerceris flavofasciata H. S. Sm. 266 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Dasymutilla vesta vesta (Cresson). 6 2, 1 ¢; 11 June to 12 Sep- tember (JCC, KVK, SAR, RCS, HLV); multivoltine; 2 9 in wooded areas. Timulla (Timulla) dubitata (Smith). 2 9; 10 May to 10 August (HSB, JCC, EAS); multivoltine. Timulla (Timulla) dubitatiformis Mickel. 1 9; 11 June (HSB); a paratype. This is a composite species known only from females; the Plummers Island @ listed here is quite likely to be the opposite sex of the following species. Timulla (Timulla) hollensis melanderi Mickel. 3 @; 5 July to 22 August (JCC, EAS, RCS); one ¢ is a paratype. Ephuta (Ephuta) pauxilla pauxilla Bradley. 5 9, 15 8; 9 June to 13. October (KVK); multivoltine; in sandy areas; has been reared from the spider wasp, Dipogon (Deuteragenia) s. sayi Bks. Ephuta (Ephuta) scrupea (Say). 12 2, 24 6; 26 May to 4 November (HSB, JCC, KVK, PRM, WLM, EAS, RCS); multivoltine; mostly in wooded areas, occasionally on sand; parasitic on the spider wasp, Pha- nagenia bombycina (Cr.). FamMiILy RHOPALOSOMATIDAE Rhopalosoma nearcticum Brues. 1 @ reared; emerged in spring; parasitic on adult tree cricket, Orocharis saltator Uhl. (Hood, 1913). Oxilon banksii (Brues). 1 9; 17 August (JvdV); also represented in National Museum collection by a field cricket nymph, Nemobius sp., August (HSB), bearing the cast exuviae of a small rhopalosomatid larva. FAMILY SCOLIIDAE Members of this family are parasitic on scarabaeid beetle larvae in the ground or in rotten wood. Scolia (Scolia) bicincta Fabricius. 4 9,5 6; 4 August to 6 September (RPC, KVK, JvdV); univoltine; mostly in open wooded areas. Scolia (Scolia) dubia dubia Say. 3 2,1 6; 25 August to 6 September (KVK, WLM); on upper beach on flowers; univoltine; parasitic on larvae of Cotinis nitida (L.). Campsomeris (Dielis) plumipes plumipes (Drury). 1 ¢; 6 May (JCC). FAMILY SAPYGIDAE Sapyga centrata Say. 4 2 and reared specimens; 25 April to 21 May (KVK); univoltine; 2 2, one of which slept overnight in a boring in post, hovering in front of cedar posts of cabin; I have reared this from nests from Plummers Island in borings in wood of the megachilid bees, Osmia (Centrosmia) bucephala bucephala Cr. and O. (Nothosomia) pumila Cr. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 267 SUPERFAMILY VESPOIDEA FAMILY VESPIDAE The vespid wasps include the social wasps (hornets, yellow jackets, and paper wasps) of the genera Vespa, Vespula, and Polistes, as well as a large number of solitary species belonging to several genera which nest in borings in wood, fabricate clay cells or nest in the ground. No attempt has been made to collect more than a sampling of the social wasps of the genera Vespula and Polistes, so the specimens cited do not reflect the relative abundance. In the social wasps each colony is started in the spring by a single overwintering fertilized queen. Suc- cessive broods of sterile females (workers) are produced during the summer, and males and new queens develop late in August and Septem- ber. Vespa crabro var. germana (Christ), the European hornet. 1 2; April 29 (HSF); in cabin. Vespula (Vespula) maculifrons (du Buysson), the yellow jacket. 28 9, 28 %; queens captured 14 April to 17 June and again in mid- October, workers taken 6 June to 26 October (HSB, JCC, OLC, RPC, LOJ, KVK, WLM, FCP, WP, JvdV); this is our most common and troublesome ground-nesting yellow jacket. Vespula (Vespula) squamosa (Drury). 2 2; 23-30 May (LOJ, KVK); queens thought to be temporary parasites in young colonies of maculifrons; squamosa workers, males, and queens are developed later in the season. Vespula (Vespula) vidua (Saussure). 4 2,15 3,1 6; queens captured 28 April to 20 May and again in late October, workers taken 13 June to 8 September (HSB, KVK, JvdV). Vespula (Dolichovespula) arenaria (Fabricius). 6 %; 28 June to 21 July (KVK, PJS); on beach. This species, like the following, builds a paper nest in a tree. Vespula (Dolichovespula) maculata (Linnaeus ), the bald-faced hornet. 3 2,5 ¥%; queens captured 29 April to 11 June, workers 16 July to 6 September (DHC, KVK). Polistes annularis (Linnaeus). 16 9, 2 ¢; 18 April to 26 October (KVK, WP, AW); females frequently overwinter in the cabin in large numbers; the pendent single-comb nests are placed beneath eaves or other sheltered situations as is the case for the following species of the same genus. Polistes exclamans exclamans Viereck. 3 2; 25 April to 12 September (KVK, JvdV). Polistes fuscatus fuscatus (Fabricius). 3 9, 1 ¢; 2 May to 18 October (HSB, AKF, WLM). Polistes fuscatus pallipes Lepeletier. 6 9, 4 ¢; 25 April to 28 Sep- tember, and 9 November (in cabin ?) (HSB, KVK, WVW, JvdV). Polistes metricus Say. 7 2,2 6; 27 March to 2 May (HSB, KVK, JvdV). Zethus (Zethusculus) spinipes Say. 2 6; 30 August to 8 September (KVK, JvdV); on upper beach. 268 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Eumenes fraternus Say. 10 2, 12 6; 30 May to 19 October (AKF, KVK, WLM, JvdV); in wooded areas and on beach; multivoltine; builds the familiar jug nest of mud in which it stores caterpillars. Pseudodynerus quadrisectus (Say). 6 2,54; 6 June to 28 August (AKF, KVK, WLM, PJS, HLV); multivoltine; mostly in wooded areas; nests in old carpenter bee burrows in wood. Monobia quadridens (Linnaeus). 14 2,10 ¢, and reared specimens; 2 June to 13 October (AKF, KVK, WLM, EAS, JvdV); multivoltine; I have reared this species from wooden trap nests from the island; it also nests frequently in rafters of the cabin porch in abandoned carpenter bee borings and provisions its nests with caterpillars (Krombein, 1962b). Rygchium foraminatum foraminatum (Saussure). 9 9, 32 ¢@, and reared specimens; 19 May to 9 September (JCC, KVK, JvdV); multi- voltine; common in open wooded areas; I have reared this and the following species from wooden trap nests from the island; both species provision with caterpillars. Rygchium schwarzi Krombein. 3 9, 9 6, and reared specimens; 19 May to 10 September (HSB, KVK, HLV); multivoltine; frequents open wooded areas; described from the island. Ancistrocerus antilope antilope (Panzer). 10 2 and reared specimens; 18 August to 13 October (KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; in open wooded areas, sometimes hovering in front of dead standing trees, and visiting Polygonum flowers on upper beach; I have reared this and the three fol- lowing species from wooden trap nests from the island; all four species store caterpillars as prey. Ancistrocerus campestris (Saussure). 6 9, 25 ¢, and reared specimens; 2 June to 23 September (KVK, JvdV ); multivoltine; in open wooded areas and visiting flowers on upper beach. Ancistrocerus catskill catskill (Saussure). 2 6 and reared specimens; 2 June to 12 August (KVK); multivoltine; on flowers on upper beach and in open woods. Ancistrocerus tigris tigris (Saussure). 41 9, 5 @, and reared speci- mens; 10 May to 26 October (JCC, KVK, JRM, JvdV); multivoltine; in open wooded areas, occasionally nesting in cedar posts on cabin porch, and visiting Polygonum flowers on upper beach. Ancistrocerus unifasciatus unifasciatus (Saussure). 1 @; 30 May (KVK); multivoltine. Symmorphus albomarginatus (Saussure). 5 9 and reared specimens; 12 June to 28 July (KVK); univoltine, though occasionally with a small partial second generation; in open wooded areas and on beaches; I have reared this and the following species from wooden trap nests from the island; this species stores its nests with Chrysomela beetle larvae. Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure). 38 @, 7 6 and reared speci- mens; 19 May to 17 October (HSB, JCC, KVK, EAS); univoltine, but occasionally with a small partial second generation; stores its nests with leaf-mining lepidopterous and coleopterous larvae. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 269 Symmorphus cristatus (Saussure). 1 9; 9 June (KVK). Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) blepharus Bohart. 11 9, 15 4; 19 May to 18 August (KVK, PJS); apparently multivoltine; in open wooded areas. Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) fulvipes fulvipes (Saussure). 2 @, 6 $;2 June to 6 September (KVK); multivoltine; mostly on upper beach but occasionally in open wooded areas; I have reared this in North Carolina from wooden trap nests which were provisioned with caterpillars. Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus ) pedestris pedestris (Saussure). 23 9, 19 ¢; 19 May to 28 September (KVK, SAR, HLV, JvdV ); multivoltine; in open wooded areas; I have reared this from wooden trap nests from New York; it provisions its nests with caterpillars as do the following two species. Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) perennis perennis (Saussure). 43 9°, 10 ¢; 23 May to 24 September (DHC, KVK, PRM, HLV, JvdV); multi- voltine; in open wooded areas, on beaches, and hovering in front of stand- ing dead tree trunk containing borings; 1 ¢ transitional to p. anacardivora (Rohwer); it has been reared from borings in sumach stems and _pro- visions its nest with caterpillars. Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) vogti Krombein. 1 2, reared from wooden trap nest, 23 May (KVK); described from Plummers Island. SUPERFAMILY POMPILOIDEA FamMiILy POMPILIDAE This family consists of the spider wasps. All species prey on spiders except Ceropales and Evagetes, which are social parasites of other pom- pilid wasps. Chirodamus albopilosus (Cresson). 7 9, 14 ¢; 2-30 June (HSB, KVK, PJS, RCS); multivoltine; in open wooded areas. Chirodamus fortis (Cresson). 5 ¢ ; 2 July to 17 October (KVK, HLV); apparently multivoltine; in open wooded areas. Priocnessus nebulosus (Dahlbom). 4 @, 4 6; 5 April to 28 August (KVK); multivoltine; in open wooded areas; preys on Agelenopsis. Dipogon (Deuteragenia) calipterus calipterus (Say). 1 9; 18 July (KVK); multivoltine. Dipogon (Deuteragenia) papago anomalous Dreisbach. 5 @ and reared specimens; 28 May to 13 October (JCC, KVK); I have reared this and the following species from wooden trap nests placed on dead standing tree trunks; these species store their nests with jumping spiders. Dipogon (Deuteragenia) sayi sayi Banks. 10 @ and reared specimens; 14 May to 23 September (HSB, HEE, KVK, EAS); in woods; preys principally on crab spiders. Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis brevis (Cresson). 2 9,6 6; 21 May to 13 September (KVK); multivoltine; in open woods, males on foliage; preys on Phidippus. Dipogon (Winnemanella) fulleri Krombein. 1 9; 18 August (KVK); 270 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington on standing dead tree trunk in woods; described from Plummers Island; preys on Icius hartii Em. Priocnemis (Priocnemissus) minorata Banks. 12 9, 3 6; 30 March to 12 June (JCC, KVK, PRM, WLM, AHP, RCS, HLV); univoltine; on leaf litter in woods; preys on a variety of errant and snare-building spiders and nests in soil. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) cornica (Say). 16 2, 14 ¢; 4 June to 28 September (FEK, KVK); multivoltine; most specimens taken on sand along river bank; preys on a variety of errant spiders and nests in pre- existing holes in ground. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) germana (Cresson). 33 2, 35 6; 30 May to 17 October (JDH, KVK, WP, HLV, JvdV); multivoltine; on leaf litter in woods and on beaches in shade; preys on Amaurobius and probably nests in pre-existing holes in ground. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) hestia Banks. 1 @; 13 October (HLV); multivoltine; preys on immature clubionids. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) scitula scitula (Cresson). 58 9, 70 4; 19 May to 13 October (HEE, KVK, GCS, HLV); multivoltine; mostly in sandy areas. Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith). 26 9, 5 ¢; 4 June to 1 October (KVK, PJS); multivoltine; in woods and on sandy areas. I collected this at Plummers Island transporting araneid spiders (Krombein, 1958, 1961); nests in ground. Calicurgus hyalinatus rupex (Cresson). 1 2; 18 August (KVK); multivoltine; a southern race not recorded previously north of North Carolina; this particular specimen may be just a variant in a population of h. alienatus. Phanagenia bombycina (Cresson). 2 2, 1 ¢; 3 July to 28 August (KVK); multivoltine; builds clay cells under stones and preys on errant spiders. Auplopus adjunctus (Banks). 3 9, 3 ¢; 4 June to 13 September (KVK); in wooded areas; multivoltine; constructs mud cells. Auplopus architectus architectus (Say). 7 2, 1 &; 30 July to 26 October (KVK); multivoltine; constructs mud cells under stones: I captured it on Plummers Island with prey, a Clubiona sp. ( Krombein, 1961). Auplopus caerulescens caerulescens (Dahlbom). 4 9, 4 ¢; 23 May to 28 September (JCC, GMG, KVK); multivoltine; constructs mud cells under loose bark. Auplopus mellipes mellipes (Say). 18 2,5 @ and reared specimens; 3 June to 13 October (JCC, KVK, HLV, JvdV); multivoltine; usually in woods, several 2 nesting in abandoned borings in dead standing trees; it constructed clay cells in several of my wooden trap nests; preys on errant spiders. Auplopus nigrellus (Banks). 61 2,36 ¢; 17 May to 13 October (HSB, HEE, FEK, KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; in open woods; builds clay cells under stones and stores errant spiders. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII marl Ageniella (Ageniella) mintaka Brimley. 1 ¢; 20 July (KVK); uni- voltine; in woods. Ageniella (Ageniella) norata Banks. 1 9, 2 6; 3 July to 31 August (KVK); univoltine; in woods. Ageniella (Priophanes) arcuatus (Banks). 1 ¢; 12 August (KVK); multivoltine; on upper beach; preys on Oxyopes. Ageniella (Priophanes) agenioideus (Fox). 3 2; 21 July to 28 August (KVK). Minagenia clypeata (Banks). 19 9, 1 6; 25 June to 23 September (KVK); multivoltine; on shaded, vegetated, sandy area. Minagenia julia (Brimley). 6 ¢; 3-13 July (JB, KVK, HLV); mul- tivoltine; in open woods. Minagenia osoria (Banks). 2 9,8 ¢; 6 July to 9 September (KVK); on shaded, vegetated, sandy area; larva an external parasite on abdomen of active spider. Ceropales hatoda Brimley. 1 2,3 8; 20 July to 13 August (KVK); multivoltine (?); probably a social parasite of Ageniella (A.) partita Bks. Ceropales maculata fraterna Smith. 2 6; 13 August to 6 September (KVK); multivoltine. Aporus (Aporus) niger (Cresson). 3 2, 21 6; 28 June to 31 August (KVK); univoltine (?); in open woods. Allaporus rufiventris (Cresson). 1 2,3 4; 6 June to 31 August (KVK, RCS ); univoltine (?); in open woods. Psorthaspis legata (Cresson). 2 6; 22-26 June (HSB, EAS); univol- tine (?). Psorthaspis mariae (Cresson). 11 ¢, 6 46; 6 June to 1 October (HSB, KVK, RCS, JvdV); multivoltine; in open woods. Evagetes parvus (Cresson). 2 9; 21-30 July (KVK); multivoltine; on sand; apparently parasitic on several species of Anoplius and Pompilus. Agenioideus (Agenioideus) humilis (Cresson). 5 9, 23 ¢; 3 June to 2, September (HSB, JCC, KVK, EAS, RCS); multivoltine; abundant about cabin and presumably nesting among or under rocks supporting porch; preys on orb weavers. Sericopompilus apicalis (Say). 1 ¢; 29 June (RCS); multivoltine; preys on a variety of errant and snare-building spiders and nests in ground, Episyron biguttatus biguttatus (Fabricius). 19 9, 4 6; 4 June to 9 September (DBB, HSB, FEK, KVK, EAS, HLV); multivoltine; a woodland species. Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus (Say). 21 2, 22 6; 2 June to 16 September (DBB, FEK, KVK); on open sand; I have taken it at Plummers Island preying on orb weavers and nesting in sand (Krombein, 1961, in press). Tachypompilus ferrugineus ferrugineus (Say). 5 9, 1 6; 17 August to 6 September (KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; on cabin wall attacking large 272 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington orb-weaver spider; reported as preying on wolf and fishing spiders and nesting in soil. Anoplius (Lophopompilus) aethiops (Cresson). 2 2, 2 6; 23 Sep- tember to October (KVK, WP); multivoltine (?); on beach on Polygonum flowers; preys on wolf spiders. Anoplius (Lophopompilus) carolina (Banks). 4 9, 2 6; 4 July to 13 August (JB, KVK, HLV); a woodland species; preys on agelenids and nests in pre-existing holes in ground. Anoplius (Notiochares) amethystinus atramentarius (Dahlbom). 5 9°, 2 6; 14 August to 28 September (KVK, JvdV ); multivoltine; preys on wolf spiders and nests in ground. Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) americanus trifasciatus (Beauvois). 5 9,2 6; 17 June to 21 August (KVK); multivoltine; on sand along river margin. Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus ) semirufus (Cresson). 2 2,2 ¢; 6-17 August (KVK); multivoltine; on bare sand; preys on wolf spiders and nests in sand. Anoplius (Pompilinus) insolens (Banks). 5 6; 2 June to 6 July (KVK); multivoltine (?). Anoplius (Pompilinus) marginatus (Say). 3 2; 6-19 June (KVK, RCS); multivoltine; in open woods. The females of several species may be confused under this name; Plummers Island males are needed to de- termine what species actually occurs here. Anoplius (Anoplius) depressipes Banks. 1 9,1 ¢; 28 August to 6 Sep- tember (KVK); multivoltine; on upper beach; nests in pre-existing holes in soil or wood and preys on fishing spiders. Anoplius ( Anoplius) ithaca (Banks). 2 9,10 6; 12-31 August (DBB, KVK, JvdV ); multivoltine; on upper beach near rock jetty built for bridge construction; preys on small wolf spiders and nests in ground. Anoplius (Anoplius) virginiensis (Cresson). 22 9, 28 ¢; 21 May to 17 October (DHC, HEE, KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; a woodland species; nests in decaying wood and preys on agelenid and amaurobiid spiders. Pompilus (Anoplochares) apicatus Provancher. 29 9°, 28 6; 26 May to 30 July (HSB, JCC, KVK, EAS); univoltine (?); a woodland species. Aporinellus completus Banks. 6 2,5 ¢; 4 June to 2 September (KVK); multivoltine; on knoll near cabin and on upper beach; preys on jumping spiders. Aporinellus medianus Banks. 1 ¢; 21 June (KVK); multivoltine; on knoll near cabin; preys on errant spiders and nests in ground. SUPERFAMILY SPHECOIDEA FAMILY AMPULICIDAE Dolichurus greenei Rohwer. 1 9, 1 6; 18 August to 23 September (HEE, KVK); univoltine; in open wooded areas; preys on the woods cockroach, Parcoblatta, and nests under leaf litter. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 273 FAMILY SPHECIDAE This is the largest family of wasps, and its members exhibit the most diversified prey preferences and nesting behavior. Lyroda subita (Say). 2 9,5 8; 17 July to 19 August (KVK); prob- ably multivoltine; on sandy areas; nests in ground and provisions with field cricket nymphs, Nemobius. Miscophus americanus Fox. 3 2°, 24; 6 June to 9 September (KVK, JvdV ); in open woods and on sand; multivoltine; preys on orb-weaver spiders and nests in ground. Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 3 2 ; 17 August to 26 October (KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; one female visiting aphid honeydew on oak leaf; nests in pre- existing borings in twigs of smooth sumac. Tachytes (Tachyplena) crassus Patton. 4 9, 13 6; 21 July to 27 August (KVK); univoltine; visits flowers of swamp milkweed along river; preys on katydid nymphs, Orchelimuwm, and nests in ground (Krombein, 1961). Tachytes (Tachynana) minutus Rohwer. 5 2, 1 6; 11 July to 19 August (KVK); probably univoltine; I have watched it hunting its pygmy mole cricket prey, Tridactylus, on the muddy edges of the river. Tachytes (Tachynana) obscurus Cresson. 1 9; 1 September (KVK); probably univoltine; at upper end of island. Tachysphex (Tachysphex) similis Rohwer. 1 2, 2 6; 13-30 August (KVK); multivoltine; on upper beach sand. Motes (Notogonius) argentata (Beauvois). 7 2, 2 6; 29 March to 1 Octeber (JCC, KVK, HLV); multivoltine, adult females apparently overwintering; nests in ground and stores field crickets, Gryllus and Nemobius. Pison (Krombeiniellum) koreense (Radoszkowski). 1 2; 13 Septem- ber (KVK); probably multivoltine; gathering mud near outdoor fireplace; stores spiders in diagonal row of delicate clay cells. Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) backi Sandhouse. 3 2,3 @; 26 May to 8 Sep- tember and reared specimens (KVK, JvdV ); multivoltine; this species nests in cedar posts of the cabin porch and I have also reared it from trap nests from the island; provisions its cells with a sheet-web spider, Tennesseel- lum formicum (Em.), an ant mimic. Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) carinatum Say. 4 9,9 2 and reared speci- mens; 2 June to 18 August (KVK); multivoltine; nests in cedar posts of cabin porch and I have reared it from wooden trap nests from the island. Trypoxylon ( Trypoxylon) clarkei Krombein. 1 ¢ and reared specimens from trap nests; 26 May (KVK); multivoltine; described from Plummers Island. Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) frigidum Smith. 24 2, 85 ¢ and reared spec- imens; 17 May to 27 September (JCC, KVK); multivoltine; I have reared it from trap nests from Plummers Island; preys on orb-weaver spiders. Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) johnsoni Fox. 3 2, 1 ¢ and reared speci- 274 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington mens; 6 June to 5 July (KVK); multivoltine; I have reared it from trap nests from Plummers Island; it also nests in hollow twigs. Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) pennsylvanicum Saussure. 50 2, 29 4; 17 May to 26 October (KVK); multivoltine; preys on orb-weaver spi- ders (Krombein, 1961). Trypoxylon (Trypoxylon) richardsi Sandhouse. 20 9, 14 6; 28 May to 20 July (KVK); multivoltine; this species was reared from a nest in a Chionanthus twig at Plummers Island (Krombein, 1959). Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) clavatum Say. 2 9,3 é and many reared specimens; 22 June to 5 August (HSB, GMG, KVK, EAS); multivoltine; nests commonly in wooden trap nests at Plummers Island and provisions the cells with wandering spiders. Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) collinum rubrocinctum Packard. 9 @ and many reared specimens; 26 June to 21 July (JCC, KVK, RCS); univoltine, though occasionally with a very small second generation; nests commonly in wooden trap nests at Plummers Island and provisions the cells with snare-building spiders. Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) politum Say. 11 2, 1 6; 11 June to 16 July (HSB, DHC, KVK); probably univoltine; this builds the clay “pipe organ” nests on the cabin porch and in rock clefts; it stores snare-building spiders. Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) striatum Provancher. 3 9, 3 6; 15 June to 18 July and many reared specimens (HSB, KVK, RCS); multivoltine; nests commonly in wooden trap nests at Plummers Island and provisions the cells with snare-building spiders. Diodontus atratus parenosas Pate. 3 2; 4 July to 13 October (KVK, WLM); multivoltine; nests in wooden trap nests and abandoned beetle borings in wood; provisions its cells with aphids (Krombein, 1958). Psen (Psen) barthi Viereck. 2 9; 25 June to 5 July (KVK); univoltine (?); in open woods; nests in wood and preys on membracids. Psen (Psen) erythropoda Rohwer. 5 @; 4 June to 11 July (JCC, AKF, KVK); probably univoltine; in open woods. Psen (Psen) monticola Packard. 1 2; 28 July (HLV); probably uni- voltine. Psen (Pseneo) kohlii kohlii Fox. 15 92; 13 June to 19 September (HSB, JCC, AKF, KVK, EAS); multivoltine; in woods and on beach around pokeweed; nests in soil and preys on leafhoppers. Psen (Pseneo) simplicicornis Fox. 1 9; 16 July (KVK); probably multivoltine; in open woods; preys on leafhoppers. Mimesa (Mimesa) basirufa Packard. 6 2,1 6; 4 June to 5 September (KVK); usually univoltine; nests in soil near outdoor fireplace at the island and preys on leafhoppers (Krombein, 1961). Mimesa (Mimesa) ezra Pate. 2 9; 13-31 August (KVK); on upper beach. Mimesa (Mimumesa) leucopus (Say). 24 9, 52 6; 19 May to 1 October (KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; in woods and on beaches. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 275 Mimesa (Mimumesa) longicornis (Fox). 3 9, 9 ¢@; 6-19 August (KVK); on upper beach. Xylocelia franclemonti Krombein. 5 6; 28 July to 28 August (KVK); on upper beach flying around scrub cottonwood infested with aphids; the colony from which these came apparently is along the new circum- ferential highway right-of-way just off the island. Xylocelia virginiana Rohwer. 65 @, 132 ¢; 30 May to 30 July and 31 August to 13 October (JB, KVK, HLV); usually multivoltine; a large colony nests near the outdoor fireplace; nests in soil and provisions with woolly alder aphid, Prociphilus tesselatus (Fitch) (Krombein, 1958). Pemphredon (Pemphredon) sp. 1 8; 13 June (KVK); in open woods at lower end of island; apparently a new species, but description with- held until associated females are available. Pemphredon (Cemonus ) harbecki Rohwer. 2 2,1 6; 9 June to 28 Sep- tember (KVK). Pemphredon (Cemonus) lethifer lethifer (Shuckard). 2 9, 7 ¢ and reared specimens; 4 July to 13 August (KVK, HLV, JvdV); multivoltine; on upper beach; preys on Aphis and nests in sumac stems. Pemphredon (Cemonus) tenax Fox. 12 2, 28 6; 19 May to 16 Sep- tember (KVK); multivoltine; on both beaches around herbaceous vegeta- tion; nests in twigs and preys on aphids. Stigmus americanus Packard. 45 92,26 6; 8 May to 26 October (HEE, KVK, RCS, JvdV ); multivoltine; mostly in wooded areas and around cabin; nests in small deserted beetle borings in porch rafters, and Chionanthus twigs, and preys on aphids (Krombein, 1958, 1961). Passaloecus annulatus (Say). 19 9, 10 6; 20 May to 13 October (JCC, KVK); multivoltine; mostly in woods and around cabin; nests in abandoned beetle borings in porch rafters and cedar stump at the island (Krombein 1958, 1961). Passaloecus mandibularis (Cresson). 1 2; 19 May (KVK); univoltine; nests in abandoned beetle borings and wooden trap nests; preys on aphids. Passaloecus relativus Fox. 2 2,1 6; 21 May to 2 June (KVK); mul- tivoltine; around cedar post on cabin porch; preys on aphids and nests in deserted beetle borings. Spilomena barberi Krombein. 3 2,1 6; 19 May to 31 August (KVK); multivoltine; nests in abandoned beetle borings and preys on nymphal thrips; described from Plummers Island. Spilomena pusilla (Say). 2 9, 1 6; 26 May to 6 June (KVK); mul- tivoltine; nests in rafters on cabin porch; preys on thrips. Xysma ceanothae (Viereck). 6 9; 2-29 June (KVK); univoltine; preys on thrips; nests in deserted anobiid beetle borings in porch rafters at island (Krombein, 1958). Chlorion (Ammobia) ichneumoneum (Linnaeus). 1 2 (?); 9 July (sight record, KVK); at upper end of island; nests in ground and preys on katydids. Chlorion (Ammobia) pennsylvanicum (Linnaeus). 1 92; 21 August 276 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (KVK); on beach on swamp milkweed flowers; nests in soil and preys on katydids. Isodontia auripes (Fernald). Reared from several wooden trap nests in woods (KVK); multivoltine; preys on tree crickets. Isodontia azteca (Saussure). 2 9,1 4; 1-8 September (KVK, HLV, JvdV ); multivoltine; on upper beach on Polygonum flowers. Isodontia cinerea (Fernald). 2 9; 9 July to 31 August (KVK); mul- tivoltine; in woods. Sphex aureonatatus (Dahlbom). 12 9,15 ¢; 25 June to 29 September (HSB, DHC, AKF, GMG, KVK, WLM, JvdV); multivoltine; in open woods and on beach; nests in ground and preys on notodontid caterpillars. Sphex nigricans (Dahlbom). 2 2,1 6; 8 September to October (WP, JvdV ); multivoltine; preys on noctuid caterpillars and nests in ground. Sphex urnarius (Dahlbom). 3 2,9 ¢; 2 June to 9 September (HSB, JCC, KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; nests in ground and preys on noctuid and geometrid caterpillars. Sceliphron caementarium (Drury), the black and yellow mud-dauber. 2 9; 25 June to 21 July (AKF, KVK); multivoltine, preys on spiders. Chalybion californicum (Saussure). 5 2, 2 6; 11 June to 17 August (AKF, KVK, JvdV); appropriates Sceliphron nests; preys on spiders. Podium luctuosum Smith. 18 2 and reared specimens; 11 June to 18 August (JB, JCC, JNK, KVK, HLV); probably univoltine; nests in wooden traps and abandoned insect borings in dead standing trees; preys on woods cockroaches (Krombein, in press). Alysson conicus Provancher. 18 9,6 4; 17 June to 30 August (KVK); multivoltine; on beach. Alysson melleus Say. 1 2, 3 6; 22 July to 12 August (KVK); mul- tivoltine; on beach; nests in sand and preys on leafhoppers. Alysson oppositus Say. 6 2,2 &; 30 June to 8 September (KVK, GCS); multivoltine; on beach. Alysson triangulifer triangulifer Provancher. 1 9, 2 6; 9-25 June (KVK); multivoltine; on beach. Didineis texana (Cresson). 1 9; 19 August (KVK); multivoltine; preys on fulgorids. Nysson (Nysson) lateralis Packard. 1 9; 4 July (JB, HLV); multivol- tine. Nysson (Epinysson) hoplisivora Rohwer. 1 ¢; 28 July (FEK); upper beach; social parasite of the sphecid wasp, Psammaecius costalis (Cr.). Nysson (Epinysson) opulentus Gerstaecker. 1 6; 28 June (PJS); mul- tivoltine. Argogorytes (Archarpactus) nigrifrons (Smith). 1 @; 18 August (RCS). Ochleroptera bipunctata (Say). 9 9; 28 July to 9 September (KVK); probably univoltine; mostly on beach, but also around cabin; nests in ground and preys on leafhoppers. Sphecius (Sphecius) speciosus (Drury), the cicada killer. 2 9; 25 Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 277 August to 5 September (KVK); univoltine; one of these females had a nest in the sand on the lower beach; preys on cicadas. Gorytes (Gorytes) canaliculatus Packard. 6 ?@, 1 4; 9 June to 22 July (AKF, KVK); probably univoltine; I have observed this species nesting in sand on the upper beach and preying on leafhoppers, Idiocerus sp. (Krombein, in press). Gorytes (Gorytes) mcateei Krombein and Bohart. 2 9; 3-6 June (KVK); probably univoltine; in open wooded areas; described from Plummers Island. Gorytes (Pseudoplisus) phaleratus Say. 1 9; 20 July (PRM); possibly multivoltine. Bembix spinolae Lepeletier. 1 9; 9 September (KVK); multivoltine; on upper beach; nests in sand and provisions with a variety of flies. Philanthus gibbosus (Fabricius). 11 9, 15 6; 6 June to 23 September (DBB, KVK, JvdV ); on beach and near cabin; nests in ground and preys on solitary bees. Cerceris atramontensis Banks. 1 9; 6 September (KVK); probably multivoltine; near upper end of island; nests in soil in open wooded areas and preys on Conotrachelus weevils. Cerceris clypeata Dahlbom. 1 2, 12 ¢; 5 July to 28 September (JCC, KVK, PJS, JvdV); multivoltine; near upper end of island and on beach; several male species may be confused under clypeata. Cerceris compacta compacta Cresson. 1 @; 6 September (KVK); probably multivoltine; on upper beach. Cerceris fumipennis Say. 6 6; 19 August to 6 September (KVK); multivoltine; on flowers on upper beach; preys on buprestid beetles, and, secondarily, on chrysomelid beetles. Cerceris halone Banks. 2 9; 8 September (JvdV); on Solidago and Eupatorium flowers. Cerceris insolita Cresson. 4 9, 1 ¢@; 21 June to 31 August (RPC, KVK); probably univoltine; on sandy beaches; I have taken it on the island with its chrysomelid beetle prey, Rhabdopterus praetextus (Say) (Krombein, in press). Anacrabro ocellatus ocellatus Packard. 2 @; 17 July to 30 August (KVK); probably multivoltine; nests in ground and preys on Lygus bugs. Entomognathus (Toncahua) memorialis Banks. 2 9, 2 ¢; 28 June to 4 July (JB, KVK, HLV); probably multivoltine; in open wooded areas; males on foliage, one female labeled “nest in soil along wood path.” Crabro (Paranothyreus) snowii Fox. 3 2, 9 6; 3-30 July (KVK); univoltine; in open woods. Crabro (Crabro) cribrellifer (Packard). 1 9,1 ¢; 9-21 June (KVk); probably univoltine; in open wooded area. Euplilis (Corynopus) coarctata modesta (Rohwer). 13 9, 14 ¢ and reared specimens; 17 May to 17 October (KVK); multivoltine; in wooded areas and on beach; nests in Hibiscus stems and preys on midges (Krom- bein, in press). 278 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Euplilis (Corynopus) rufigaster (Packard). 65 9, 4 ¢ and many reared specimens; 19 May to 17 October (KVK); multivoltine; in wooded areas and on beach; nests in abandoned beetle borings in cabin steps, wooden trap nests, and Hibiscus stems; preys on midges (Krombein, 1958, in press). Crossocerus (Microcrabro) xanthochilos Pate. 1 92; 16 September (KVK); multivoltine; on mud flat adjacent to river; nests in ground. Crossocerus (Crossocerus) lentus (Fox). 11 @, 2 @; 12 May to 9 September (KVK); multivoltine; around post on cabin porch and on beach. Crossocerus (Crossocerus) planifemur Krombein. 2 2; 11-17 June (KVK); apparently univoltine; in open woods. Crossocerus (Crossocerus) planipes (Fox). 4 9; 26 May to 9 June (KVK); multivoltine; nests in soil along woodland path and preys on empidid flies (Krombein, in press). Crossocerus (Crossocerus) similis (Fox). 4 9,1 6; 28 May to 17 Au- gust (KVK); probably multivoltine; nesting in soil along woodland path. Crossocerus (Crossocerus) spangleri Krombein. 7 2, 2 6; 19 May to 18 July (KVK, PJS); multivoltine; mostly on beach, but one male near cabin; described from Plummers Island. Crossocerus (Blepharipus) ambiguus (Dahlbom). 3 2,2 ¢;9 June to 26 October (KVK); multivoltine; on beach; nests in beetle borings in wood and preys on leafhoppers. Crossocerus (Blepharipus) harringtonii (Fox). 4 9, 2 6; 5 May to 30 June (KVK); multivoltine; hovering before borings in cedar posts of cabin porch and standing dead tree. Crossocerus (Blepharipus) impressifrons (Smith). 5 9, 7 6; 6 May to 13 October (JB, KVK, PJS, HLV); multivoltine; hovering before borings in cedar posts of cabin porch and around beach vegetation. Crossocerus (Blepharipus) stictochilos Pate. 5 4 and several speci- mens reared from nest in green Hibiscus stem; 4 June to 5 September (KVK, JvdV); multivoltine; around beach vegetation. Crossocerus (Blepharipus) tarsalis (Fox). 4 2, 22 6; 17 May to 28 September (JB, KVK, HLV); multivoltine; in open woods and around beach vegetation. Crossocerus (Nothocrabro) nitidiventris (Fox). 3 9, 2 6; 6 May to 23 September (KVK); multivoltine; in woods, on beach, and in borings of cedar posts of cabin porch; preys on crane flies. Ectemnius (Clytochrysus) lapidarius (Panzer). 4 9°, 3 6; 17 May to 6 September (KVK); multivoltine; around vegetation on beach; nests in rotten wood and preys on syrphid and anthomyid flies. Ectemnius (Lophocrabro) singularis (Smith). 2 9; 6 June to 1 September (KVK, HLV); multivoltine; preys on syrphid flies. Ectemnius (Hypocrabro) continuus (Fabricius). 5 2, 1 6; 26 May to 6 September (KVK); multivoltine; on beach, in woods, and hovering before cedar post on cabin porch; nests in logs and preys on muscoid flies. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVII 279 Ectemnius (Hypocrabro) paucimaculatus (Packard). 24 9, 24 ¢ and many reared specimens; 19 May to 16 September (KVK); multivol- tine; nests in green Hibiscus stems at edge of river and preys on flies occurring on mud flats, principally Biphyendac and Agromyzidae (Krom- bein, in preparation ). Ectemnius (Hypocrabro) stirpicda (Packard). 4 9; 19 May to 19 October (KVK); multivoltine; nests in twigs and preys principally on small acalyptrate muscoid flies. Ectemnius (Apoctemnius) excavatus banksi (Rohwer). 8 2, 2 6; 4 June to 28 August (KVK, PRM); multivoltine; in open woods and oc- casionally on beach; nests in rotten logs. Ectemnius (Ectemnius) brunneipes (Packard). 1 9; 5 July (KVK); multivoltine; nests in logs. Ectemnius (Ectemnius) dives (Lepeletier and Brullé). 1 ¢; 2 June (KVK); multivoltine; in woods; nests in logs, timber, and stems and preys on muscoid flies. Lestica (Solenius) producticollis (Packard). 7 @, 3 ¢; 26 May to 1 September (HSB, KVK, PJS); multivoltine; in woods and on beach hovering in front of stump. Oxybelus bipunctatum Olivier. 5 9, 1 8; 26 May to 25 August (KVK); multivoltine; on sandy beach; nests in sand and preys on flies. Oxybelus cressonii Robertson. 9 ¢; 29 June to 24 July (KVK, RCS); multivoltine; on sandy beach. Oxybelus emarginatum Say. 1 2, 8 6; 2 June to 19 August (KVK); multivoltine; on sandy beach; I have taken it on the island with its prey, a male dolichopodid fly, Gymnopternus sp. (Krombein, in press). LITERATURE CITED The only sources listed here are the articles describing new wasps from Plummers Island or reporting biological studies made there. ALLEN, H. W. 1934. Descriptions of twelve new species of Tiphiidae from the United States with taxonomic notes. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 60: 295-316. Bruges, C. T. 1943. The American species of Rhopalosoma. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 36: 310-318, 1 pl. Evans, H. E. 1954. The North American species of Dissomphalus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 288-309, 21 figs. Hoop, J. D. 1913. Notes on the life history of Rhopalosoma poeyi Cresson. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 15: 145-147, 1 fig. KRoMBEIN, K. V. 1958. Miscellaneous prey records of solitary wasps. III. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 71: 21-26. 1959. Natural history of Plummers Island, Maryland. XII. A biological note on Trypoxylon richardsi Sandhouse. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 72: 101-102. 1961. Miscellaneous prey records of solitary wasps. IV. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 56: 62-65. 280 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1962a. Natural history of Plummers Island, Maryland. XIII. Descriptions of new wasps from Plummers Island, Maryland. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 1-17. 1962b. Biological notes on acarid mites associated with solitary wood-nesting wasps and bees. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 64: 11-19. 1963. A new Chrysura from Plummers Island, Maryland. Ent. News, 74: 149-152. In press. The host—parasite relationship between Xylocelia virginiana Rohwer and Omalus intermedius (Aaron). In press. Miscellaneous prey records of solitary wasps. V. In preparation. Natural history of Plummers Island, Mary- land. XVIII. The hibiscus wasp, an abundant rarity, and its associates. Matxiocu, J. R. 1918. The North American species of Tiphia in the collection of the Illinois Natural History Survey. Bull. Il. Nets Jalict, Swim, 1S (je Io“. al jol. MickeEL, C. E. 1937. The mutillid wasps of the genus Timulla which occur in North America north of Mexico. Ent. Amer. (n. s.), 17: 1-119, 3 pls. te 7. 067s Vol. 76, pp. 281-288 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TWO NEW SPECIES OF OPHICHTHID EELS FROM THE WESTERN ATLANTIC By Rospert H. KANAZAWA U.S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution The following two new species of eels of the family Ophich- thidae were received by the U. S. National Museum in collec- tions taken in 1957 by the Fish and Wildlife Service exploratory fishing vessels Oregon and Combat. The specimens were trawled from the continental shelf off the coast of French Guiana and in the Bahama Islands. The methods used in measuring and counting follow Kana- zawa (1958: 220). Genus Mystriophis Kaup Mystriophis Kaup, 1856: 10; type species, Ophisurus rostellatus Rich- ardson, by monotypy. The characters of the specimen from off the coast of French Guiana agree with Kaup’s description of the genus Mystriophis, which he defined as an eel with two rows of palatine and mandibular teeth, one row of vomerine teeth; end of snout dilated to a spoon shape; anterior nasal tube rudimentary and in middle of rostral dilation; eyes over middle of front half of gape, directed somewhat upward rather than laterally; gill openings large and near one another. Only two species of Mystriophis having the spoon-shaped snout are known, M. rostellatus and the species described below. Jordan and Snyder (1901: 874) referred Ophisurus porphyreus Tem- minck and Schlegel to the genus Mystriophis. I disagree with them and tentatively place porphyreus in the genus Brachysomophis Kaup because it agrees in the following respects: vomerine canines large, two rows of teeth in upper and one row in lower jaw, head depressed and tapered to tip of snout, posterior nostrils opening to the ventral edge of upper lip instead of on the lateral side, and a row of small papillae on the edge of the lower jaw. Jordan and Snyder (1901: 874, footnote) also wrote that the American species hitherto referred to Mystriophis have small vomerine teeth, a narrow snout and black spotting. They referred the American species to the genus Crotalopsis Kaup (a junior synonym of Echiopsis Kaup). I agree that the species they treated do not belong in Mystriophis. 33—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (281) SMITHSONIAR LAN (MSTITUTION 282 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ginsburg (1951: 469) doubted that the western Atlantic species inter- tinctus Richardson, mordax Poey, and punctifer Kaup were congeneric with Mystriophis rostellatus, from the eastern Atlantic. He stated that if these species were generically distinct from rostellatus, they should be placed in the genus Echiopsis Kaup. I agree with Ginsburg. Mystriophis blastorhinos, new species (Gio AC PIFw Ie lett) Holotype: USNM 158960, 418 mm total length, collected off the coast of French Guiana, 07° 18’ N, 53° 32’ W, 100 fathoms, 40-foot shrimp trawl, 8 Nov. 1957, M/V Oregon, Sta. 2021. Cc Fic. 1. Views of the head of Mystriophis blastorhinos: A, lateral; B, dorsal; C, ventral; showing position of surface sensory pores. Symbols: AN, anterior nos- trils; PN, posterior nostrils; st, supratemporal pore; L!, first lateral line pore; pm}, first preoperculo-mandibular pore. (Terminology after Allis, 1903.) Two New Ophichthid Eels 283 =n . SS = SNES ee ee ee. = ~~ >. =e Fic. 2. Dental patterns of upper and lower jaws: A, Mystriophis blastorhinos; B, Ophichthus melanoporus. Diagnosis: Snout spoon-shaped, overhanging tip of lower jaw; origin of dorsal fin on a vertical about one and one-half pectoral fin lengths behind posterior tip of pectoral fin; body grayish brown, lighter ventrally. Description: The following numbers are expressed in thousandths of total length. Tip of snout to anus 436; tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin 187; length of head 125; depth of head 34; tip of snout to rictus of jaw 55; snout length 11; diameter of eye 8; tip of lower jaw to tip of snout 3; interorbital width 6; pectoral fin length 28. Upper edge of gill opening on level with upper edge of pectoral fin base (upper edge of gill opening designated as that point where free edge joins the body); anus in anterior half of body; rictus of jaws below middle of head; eye small, its diameter two-thirds snout length; inter- orbital width about one-half eye diameter; eye over anterior one-third of gape; snout produced, overhanging tip of lower jaw, constricted near middle, its anterior end budlike; anterior nostrils tubular, midway be- tween anterior edge of eye and tip of snout; posterior nostrils with flap, just below anterior edge of eye; tongue adnate to floor of mouth; jugoste- galia present; vertebrae 142. 284 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PLATE I Left, holotype of Mystriophis blastorhinos, USNM 158960; right, holotype of Ophichthus melanoporus, USNM 191118. Teeth in jaws conical, in two rows; the inner row in each jaw of small teeth; the outer row of widely spaced canines, with about 10 in upper and 9 to 14 in lower jaw; vomerine teeth small, in single row extending pos- teriorly two-thirds distance from tip of snout to rictus of jaws (Fig. 2A). Color in alcohol: Body grayish brown, lighter ventrally, covered with fine brownish speckling; dorsal fin pale with distal edge dusky; anal fin whitish; pectoral fins pale with speckling on basal half; lower jaw speck- led with brown. Remarks: This species is closely related to rostellatus Richardson, but differs in the more posterior insertion of the dorsal fin and in the absence of a black longitudinal stripe. It differs from Mystriophis creutz- bergi Cadenat from the coast of Sierre Leone and from all other western Atlantic members of the genus by the presence of the spoon-shaped snout and by the absence of large spots on the body. Genus Ophichthus Ahl Ophichthus Ahl, 1789: 9; species, Ophichthus ophis Linnaeus, 1758 by subsequent designation of Bleeker, 1865. Because the generic limits of this group are not well defined, I follow the broader definition of the genus Ophichthus by Bleeker (1865). If the genera proposed by Kaup were to be recognized the species de- scribed below would be best assigned to Centrurophis. Ophichthus melanoporus, new species (Fig. 2B, 3, Pl. I, right) Holotype: USNM 191118, a female, 691 mm total length, collected in the Straits of Florida, west of Andros Island, Bahamas, 24° 04’ N, Two New Ophichthid Eels 285 C Fic. 3. Views of the head of Ophichthus melanoporus: A, lateral; B, dorsal; C, ventral; showing the position of the surface sensory pores. Symbols: AN, an- terior nostrils; PN, posterior nostrils; st, supratemporal pore; L1, first lateral line pore; i', first infraorbital pore; e1, first ethmoidal pore; e?s!, compound pore, i.e., second ethmoidal and first supraorbital pores; pm1, first preoperculo-mandibular pore. (Terminology after Allis, 1903.) 79° 15’ W, 250 fathoms, 40-foot flat net, 24 July 1957, M/V Combat, Sta. 448. Paratypes: USNM 191119, 3 specimens, ail males, collected with the holotype, 542 to 672 mm total length. One specimen, 599 mm total length with the same data as above, in the collection of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Brunswick, Georgia. Diagnosis: Teeth in both jaws and on vomer in single row, vomerine teeth extending posteriorly to opposite middle of gape length, pores on head and lateral line with conspicuous black spotting. Description: The counts and measurements are recorded first for the holotype, followed by those for the four paratypes in parentheses, all in thousandths of total length. Tip of snout to anus 311 (287-312); 286 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin 84 (82-94); head length from tip of snout to upper edge of gill opening 65 (64-70); greatest body depth 20 (17-26); gape from tip of snout to rictus of jaw 29 (28-31); snout length 9 (9-11); diameter of eye 7 (6-9); tip of snout to tip of lower jaw 2 (2-3); length of pectoral fin 12 (13-17). Pores in lateral line 56 (52-54); supratemporal pore 1 (1); pectoral rays 16 (15-17); number of vertebrae 186 (177-186); upper edge of gill opening just below upper edge of pectoral fin base; origin of dorsal fin on a vertical from 63% of pectoral fin length posterior to insertion of pectoral fin (3% anterior to insertion to 46% posterior to insertion); posterior edge of eye about midway from tip of snout to rictus of jaw; mouth in front of middle of head; anterior nostril tubular, about midway between tip of snout and posterior nostril; posterior nostril with flap, on the upper lip, below vertical line through anterior edge of eye; teeth in both jaws conical, in single row; premaxillary tooth patch with three teeth; single row of vomerine teeth extending backward to middle of distance from tip of snout to rictus of jaws, teeth smaller posteriorly (Fig. 2B); jugostegalia present. Color in alcohol: General color brownish; fine, darker brown specks over head and body, sparser ventrally where they form fine, wavy, oblique lines; edge of lower jaw and area around gill opening pale; pores of head and lateral line in black spots; vertical and pectoral fins pale. Remarks: This species is closely related to Ophichthus hispanus Belotti from the Mediterranean Sea but differs by having the teeth in jaws uniserial and those on vomer, biserial. The species is named melanoporus for the conspicuous black pores on head and lateral line. Acknowledgments: I wish to thank W. W. Anderson and Frederick H. Berry of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Labora- tories at Brunswick, Georgia, for furnishing the material; and William R. Taylor of the U. S. National Museum for reading the manuscript and making valuable comments. LITERATURE CITED Aut, J. N. 1789. Specimen ichthyologicum de Muraena et Ophichtho. 8° Inaug. Dissert., Upsala: 14 pp. Auuis, E. P. 1903. The lateral sensory system in the Muraenidae. Intern. Monats. Anat. Physiol., 20: 125-170, pls. BLEEKER, P. 1865. Systema Muraenorum revisium. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., 2: 113-122. CaDENAT, J. 1956. Note dIchtyologie ouest-africaine XIIJ.—Une espece nouvelle d’apode Ophichthyidae des cétes de Sierre Leone: Mystriophis creutzbergi. Bull. del I.F.A.N., 18 (3): 857-862, 1 fig., 2 tab. Ginsspurc, I. 1951. The eels of the northern gulf coast of the United States and some related species. Texas J. Sci., 3: 431-485, figs. 1-16. Two New Ophichthid Eels 287 Jorpan, D. S. anp B. M. Davis. 1892. A preliminary review of the apodal fishes or eels inhabiting the waters of America and Europe. Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fish. 1888, pt. 16, app. 9: 581-677, pls. 73-80. Jorpan, D. S. aANp J. O. SNypErR. 1901. A review of the apodal fishes or eels of Japan, with descriptions of nineteen new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 23: 837-890, figs. 1-22. Kanazawa, R. H. 1958. A revision of the eels of the genus Conger with descriptions of four new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 108: 210-267, figs. 1-7, pls. 1-4. Kaup, J. 1856. Catalogue of apodal fish in the collection of the British Museum, London, viii + 163 pp., 11 pls. 288 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 0673 Vol. 76, pp. 289-296 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON REDESCRIPTION OF THE PLETHODONTID SALAMANDER BOLITOGLOSSA LIGNICOLOR (PETERS), WITH REMARKS ON THE STATUS OF B. PALUSTRIS TAYLOR By ARDEN H. BraME, JR. AND Davin B. WAKE Department of Biology, University of Southern California Los Angeles 7, California Recently, while examining Costa Rican and Panamanian salamanders, we found that the holotype of Bolitoglossa palus- iris bore a remarkable similarity to salamanders assigned by us to B. lignicoior. This discovery prompted a thorough in- vestigation into the status of the two taxa. It is now apparent that only a single species is represented, and it is rediagnosed and redescribed below. In addition, information concerning intraspecific variation and ideas concerning relationships of B. lignicolor and its allies are presented. Acknowledgments and abbreviations: We thank the follow- ing curators and museums for allowing us to examine and re- port upon material in their care: Norman E. Hartweg and Charles F. Walker, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (UMMZ); Charles E. Bogert and Richard G. Zweifel, Ameri- can Museum of Natural History (AMNH); James E. Bohlke, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia (ANSP); Doris M. Cochran, U. S. National Museum (USNM), William E. Duell- man, University of Kansas Museum of Natural History (KUMNH), and Heinz Wermuth, formerly of the Berlin Mu- seum (ZMB). We are grateful to Jay M. Savage for reading the manuscript and offering his advice. Part of the research was conducted while the junior author held a National Science Foundation Cooperative Graduate Fellowship. Bolitoglossa lignicolor (Peters ) Spelerpes (Oedipus) lignicolor Peters, 1873. Monatsb. Konig. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873: 617. 34—Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (289) 290 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Oedipus ahli Unterstein, 1930. Zool. Anz., 57. (9/10): 272. Bolitoglossa lignicolor Taylor, 1944. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 30, Pt. 1 (12): 219. Bolitoglossa palustris Taylor, 1949. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 33, Pt. 1 (6): 283. Holotype: ZMB 7736, Chiriqui, Panama. Material examined: Panama, ANSP 22875-77, UMMZ 58489-90, 58492-95, USNM 118784, Boquete, 4,000 feet (1,220 meters), Provincia de Chiriqui; UMMZ 58496-98, Progresso, 100 ft (30 m), Prov. Chiriqui; ANSP 21639-42, Puerto Armeulles, near sea level, Prov. de Chiriqui; ZMB 31801 (2 specimens, syntypes of Oedipus ahli), “Val de Pilaton, Cordillera” = Chiriqui, Prov. Chiriqui, fide Dunn (1940); ANSP 22480— 95, Cerro Mangillo, 2,800 ft (850 m), Peninsula de Azuero, Proy. Los Santos; ANSP 22549-50, Tiger Ridge Camp, 2,600 ft (800 m), Peninsula de Azuero, Prov. Los Santos. Costa Rica: UMMZ 123196, Rio Rincon, 164 ft (circa 50 m), Peninsula de Osa, Prov. Puntarenas; KUMNH 23817 (holotype of B. palustris), 34924, San Isidro del General, 2,400 ft (730 m), Prov. San José; KUMNH 66164, east of Isla Bonita, 3,040 ft (925 m), Prov. Heredia; AMNH 11725, Sarapiqui, 300 ft (92 m), Prov. Heredia; and holotype. Diagnosis: A large species of Bolitoglossa (11 adult males: 47.3-67.7, mean 59.2 mm, standard length; 10 adult females: 47.9-81.2, mean 66.8 mm) with moderate numbers of maxillary teeth (21 adults: 23-60, mean 35) and fully webbed hands and feet distinguished from B. al- varadoi by fewer maxillary teeth and banded rather than patched light dorsal coloration; from B. arborescandens by more robust habitus, fewer maxillary teeth, and tendency for light dorsal pigmentation; from B. bor- burata by larger size and fewer maxillary teeth; from B. striatula by larger size, more robust habitus, darker ground color, and solid rather than striated color ventrally; from B. yucatana by slightly broader head, less robust tail, and tendency for broad dorsal band of light color rather than paired dorsolateral light stripes. Description: B. lignicolor is a large, robust species with a moderately long and broadly rounded to subtruncate snout. As is typical of the genus, females are larger than males. The nostril is small. Labial pro- tuberances are moderately developed in adult males, but poorly developed in females and young. Mental hedonic glands are present in adult males but are only faintly indicated. Heads are moderately broad, but head width is variable (standard length 5.6 to 7.1 times head width, mean 6.3 in males; 6.3 to 7.2, mean 6.6 in females). A relatively deep, slightly curved groove about the same length as the eye opening is found just below the eye, but it does not communicate with the lip. The eyes are moderate in size, and are but slightly protuberant. A poorly defined postorbital groove extends posteriorly from the eye as a shallow, irregular depression. At the posterior end of the mandible the groove proceeds sharply ventrally and extends across the throat anterior to the gular fold The Plethodontid Salamander Bolitoglossa 291 Fic. 1. Dorsal view of Bolitoglossa lignicolor, UMMZ 58498, adult female, from Progresso, Provincia de Chiriqui, Panama. as a moderately to poorly defined depression. Vomerine teeth range from 18 to 40 (mean 28) in adult males, and from 24 to 38 (mean 32) in adult females. Vomerine teeth increase in number with size, in general, and the larger number in females is probably a reflection of their larger size. The teeth are either in patches or single series and always extend beyond the medial border, and sometimes extend beyond the lateral border of the internal nares. Maxillary teeth extend to about the center of the eyes and range from 23 to 43 (mean 34) in adult males, and from 24 to 60 (mean 36) in adult females. Premaxillary teeth are few in number (0-6), and pierce the lip of adult males. Many slightly enlarged and pigmented glandules cover the dorsal surface of the head, trunk, and tail. The trunk and tail are robust. Tails are almost round in cross sec- tion and are moderately constricted at their bases. Light gray postiliac glands are usually present. Limbs are robust and of moderate length. Limb interval (costal folds between appressed limbs) varies from 21% to 3% (mean 3) in males; 2% to 4% (mean 3%) in females. Hands and feet are relatively large, and are extensively and virtually completely webbed. Digits are well demarcated by grooves in the webbing between them. Tips of the longer digits protrude from the webbed pad as broadly rounded points. The longest digit has a more pointed tip than the other digits. Webbing between the digits is very thickened and the digits are not greatly flattened as in certain other Bolitoglossa (e.g., striatula, colon- nea). Subterminal pads are not evident. The fingers are in order of decreasing length: 3, 2, 4, 1; toes in order of decreasing length: 3, 4, 2, 5, 1. Pertinent counts and measurements of material studied by us are found in Table 1. Ground color of the lateral and ventral surfaces is very dark and 292 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TaBLe 1.—Data on Bolitoglossa lignicolor fs e as 8 4 x o 3 BI fl ; E g 5 = A Ri > H I 5 Flee ra 8 iB (a ee] () u a u 9 : < a A x s MUSEUM NUMBER a 4 z g 5 z fe 5 Z if : a || 2 t | a H |g] a a eee! | 2 | 3 B A | & alae ANSP 22877 OCI SI4. NOW IS IO s 70.2 40 34 UMMZ _ 58489 6 64.3 36.2 9.8 14.0 13.8 3% 54.2 28 40 ANSP 22876 @ G28 S87 ULI WEB Mie 2 60.8 31 30 ANSP 22.480 6 61.3 34.1 9.8 13.5 13:6 2% 50:2 45 28 ANSP 22.482 @ GOL) skys Cha IMeel MO Bye aij Ss. ils ANSP 22481 6 COs SBE TE IA ise 8 Bee, 2M 2s) UMM ZS 23196 9a 592218223 So 13:9) MSia 27 oe OA ol ANSP 22875 @ See Sear CWS Ieee Me Be ws Ss 34 A NSP 22484 6 54.9 312 9.2 12.0 12.4 3 47.1 43 23 UMMZ 58497 god. 28. (Sal 1210 128) 312 oot omeG UMMZ 58493 6 47.3 25.5 7.9 10.4 10.8 3 41.2 23 24 UMMZ 58495 2 81.2 46.9 11.3 17.0 17.2 4 67.0 48 26 KUMNH 66164 9? 78.6 45.5 12.3 18.0 17.0 4 80.2 60 42 KUMNH 34924 9 76.4 44.7 106 16.3 16.8 4% 77.8 40 24 AMNH_ 11725 2 73.0 42.1 10.9 — 16.8 —- — — 19* UMMZ 58490 271.5 40.9 10.7 15.8 15.0 4 — 32 28 ANSP 22549 © 646 35.9 10.1 142 14] 4 45.2 48 29 UMMZ 58498 2 63.1 36.6 10.0 146 14.0 4 64.0 44 34 UMMZ 58494 QC s7 Cee ies Ibi Sys 33 38 ANSP 21639 OARS Ble 143 WAM WO) s — 33 29 KUMNH 23817 OAS BIO WE Wate ILI 4 33.0 24 2 ANSP 21642 9 45.5 25.7 7.4 10.8 10.8 2% 30.4 27 22 ANSP 22550 44.5 22.8 7.5 10.8 10.4 3 35.0 23 19 UMMZ 58491 44.5 234 74 99 10.2 3 37.4 13 2 ANSP 21641 43.2 242 7.1 10.2 10.6 3 39.3 25 2 UMMZ 58492 Se) BS 65 G8) Cie 8 28.4 18 22 UMMZ 58496 We IC 43 GS Ws 8 21.7 4 16 * Vomerine teeth counted on one side only. ranges in preservative from lead gray to gray to gray-brown. Broad dorsal bands of cream to light tan with slight pinkish tints are present in most individuals. The band is often streaked or washed with darker coloration and the amount of dark dorsal coloration is rather variable. Some have only a few spots of dark color dorsally, most have a central irregular dark streak that expands on the head, and some are very dark dorsally with only a few streaks of light coloration. One specimen is The Plethodontid Salamander Bolitoglossa 293 uniformly dark dorsally. The dark ventral coloration appears to undergo some ontogenetic change. In smaller specimens the dark color is arranged in punctate melanophores, but with increasing size the melanophores fuse to form dense reticula. The ventral surface of the tail is colored similar to the trunk venter. Tiny white guanophores are common on all ventral surfaces and on the dark-colored limbs, and some striations of white pigment are found on the throats of many individuals. Remarks: Taylor (1949) described a new species of salamander, Bolitoglossa palustris (KUMNH 23817), which he considered to be a member of the Bolitoglossa rufescens group. He did not mention the possibility of relationship to B. lignicolor. In 1952, however, Taylor compared B. palustris with B. lignicolor and stated: “The two chief characters, which seem to separate Bolitoglossa palustris from this species is that each of the ridges has the vomerine teeth arranged in a patch or multiple series, rather than in a single line, and the tail is much shorter than head—body length (approximately 0.7).” The characters used by Taylor to separate B. palustris and B. lignicolor are not consistent. Nineteen of 22 specimens of B. lignicolor with un- regenerated tails have tails that are shorter than their standard lengths, including eight that have tails 10 mm or more shorter than their standard lengths. Two individuals have body-tail dimensions very closely approxi- mating the holotype of B. palustris. As a taxonomic character, tail length in salamanders is hazardous, and in the case under consideration the character appears to be valueless. Taylor’s statement concerning the arrangement of vomerine teeth in B. lignicolor does not hold. The numbers and arrangement of vomerine teeth are subject to clinal variation, and range from low numbers ar- ranged in single rows in central Panama to high numbers arranged pre- dominantly in patches in Costa Rica (Table 2). In 1954, Taylor reported finding a specimen of B. lignicolor from the type locality of B. palustris. The vomerine teeth are arranged in two rows (patched) somewhat like B. palustris, and the tail is but 1 mm longer than the standard length. Taylor therefore revised his analysis TaBLE 2.—Clinal arrangement of vomerine teeth organization in Bolitoglossa lignicolor AREAS | PATCH | INTERMEDIATE SINGLE Northeastern and Central Costa Rica 2 0 1 Southern Costa Rica and he) Far-western Panama _______ 7 6 4 Geéntrall Panama 2 iL Y 8 OMA oe 10 8 13 294 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington of distinguishing characters for separating B. palustris from B. lignicolor as follows: “Vomerine teeth forming an irregular patch on strongly elevated ridges (low in lignicolor), the domelike character of the palate (much less so in lignicolor), the choanae of the type actually larger than those of this specimen of lignicolor (KUMNH 34924), more than double its size, the tail compressed, higher than wide, the color different Examination of a series of B. lignicolor reveals that these char- acters are highly variable. The majority of B. lignicolor which have vomerine teeth arranged in patches have an irregular arrangement like that of the holotype of B. palustris. Elevation of the vomerine ridges shows considerable variation as does the relative choanal size. Curvature of the palate ranges widely in shape from dome shape to gentler curves, and is at least partially influenced by preservation. Degree of tail com- pression in many of the specimens of B. lignicolor matches that of B. palustris, and the color of B. palustris agrees with the coloration of several small individuals of B. lignicolor. In addition to the above similarities, B. palustris falls within the range of variation for B. lignicolor in regard to the following characters (pro- portional to standard length): numbers of vomerine and maxillary teeth, iq e 3 7 9 i PANAMA —.2 On | By) ® SO KM. Fic. 2. Range of Bolitoglossa lignicolor with localities indicated by black dots; 1—Cerro Mangillo, Peninsula de Azuero, Provincia de Los Santos; 2—Tiger Ridge Camp, same region as locality 1; 3—Boquete, Prov. Chiriqui; 4—Progresso, Prov. Chiriqui; 5—Puerto Armeulles, Prov. Chiriqui; 6—San Isidro del General, Prov. San José; 7—Sarapiqui, Prov. Heredia; 8—east of Isla Bonita, Prov. Heredia; 9—Rio Rincon, Peninsula de Osa, Prov. Puntarenas. The Plethodontid Salamander Bolitoglossa 295 head width, head length, and hind limb length (see Table 1). The taxon is left without distinguishing characters, and it seems apparent that B. palustris should be considered a subjective junior synonym of B. lig- nicolor. The senior author recently examined the two syntypes of Oedipus ahli Unterstein in the Berlin Museum, and concurs with Dunn (1940) in considering this name to be a subjective junior synonym of B. lignicolor. The closest relative of B. lignicolor is apparently B. yucatana. Dunn (1926) first pointed out this close relationship and Taylor (1952) con- curred. The two species resemble each other very closely in size, pro- portions, and numbers of teeth. B. yucatana tends to have a slightly narrower head than B. lignicolor. The tail of adult B. yucatana is ex- tremely robust, and is much larger than that of B. lignicolor. The broad, light dorsal band of B. lignicolor is replaced in B. yucatana by paired dorsolateral light stripes. B. lignicolor is a little less closely related to B. mexicana, B. flaviventris, B. salvinii, and B. platydactyla from which it differs in being more robust, in shape of hands and feet, and in colora- tion. It resembles B. alvaradoi in size, proportions, and shape of hands and feet but differs in lacking spots or patches of light coloration dor- sally, and in having fewer maxillary teeth. It is probably more closely related to B. alvaradoi than to any other southern Central American species. There is some indication of a relationship between B. lignicolor and B. borburata of Venezuela, especially in coloration. B. lignicolor is larger, however, and has far fewer maxillary teeth, and differently shaped hands and feet. Range: Central Panama to northeastern Costa Rica (Fig. 2). LITERATURE CITED Dunn, E. R. 1926. The salamanders of the family Plethodontidae. Smith College 50th Anniversary Publ., Northampton, Mass., 1926: viii + 441, illus. 1940. New and noteworthy herpetological material from Panama. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 92: 105-22, pl. 2. Peters, W. 1873. Uber eine neue Schildkrotenart Cinosternon Effeldtii und andere neue oder weniger bekannte Amphibien. Mo- natsb. Konig. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873: 607-18, 1 pl. (figs. 1=3))). TayLor, E. H. 1944. The genera of plethodont salamanders in Mexico, Pt. I. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 30, pt. 1 (12): 189-232, figs. 1-2, pls. 12—15. 1949. New salamanders from Costa Rica. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 33, pt. 1 (6): 279-88. 1952. The salamanders and caecilians of Costa Rica. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 34, pt. 2 (12): 695-791, figs. 1-14, pls. 76-88. 296 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1954. Additions to the known herpetological fauna of Costa Rica with comments on other species. No. I. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 36, pt. 1 (9): 597-639, figs. 1-12. UNTERSTEIN, W. 1930. Beschreibung zwier neuer Molche der gattung Oedipus. Zool. Anz., 87 (9/10): 270-272. BY 66 72 Vol. 76, pp. 297-304 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE SYSTEMATIC STATUS OF THE LINED SNAKE OF IOWA! By Partie W. SmitrH AND Hosart M. SmitTH Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana Depariment of Zoology, University of Illinois, Urbana In the recent review of the systematics and biogeographic significance of Tropidoclonion lineatum (Hallowell) in Illinois (Smith and Smith, 1962), we overlooked the description by R. Ellsworth Call (1891) of Tropidoclonium lineatum Iowae from Story and Polk counties, Iowa. Although we plotted a Story County record on our distribution map, we did not allocate the specimens on which the record was based to subspecies, and indeed we were then not even aware that the record repre- sented the type-locality of iowae. Shortly after the appearance of our paper, Kraig K. Adler called our attention to the generally overlooked description by Call and to the availability of specimens from additional Iowa localities. The new material enables us to allocate Call’s name iowae, but at the same time it raises doubt that the Iowa dis- tribution of the lined snake is relictual, as we had presumed, and it requires reexamination of the data and interpretations presented in our 1962 paper. Acknowledgments: We are grateful to Kraig K. Adler of the Univer- sity of Michigan for calling our attention to the Iowa situation and the location of some of the syntypes, and to him and to Dr. Kenneth D. Carlander of Iowa State University for the loan of specimens and other courtesies. We are indebted to Joseph T. Collins and Corson Hirschfeld of the Ohio Valley Herpetological Laboratory for information on a syn- type of T. 1. Iowae and to Dr. Jack L. Gottschang of the University of Cincinnati for generously donating the type to the University of Illinois Museum of Natural History. We acknowledge information received from Roger Conant, Philadelphia Zoological Garden, and from Charles W. Myers and Dr. William E. Duellman, University of Kansas Museum of 1 Contribution from the University of Illinois Museum of Natural History, Urbana. 35—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (297) 298 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Natural History, regarding the Missouri range of the species, made avail- able through the researches of the late Paul Anderson of Independence. We thank Dr. Doris M. Cochran for checking the identification of an old Yarrow specimen in the U. S. National Museum. History of Tropidoclonium lineatum Iowae: The name T. l. Iowae was proposed by Call (1891: 298-9) on the basis of four syntypes, two from Ames, Story Co., and two from Des Moines, Polk Co., Iowa. Two of the specimens were stated (p. 299) to be in the “Iowa Agricultural College, at Ames, Iowa; one in the collection of the Indiana University, Blooming- ton, and one in the West High School, Des Moines, Iowa.” The only specimen of Tropidoclonion in the Iowa State University Museum col- lected before 1922 is a badly faded example bearing the notation “B. F. Osborne collection.” The specimen, No. 403, is in excellent condition ex- cept for depigmentation. Collectors were not recorded in Call’s account, and we can find no information on the history of an Osborne collection, although the name of Herbert Osborn is well known in the Iowa zoological literature. There is a reasonable possibility that the specimen in question was one of the syntypes of iowae; it is certainly the only specimen there that could logically be regarded as a syntype. During the course of our investigation, Mr. Joseph T. Collins wrote us that he and Mr. Corson Hirschfeld had discovered the syntype that Call originally deposited at Indiana University among specimens donated to the University of Cincinnati by the Cincinnati Museum of Natural History. Dr. Jack L. Gottschang of the University of Cincinnati gen- erously presented the specimen, now UIMNH 53022, to us. This syntype is clearly the last of the four for which characteristics are tabulated on page 299 of Call’s paper; that specimen had 35 caudals as does UIMNH 53022, whereas the other syntypes had 31, 29, and 18. (All four apparently had incomplete tails.) Call’s fourth specimen had 145 ventrals, whereas our count (from the first ventral of full width) for No. 53022 is 141; however, if all the scales are counted back of the posterior chinshields, the count comes to exactly 145. Assuming that Call was consistent in his method of scale counting, we have adjusted all the ventral counts for specimens in his table by subtracting four from the figures given, to make the counts comparable to ours. This adjust- ment gives figures that agree well with our counts on specimens from central Iowa, whereas the unadjusted counts would be higher than ex- pected. The total length and tail length recorded by Call are, respectively, 15 and 3 mm greater than our measurements of No. 53022, but this degree of shrinkage in over 60 years of preservation is to be expected. Except for fading, the specimen is in excellent condition. Accordingly, we hereby designate UIMNH 53022 lectotype (more exactly, the lectoholotype, the other specimens listed becoming, in effect, lectoparatypes ) of Tropidoclonium lineatum Iowae Call, 1891. The type- locality is thus restricted to Des Moines, Polk Co., Iowa, the locality data borne by No. 53022. The Lined Snake of Iowa 299 Iowa specimens examined: Adams Co.—3 mi W Corning, Iowa State Univ. 485 (3 specs. ); Cherokee Co.—Cherokee, Iowa State Univ. 2816; Keokuk Co.—5% mi W Sigourney, Iowa State Univ. 401; Lee Co.—6 mi NE Ft. Madison, Iowa State Univ. 179; Lucas Co.—near Chariton, Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. 94200; 144 mi E Chariton, Iowa State Univ. 402; Montgomery Co.—2.6 mi N Morton Mills, Iowa State Univ. 404; Polk Co.—Des Moines, Univ. Illinois Mus. Nat. Hist. 53022 (lectotype; col- lected by R. E. Call in 1888), Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. 92970 (2 specs.) and 92971; Scott Co.—Davenport, Univ. Illinois Mus. Nat. Hist. 50885-6; Story Co.—Ames, Iowa State Univ. 403; Wapello Co.—N of Ottumwa, Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. 92972. Subspecific status of Tropidoclonium lineatum Iowae: Stejneger (1891: 504) synonymized iowae almost immediately after its proposal and com- mented that he was unable to find any characters that would separate it from Hallowell’s type (lineatum) or from Missouri specimens (now assigned to the subspecies annectens). Inasmuch as the currently recog- nized subspecies annectens and texanum were described much later (Ramsey, 1953), subspecific allocation of the generally overlooked name iowae becomes of pressing taxonomic importance. Including data that Call gave for four syntypes (with the ventral counts adjusted, as described in a preceding paragraph), ventral counts are available for six females and one male from Story and Polk counties; of these, caudal, and ventral plus caudal, counts are available for three females (three other females and the male lectotype have incomplete tails). Ventrals are 135-144 (mean 140) in females and 141 in the male and suggest the subspecies lineatum or texanum but not annectens or the Illinois population (Table 1). Caudals are 32-35 (mean 33.3) in the three females and inconclusive; the mean, although slightly closer to that of the Illinois relict population, could as easily have occurred in a sample of lineatum or annectens (Table 1) but not of texanum. Ventrals plus caudals range from 167-176 (mean 171.6) in females and are closest to the counts of texanum, next closest to lineatum. The similarity of the means (except caudals) for samples of topotypic iowae and the geographically remote texanum is undoubtedly fortuitous. All seven specimens from Story and Polk counties have 17-19-17 scale rows, the formula modal for lineatum. Accordingly, the central Iowa population can be referred to the nominate subspecies. Subspecific status of specimens from other areas in Iowa: The 10 Iowa localities from which specimens are now available happen to be aligned so that it is convenient to divide them into four samples. From west to east, these samples consist of (1) two females and three males (in Table 1, “Western Iowa”) from Adams, Montgomery, and Cherokee counties, all assignable to lineatum; (2) five females and one male plus counts for two other specimens given by Call (in Table 1, “Central Iowa”), from Story, Polk, and Lucas counties, all closer to lineatum than to annectens or the Illinois relict; (3) two females (in Table 1, also included in “Cen- 300 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TABLE 1.—Three principal characters for three Iowa samples of female Tropidoclonion lineatum, showing relationships to T. I. lineatum, to the Illinois relict population, and to T. 1. annectens* NO. OF | VENTRALS PLUS POPULATION SPECIMENS VENTRALS CAUDALS CAUDALS T. lL. lineatum 35 141.2 + 0.46 34.6 + 0.42 175.5 + 0.66 (135-148 ) (31-40) (169-184) Western Iowa? ® 141.5 34.0 irises; (138-145) (33-35 ) (171-180) Central Iowa? 10 140.9 + 1.0 33.4 + 0.45 172.0 + 1.1 (135-147) (32-35 ) (167-175) Eastern Iowa 3 144.3 33.0 W755 (141-148 ) (32-34) (173-178 ) Illinois Relict+* 5) 144.8 + 0.62 33.0 + 0.50 177.9 + 0.79 (138-150 ) (26-38 ) (170-184) T. l. annectens 118 IW47/Ose O28 B4bese CLI 181.8 + 0.29 (142-156) (24-39) (168-189 ) 1 For each character the scale count range, enclosed in parentheses, is immediately beneath the mean and one standard error. 2 The sample from this area also contains three males, not entered in this table, all with typical lineatum scale counts. 3 Includes Keokuk, Lucas, and Wapello as well as Story and Polk counties, but does not include the lectotype, which is a male with an incomplete tail. £ Although means for ventrals and ventrals plus caudals for Ilinois relict females are intermediate between those of lineatum and annectens, the corresponding means for Illinois males are almost identical with those of annectens. tral Iowa”) from Keokuk and Wapello counties, not definitely assignable but suggesting lineatum; and (4) three females (in Table 1, “Eastern Iowa’) from Lee and Scott counties, assignable to lineatum in ventrals plus caudals but decidedly closer to the Illinois population in ventral and caudal counts. Accordingly, all Iowa populations, except those bordering the Mississippi River (Lee and Scott counties) are provisionally referred to the nominate race; the two easternmost populations, to lineatum x annectens intergrades. The availability of larger series, particularly from eastern Iowa, may require revision of present assignments. Relictual versus continuous range of Tropidoclonion: In our 1962 paper, we assumed that all known colonies of Tropidoclonion in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois are relicts, derived from Great Plains populations that occurred farther north and east during the postglacial Hypsithermal interval. Our contention is strengthened by distributional data provided by Anderson’s work in Missouri where, as in Illinois, there is little doubt that present populations are scattered remnants. It would appear to be weakened by the data now available for Iowa, where the 10 known lo- The Lined Snake of Iowa 301 calities are seemingly distributed evenly across the southern half of the state from the Missouri River to the Mississippi River. In a sense, the entire range of the lined snake is relictual, occurring as the species does in urban and suburban vacant lots. However, in Kansas, Oklahoma, and central Texas, Tropidoclonion is generally com- mon, widely distributed, and predictable. In Illinois and Missouri, it is locally common, sparsely distributed, and distinctly unpredictable. In Iowa, where habitats with ecological characteristics approaching those of the Great Plains are more widely distributed than in Illinois or Missouri, the range of the species may be at a level intermediate between relictual and. continuous. All known records for Iowa, Illinois, and Missouri are plotted in Figure 1, and their probable subspecific identities indicated by hatching. Whether the Iowa range is considered continuous or disjunct, the dis- tributional and variational data afforded by populations in Illinois and Missouri are best explained by assuming a more northern and eastern distribution sometime between the last glacial advance and the present time, as we postulated in our 1962 paper. Two other outlier records for the species deserve comment. Yarrow (1882: 13) cited a specimen from Hughes, Ohio, a record that could be readily explained by our interpretation since Ohio is within the Prairie Peninsula. Stejneger (1891: 504) pointed out that the specimen in ques- tion is in reality a misidentified Storeria occipitomaculata; Conant (1938: 8) reidentified the same specimen as Tropidoclonion and more recently Dr. Doris M. Cochran, at our request, confirmed Conant’s identification. We are in accord with Conant (ibid.) that the specimen probably has incorrect locality data but, should additional Ohio specimens be found, Yarrow’s record could be validated. Dellinger and Black (1938: 34) cited a specimen from Imboden, Ar- kansas. Dowling (1957: 23) dismissed the record as erroneous, but Wright and Wright (1957: 881) published two photographs of the speci- men allegedly from Imboden. The Arkansas record is certainly not ac- ceptable on face value, for the collector, B. C. Marshall, was a dealer who received specimens from many parts of the country and demonstrably did confuse locality data on some of the material he sent to museums. Conclusions: (1) Tropidoclonium lineatum Iowae Call is a synonym of Tropidoclonion I. lineatum (Hallowell) and is nomenclaturally fixed by the presently designated lectotype, Univ. Illinois Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 53022, and the herewith-restricted type-locality of Des Moines, Polk Co., Iowa. (2) The range of T. lineatum is perhaps incipiently relictual in Iowa, certainly more nearly continuous there than in Missouri or Illinois, and distinctly relictual in Missouri and Illinois. (3) All Iowa populations, except those near the Mississippi River, are referable to T. 1. lineatum, whereas those bordering the Mississippi River are best regarded as inter- grades of T. I. lineatum and T. I. annectens. (4) The Missouri and Il- linois populations, although somewhat atypical, are most intimately re- 302 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington we i a CEE pea (ae ual, a =n Ly ceala | Fic. 1. Distribution of Tropidoclonion lineatum in the Prairie Peninsula area. Vertical hatching indicates range of the subspecies lineatum; horizontal, the sub- species annectens; crosshatching, the areas of intergradation. All known records for Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois but only marginal records for Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska, and South Dakota are plotted. lated to T. 1. annectens, and the most plausible explanation for the distributional and variational data they provide is that Tropidoclonion had a somewhat more northern and eastern distribution, probably during the Hypsithermal interval, than it does at present, as we have postulated elsewhere (Smith and Smith, 1962). LITERATURE CITED Catt, R. ELtswortH. 1891. On a new serpent from Iowa. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, 41: 297-9. The Lined Snake of Iowa 303 Conant, Rocer. 1938. The reptiles of Ohio. Amer. Midl. Nat., 20 (1): 1-200, 26 pls., 38 maps. DELLINGER, S. C., AND J. D. Buacx. 1938. Herpetology of Arkansas. Part One. The reptiles. Occas. Papers Univ. Ark. Mus., 1: 1-47. Dowuinc, Herndon G. 1957. A review of the amphibians and reptiles of Arkansas. Occas. Papers Univ. Ark. Mus., 3: 1-51, map 1. Ramsey, Louis W. 1953. The lined snake, Tropidoclonion lineatum (Hallowell). Herpetologica, 9: 7-25. SMITH, Puitip W., AND Hospart M. SmirH. 1962. The systematic and biogeographic status of two Illinois snakes. Occas. Papers C. C. Adams Center Ecol. Studies, 5: 1-10, figs. 1-3. STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. 1891. Notes on some North American snakes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 14: 501-5. Wricut, A. H., anp A. A. Wricut. 1957. Handbook of snakes of the United States and Canada. Vols. 1-2. Comstock Publ. Assoc., Ithaca, N. Y., 1106 pp., 306 figs. Yarrow, H. C. 1882. Check list of North American Reptilia and Ba- trachia, with catalogue of specimens in U. S. National Mu- seum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 24: i-vi, 1-249. 304 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 76, pp. 305-306 31 December 1963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DISTRIBUTIONAL NOTES ON SOME VIRGINIA REPTILES By WiLuraM L. Witt 1412 Patrick Henry Drive, Arlington, Virginia Clemmys guttata In the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, is a specimen of the spotted turtle (MCZ 45979, shell length 98 mm) taken at Magnolia Swamp, Augusta County, Virginia, in 1940. Magnolia Swamp is located on the south fork of the Shenandoah River at the crossing of the Nor- folk and Western Railroad nearest the intersection with County Route 658, 4 miles south of Stuart’s Draft. I found the species still there in June 1962. This represents a range extension of 110 miles southward from Charles Town, West Virginia, the previous southernmost record in the Shenandoah Valley (M. G. Netting, Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci., 14: 146-147, 1940). Opheodrys v. vernalis Linzey (Herpetologica, 15 (2): 94, 1959) listed the eastern smooth green snake from Iron Mine Hollow (presumably at the overlook at milepost 96.5), Blue Ridge Parkway, Botetourt County, but failed to mention that this was the southernmost record for the species in the Blue Ridge. Two additional speci- mens have been taken in Shenandoah National Park, at the eastern edge of Big Meadows, Madison County (USNM 145929, S-V length 330 mm), and near milepost 97 at Jarman Gap, Augusta County (USNM 146633, S-V length 350 mm). These are the first records of the species from these counties, and the species is now known from six Blue Ridge counties: Amherst, Augusta, Botetourt, Madison, Page, and Rockbridge. Tantilla c. coronata The southeastern crowned snake has been reported in Vir- ginia only from Buckingham County (E. R. Dunn, Copeia, No. 36—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 76, 1963 (305) 306 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 76: 100, 1919). Through the efforts of the Virginia Herpeto- logical Society, three additional records have been brought to light. These are a juvenile in the Carnegie Museum collection (CM 19005), from 9.5 miles west of Spencer, Patrick County; a juvenile in the collection of Randolph-Macon College (Lynchburg ), from 3 miles east of Madison Heights (a suburb of Lynchburg), Amherst County; and a specimen in the Na- tional Museum collection (USNM 144504, S-V length 200 mm), from Smith Mountain, Pittsylvania County. The specimen from east of Madison Heights is the first record of the species north of the James River, and suggests that it may have a wider dis- tribution in Virginia than formerly suspected. It is now known from Amherst, Buckingham, Patrick, and Pittsylvania counties, and probably occurs in the higher Piedmont section of the state. INDEX VOLUME 76 (new names in boldface; see p. v for list of authors) A Abisiconcolor.24- 8. 53 albusus, Procambarus -------------------- 121 ACULASS DIO meee ee ee 92, acutiferrus, Ephippium ____--__---------- 194 acutus, Corydoras _______-.._._._-..------.- 62 rocoaylus| ee 66 adjunctus, Auplopus —____-.__------------_ 270 aeneus, Omalus ______-__--__--__------_------- 261 aequatoris, Tayassu ___. _... 86 aethiopicus, Sus ___...._.-_..----_---- 86 aethiops, Anoplius Se ee ee 271 API IS ap Lane ey 264 ALNICATLUS SES US eee eee 86 PA CLENODSIS pret ee es ae 269 Ageniella (Ageniella) mintaka _______ 271 SOTA tA eee ere RIE UE IDEAS 271 Daxrtit ae ee ee ae eee 271 (Priophanes) agenioideus ___ 271 ALCUATUS = eee ie at 271 agenioideus, Ageniella _______---_------- 271 Agenioideus (Agenioideus) humilis 271 a SONerine yee es ee 92 agrestis, Pheretima __. See agrili, Tetrasticus —-_----------------------- 51 AGT See ae ee 52 ahli| Oedipus) eee 290 alabamensis, Chrysis _________-------------- 262 alaskensis, Scolelepis _______----_--__------- 92 albirostris, Tayassu ______________-________. 85 albomarginatus, Symmorphus _______ 268 albopictus, Aphelopus __________-___--___. 264 albopilosus, Chirodamus ____________- 269 alesia, Dasymutilla ___._.________. 265 algeriensis, Bucculinus __________________ 192 Algirosphaera campanula —____________. 191 Oly Zaye See ee) San 191 SpInuloso eee ae es 191 alienatus, Calicurgus __ __. 256, 270 Allaporus rufiventris ___-------------------- 27 allenis sSciurus) 2 ee 188 Alligator mississipiensis -___-- _.. 66 Allolobophora chlorotica --------------- 9 alstoni, Callosciurus _--_-------- eee ss S@LUTUS |e ae 188 altamiras Dictynay eee 142 alta Na trix ieee ner ee 169 alvaradoi, Bolitoglossa ____---------------- 290 Aly sSOnmCODICUS ee 276 mary 2 Se eee 276 OpposituS) 23 276 triangulifer triangulifer _____ 276 FAMaAurODiUS ee ee es 270 ambiguus, Crossocerus —____--_-_____-___-_- 278 Ambystoma jeffersonianum _______-- 166 tigrinum diaboli _____-______-______ 166 americana, Dolichopeza -____--_--_------- 54 americanus, ufo} _ 161 Micophus 273 Stigmus 275 Ursus _______- 66 amoena, Zygosphaera 194 fej ev {ova b Erica ke eeeettht a melee Renee ey eta 217 Amplicephalus (Nanctasus) lepidellus 43 Amphicyclotus boucardi _________________ 20 Parvus 20 texturatus 20 texturatus goldfusi _____________ 20 Anacrabro ocellatus ocellatus ________ 277 anacardivora, Stenodynerus ___.____-.- 269 Anarete buscki -___..._..._..-----—-...-_-- 151 Ancistrocerus antilope antilope --_ 262 campestris 26 catskill catskill __ tigris tigris unifasciatus unifasciatus __. 268 Anisepyris columbianus —_________-______- annectens, Tropidoclonion annularis, Polistes annulatus, Passaloecus __ anomala, Freycinetia __________ anomalus, Dipogon ____. anonychus, Gonatus __. JAnoplivs) 2-2 ae a ee eee (Anoplius ) depressipes _-__--_- 272 ithaca =e 272 virginiensis ___________- 272 (Arachnophroctonus) amer- icanus trifasciatus __. 272 semirufus ______________ 272. (uophenoapilie) aethiops _ 271 carolina 2 272, (Notiochares) amethystinus atramentarius ____ 272 (Pompilinus) insolens _____- 272 marginatus ____._--_- 272. Anothyreus panurgoides _________________ 253 Anteon puncticeps ________-_--_--___-_--___- 264 Anthopleura elegantissima ________._-- 211 antilope, Ancistrocerus ___.________- 262 antipoda, EscudoucHne 92, Scolel CDS ceek ee ee 92 Aonides auricularis __________________- 90 californiensis ______________-________ 90 diverapoda) ss 91 Oxy.cephalayp== as ene 90 paucibranchiata __________________- 90 Aonis folios a2 2 ne eS 91 Witte tals ose ae eee 92, apache, Sciurus _____________ 181 Aphelopus albopictus 264 comesi _______- 264 Aphis: see ae 275 apicalis, Sericopompilus ___- 271 Tridactylus ____-____ 146 apicatus, Pompilus _________------------------ 272 apolinari Ommexecha ____-______--__-- 135 Aporinellus completus _____ 272 medians) Joes ee 272 Aporus (Aporus) niger __----_------_--- 271 JAprostocetus| i. ee eee AT aquilonia, Bombycilla ____-__--_-__--_--__- 179 arachnion, Polyamia —____________________. 37 arborea, Freycinetia ______________ arborescandens, Bolitoglossa __________- 290 architectus, Auplopus _..----_._______ 256 architis, @erceris 222 262 TAT CLOG 2 i ees eo SS 4 Ed 142 arcuatus, Ageniella __ = Pir(il arenaria, Vespula — 267 arenicola, Nerinides —.--___-_______ 93 Rhynchospio ___ _... 98, 203 Scolelepis®2 2 93 arenincolus, Malacoceros ____-_------ 99 arenivaga, Entomognathus ___--- 247, 248 areolatus, Chalcogonatopus —__------ 264 argentata, Motes -__-..--------------------- 273 HITHOMATS Mi tilol RAN an dane 308 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Argogorytes (Archarpactus) nigri- Boccardia columbiana ______________________ 211 trons sen oe See ee 276 probascidea) |) 22 aaa 211 armifera, Pristocera 2 263 tricuspa, eee 209 ashmeadi, Pseudisobrachium ______ 293 bogerti;, Natux, 2 Se eee 169 asiatica, Rhynchospio ______________- 99, 203 bolaui, Dichogaster ___...._-_.-__.___ 11 asiaticus, Malacoceros ___----------------_- 99 Bolitoglossa alvaradoi ___._____-______ 290 Asterolithes cayeuxi —_.__________-_-_ 191 arborescandens ________________- 290 erodnensisy st eS 191 borburata <= See 290 MUST CWA eee eee nee 191 colonneay 3 Ss eee 291 Octoradiatus) ye 191 flaviventris; =e 295 polyradiatus ee 191 lignicolor 22 22 ee 289 pyszkiensis 2-29 191 mexicana ___. 295 Sexradiatus, es 191 palustris __________. 289 sextiradiatus ______..__--------_------ 191 Dlatydactla 295 SIM Plex: pee eee 191 rufescens ___-__- 293 Atherigona orientalis _ Eo salvinii _ 295 atramentarius, Anopliu 5 272 striatula 290 atramontenis, Cerceris 277 yucatana 290 attalus, Cirrospilus _ _. A7 Bolotheta _________ 44 augeneri, Eteonides -______________. ___ 199 punctata! 2. eee 38 Atiplopusi =n eee es 56 rotundiceps 45 adjuncts) 25 ee 279 Bombycilla cedrorum _____-__. 177 mellipes mellipes _______________- 270 cedrorum aquilonia ____________ 179 Mmigrelligps eee eee ee 270 cedrorum __......... 178 auplopus, Tetrastichus ___________________ 55 larifuga ______________ 178 Auptopus a. architectus ___________________- 256 bombycina, Phanagenia __.___..____-______ 266 auratiuss) Omalus eee ene 261 Bonnieri, Nerine _____________-__--_______--____- 92 aureonatatus, Sphex _____-________.____- 276 bonnieri, Scolelepis ___--____-__- 92, auricularis, Aonides _____________________ 90 borburata, Bolitoglossa ___________________ 290 auriculatum, Lygosoma ___.._______ 69 Bostrichocentrum ______________ 27 aurigularis, Hemithraupis ____-__________ 83 boucardi, Amphicyclotus 20 auripes, Isodontia ___----_------------------- 275 bousfieldi, Scolelepis _________________ 94 auriseta,, Nerine)) 22 93 Brachiolithus hexagonus 191 australis, Eucalodium ____________ PL, B® pentagonus eee 191 aztecay sodontiay = eee 275 quadratus!) 191 B Brachoria calcaria ___________________________- 223 Babyrussa, Sus _-.------------------------ 86 eutypa ethotela ____________ 225 Baccharis glutinosa _____________-___________- 55 ieee ae 225 Dilularish ae meet wn OS 240 Versicolon 223 back; ‘Trypoxylon aaa 973 brachypterus, Epyris ---__- 263 baltica, Meringosphaera __....___- 193 Brachysomophis —___--.-_------_-____-- 281 lay, IRC 87 brattstr6mi, Ketampa -—-________- 33 banksi, Ectemnius —__..____-_______ 279 brevis, Dipogon -_____--_-_---_-_---___-__ 269 Photomorphus _______--__- 265 brouweri, Discoaster _____________________- 191 banksiis@Olixon = oe vane alae ete 266 _ brunnea, Tegula —__________ —- 211 barbadiensis, Dicoaster _________________- 192 brunneipes, Ectemnius 279 BMRA GOMpRennA 53 brunneri, Ommexecha -__--__.__-----__- 129 barbarae, Tetrastichus ==> 52 Bryozoa ________ posaceeenannnn= 212 barberi, Dissomphalus _____-_----------- 263 bucephala, Osmia —_-_-.-__----_-_-_- 266 Nitelopterus 140 Bucculinus algeriensis __ 192 Spilomena, 2 ee 275 hirsutus 192 barbouri, Graptemys _____---____----_------ 157 Bufo americanus ____ 161 harthiePseny nen. anna oem oenn: 274 a. americanus _ 166 basirufa, Mimesa -__------------- 256, 274 Cognatus _.---.----------------------- 161 beckiibremorus ee 34 hemiophrys -- 160 beeberseubay assum: oe amano Gane 86 lentiginosus ____ yoosagnc esses 161 elliveiChrysemy sien a 166 . woodhousei hemiophrys _______ 161 Bembix spinolae _______ Ll Oy = WIRES AweNCIS _ 151 bicincta, Pheretima _ 12 byersi, Tetrastichus -..._-_.-..-.---.-- 53 Scoliay= 2h ee wie. - 266 : { bicolor, Freycinetia ____----- 5 6 caementarium, Sceliphron ____- 262, 276 Miscophus ____-------------- See AD, caitet) playassa = = 186 bifoveolatus, Epyris __------------------------ 263 calearia, Brachoria bizuttatus.)b pisyrOn) ee oy Calcitrena maculosa ____-----------..--- 129 bioeatuse Ay colithus ee 194 Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus 256, 270 bimaculata, 'Parossa 222 131 4 THUS ES ec 270 biplagatasPucosmay =e 241 californica, Pheretima __-_- 12 PaedISCay aoe eth he ek QAl1 Phragmatopoma —____------------- 211 biplicata, Olivella -_______-__--_---_-.- 211 californicum, Chalybion —__----__----- 276 bipunctata, Ochleroptera ___------------- 276 californiensis, Aonides ___-------- 90 bipunctatum, Oxybelus == 279 calipterus, Dipogon - -_ 269 bistriatella, Catasita ___________________ 243 Callosciurus alstoni 188 blanchardi, Opheodrys ___________-____- 166 DIeEVvOstl = 187 blandianum, Eucalodium —___-------- 24 campanula, Algirosphaera 191 Bl anidin oii ess 2s SE 125 campestris, Ancistrocerus ______- 268 blastorhinos, Mystriophis _........__- 282, Campomeris (Dielis) plumipes blepharus, Stenodynerus —__.__________ 269 plumipes _____________. blochmanae, Dudleya _____-____---_____ 249 canadensis, Sierolomorpha Hasseanthus) 222 242 Symmorphus ___--------- Index canaliculatus, Gorytes 256, 276 cantabra, Nerinides ___..................... 91 Scolelepis) (222. eu sc ine 93 cantabrigensis, Rana ___- 160, 165 capensis, Nerine -..--..--..--...---.----.----- 92, capnodes, Crypturellus _............______- 173 carbonarium, Pseudisobrachium ____._ 263 Carinatas @hrysis) ise ea a 262 carinatum, Trypoxylon _.... — 273 carolina, Anophius ____. ~ Ail carolinana, Epiblema _________ . 241 carolinense, Scleroderma _________ 262 carterii, Coccosphaera _._....... . 192 Catasita bistriatella catillifera, Syracosphaera ____ catskill, Ancistrocerus __________ s caucae, Crypturellus caudata, Freycinetia cayeuxi, Asterolithes ______ ceanothae, Xysma _______ cedrorum, Bombycilla _ cellularis, Perisierola __ cembricola, Chrysis _. centralis, Hemithraupis centratay sapygal ees Centrosmi age ee OS oe ee @entrurophis! (2s Ceratostoma nuttalli Gercenris ei a ee ih architis ee ee Lee atramontenis ___..------- clypeata ys sae ew na Te compacta compacta ______________ 277 Havortasciatay) 2a ne 265 fumipennis __...- 277 halore; ees ee ee 277 ins lita ee 256, 277 Ceropales hatoda _____-...--- 271 maculata fraterna ______________ 271 Chalcogonatopus areolatus ___________ 264 Chalybion californicum _.......______ 276 Chamaedaphne __...--. 164 championi, Coelocentrum __..___________ ONT/ Chelogynus virginiensis 264 Chelydra s. serpentina 166 Gherokiaiee- Se Stee ene BANTER ai 113 Chionanthus| a aa 259, 273 chiricahuae, Sciurus 181 Chirodamus albopilosus _......_______ 269 EOL EIS Hp SURO Ee 269 Chioralictish 2 eee ee ee 265 Chlorion (Ammobia) ichneumoneum 275 pennsylvanicum ______..___._______ 275 chlorotica, Allolobophora ___..._____ Chrysanthemum Parthenium ___._._..__- QA7 pinnatifidum ___.--.- 252, Chrysemys picta bellii 166 Chrysis (Chrysis) alabamensis ____- 262, cembricola COCK ans ties EE nitidula smaragdula (Trichrysis) carinata ________ 262 jaa(6 (oy ao) p pe Nice ami ae ag Oa) eS 262 Chrysogona verticalis _......- 262, Ghirysome] aie ee 2 a OG 268 ciliata, Polydora -_.------.-.----_..-....--- 209 ciliatus, Colobranchus 98 cinerea, Isodontia __________________________. 275 circumcisus, Discolithus __.__.________ 192 cirratulus, Lumbricus _---._________- 92 Cirrospilus attalus ___-.--- 47 VV Cid aS) eat aE BE ae cs AT Glarazella patagona — 0 138 elarkeiDrypoxylon) aaa 273 clathratum, Coelocentrum —___.______. 27 clavatum, Trypoxylon __......_....____- claviger, Rhabdolithes __ Cleptoria clypeata,, (Gercenis) 02-2 277 Minagenia): 22s ah ee! 271 Coccolithophora ____------_--_---------------- 192 Coccolithus tenuis —__.._.----_--_---_-- 193 Coccosphaera carterii ____.______----_-_____- 192 pelagicay Sa Sie es 192, Coelidiana rotundiceps —_.____.........- 37 Coelocentrum championi ___......_- 27 clathratum|) 2 ee 27 coerulans, Chrysis _...........--_--___-_____ 262 coerulescens, Tetrastichus _____________. 52 COST ALUS PB EO eeeee eee ee 161 coineaui, Eteonides _.....-..---.-- 199 colfaxiana, Barbara 53 CollarissiniOzae sae ee 55 Colobranchus ciliatus _...-..-.-_ 98 tetracerus), 2S 98 colonnea, Bolitoglossa _.__.._________- 291 columbiana, Boccardia _._________ 211 columbianus, Anisepyris _______- 263 oniozus _____________ 263 comes, Erythroneura _ 264 comesi, Aphelopus ______ 264 commensalis, Polydora 211 compacta, Cerceris ____________________ completus, Aporinellus ___....-________ concolor, Abis ___....-.-------_---_---------- Corydoras Eee) conicus, Alysson ______ coniocephala, Nerine _ Conotrachelus _____________. continuus, Ectemnius Cophoscincus subvittatus _________- 73 corethrurus, Pontoscolex ___._____-___ 15 comica, Priocnemis _______-___________ 270 cornifera, Scolecolepis __......__.____- 99 Coronaster fragilis __________-__--_----_ 193 coronata, Tantilla __ _.. 305 coronatus, Holepyris _ .... 263 Corydoras acutus ____. 5 62) concolor _______ SENG? ellisae __ eee GD, fowleri ________ PG; pastazensis ______ ee, (9) septentrionalis ___ — © spilurus ____________ ee OY treitlii cea 59 Cossura longocirrata ______________._____ 204 costalis, Psammaecius __ _.. 261, 276 Gounisinitnda ee 266 Crabo (Crabo) cribrellifer - SEO (7h juniatae. 2 eae 253 (Paranothyreus ) snowii _ texanus) ti. 2 Sees ee crassus, Tachytes ___ crawfordi, Mesodryinus creutzbergi, Mystriophis __ __. 284 cribrellifer, Crabo a OTe Cribrosphaera ehrenbergi ____ e192 cristatus, Symmorphus ____. _.. 269 crocatum, Oxybelus _____ elo Crocodylus acutus 66 Crossocerus (Blepharipus) ambiguus 278 harringtonii —___----____________ —. 278 impressifrons ______-_--------__--_- 278 stictochilos ______. 2278 Earsalis pens J ake eee is 2 278 Crossocerus (Crossocerus) lentus ___ 277 Dlanitermun eee 278 planipes similis ____ spangleri Crossocerus (Microcrabro) xantho- Ghilos) es sae ee” Q77 (Nothocrabro ) nitidiventris _ 278 DANI ES pee ee ey stictochilos crossonii, Oxybelus Crotalopsis) ee 310 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington eruciferaye Ely] ay eee eee 166 Crypturellus harterti 175 SOUL es 173 soul capnodes 173 caucae _ 175 modestus _ 173 panamensis _ 174 poliocephalus Crysura kyrae __ pacifica _________ Gyatholithis “Sees curriei, Gonatopus ____________-___--_---_---_ 264 Cyathosphaera _______-_____-__-_-------------- 192 @yclolithellay ees SS ees 192 Cyclolithus inflexus ____________ _ 192 dalmatica, Syzaeosphaera teh) ated. 193 Dasymutilla alesia nigripes _____. vesta vesta decipiens, Freycinetia ____________________ 2, Dienodryinus variabilis ___________________ 264 delongi, Deltocephalus ______________ 38, 41 Deltocephalus __.__.-_-.-__.-_---------------- delongi _______ 41 lepidellus 43 trifax _______. 42 KIpen ce oe we Awe 38, 41 dentata, Syracosphaera _____________ 193 denverana, Eucosma _________________- Q41 deppei;, Sciurus 222 Sas 188 depressipes, Anoplius ___________-___________ 272 derjugini, Malacocerus ___ eee OO Scolelepis —__.___-.-_-..___.._.__ 99 Desmognathus monticola _____._________ 156 quadramaculatus _________________ 156 diaboli, Ambystoma _________...._- 166 Diapheromera femorata =e 262 Dicellariusy == 2 waa 113 Dichogaster bolaui ________ eee Le! Dicoaster barbadiensis ___ -.. 192 brouweri _________ _.. 191 ehrenbergi a Jey hill eae =~ 192) molengraaffi _..- 192 pentaradiatus ____..___-_ 192 triradiatus' (22 192 Dictyna altamira __ _.. 142 Didineis texana _________ S276 difficilis, Eteonides ____ _.. 197 diffringens, Pheretima _______ nse) ELD, dimidiatum, Hedychridium __- = PASI Diodontus atratus parenosas __ O74 diplogrammus, Zygolithus ____________ 194 Dipogon (Deuteragenia) calipterus calipterusj. kee ee 2 papago anomalus __ SaylSayi =. ey ee Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis brevis _ 269 (Winnemanella) fulleri —__ 269 Discolithina= aia ae 192 Discolithus circumcisus _ 192 Slabyus ae 192, attis eee eee 192 mutiporus ___ 192 patera _______ 192 pulvinus _________- 192 sparsiforatus ___ 192 staurophorus ____. 192 vigintiforatus 192 Dispio magna ________ 91 remanei __ 91 schusterae __ 91 uncinata ____________ 91 Dissomphalus barberi 263 foveolatus __________. diverapoda, Aonides ___..________. 91 divergens, Meringosphaera 193 dives, Ectemnius ____________. 279 Dodecaceria 214 Dolichopeza american 54 walleyi ______ 54 Dolichurus greene 272 dolosus, Tetrastichus 52 Drymarchon __. 157 dubia, Scolia’ =) eee 266 dubitata, Timulla: 2 eee 266 dubitatiformis, Timulla 266 dubius, Zygolithus __....-__--_ 194 Dudleya blochmanae -__. 249, Dynoriayicana ee 115 medialis ______ ee 115 eburata, Eucosma _____.._______-----_ 241 Eichiopsis, 2...) 281 Ectemnius (Apoctemnius) excavatus banksi __________ eS) (op erate) ‘lapidarius __ 278 Ectemnius) brunneipes ______ 279 dives... 279 (Hyprocrabro) continuus ___ 278 paucimaculatus _...... 278 stripicola ________________ 278 (Lophocrabro) singularis _ 278 Ectemnius paucemaculatus ___ 256, 259 egregia, Tipia ae 264 ehrenbergi, Cribrosphaera _______________ 192 Cribrosphaerella ____._.__.___. 192 Dicoaster = eee 192 Eisenia foetida ____ a ET hortensis: .......2) aaa 10 Elachertus glacialis __....___________. 53 Elampus viridicyaneus -___. a, PASI electus, Goniozus 264. elegantissima, Anthopleura ___....______ 211 elliptica, Rhabdosphaera antler 193 ellisae, Corydoras __........ 62, elongata, Eteonides _____.._._-------_--___- 199 emarginata, Thais ___________._____________ 211 emarginatus, Oxybelus ____________ 139, 256 Empetrum) <. 1 2 eee 164 Entomognathus arenivaga _- 248 memorialis _____________. texanuss (Toncahus) —_______. enapeorum memorialis panurgoides texana Ephippium acutiferrus Ephuta (Ephuta) pauxilla pauxilla 266 Scrupea’ 22. eae 266 Epiblema carolinana ___________-_ 241 Episyron biguttatus biguttatus _____ 271 quinquenotatus quinqueno- tatus 4. ees 256, 271 Epyris bifoveolatus _____----__-________ 263 rachypterus —-_____________________ 263 vierecki ___________- 2. 263 erectus, Zygolithus __. Lynas OA! Eremorus becki ___________ ._._ 33, 34 erythrogaster, Natrix _______________ 170 Erythroneura comes _________.-_._--..__. 264 erythrophthalmus, Trichoceras -_ erythropoda, Psen ____________________ 274 Eteonides augeneri __. 199 coineaui _____-_______ 199 difficilis 197 elongata —_-_______. 199 serrata -___...__.. 199 ethotela, Brachoria ______ 225 Eucalodium australis __ 22, blandianum _____ ees D4 ghiesbreghti ____________________ 25 splendidum, 27 G Eucamptonyx secudus -......-.-...------- 264 galathea, Metaphidippus —.________ 142 Eucosma biplagata —_....-..._._-.--- 241 gangamon, Polyamia 39 denverana ——- 241 ~~ garryana, Quercus ________ 49 eburata —————————_——— nn 241 garryana, Tetrastichus 49 hasseanthi 2 242 —gentilis, Megachile (Litomegachile) 58 Ineathian a) se 237 germana, Priocnemis ____-___--_----------- 279 Ihohand, So ee 238 Wespaih a eter ii) i. 267 langstoni __________--__-_--------_-- 235 geryonicola, Ophryotrocha _________- 202 e williamsi/2 022 237 ghiesbreghti, Eucalodium — 25 Bidrilus|eugeniae) = 15 ey SinOe ieee ee 30 eugeniae, Eudrilus _-_--__-----.--------_ 15 giardi, Malacoceros =) 98 Eumeces s. septentrionalis ____________ 166 gibbosus, Philanthus 277 Eumenes fraternus ----------------------—- 268 gilchristi, Nerinides - 93 Euphilis coarctata modesta ____________- 256 Scolelepis _____- SEEOS (Corynopus) coarctata mo- glabrus, Discolithus 192 est ee 277 glacialis, Elachertus —..--___________ 53 rufigaster __-_-_.___- 277 — glutaea, Scolecolepis __--_________ 99 BUTE AS Ce te 256 glutaeus, Malaceros 99 Euspio graviert 99 glutinosa, Baccharis —__-_-__-------------- 55 Evagetes parvus -_.-_-__----___--_________- 271 goldfusi, Amphicyclotus —_-------------- 20 Evagora milleri _____-----------------_------ Sn AG ONAL DSIs ema neil aae re tananamme ne Mey 105 exclamans, Polistes ___-.----------------- 267 Gonatopus curriei 264 eximia, Lysinoe __----_----------------------- 30 Gonatus anonychus 105 Gat, Nii ———— 274 fabricii _______ ieee 105 F Pymacisters = ee 105 Fabricia sabella oregonica —_----------- 205 Goniozus columbianus --_----...--- 263 fabriciiaGona tsi ee 105 electus, Sse ke eee ed 264 femorata, Diapheromera _________------- 262 platynotacy =e 264 ferrugineus, Tachypompilus _________- 271 goodbodyi, Nerinides ____________________. 92 filipalpus, Gymnoprosopa ____- Gorytes canaliculatus ________________- 256 filograneus, Ophiophragmus __ Gorytes) canaliculatus ____ 276 flavicollis, Hemithraupis ________- MNGALEEL ee eee 276 flavimaculata, Graptemys ___------- , (Pseudolisus) phaleratus 277 flaviventris, Bolitoglossa _.____-______- gracilis, Ommexecha _____--__------------- 135 flavofasciata, Cerceris _--_________- Ophryotrocha 203 floroeensis, Nerine ___..---------_- Graea horrida __--.-------- — Bil foetida, Eisenia __....------------------- -Monstrosa —----------.--------------- 135 FoligsateA Onis eee ae granosimanus, Pagurus --_---------------- 211 ” GNSS RAYS tk een emer a Graptemys barbouri _--------------------- 157 Scolelepis a eae flavimaculata __._---------------- 157 foraminatum, Rygchium __._________ migrinod ae 157 formica, Meioneta —_.-_---_--- Oculite ae 157 formicum, Tennesseellum _oulchray = 157 fortis, Chirodamus —__.------- gravieri, Huspio —__.---------------___--- 99 foveolatus, Dissomphalus _-.--..-.- _Malacoceros ___-.--------------------- 99 formant. Coméras” greenei, Dolichurus __-__----------------- 272 fragilis, Coronaster __________---_--__------- grodnensis, Asterolithes 191 francelemonti, Xylocelia _...--- groenlandicum, Ledum ----------.-----..- 164 fraterna, Ceropales ___________----_- : TOSSOKY (SUS) eee reece ee ee ee Bes 86 fraternus, Eumenes Gryllus ____---___. pith ale weasels ceaaue 273 Freycinetia anomala Gymnoprosopa filipalpus _-_---------- 150 arborea _..._ Gymnopternus) aaa 279 pec yer ERE Bilmecesan pulls 142 decipiens haeckeli, Pontosphaera _______- 193 divaricata Haideotriton wallacei —__________ 157 funicularis a Ihalone!Cercens) 2 277 humilis Ry ee Ree OU hamata, Brachoria _____- __ 2295 aiereeigifin 5 harbecki, Pemphredon __ _. 275 GHA harringtonii, Crossocerus ___________ 278 TGSIOTL Capes lu oe paren Crypturellus _-_---------_--_- ae = i clot lie KebOy) GUeioatewmn hartmanni, Ophryotrocha 203 pectinata : hasseanthi, Eucosma 949, percostata Hasseanthus blochmanae —- 949 petiolacea [= Dudleya] variegatus __._ 242, solomonensis _._. BU ANG Sa EA we 242 PESSElLAt nae Sead. ee, hatoday| Ceropalesy =e 271 frigida, Pseudomethoca _____ hawayana, Pheretima -.._________ ae frigidium, Trypoxylon haydeni, Thamnophis -_____-__-- BS fuliginosus, Malacoceros ___- heathiana, Eucosma —-_--.-_____- 2 Shige Le es x Hedychridium dimidiatum __.__---_ 261 fulleri, Dipogon Hedychrum violaceum ___..------------__- 262 fulvicornis, Phrosinella _ hellenica, Zygosphaera 194 fulvipes, Stenodynerus ___- hellmayri, Hemithraupis 83 fumipennis, Cerceris ________ hemiophrys, Bufo -_____. scseecseueeetsnests 160 funicularis, Freycinetia —__ Lay Hemithraupis aurigularis ___._________- 83 PUSCATUSSNEOLISteS) ee ee ee ee centralis#= 20 Se ee 82 312 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington flavicollisy == 81 fe chlavicolis@es ee => ts f. obidensis ____._____--.------------ 83 hell mayriesees et 83 hermaphroditica, Polydora -_----- 213 Hesperia meriamae -___-------------- 243 hestia, Priocnemis ______. 270 heterochaeta, Polydora Heterodon n. nasicus __- heteropoda, Nerine ______ 92 hexagonus, Brachiolithus ______.____.- 191 Eibiscus\ 2-2-2. eae 277 restibt ea thee BCE ON See 259 hilli, Dicoaster ____________. 192 hindsi, Pecten ______.____. 212 hirsutus, Bucculinus ____. 192 hispanus, Ophichthus __ 286 hohana, Eucosma ________. 238 holbeini, Tetrastichus ___ _ rl Holepyris coronatus -__---_- _ 263 marylandicus _- _ 263 hollowayi, Tiphia -___-. 264 Holospira nelsoni ____-.- 5 ee hoplisivora, Nysson ____- 276 hornii, Macrovelia ___- 228 horrida, Graea -_---.---- 131 hortensis, Eisenia _____________- 10 hubrichti, Phaeognathus _- 153 humilis, Agenioideus _______-- 271 Freycinetia _____. i 3 hupeiensis, Pheretima __- 13 huxleyi, Pontosphaera ____________ 193 hydroidea, Meringosphaera 193 Hyla ec. crucifera __________________- 166 v. versicolor ____- 166 Hylodes maculatus _________-____________ 162 I icana, Dynorla = 115 ichneumoneum, Chlorion --_- SS Venisphartii ee ee _. 270 Idiocerus ___-___---------- _.. 276 illinoensis, Tiphia _-..- _.. 264 immunis, Orconectes ------------ _.. 125 impressifrons, Crossocerus -_-- ae PAU inaequalis, Tipia ___---_--------- _.. 264 indicus, Malacoceros -_- 99 Scolelepis ______-__---- 2099 inermis, Pontosphaera ___- _._ 193 inflexus, Cyclolithus -_------ _.. 192 infossata, Tiphia ____---_-------_--. _.. 264 infralineolatum, Lygosoma -. _.. _69 insolens, Anoplius __________----------------- 272 insolita, Cerceris _____ mee ATES PALES intermedia, Tiphia —___-__-_------------------ 264 intermedius, Omalus ____-- _.. 261 intertinctus, Mystriophis ___- _. 282 iowae, Tropidoclonium ___. a, PALES iridescens, Omalus -__--------------- _._ 261 irregularis, Umbellosphaera ___- a UGB) Isodontia auripes -_---------------- oe PATS) azteca ______. e275. cinerea -_____-- 275 ithaca, Anoplius ---.------------------------ 272 Favs) Oma spe 261 Jassus (Deltocephalus ) lepidellus 43 jaynesi. | Liphiat ee 265 jeffersonianum, Ambystoma ----.--- 166 johnsoni, Tetrastichus -_-------------------- 55 [hry poxylony tse 273 julia Minageniae ee 271 juniatae Crabl0 253- kahlii, Mesitiopterus -_---.-------------_- 261 Ketampa brattstr6mi —____------------------- 33 kinghtjonesi, Scolelepis —_---------------- 93 Knight-Jonesi, Nerinides -__--..--------- 93 ‘Kohli: Psen eee Q74 koreenses bison = ee 273 kroyeri, Laonome kyrae, Chrysura)...-.- en eee L labiatus,)Dayassw) = es labyrinthea, Metepeira Laelius trogodermatis laevicornis, Malacoceros langstoni, Eucosma Laonome kroyeri __--- lapidarius, Ectemnius Spia = larifuga, Bombycilla —_________________--- Lasioglosum (Chloralictus ) lateralis, Nysson laticephala, Polydora —_________________-__- latus, Discolithis= eee Lecaliat.c 2 o2 oe ee Ledum groenlandicum lefebvrei, Scolelepis legata, Psorthaspis __-------------------------- Leiolopisma lenapeorum, Entomognathus -_-.__--__- lentiginosus, Bufo lentus, Crossocerus lepidellus, Amplicephalus (Nanc- tasus)) 2.2 Se eee Deltocephalus ____--_--------------- Jassus (Deltocephalus) —_------ Sancta ————————————— Lestica (Solenius) producticollis __ lethifer, Pemphredon leucopus, Mimesa ______------------------------ Leurognathus marmoratus levis, Pheretima _______----------___------------ levitoni, Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) pulchellum _____----------- Lygosoma pulchellum ----- licnana) Os lignicolor, Bolitoglossa lineatum, Tropidoclonion _- Lipinia pulchella iriodendri, ZToumeyella Liriodendron tulipifera Lithophyllum lobata, Quincula longicornis, Minesa longirostris, Malacoceros -_--- longocirrata, Cossura __ Nerine Scolelepis _________- luctuosum, Podium -___--._. 5 Lumbricus cirratulus lycidas, Lycosa Lygosoma auriculatum __. squamatus ____---_. irrospilus ___. infralineolatum (Leiolopisma ) pulchction a evitoni semperi subvittatum zamboangensis (Lipina) semperi mnitens 22s eee pulchellum ____-------- levitoni ____ quadrivitatum infralineolatum quadrivitatum relictum Index 313 VLOG eS DN tee ee nesses ere neem 273 milleri, Tetrastichus ------------..--..----- 56 Lyrranea persica 115 Mimesa basirufa --..-....--..-----..--------- 256 een a ae (Mimesa) basirufa -_-----.--.- a CVA NPEY No oa anes Sa eS starretti ____. EOE OAT (Memmumese) leucopus -.---.. ao M ongicornis —_-----.....-.-- 274 ee ayassuics sees 87 Misco lye ai aeneneneneeteeenres ah acrocystis| =e. a PRIS EL eee Macrovelia hornii ____-__. OO, ‘ OSOVIQN aes ee eee 271 maculata, Pseudacris ____. _. 162 minor, Tayassu -... ee eee 86 a AVS patil eigen 267 minorete, Huocnemis eee ae maculatum, Myzi ee el Ae: cae peobbonael ech, Ja\peqey outed ll Fe yee ee eee maculatus, glades (a eae Wie i ye NEN ORES INES NAS) eee cere 92 maculifrons, Vespula _______._- 254, 267 minutus, Tachytes -. 273 maculosa, Calcitrena _.........--.--------- 129 } Tridactylus ___- 146 maculosus, Necturus _._______-___-- 166 Miscophus americanus 273 MABTIANIDISPIO ee 91 bicolor == 142 EBEUS, spio DUS aTaRNOTN EAE ts 1) “ae ES Ssip lenis ee aie Beal ue magister, Gonatus ---------------------------- modesta, Hupiuis -_-_---_------- -- > Malacoceros arenicolus ____- __. 99 modestus, Crypturellus _-.-.-.-...-..... 173 asiaticus _...-...--- 99 AIMEE NSS ee 87 Gisr gt ween en ee 99 Tetrastichus ____-..._-------------- 50 ETI PATIOS US ee 99 molengraaffi, Dicoaster -__--.------..--.-- 192 CDN EG UY. OR UR Se 98 Monobia quadridens -_-----.--- _. 262, 268 SITET AC TIS Ree ene ee 99 monstrosa, Graea ____-------------------------- 135 TA VAC Tinea ae cI A 99 montana, Quercus ----._.---.--.-------------- 252 TCLS Pee ath ne I 99 montico!s, Desmognathus _____----_----- ape laevicornis _____...._______------____- 99 S60) 2 longirostris __......---..----- 91 mordax, Mystriophis -__--------------------- 282, murmanicus _..............- 99 morrisi, Pheretima —__________--__--__-------- 14 Quatrefages 98 Motes (Notogonius) argentata _____-- 273 tetracerus _............ 99 multiporus, Discolithus ---_---------------- 192 vanderhorsti _.......--_---.--- 99 murmanica, Sooke ee 99 Sbleeeatsy oe ie eee 99 murmanicus, Malacoceros 99 malacosomae, Tetrastichus __________- 54 Myrmosa (Myrmosa) unicolor --..... 265 BEE 1 ase aegis iid gout Ps 275 Mystiophis blastorhines SNS ae os oer marantifolia, Freycinetia ___._______- 2 CreutzZbDergl ___--_------___- marcovitchi, Tetrastichus _._________- 56 intertinctus -_ marginatus, Anoplius _____________----------- 272, mordax __----- mariae, Psorthaspis ___---------------------- 271 punctifer ___. Maricaona reticulata ____________________- 37 _ ftostellatus ______. ae noretus, Leurognathus __________ 156 Myzinum, maculatum _.- ATTATILAS EO ape ate st Rae LE 193 obscurum -___________. marylandicus, Holepyris ____________ 263 quinquecinctum maswaini, Omalus ______._-__-----_--------_- 261 N meateer, Gorytes nasicus, Heterodon medialis, Dynoria —______. - Natrix erythrogaster medianus, Aporinellus altneuue mediterranea, Meringosphaera ______ 193 bogerti 22 Syracosphaera _________________- 193 transversa 170 Megachile gentilis —______________________ 58 — nayaritensis, Sciurus oa aT ST (Tatcmesachile) gentilis _.._ 58 nearcticum, Rhopalosoma -.... 256, 266 ath di anosarus) xylocopoides 58 nebulosus, Priocnessus —.......-..-- 269 Metoe rane aebesacbus ssseessceeosscss N ee miaculosus eee a mee melanderi, Timulla ee aT OTL “Atl COGE: 273 RELADO OSs Ophichthus __ nemoralis, Pandanus _____------------------- 4 zielanotas Rane wanna nc nnnnnn nnn ce nnn Neocoelida punctata 37 PeHnecA, slopua a. Neseps 156 membranacea, Freycinetia _ Neue eas 200 Knight-Jonesi __ a OS vivipara ______ _.. 200 papillosus ____ - 93 opifex, Phidippus ____. ee tow st. josephi __ 28.1 593 oppositus, Allysson ____- _._ 276 tridentata ______ = 8 opulentus, Nysson __----_--------_-_______ 276 Williami ________ e938 Oravelia pege ________. _. 228; 231 yamaguchii ____ - 93 Orchelimim = ee 273 nesiotica, Freycinetia ______ Loe 2 Orconectes immunis ___- es Ts} niemeni, Asterolithes ___ _.. 191 oregonica, Fabricia ______ _... 205 niger, Aporus __.________ = PAL orientalis, Atherigona __________________ 151 Sciurus ___ ee oir Orocharis saltator _________ _._. 256, 266 Mayassuy = SES oryza, Algirosphaera ____________________ 191 nigrellus, Auplopus ____ _.. 270 Osmia (Centrosmia) b. bucephala _ 266 nigricans, Sphex ____________ ATS} (Nothosmia) pumila. 262, 266 nigrifrons, Argogorytes ____ en AUG (Osmia) 1. lignaria ____________ 262 nigripes, Dasymutilla ______ _.. 265 osoria, Minagenia _______________ eee PAPAL nigrinoda, Graptemys __- wa) lates QOssat (2. eee ae SH} nigrita, Pseudacris ________ — 1G} Oxybelus bipunctatum __ 219 Nitela virginiensis _________ e273 Cresson! .. 279 Nitelopterus slossonae ____ _.. 139 emarginatum ____- 139, 156, 279 barberi ______ _._ 140 sericeum = ee 151 slossonae -- _.. 142 s. crocatum nitens, Lygosoma ___--____- = 1) oxycephala, Aonides nitida, Cotinis __......----_--_-. _.. 266 Nerine ___-------- nitidiventris, Crossocerus -___- _.. 278 Oxyopes:..--. eee eee nitidula, Chrysis ________________ a PAS norata, Ageniella __ = Pil Pachydesmus) re nordi, Tetrastichus -_____--____-----______--___- Sl Pachyossa signata _____- novo-pomeranica, Freycinetia _______ 3 pacifica, Chrysura _____. nuttalli, Ceratostoma 211 Polydora __. Nysson (Epinysson) hoplisivora ____- 276 Paedisca biplagata _________ opulentus 276 Pagurus granosimanus _ (Nysson) lateralis _____________ 276 samuelis _____________ O pallipes, Polistes ___________ 267 obidensis, Hemithraupis ______________ 83. palmaeformis, Postelsia ____ 211 obscurum, Myzinum __._._- _ 256 palustris, Bolitoglossa 289 obscurus, Tachytes ______ = YS Rana) .._ 157, 163 occidentalis, Nerine ___.._______ _ 92 Pampilus, . 222 eee 271 occipitomaculata, Storeria ______ _ 801 panamensis, Crypturellus __ 174 occipito-maculata, Storeria ___. 166 Pandanus nemoralis ____________ 4 ocellatus, Anacrabro _....._______ 277 panurgoides, Anthyreus ___. 253 Occllovelia == ss 277 Entomognathus __- 247 Ochleroptera bipunctata ____ _ 2S papillosus, Nerinides ______ 93 octoradiatus, Asterolithes _. 191 Scolelepis —__-____-______. 93 oculatus, Sciurus __________ _. 188 paracholus, Tetrastichus ____ 53 oculifera, Graptemys _ 157 paranense, Spathalium ____- 135 Oedipus ‘ahi = 290 Paranerine ___________________- 90 oligobranchia, Nerine __ 92 Rarcoblatta, 272 Scolelepis _____________ 92 parenosas, Diodontus ___________________ 274 oligodonta, Freycinetia ____ 2 parietalis, Thamnophis ____ 166 Okcostiemay 1 Parossa bimaculata __-_----_--------------_-- 131 Olivella biplicata Q11 Viridis) (2... 220i ere 138 Olixon banksii _.---= 266 Parthenium, Chrysanthemum Q47 i partita, Ageniella 271 parvus, Amphicyctotus _ 20 Eivagetes) 2.2.2... ee ee 271 Passaloecus annulatus - 256, 275 JAPNUIS} Snes Se 261 mandibularis 275 macswaini ____ _ 261 relativus __..___. 275 Ommexecha apolinari ________. 135 pastazensis, Corydoras ___.......-_.__- 59 brunneri _._______ __._ 129 patagona, Clarazella 138 gracilis ____ mss patera, Discolithus _______.________ 192 Walken 4 sai 135 patira, Sus... eee 86 Opheodrys vernalis blanchardi ___. 166 Tayassu: ...--\-.2>) ee ee 85 vernalis _____________ 305 pattersonae, Tetrasticus _________________- 48 @phiaster= = —- 193 paucibranchiata, Aonides ____________- 90 Ophichthus hispanus -__--------------------- 286 paucimaculatus, Ectemnius —-_-_.. 256 melanoporus ____ 284 pauxillas Hip hu tae 266 Op lnis oe ee ee 284 pecari. Sus). ee eee 85 Ophiocnida cubana ____- PLT Tayassu. 23 eee 85 Ophiophragmus cubanus __ _ 218 Pecten hindsi ________________ Be 212 filograneus __.________- _ Bait pectinata, Freycinetia _______________ 2, pulcher __________. 221 pedestris, Stenodynerus _________________ _ 269 Ophisurus porphyreus ___ _ 281 pege, Oravelia ___.-------------------- 227, 231 rostellatus ______ 281 pelagica, Coccosphaera _____-.-__________ 192 ophis, Ophichthus -____--________. 284 Pellenes’ 22.2) 2=.seees ic ee 142 Ophryotrocha geryonicola ___ 202 pellucida, Pontosphaera —---_---_______ 193 PTACilish elelseee eee _ 208 Pemphredot EE 261, 275 arta eee 203 (Cemonus ) harbecki ___-----. 275 lethifer lethifer tenax penni, Procambarus _-__---_-.--_. pennsylvanicum Chlorion Trypoxylon pentagonus, Brachiolithus pentaradiatus, Dicoaster ______________ 192 percostata, Freycinetia ________________. 5 perennis, Stenodynerus _________-______- 269 Perisierola cellularis —_________________ 264 iPerrierisy Nerine) 22 ee 92 perrieri, Scolelepis ___-.___________-_-____ 92, persica, Lyrranea ________.......------__------ 115 petiolacea, Freycinetia 2 Phacelia ramosissima ___-..._.--_____- 242, suffrutescens _____._.._._---__.._ 949 Phaeognathus hubrichti 153 phaleratus, Gorytes 277 Phanagenia bombycina —________________ 266 Pheretima agrestis _____________________--_-_- 11 bicinctay= ee 12 calitormicag === ee 12 Gitfrin gens pte eee 12 AWAY, All ae een ete 13 Ihupelensis wees 13 Nea pee ei ED rl I rat 14 TTA O LTA Di ROR et it SL 14 rodericensis ____-___-__--------_--__.- 14 phidippi, Tetrastichus ____________________ 50 i niteht oo) pe ee ee 269 Opifexie ee eI 51 Philanthus iNieoie Se IEE SP a 277 phosphoreus, Microscolex ________________ 11 Photomorphus (Photomorphus ) banksi Phragmatopoma californica __ Phrosinella fulvicornis pilularis, Baccharis pinnatifidum, Chrysanthemum pipiens, Rana Pison (Krombeiniellum) koreense _ 273 planifermur, Crossocerus _._________.____ 278 planipes, Crossocerus ___..._. 256, 278 platydactyla, Bolitoglossa _________.____ 295 platynotae, Goniozus _._......_.-______-_ 264 Pleiostigma nee ES SI ee 1 plumipes, Campsomeris 266 Podium luctosum rufipes poeyi, Rhopalosoma _______________. poliocephalus, Crypturellus __ poliopus, Sciurus __...-_-- Polistes annularis exclamans exclamans __ fuscatus fuscatus Polyamia arachnion gangamon reticulata > heterochaeta laticephala limicola Eolyconumee aes polyradiatus, Asterolithes Pompilus (Anoplochares) apicatus _ 272 Pontoscolex corethrurus ___-_____________- Pontosphaera haeckeli __.--___»__»_____ Inuix] ei eee ee inermis pellucida syracusana Populus tremuloides porphyreus, Ophisurus Postelsia palmaeformis praetextus, Phabdopterus ___ = prevosti, Callosciurus priocnemis (Priocnemis) cornica ____ scitula scitula Priocnemis (Priocnemussus ) minorata nebulosus ______ es Pristocera armifera ___________ _ probascidea, Boccardia ald Procambarus ablusus _________ = prociphilus tesselatus __. producticollis, Lestica prolongatum, Pseudiobranchium ____ propinqua, Streplostyla Psammaecius costalis iPsenu(¢Psen)) sbaxth igen 2, erythropoda _ 274 monticola ___________ 274 (Psenco) kohlii kohlii ___ 274 simplicicornis ______. 274 Pseudacris nigrita ____________________ 163 maculata ___________ . 162 septentrionalis __ 160 triseriata __________ 162 Pseudisobrachium ashmeadi __ 263 carbonarium ____________ . 263 prolongatum __ _ 263 Tativenter ae ee 263 Pseudodynerus quadrisectus _. 268 Pseudomalacoceros ______________ 91 Pseudomethoca simillima ___ 265 frigida frigida ________ 265 vanduzeei ________ . 265 Pseudomystides _______ 199 Pseudonerine _______- SGP) antipoda _______ 92, Psorthaspis legata ___ 271 maniac, eae 271 Paylleerbaeus, Tetrastichus __ _ 54 puerilis, Ophryotrocha ___________. _ 200 pulchella, ifipinia aes pulchellum, Lygosoma _____________ 69 (Leiolopisma) __. U4 pulcher, Ophiophragmus ________ OPH pulchra, Graptemys _____________ 157 Syracosphaera _ 193 pulex, Habrocestum ____ 142 pulvinus, Discolithus 192 pumila, Osmia ______ 266 punctata, Bolotheta 38 Neocoelida _ 37 Polydora __ 212 punctifer, Mystriop = 282, punticeps, Anteon ________ 264 pusilla, Spilomena ______-____ 275 pyszkiensis, eo anon ate ys ee 191 quadramaculatus, Desmognathus __ 156 quadratus, Brachiolithus -_.________ 191 quadridens, Monobia -_----__---_---___-____ 262 quadriperforata, Syracosphaera ___ 193 quadrisectus, Pseudodynerus ________- _ 268 quadrivitatum, Lygosoma ______ = 69 Quatrefages, Malacoceros ___ 98 Quercus garryana -...__------. . 49 montana _______ _ 252, stellata ______ S549 Ouncoula)lobat 254 316 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington quinquecinctum, Myzinum —_______ 265 poliopus 2i-.2:282.222=2 ee 187 quinquenotatus, Episyron ______- 256, 271 Socialis)... 2... 2s ee 188 R variegatoides _____--._...----------.- 187 ramosissima, Phacelia __._-_-._.--__-__. 242 yilcatanensisy see ee 188 Rana cantabrigensis —__._.__._-________. 165 schusterae, Dispio —__-----___-_-________- 91 clamitans melanota __________ 166 Scleroderma carolinense — 262 palustris yee 157, 163 Scolecoiepis alaskensis _______________ 92, pipiens pipiens ______________ 160, 163 comiferal. 2) oe 99 septentrionalis __-_._______________ 166 glutaca’ 2s. nee 99 sylvatica Cea See a 163 vanderhorsti ____.___-___--__.___- 99 cantabrigensis _________ 160 Scolelepis alaskensis ____.__.___________. 92, Recurvaria milleri 57 antipoda).........\ 92 Rehni, Spathalium ______..-.-----------_--___- 135 arenicola) .... 2 eee 93 relativa) ‘Tiphia) 224) O08 ie ee 265 bonniert, 22.) ee 92, relativus, Passaloecus ___..............._- 275 bousfieldi __._..-_-.-____--_____--_-_ 93 relictum, Lygosoma -__............_____- 72 cantabra) =)... ee 93 remanei, Dispio _________....-..___-_____-_.-__. 91 derjugini, =.) eae 99: reticulata, Maricaona —________________. 37 foliosa) {oul ee A ee 92 Polyamiay ee ei 38 eulchristl = ee 93 Rhabdocyclus simplex ____-___--_--___-_- 193 indicus)... 99 Rhabdolithes claviger ________________- 193 kinghtjonesi __---__---_--__------____- 93 Rhadopterus praetextus ____.__-.________ 277 lefebvrei 22.2.2 92, ANU UCI ea C2 99 (Nerinides) arenicola _________ 94 bousfieldi ______________ 94 cantabray 94 Rhopalosoma nearcticum __..-.___- 266 gilchristi __ 94 DOCY I VRE ee Soi 256 papillosay 94 Rhynchospio arenicola ___________ 98, 203 tridentata ________________ 94 arenicola asiatica ________ 99, 203 yamaguchii ___-_______- 94 richardsi, Trypoxylon ______________ 256, 273 oligobrachia _________ 92 robusta, Syracosphaera ___.__....--.-.-- 193 papillosa’ 22 See 93 rodericensis, Pheretima __________________- 14 Detrier. 2... eee 92 rostellatus, Mystriophis __________________- 281 (Scolelepis ) bonnieri ____________ 93 Ophisnrus ee 281 foliosa: --.. ee 93 rotundiceps, Bolotheta 45 knightjonesi _. 93 Coelidiana _______ i 37 lefebvrei ____. 93 rubrocinctum, Trypoxylon 265 perrieri _ 93 rufescens, Bolitoglossa _______________- 293 squamata 93 rufigaster, Euplilis williami _ . 94 rufipes, Podium ________- Squamata) essen 92 rufiventer, Sciurus saipanensis _______________ 92, rufiventre, Pseudisobranchium _______. 263 Squamosa | 2 eee 91 rufiventris, Allaporus _____.________ Q71 tridentata ne eens 93 rugulosa , Tipia ___________ William! ee 93 rupex, Calicurgas _ yamaguchii ________________________- 93 Rygchinmuys eos 2) ee ae Scolia (Scolia) bicincta _........__ 266 foraminatum foraminatum __ 268 dubiadubia— 266 SChwarzie ase eee 268 scrupea, Ephuta ___.-_.__-_ 266 S secundus, Eucamptonyx _____________. 264 sabella, Fabricia 205 semirufus, Anoplius —__-___. 272, saipanensis, Nerine ____-------------------- 92 semperi, Lygosoma_ —___-____-_______ 70 Geoldlany — 92 Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) _ 74 saltator, Orocharis ________---------- 256, 266 ee = (Lipina) 76 salvinii, Bolitoglossa 295 Senotainia trilineata _________________ 150 samuelis, Pagurus 211 septentrionalis, Corydoras ____________ 62 Sanctanus lepidellus _.----- 37 Eumeces = 166 vulpinus _. 40, 44 Pseudacris) 2 eae ee 160 Sapyga centrata 266 : LREINE, ann e recs ecceeccce 166 sarsiana, Nerine __..----------------------- 92 sericeum, Oxybelus -_______________ 151 Sayin) Dipozon yaaa ee 266 Sericopompilus apicalis __ ae ATL scaeva, Sphaeropthalma ___-__-----_---- 265 serpentina, Chelydra ___________________-- 166 Sceliphron caementarium _______- 962) 276 serrata, Eteonides 199 schwarzi, Rygchium —______________--_____- 268 sexradiatus, Asterlithes ______-__ 191 schilleri, Syracosphaera _ a, TS sextiradiatus, Asterlithes ____-_.__ 191 scitula, Priocnemis ___...__.-__--_-__---- 270 Sierolomorpha canadensis -_____________. 265 Sciurus;allen ee 188 Sigmoria ____---_-_-------_-- mannan nnn=== 114 AIS EG TL eee ut 188 signata, Pachyossa --------------------_ 135 Rayo opens ee UNE se 181 similis, Crossocerus ---...-------------------- 278 chiricahuae __- _._ 181 ang, LachySpex ------------ en -oene 273 Ep pele ncaa suea cara seat A Sarma 188 simillima, Pseudomethoca ______________ 265 nayaritensis 181 simplex, Rhabdocyclus -----_-______- 193 apache ea 188 simplicicornis, Psen --------------------_---- 274 chiricahuae __...___ 189 singularis, Ectemnius —------_---..__ 278 nayaritensis ____________ 188 slossonae, Nitelopterus ---------__. 139 MUSE T ype ol le Ch ea 187 smaragdula, Chrysis ________....____... 262 MIP Ere eee ene 188 snowil), Crabro) ee 277 rufiventer _____ _ 188 Socialis, (Sciurus) 22a 188 oculatus a eae 188 sololensis, Streptostyla __............ 22 Index soui, Crypturellus —_-__________________ 173 solomonensis, Freycinetia ______________ 6 spangleri, Crossocerus __.-----..--------- 278 sparsiforatus, Discolithus _-______- 192 Spathalvarn wees eee laste ae eae _ eS 127 marancnses es eee 135 (Ren nily toe ee 135 SVATLCLLS pypieenne e 135 speciosus, Sphecius ___-.____-___-____.___ 276 Spelerpes (Oedipus) lignicolor ___ 289 Sphaeropthalma (Sphaeropthalma) pennsylvanica scaeva _ Sphecius (Sphecius) speciosus Sphex aureonatatus __...... MY STICANS y= Ee irmaniusi= ee ee ee Spiculiferis sues meee ee a eS Spilomena barberi -_______________________- 275 pusilla. 22. ee, A 275 spilurus, Corydoras ___-_--_---_______- 62, Spinipess Zethus) |e 267 SpinglaciBembixe 277 spinosa, Syracosphaera ___.__-________- 193 spinuloso, Algirosphaera ______________- 191 splendidum, Eucalodium ______--------_- 27 SpiOraciitaeee oe ee ee he 92, fuliginGsus 99 JACVICOTINS rae Pe 99 LE RUS ene es Reel 91 Vulgaris pe eee Ore 98 spiradens, Tayassu _____.____________ 86 SITORD 1S eee eee EE SOY 212 spongicola, Polydora 209 squamata, Scolelepis _________-_..-_-_____ 92, squamatus, Lumbricus _________________ 91 squamosa, Scolelepis ____.__.--_________- 91 WWies pila en ee 267 st. josephi, Nerinides _______-_____-________ 93 starretti, Lysinoe ____________________. Qe 27 staurophorus, Discolithus —_--__---____ 192 Stelecipusy eas = ee ee a ee 113 Stellatas Quercus). ee 49 Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) ful- vipes fulvipes ______________________. 269 pedestris pedestris __ 269 perennis anacardivora 269 perenmis perennis __ 269 VOP Einp see enna ones 269 Stenodynerus ) blepharus ___ 269 stictochilos, Crossocerus _______ 256, 278 Stigmus americanus __...__._____ 256, 275 StlOSOrn aes eee en ee Dee es 156 Storeria occipitomaculata —____________ 301 0. occipito-maculata __._____ 166 Streptostyla meridana propinguay soe ee ae sololensis _______ VWilCATATICNSIS see eee nee striatula, Bolitoglossa striatum, Trypoxylon ____________________. stripicola, Ectemnius iS Subcarinatayebiphia = eee 265 SUpita MibyLOd a eee ene 273 subvittatum, Lygosoma __......__- 69 Leiolopisma ) eee Tate) 73 subvittatus, Cophoscincus __...--_--- 73 suffrutescens, iPhaccliqy = aes 249, surdum, Lygosoma easement e reer ee 72 SUssaethiGpicusy 22 ee 86 africanus? 2S Oee es 86 (Baby russay see 86 PLOSSELte = een eee THAIS 86 patina ee 86 POCATE 2 anes EL 85 ERY AC ies oe on ose 86 (CayaSSU) ce 86 sylvatica Nanay) ae ee eS 163 Symmorphus albomarginatus ___.______ 268 Ganadensis eee 262, 268 CriStatus() 2.22. eae 269 Synaptomys (Mictomys) —-------..------- 67 Syracolithusi es ae ees 193 Syracosphaera catillifera _..______ 193 Galmatical= = eae 193 dentatar ea Sth Ua eae 193 mediterranea -_.................... 193 pulchrage ee eee 193 quadriperforata —_.__._-_______. 193 TODUStA, 2 Ee eee 2 193 schilleri _ .. 193 spinosa _____ 193 tenuis __ 193 syracusana, Pontosphaera eke ES ae 193 Tachypomilus ferrugineus ferru- PINCUS es St es 271 Tachysnhics (Tachysphex) similis ___ 273 ESTNOIN AES ee ee 150 Tachytes crassus 256 minutus 146 (Tachynana) minutus 146, 273 obscunis ae 273 Tachytes (Tachyoides) mergus ___-- 139 Tachyplena) crassus ___------ 273 germinatus 2 eS 150 tagnicatis Wayassuy 2 ee 85 tajacus SUS a 86 FRAY ASS Ue ED EE 86 CAPASS USA SUIS yee ee a 86 say ass ute 86 Utewroyoyhye josploynng 33 Tantilla coronata coronata ____________ 305 tarsalis, Crossocerus ___...-------_------ 278 Tayassu aequatoris _-__--_-- 86 albirostast = aes 85 bécbele = eee 86 Caitetuy 2 Ae abe Ee 86 labiatus| === Be tSG macrocephalus ___._.....____- 87 Minor2.2 2-2 SEE, eee 86 modestus: ]. see ee 87 TG ere ee NE ae 87 Patitay = tae ae eee 85 PecaTin eee! eee ee 85 Spiraden ————————————— 86 ta gm Catt ean es RS 85 tajacuaban tse 87 Patina Gee eS Re tet a 86 tajacu\. eee) 86 CATASS Uy ee Neen ee 2 86 EOL GQUATUS) ease ee ee 86 EORVIIS see. SE es ee 87 taylori, Lygosoma pulchellum _______ Ue diecula brunnea,, 2 eee 211 tenansa, Zygolithus ______.________________ 194 tenax, Pemphredon _...-.- 275 Tennesseellum formicum —_________-______ 273 teniiss) Goccolithusp eee ee 193 Syracosphaeray ee 193 Umbellosphaera __-_-_-__---------- 193 terminatus, Tachysphex -___-_-------------- 150 tesselatus, Prociphilus ___.______--_--_--- 275 tessellata, Freycinetia __________________- 1 tetracerus, Colobranchus ___-__------- 98 Malacoceros _....._-________- 99 Tetrastichus agrili ___ SEI ‘auplopus ee Ne 55 barbarae) 22 Sess 52 (th eS ee ee 53 coerulescens: 2 52, GOlOS tis eee ene wees a 52 SaArey alae ee gr ee 49 HOLD e1r1i eee ee 57 jolmSonk 2 Beye 55 malacosomae! = 54 MATCOVITCH TE ee 56 megachilidis _________________-___. 57 PUVA RS) g Wee ck ee Sees 56 318 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington INLOGESEUS bp eee 50 johnson) aes 273 nordis 2). sae 51 pennsylvanicum _______ 273 paracholus _____ 53 tichards) 273 pattersonae __. 48 tubifer, Rhabdosphaera __.________--______ 193 phidippi _________ 50 tulipifera, Liriodendron _..-- 251 DOlitiee ee eet _ 48 turriseiffehi, Zygolithus ____________ 194 Psyllaephagus 54 Typhloceuthophilus REEDS fet 156 Tetrixocephalus willemsei ______ VOT, sil U texana, Didineis 276 Umbellosphaera irregularis _____________ 193 Entomognathus _____- . 247 tenuis | 193 texanum, Tropidoclonion __ 299) suncinatayyDispio) =e 91 texanus, Crabro _ Bs) Uneinia 2 Oe eee 98 Entomgnathus ______. _ 247 unicolor, Myrmosa _._.__.-_______- 265 texturatus, Amphicyclotus ._ 20 unifasciatus, Ancistrocerus -_ -. 268 Thais emarginata ______________ 911 urnarius, Sphex ______.__.._.--______ 276 sPhalassiawe seen ae 217 Ursus americanus ___________-______. 66 Thamnophis radix haydeni __________ 166 sirtalis parietalis ______ 160, 166 vanderhorsti, Malacocerus __ 99 tigris, Ancistrocerus _-......_____-__- 268 Scolecolepis __________- 99 Timulla (Timulla) dubitata _. _ 266 vanduzeei, Pseudomethoca 265 dubitatiformis ________ . 266 _- variabilis, Deinodryinus ___ 264 hoilensis melanderi ____ __ 266 variegatoides, Sciurus sipiarathiniss ee _ 264 variegatum, Hasseanthus egregia ______ _ 264 variegatus, Hasseanthus ___ hollowayi ____. __ 264 Veshrn dd ————————— Es illinoensis ___ _ 264 vernalis, Opheodrys ___.________________ inaequalis __ _ 264 __Wiphia’ _...- eee infossata _____. _ 264 versicola, Hyla) = Ss intermedia __. _ 264 versicolor, Brachoria ____________ jaynesi _________ _ 265 verticalis, Chrysogona __________ relativa ___ _ 265 Vespa crabo var. germana rugulosa __________ _ 265 Vespula (Dolichovespula) arenaria _ 267 subcarinata ___ 965 maculata a 267 vernalis __________ _ 265 maculifrons _____-________________ 255 winnemanae ____ _ 265 (Vespula) maculifrons ______ 267 shoncalhitaeeenee _ QA4T, Squamosa ____--- 267 torvus, Tayassu ________________ 2 887 Vidua = ees 267 Toumeyella liriodendri ____ _ Dsyil vesta, Dasymutilla 265 transversa, Natrix ___________ Su70 vVidua, \Vespula) 2 ee 267 treitlii, Corydoras ______ _ 59 vierecki; Hipyris,) eee 263 tremuloides, Populus _____ _ 52 vigintiforatus, Discolithus ______________ 192 triangulifer, Alysson _______________ _ 276 violaceum, Hedychrum _ te 262 Trichoceras erythrophthalmus ____._ 47 vioscai, Procambarus 125 tricuspa, Boccardia ___._._____.____ _ 209 virginiana, Xyclocelia ____________ 256, 274 Poly d orate ee 209 virginiensis, Anoplius ____._______________ 272, Tridactylus ___________ , 273 Chelogynus __..-.------.----_- 264 ADICOLIS ys oe ek EE ae, 146 : Nitelay — 32S Saees 273 minutus ___ _ 146 viridicyaneus, Elampus ___________________ 261 tridens, Chrysis _____.___ 2) EVarid 1S" Paross ao 138 tridentata, Nerides ___ _ 93 Sather rrr eee 135 Scolelepis _____ 293) ittatal Aon. 92 trifasciatus, Anoplius 272 vivipara, Ophryotrocha __...--- 200 trifax, Deltocephalus mon ._ 40, 49 vogti, Stenodynerus __._- 269 trilineata, Senotainia 150 vulgaris, Malacoceros ____________________ 99 Trioza collaris — Spid. = eee 98 triradiatus, Dicoaster ___ _ 192 vulpinus, Sanctanus ____ 40, 44 triseriata, Pseudacris _____ EPG? Trochochaeta ______________ 2. J 91 walkeri, Ommexecha 135 Troglocambarus _ S156 wallacei, Haideotriton ____________________ 157 rocodennal as _ 263 walleyi, Dolichopeza ______________________ 54 trogodermatis, Laelius _______ _ 263 websteri, Polydora __...-_..--- 213 Tropidoclonion lniatum ___ 997 wettsteini, Zygosphaera __....__-_ 194 annectens _ 299 willemsei, Tetrixocephalus __ 129, 131 Iowae ___.._.... __ 297 Williami, Nerinides __________________ 93 liniatum ____- _ 299 williami, Scolelepis __________________ 93 texanum __________ _. 299 williamsi, Eucosma ____-____ 236, 237 Trypoxylon pennsylvenietm Ee _ 256 winnemanae, Tiphia ___----_-____________ 265 poltumy =a ie eee _ 256 E x U chardsi See SPE eh 256 xanthochilos, Crossocerus _______________ 277 (Trypargilum ) clavatum ____- 274 Xanthoteras politum ____._.____ 49 collinum rubrocinc¢- xipei, Deltocephalus __________________ 38, 41 funy one 265 Xylocelia francelemonti __-..___ 274 collinum striatum __ 265 virginiana ___________________ 256, 274 politum) =a 274 xylocopoides, Megachile (Melano- Striatum a Wl! SATUS))\ 22202. 58 ( Trypoxylon ) loveliet DE) Xysma ceanothae ________________ 256, 275 ny clarkei _________ 2, PHS} yamaguchii, Nerinides ___..._-_--__= 93 fr SIC Ue 273 Scolelepis| =.= = 93 yucatana, Bolitoglossa ______._-__---._.--_- 290 hellenica -__...........----.---------- 194 yucatanensis, Sciurus —___.--.-------..---- 188 wettsteint) 22 oot ee 194 Streptostyla 2 22 Zygolithus bijugatus -......-...-.--.---..- 194 Z diplogrammus ________________. 194 zamboangensis, Lygosoma (Leiolo- pisma Zethus (Zethusculus) spinipes -__.._.. 267 tenansay eeu ar ee ee 194 RG eC oct Rig ONS aE Peon aT y ate 5 mud c 7 } vj ; NY ae wy ‘i Sie oie ; : : : H i) ¥ va i u X " le fe Me ‘ " i ; " ‘ Wi Ah : ay Pay G3 ‘i P 1 a : ‘ . MN au v7 / PR uy ui i il Mes pers rh LOR hay On ae ofl it ie PD rth Liye or Liao | ao ce eee | Ty al wel day het De : Ba ak TL, Mm: ' iio eer Rw aa pat x Pie gy \) eoutya te wy a ; Br ve ally i oe Veh he WK i pit Vee oe, See MR IN? Ms ‘al i aa + \ : \ 5 y ¥ ra Vv i r Pe , - ng yi , WEN ig "a : i Polke pre \ } nil a a oe ; E - ‘ | pre a ae ie a" em 7 per bem erm Ala UME 77 i Na id # ibe ant 1s Wet dm | WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCTETY: See 0 C73 PROCEEDINGS Biological Society of Washington VOLUME 77 1964 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY THE EDITORIAL BOARD Ricuarp H. MAnvitte, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RicHarp S. Cowan Rap E.. CrABILL, JR. CONSULTING SPECIALISTS B. B. Cotxetre, Herpetology L. B. Hotruuts, Carcinology D. H. Jounson, Mammalogy E. A. Lacuner, Ichthyology All correspondence should be addressed to the Biological Society of Washington, U-S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 THe ALLEN PrREss LAWRENCE, KANSAS OFFICERS AND COUNCIL OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (FOR 1964-1965) (ELECTED 26 JUNE 1964) OFFICERS President CHARLES O. HANDLEY, JR. Vice Presidents FENNER A. CHACE RICHARD H. MANVILLE ERNEST A. LACHNER HENRY W. SETZER Recording Secretary RICHARD S. COWAN Corresponding Secretary JOHN L. PARADISO Treasurer HENRY B. ROBERTS Custodian of Publications DAVID H. JOHNSON COUNCIL Elected Members J. F. GATES CLARKE RALPH E. CRABILL, JR. DANIEL M. COHEN HORTON H. HOBBS, JR. LEONARD P. SCHULTZ Ex-Presidents J. W. ALDRICH HUGH T. O’NEIL H. G. DEIGNAN HOWARD B. OWENS HERBERT FRIEDMANN ALBERT C. SMITH H. H. T. JACKSON E. P. WALKER DAVID H. JOHNSON A. WETMORE STANDING COMMITTEES—1964—1965 Committee on Communications H. A. BortHwick J. Francis ALLEN Joun H. FALzs Committee on Zoological Nomenclature A. WETMORE, Chairman H. A. REHDER C. F. W. MurEsEBECK Committee on Publications RicHarp H. MAnvitLe, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RicHARD S. COWAN RALPH FE. CRABILL, JR. /3J0L VU G ¥* | TAR EX-PRESIDENTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON *THEOpDORE N. Git, 1881, 1882 *CHARLES A. WHITE, 1883, 1884 *G. Brown Goope, 1885, 1886 *WiLLIAM H. Dati, 1887, 1888 *LEsTER F. Warp, 1889, 1890 *C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892, *C. V. Ritey, 1893, 1894 *Gro. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896 *L. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898 *FREDERICK V. CoviLLE, 1899, 1900 *F. A. Lucas, 1901, 1902 *B. W. EverRMANN, 1903, 1904 *F,. H. KNowtton, 1905, 1906 *L. STEJNEGER, 1907, 1908 *T. S. PALMER, 1909, 1910 *Davip Wuire, 1911 *E. W. NEtson, 1912, 1913 *PauL BartscuH, 1914, 1915 *W. P. Hay, 1916, 1917 *J. N. Rose, 1918 *Hucu M. Smirn, 1919 *A. D. Hopkins, 1920 *N. HoLuisTER, 1921 *VERNON BaiLey, 1922 *A. S. Hircxucock, 1923 *J. W. GiwLey, 1924 *S. A. ROHWER, 1925 *H. C. OBERHOLSER, 1926—1927 *E. A. GoLpDMAN, 1927-1929 ALEXANDER WETMORE, 1929-1931 H. H. T. Jackson, 1931-1933 *C, E. Cuams.iss, 1933-1936 *H. C. Fuiuer, 1936-1938 *W. B. BELL, 1938-1940 E. P. WALKER, 1940-1942 *H. B. Humpurey, 1942-1944 *F, THONE, 1944-1946 *J. S. WADE, 1946-1947 J. W. Avpricu, 1947-1949 *F. C. Lincoin, 1949-1951 *W. A. Dayton, 1951-1953 H. G. Deienan, 1953-1955 Hucu T. O’Nem, 1955-1956 HERBERT FRIEDMANN, 1957-1958 Howarp B. Owens, 1959-1960 Davin H. Jounson, 1961-1962. ALBERT C, SmitTH, 1963-1964 * Deceased. TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 77 Banse, Karl, and G. Hartmann-Schréder. Synonyms of Proto- dornvienerena™ (rhlers) ee ee ee Bedinger, M. S.: see Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. Bohart, R. M. New species of Chrysis in the Lauta, Propria and Venusta groups from North America Carter, Dilford C.: see Davis, William B. Causey, Nell B. New North and Central American records of (Da D CTS, ee ES ee ORO, BO pe eet Ak See, See Ath Od *Clarke, J. F. Gates. A new genus and species from the Juan Rermancez al slandsiess otie) Nets ae Ne Bae Cohen, Daniel M. Lycenchelys bullisi, a new eelpout from ThemGultvok MexiCO.e <2. ea. EE eh Jy, Crabill, R. E., Jr. A revised interpretation of the primitive centipede neenus sAnripiyn Sire eee eae uel Ne *Cuatrecasas, Jose. Studies on Andean Compositae: VI ____ Davis, William B., and Dilford C. Carter. A new species of fruit-eating bat from Central America *Drake, Carl J. A new lacebug from Pakistan Drake, Carl J., and Jon L. Herring. The genus Nidicola ____ *Drugg, Warren S. Glyphanodinium, a new dinoflagellate genus from the Paleocene of California Emerson, K. C. Notes on some Mallophaga from Formosan PERRET PETE UIS Cee RI Se ok a ee Gee oe ee ey Ferguson, Edward, Jr. Stenocyprinae, a new subfamily of Ereshwater.eyprid, ostracods, 2 ees a Gonzalez, Roberto H., and Leslie M. Smith. Japygidae of South America, 5: new species from Chile Grigarick, Albert A., Franc Mihel¢i¢, and Robert O. Schuster. New Tardigrada from western North America _ Hart, C. W., Jr. Two new entocytherid ostracods from the VICIHILY. Obs VVasiimetons 1); Ga ee Hartmann-Schréder, G.: see Banse, Karl. Herring, Jon L.: see Drake, Carl J. Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. A new cave-dwelling crayfish from the Greenbrier drainage system, West Virginia Hobbs, Horton H., Jr., and M. S. Bedinger. A new troglobitic crayfish of the genus Cambarus from Arkansas *Papers published at no expense to the Society. 241-249 223-236 175-182 125-126 113-118 161-170 127-156 119-122 247-249 53-64 237-239 195-198 17-24 35-46 5-8 243-246 189-194 (vi) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Hoffman, Richard L. The status of Fontaria pulchella Boll- man, with the proposal of a new genus and tribe __________ — 25-34 Hoffman, Richard L. A third smooth species of Poly- Negisctes | tet 20 cae eer Uy en el le ete 171-174 Hooijer, D. A., and Clayton E. Ray. A metapodial of Acra- tocnus trom ‘a cayean Hispaniola 29) eee 253-257 Jones, J. Knox, Jr. A new subspecies of harvest mouse from Isla del. ‘Carmeni({Campeche, 2222.) 2) ss eee 123-124 Kramer, James P. A review of the oriental leafhopper genus Sudia Distant" See te ee ee 47-52 *Krombein, Karl V. Natural history of Plummers Island, Mary- land? eXVIll. The hibiscus wasp) 0 73-112 Kurezewski, Frank E., and Noel F. R. Snyder. Observations on the nesting of Pompilus michiganensis (Dreisbach) __ 215-222 Lewis, Robert E. A new species of Coptopsylla Jordan and Rothschild from northern Saudi Arabia _.- 199-214 *Lo, T. C. Elsinoé stage of Sphaceloma sacchari _.....- 1-4 Loomis, H. F. Three new polydesmoid millipeds from Cen- tral PAmerica, US be cei e O al 183-188 Miheléi¢, Franc: see Grigarick, Albert A. Petit, Richard E. A new Thracia from South Carolina 157-160 Ray, Clayton E.: see Hooijer, D. A. Schuster, Robert O.: see Grigarick, Albert A. Smith, Leslie M.: see Gonzalez, Roberto H. Snyder, Noel F. R.: see Kurczewski, Frank E. Temple, Philip: see Thompson, Max C. Thompson, Max C., and Philip Temple. Geographic variation in) the’coot in New, Guinea “2 Sea eee 251-252 Todd, E. L. Nomenclatural and descriptive notes on Orodesma apicina’ H.-S. and its)subspecies) 2 eee 65-72 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS 1036th Meeting—26 June 1964 EIGHTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING Vice President Joseph Morrison called the meeting to order at 3:05 p.m. with about 20 members present. The reading of the minutes of the last meeting was dispensed with, but the reports of the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer were approved and accepted. New members elected: Donald M. Anderson, T. P. Cope- land, Bertha M. Cutress, Arthur M. Greenhall, Francis M. Greenwell, C. W. Hart, Jr., H. H. Hobbs, II, Alfred Loeblich, III, Michael C. Mound, Kitty F. Parker, Donald R. Patten, Randolph L. Peterson, Clayton E. Ray, Douglas C. Robinson, H. H. Ross, Velva E. Rudd, Lester L. Short, Jr., Donald F. Squires, Robert C. Stephens, and Dallas A. Sutton. The following officers and Members of the Council were elected: President, Charles O. Handley, Jr.; Vice Presidents, Fenner A. Chace, Ernest A. Lachner, Richard H. Manville, Henry W. Setzer; Recording Secretary, Richard S. Cowan; Corresponding Secretary, John L. Paradiso; Treasurer, Henry B. Roberts; Members of Council, J. F. Gates Clarke, Daniel M. Cohen, Ralph E. Crabill, Jr., Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., and Leonard P. Schultz. No formal communications were scheduled. vii Wed 7S Vol. 77, pp. 1-4 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF Linle BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY-OF WASHINGTON ELSINOE STAGE OF SPHACELOMA SACCHARI lex 1, G, Ike Department of Plant Pathology, College of Agriculture, Taiwan Provincial Chung-Hsing University, Taichung, Taiwan, China In their account of spotted anthracnose of sugarcane (Sac- charum officinarum L.), in Taiwan called “white speck,” Jenkins and Bitancourt (1960) showed that in Brazil, S. C. Arruda had discovered (1957) Elsinoé fruiting on the leaf spots, while in Taiwan, in the same year, Lo (1957) had described Sphaceloma sacchari as the cause of the disease. Discovery (1961) of Elsinoé on white speck lesions in Taiwan substantiates Jenkins and Bitancourt’s implication of the new species of Elsinoé as the perfect stage of S. sacchari. In order that the new species may have a specific name it is here described as Elsinoé sacchari. Elsinoé sacchari, sp. nov. Ascomata organismi causalis pulvinata, intraepidermalia 50 < 31.2 « in epithecio pseudoparenchymatico. Asci elliptici vel globosi, 10.3-13 x 9.6-10.6 wu, in ascomatibus dispersi. Ascosporae hyalinae, oblongo-ellip- ticae, rectae vel plus minusve curvatae, unitriseptatae, saepe quoad septa notabiliter constrictae, 8-10 < 3.3 u. Forma imperfecta, Sphaceloma sacchari Lo (J. Agr. & Forest., 6: 71, pls. 1-3. 1957). Hab.: In foliis Saccharum officinarum L. Loc.: Tainan, Taiwan, China. Typus est in foliis Saccharum officinarum L., cv. ‘“NCO:310.’ Tainan, Taiwan, China, 25 Feb. 1961, T. C. Lo 22 (TPU 60-4-22). TPU num- bers are accession numbers in the Taiwan Provincial Chung Hsing Univ., Coll. Agr. Herb. Likewise, BPI numbers are accession numbers in the National Fungus Collections, Crop Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland. SPIB numbers are accession num- bers in the Herb. Seccdo Fitopat., Instituto Bioldgico, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Ascomata pulvinate, intraepidermal, 50 « 31.2 4, with a dark pseudo- parenchymatic epithecium; asci elliptical to spherical, 10.3-12 x 9.6— I—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 77, 1964 (1) 2. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Elsinoé sacchari. a, White speck lesions on the specimen from Florida, by virtue of the dark epithecium, ascomata vaguely visible particularly on the linear lesions to the right; x ca. 3. b, c, and d, from the specimen from Taiwan, camera lucida drawings of two asci (b), several ascospores (c), and a cross-section through diseased leaf tissue showing an ascoma in situ (d). 10.6 u, scattered in the ascomata; ascospores hyaline, oblong-elliptical, straight or more or less curved, unitriseptate, often markedly constricted at the septa, 8.6-10 x 3.3 u. Conidial stage, Sphaceloma sacchari Lo. Pathogenic on sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum L., Gramineae), causing the leaf-spotting disease “white speck.” Type: On sugarcane, ev. “NCO:310, Tainan, Taiwan, China, 25 Feb. 1961, T. C. Lo 22 (TPU 60-4-22). Fig. 1, b, c, d. During the course of study of Elsinoé sacchari material of this collection was contributed to both BPI and SPIB. A culture of the fungus isolated in Taiwan as Sphaceloma sacchari has been deposited in the Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Baarn, Netherlands, also in the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland. Paratypes: On sugarcane, cv. “C. B. 38/22, Experimental Sugarcane Station, Piracicaba, State of SAo Paulo, Brazil, April 1957, S. C. Arruda (TPU 61-4-31, ex BPI 91288, this, in turn, ex SPIB 9116). On sugarcane, cv. ‘F. 31-436, U. S. Sugarcane Field Station, Canal Point, Florida, 16 Nov. 1959, E. F. Todd (TPU 61-4-32, ex BPI 91417). Tires, Ik, a. The several earlier published illustrations of the leaf spot are those by Lo (1957, pl. 1), Todd (1960, fig. 1), and Jenkins and Bitancourt (1960, inka, JL) Elsinoé Stage of Sphaceloma sacchari 3 Altogether, the specimen material reported by Jenkins and Bitancourt reveals the wide, world distribution of sugarcane white speck. Additional Pacific area distribution is shown by the following specimen: Uturoa, Raiatea Island, Society Islands, 31 Jan. 1961, N. L. H. Krauss 623. Det. A. E. J., ex BPI 91438. Elsinoé sacchari, with its earlier (1957) described imperfect stage, Sphaceloma sacchari, and E. panici Tiffany and Mathre (1961) on Pani- cum virgatum are the initial and thus far the only known gramineous Elsinoaceae. Acknowledgments: The writer acknowledges the courtesy of Dr. C. R. Benjamin, through whose office as curator of the National Fungus Col- lections, Crops Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland, was contributed the specimen material from that source herein cited. This was selected and transmitted by Dr. Anna E. Jenkins of that Division. Credit is due her, also Dr. A. A. Bitancourt, Instituto Biolégico, SAo Paulo, Brazil, for helpful suggestions while this article was in preparation. LITERATURE CITED Jenkins, A. E. anp A. A. Brrancourr. 1960. Notas sodbre as antra- cnoses maculadas X-Antracnose maculada da cana de acucar. O Biolégico, 26: 111-113. Lo, T. C. 1957. A new disease (White Speck Disease) of sugarcane in Taiwan. J. Agr. and Forest., 6: 70-74. Trrrany, L. H. anv J. H. Mature 1961. A new species of Elsinoé on Panicum virgatum. Mycologia, 53: 600-604. Topp, E. H. 1960. Elsinoé disease of sugarcane in Florida. Plant Dis. Rept., 44: 153. 4 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington POG 73 Vol. 77, pp. 5-8 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OFTHE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW TARDIGRADA FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA: I, PPEUDECHINISCUS By ALBert A. GrIGARICK, FRANC MIHELCIC, AND ROBERT O. SCHUSTER University of California, Davis, and St. Johann i. Walde, Osttirol This is the first article of an intended series describing Tardigrada from western North America, the primary purpose of which is to provide names for a later faunal study. Pseudechiniscus goedeni, new species Length excluding legs IV about 400 »; width 180 wu. Eyespots present, reddish. Dorsal plates with longitudinal and tranverse pattern comprised of numerous closely spaced granules; plates otherwise essentially smooth except for widely scattered larger granules. At high focus (400 diam- eters conventional or phase microscopy) granulation appears dark on a light background, while at low focus the identical pattern appears light on a dark background. Legs have plates with granules of moderate size. Intersegmental areas and venter are smooth; venter without plates. Both dorsal plates and pseudosegmental plate are medianly divided. Moderately long spines occur at five lateral positions, and dorsally on the pseudosegmental plate; lateral spines measure 105 yw, 67 uw, 80 uw, 85 pu, and 110 uw; dorsal spine 40 uw. (Spinules occasionally occur near bases of last three lateral spines, and also the dorsal spines.) Three spinules may be present on the lateral margin of body, between spine and leg IV. Head with internal cirrus short, 17 u; papilla 13 u, about three times longer than wide; external cirrus 34 u. Leg I with small basal spine, leg IV with larger basal papilla. Internal claws of all legs with large recurved spur near base. Collar of leg IV with 8-9 sharp teeth The type and 42 paratypes were collected 6 miles south-southwest of Breitenbush Hot Springs, Marion County, Oregon, 18 October 1962, by K. Goeden. The specimens were in lichens, on Douglas fir and on cedar. This series was mounted in iodine-tinted Hoyer’s. One skin contained three large eggs of about 100 « diameter. Two individuals measured 250 p, the rest between 320 u and 450 u, with most of the specimens between 350 uw and 370 nu. The type and some of the paratypes are deposited in the Department 2—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (5) 6 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington of Entomology, Davis, and the remaining paratypes with Dr. Franc Mihel€éié. This species is related to P. islandicus and to P. hannae. It differs from P. islandicus in the subequal length of the lateral spines, and in the granulation of the cuticle not forming a reticulate pattern. It differs from P. hannae in possessing an extra lateral spine and by having some lateral spines shorter. Further, the cuticular granules of P. hannae are randomly dispersed, not concentrated in longitudinal and transverse bands. Pseudechiniscus raneyi, new species Length excluding legs IV about 300 »; width 150 wu. Eyespots present, reddish. Cuticle of dorsal plates comprised of rather uniform polygons, somewhat larger toward the anterior margins of the dorsal and interseg- mental plates. At high focus the polygons appear dark, at low focus, light. Leg plates have polygonal pattern of finer texture. Intersegmen- tal areas and venter are smooth; venter without plates. Head and scapular plates appear subdivided by bands of smooth cuticle. Scapular, dorsal and pseudosegmental plates are to some extent longitudinally divided. Five lateral spines, moderately long at ends and shorter at middle of series; lateral spines measure 574, 154, 25m, 25m, and 175 u. Long dorsal spines lacking but posterior edges of some dorsal segments have numerous small spines of varying length. Head with internal cirrus short, 104; papilla 94 long, almost as wide; external cirrus 25 uw. Leg I with small basal spine; leg IV with larger basal papilla. Internal claws of all legs with recurved spur near base. Collar of leg IV with 8—10 teeth. The holotype with 16 paratypes are from 46 miles east of Fresno on highway 180, Tulare County, California, 4300 feet, 31 October 1962, taken from mixed lichen and moss on pine, by A. A. Grigarick. Twelve paratypes, 12 miles west of Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite National Park, California, 8600 feet, 22 November 1962, from lichen on Pinus jeffreyi, by F. C. Raney. The shortest specimen measured 220 u, the longest 390 u, with a length of 300 « being most frequent. The type and some of the paratypes are at Davis, other paratypes are in the possession of Dr. Franc Mihelcic. Lateral spines in all positions and a cuticle composed of polygons are not found in any other species of Pseudechiniscus. The greatest length of a lateral spine was noted to be 60 y, on the right side of one specimen, on the left side of two specimens, and on both sides of one specimen. A total of four species of Pseudechiniscus are now known to occur in Oregon and California. The finding of P. suillus on Santa Catalina is reported (Mathews, 1938) but we have not seen this species. P. goedeni is from southwestern Oregon. P. victor has been collected in mountain areas of northern California, in the Siskiyou Range and in the northern part of the Sierra Nevada. P. raneyi occurs in the Sierra south of Lake Tardigrada from Western North America if raney! A D Fic. 1. New species of tardigrades; Pseudechiniscus goedeni, above, and P. raneyi, below. A, dorsal aspect; B, head appendages; C, section of cuticle; D, claws of leg IV. 8 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Tahoe but two specimens, probably referrable to this species, have been collected in the Coast Range of Mendocino County. On the basis of collection data available, it now appears that each of the species mentioned above has a definable distribution and that no two species are present in any of these areas. LITERATURE CITED Matuews, G. B. 1938. Tardigrada from North America. Amer. Midl. Nat., 19 (3): 610-627. P77. OC 7S Vol. 77, pp. 9-16 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW TROGLOBITIC CRAYFISH OF THE GENUS CAMBARUS (DECAPODA, ASTACIDAE) FROM ARKANSAS WITH A NOTE ON THE RANGE OF CAMBARUS CRYPTODYTES HOBBS! By Horton H. Hosss, Jr. AnD M. S. BEDINGER Smithsonian Institution and U. S. Geological Survey In a survey of the troglobitic crayfishes of the genus Cam- barus, Hobbs and Barr (1960: 14) indicated that these ani- mals occur “in three geographically disjunct cave regions: the Ozark region in which is found C. setosus and C. hubrichti; the Tennessee Valley in northern Alabama and southern Tennessee occupied by C. hamulatus, C. jonesi and C. cahni; and the Florida Panhandle region, in which C. cryptodytes is the only representative, known from a single locality.” Hobbs and Barr (loc. cit.) overlooked the reference to C. cryptodytes by Pylka and Warren (1958) in their report on Haideotriton wallacei. Through their work and the subsequent study of Warren (1961), C. cryptodytes is now known from the following localities: Gerard’s Cave, Judge Cave, Pottery Cave, Soda Straw Cave, and Washed-out Cave, Jackson County, Florida, and from Climax Cave, Decatur County, Georgia. The present paper describes a new species, C. zophonastes, from the Ozark region. This species, known from a single locality, is the third species of troglobitic crayfish described from the region and the first from Arkansas. Cambarus zo- phonastes has its closest affinities with C. setosus Faxon (1899: 237) which is known from a number of localities in south- western Missouri (Hobbs and Barr, 1960: 27). 1 Publication authorized by the Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, and the Direc- tor, U. S. Geological Survey. 38—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 77, 1964 (9) BUITASDAIAe | fasion = JUN 26 106.2 10 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Puate I. Fig. 3 is Cambarus setosus Faxon; all others are Cambarus zophonastes, sp. nov. 1, Dorsal view of cephalic region; 2, Basipodite and ischiopodite of third pereiopod of male, form I; 3, Dorsal view of cephalic region of C. setosus; 4, Epistome; 5, Bases of fourth and fifth pereipods and first pleopods of male, form I; 6, Lateral view of first pleopod of male, form I; 7, Distal podomeres of cheliped of male, form I; 8, Dorsal view of carapace; 9, Annulus ventralis; 10, Antennal scale; 11, Mesial view of first pleopod of male, form I. Troglobitic Crayfish from Arkansas ll Cambarus zophonastes,* new species Diagnosis.—Albinistic; eyes reduced and without pigment; rostrum broadest at base and with small marginal spines; margins strongly con- vergent and acumen reaching only slightly cephalad of distal margin of basal segment of antennule; postorbital ridges strongly depressed and terminating cephalically in weak tubercles; areola narrow (more than 29 times longer than broad); one to several lateral tubercles on carapace which may or may not be spiniform, never more prominent than tubercles on cephalolateral surface of carapace; chelae conspicuously setose with a single well-defined row of tubercles along inner margin of palm. First pleopod of male and annulus ventralis of female as figured. Holotypic Male, Form I.—Albinistic, eyes reduced. Body subovate, markedly depressed. Abdomen narrower than thorax (16.3 and 12.0 mm in widest parts, respectively). Width of carapace greater than depth in region of caudodorsal margin of cervical groove (16.3 and 10.1 mm); greatest width of carapace slightly cephalic to midlength of areola. Areola narrow, 29.2 times longer than wide with one punctation in narrowest part. Cephalic section of carapace 1.2 times longer than areola; length of areola 46.2 per cent of entire length of carapace. Ros- trum with non-thickened, strongly convergent margins bearing corneous marginal spines; upper surface slightly concave with the usual submargi- nal row of setiferous punctations, scattered setiferous punctations in basal half. Acumen short with corneous up-turned tip and extending cephalad just beyond distal end of basal segment of antennule. Subrostral ridges poorly developed and evident in dorsal aspect for only a short distance at base of rostrum. Postorbital ridges strongly depressed, each with a conspicuous groove and terminating cephalically in very weak tubercles. Suborbital angles weak, that on left obtuse and that on right broadly rounded. Branchiostegal spine small but acute. Surface of carapace punctate dorsally and strongly granulate laterally; granules becoming tuberculate ventrally, those on cephalolateral portions of carapace tuber- culate and subspiniform; several small tubercles present in area usually occupied by lateral spines, only one conspicuously spiniform and it not larger than those tubercles on cephalolateral portions of carapace. Abdomen longer than carapace (33.2 and 31.6 mm). Cephalic section of telson with four spines in sinistral corner and two in dextral. Epistome (Fig. 4) much broader than long, with elevated margins provided with an anteromedian spine and a pair of lateral spines. Anten- nules of the usual form with strong spines on lower surface of basal segment slightly distal to midlength. Antennae extending caudad beyond caudal margin of telson. Antennal scale (Fig. 10) conspicuously broad with heavy lateral portion terminating cephalically in a broad triangular extension devoid of a spine; lamellate portion suddenly broadened in distal half; broadest portion slightly distal to midlength. * Gr., zophus, nether darkness; so named because of its subterranean habits. 12 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Left chela (Fig. 7) elongate, subovate in cross section and with palm inflated; dactyl of right chela regenerated. All surfaces bearing setiferous punctations. Inner margin of palm with a row of 12 tubercles flanked proximally by additional tubercles below this row; proximal upper sur- face of palm with scattered tubercles and lower mesial surface with a few; lateral margin of palm with scattered tubercles extending almost to base of movable finger; lower distal margin of palm with a conspicu- ous tubercle at base of dactyl. Opposable margin of immovable finger with a row of 12 tubercles, fourth from base largest; a prominent tubercle below this row between seventh and eighth tubercles; fingers not gaping and both with submedian longitudinal elevations above and below. Opposable margin of dactyl with a row of 17 tubercles along proximal four-fifths of finger, sixth from base largest; mesial margin with a single tubercle at base; otherwise, both fingers bearing conspicu- ous setiferous punctations. Opposable margins of both fingers with a single row of minute denticles between and distal to aforementioned tubercles. Carpus distinctly longer than broad with an oblique furrow on upper surface; upper surface punctate. Mesial surface tuberculate with one large tubercle and several smaller ones proximal to it; lower mesiodistal margin with a prominent spike-like tubercle and lower laterodistal margin with a prominent projection opposing articular knob on palm; four small tubercles arranged in an arc proximal to laterodistal tubercle. Upper surface of merus with many small tubercles forming a row on proximal portion; lateral and mesial surfaces irregular but without punc- tations or tubercles except for a few tubercles near distal margin; lower mesial surface with a row of 12 spike-like tubercles and a lateral row of 10, the distal five of which extend mesiodistally across distal portion of podomere. Ischium with a ventral row of three small tubercles; other- wise punctate. Hooks (Fig. 2) on ischiopodites of third pereiopods only; hooks strong and simple. Caudomesial surface of coxopodites of fourth pereiopods with prominent projections (Fig. 5), those on fifth without prominences. First pleopods (Figs. 5, 6, 11) symmetrical and extending cephalad to coxopodites of third pereiopods when abdomen is flexed. Tips termi- nating in two distinct parts reflexed at angles greater than 90 degrees. Mesial process non-corneous, inflated and tapering gently to apex but not bulbiform; central projection comeous and not conspicuously notched near apex. Allotypic Female.—Differs from the holotype in the following respects: right suborbital angle obtuse, left obsolete; telson with two spines in each caudolateral corner; inner margin of palm of chela with nine tuber- cles, opposable margin of immovable finger with 10 tubercles, corre- sponding margin of dactyl with 13 tubercles, and lower laterodistal margin of carpus with spine on articular process. Annulus ventralis (Fig. 9) slightly movable. Cephalomedian area with a prominent depression, deepest toward caudodextral thickened Troglobitic Crayfish from Arkansas 13 wall; tongue sinistral and forming caudosinistral surface of depression; sinus, originating in depression dextral to median line, extends caudo- sinistrad across median line onto caudal wall, turning, in a gentle arc, caudodextrad to mid-caudal margin of annulus. Measurements.—As follows (in millimeters) : Carapace Holotype Allotype Paratypic ¢ Paratypic ~ Paratypic ? LHiGied c12 ea ee 10.1 9.2 9.1 9.8 8.0 \VAVATK lo eras aS 16.3 13.4 14.2 13.2 10.9 iengthy oor. 31.6 26.9 25.9 27.3 22.5 Rostrum iG hi Te eee 4.4 3.8 3.5 4.0 3.2, bent ee! 4.5 4.1 3.5 4.1 3.5 Areola \IN AGI gpa enn 5 A oO Re) 3 Wenethy ee EY, 14.6 12.2 12.0 11.9 9.3 Chela Length, inner margin of palm _ 14.0 10.8 12.0 LILI 8.3 Width of palm ____. 10.7 8.4 9.5 8.0 6.2 Length, outer margin of hand _ 41.4 28.9 33.0 32.4 23.5 Length of dactyl _.. 24.6 16.3 19.4 19.1 13.6 Type Locality—rThe type locality of Cambarus zophonastes is Hell Creek Cave, Stone County, Arkansas (NE%, NE%, Sec. 30, T. 15 N, R. 10 W). Hell Creek Cave is developed in the Plattin Limestone of Ordovician Age. The length of the cave, measured principally along the course of the stream that flows through it, is about 1,500 feet. The cave stream issues as a spring from the east side at the bottom of a V-shaped valley. This spring and another which issues from a small cave on the west side of the valley make up the perennial flow of Hell Creek. The main entrance to Hell Creek Cave is about 50 feet above the bottom of the valley. The cave stream is first encountered about 150 feet from the cave entrance. At this point the stream exits from the traversible portion of the cave by flowing through a water-filled channel to the spring outlet. The stream can be followed continuously from this point of first encounter to the end of the traversible portion of the cave. The crayfish were collected from the cave stream within a distance of 30 feet from where the stream is first encountered. This portion of the cave, 150 feet from the entrance, is in perpetual darkness. Here the stream fills the lower portion of a vertical, joint-controlled solution channel. The stream is 3 to 4 feet wide and ranges in depth from 1 to 14 feet, being deepest where the stream enters the water-filled channel. The temperature of the water, measured on 3 October 1961, was 58°F and, on 7 November 1961, was 56°F. Normal flow of the stream is esti- mated to be about 200 gallons per minute. Flow of the stream increases within a short time after moderate rainfall in the vicinity. 14 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington An epigean crayfish, Orconectes neglectus subsp., was collected at the same location as the troglobitic forms. Also, an epigean species of fish was observed in this location. This indicates that the cave is accessible to small aquatic organisms from the outside by way of the spring open- ing. Habits.—Specimens of Cambarus zophonastes were observed on the steep rock sides and on the mud bottom of the cave stream. The cray- fishes showed no obvious response to light of lanterns; however, they crawled slowly while being observed. They were apparently sensitive to turbid water, made by mud stirred up from the bottom of the stream, and were aware of disturbances in the water made when being ap- proached. To avoid turbid water, some specimens crawled up the sides of the stream to clearer water near the top. Others bided their time on the bottom until the water cleared, or retreated to the deeper portions of the stream. The crayfish were sensitive to touch and swam quickly if not captured on first contact. Disposition of Types.—The type series of five specimens are deposited in the U. S. National Museum: holotypic male, form I (No. 108356), allotypic female (No. 108357), two paratypic males, form I, and a paratypic female. Relationships —Cambarus zophonastes has its closest affinities with Cambarus setosus Faxon (1899: 237) which is known from a number of localities in the southwestern part of Missouri (Hobbs and Barr, 1960: 27). The similarities between the two are in the widely spaced terminal elements of the first pleopod; the broad, comparatively short antennal scale; the epistome with lateral spines; the contours of the annulus ventralis; and the heavily setose chelipeds. Like the epigean members of the Asperimanus Group (ibid., pp. 15-16), the palms of the chelae are provided with a single row of tubercles and the distal two podomeres bear prominent long setae; too, the mesial process is elongate and “situated some distance proximal to the central projection.” Cambarus zophonastes differs from C. setosus in the comparatively broader and shorter rostrum with strongly convergent margins and short acumen (cf. Figs. 1 and 3) and in the shorter terminal elements of the first pleopod of the first form male; in the former, the lateral spines on the carapace immediately caudal to the cervical groove are, for the most part, reduced to small tubercles, only one of which is subspiniform. Remarks.—In partial support of the assignment of this population of crayfishes to specific rank in preference to relegating it to a subspecies of its close relative, Cambarus setotus, are the apparent relationships of its ostracod commensal. Hart and Hobbs (1961) reviewed the troglobitic entocytherids and described eight new ones. Among the latter were two from the Ozark region, Uncinocythere pholetera on Cambarus hubrichti and U. xania on C. setosus. The ostracod on C. zophonastes is different from both of these but is more closely allied to U. pholetera. This is somewhat unex- pected inasmuch as C. zophonastes has its closest affinities with C. Troglobitic Crayfish from Arkansas 15 setosus. One might have anticipated that their commensals would be more closely related than either would be to that on Cambarus hubrichti, particularly because C. zophonastes and C. setosus are presumably both derived from the same parent stock. Insofar as is known, the ostracods, like their hosts, are largely confined to aquatic habitats, and it seems highly probable that they are transmitted from one host to another by contact or perhaps by a crayfish invading the “lair” of another crayfish. Under such circumstances, one can only conclude that the three associations have been isolated for some period of time. In the absence of intergrades, the three crayfishes and their respective ostracod commensals are each accorded specific rank. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are grateful for the assistance of Mr. George Distler and Dr. Orville A. Wise in making observations on the crayfish and their habitat and to Mr. John W. Stephens for assistance in collecting specimens. LITERATURE CITED Faxon, Water. 1899. In Garman, H.: Cave animals from south- western Missouri. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 17 (6): 225-240, WAN PA To Kh Hart, C. W., JR. AND Horton H. Hosss, Jr. 1961. Eight new trog- lobitic ostracods of the genus Entocythere (Crustacea, Ostra- coda) from the eastern United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 113 (8): 173-185, 32 figs. Hosss, Horton H., Jr. AND THoMas C. Barr, Jr. 1960. The origins and. affinities of the troglobitic crayfishes of North America (Decapoda, Astacidae). Amer. Midl. Nat., 62 (1): 12-33, 57 figs. PyLKA, JosEpH M. AND RicHARD D. WARREN. 1958. A population of Haideotriton in Florida. Copeia, No. 4: 334-336, 1 fig. WakrrEN, RicHarp D. 1961. The obligative cavernicoles of Florida. Special Papers Fla. Speleological Soc., No. 1: 1—10, 2 figs. 16 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 7g 0675 Vol. 77, pp. 17-24 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON STENOCYPRINAE, A NEW SUBFAMILY OF FRESHWATER CYPRID OSTRACODS (CRUSTACEA ) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM CALIFORNIA By Epwarp FERGUSON, JR. Lincoln University of Missouri, Jefferson City The family Cypridae comprises a complex assemblage of ostracods, including both marine and freshwater representa- tives, which have been assigned to a number of subfamilies. Kaufmann (1900) divided the family Cypridae into eight sub- families, and Miller (1912) recognized five subfamilies, two of which were marine. Hoff (1942), with some modifications, adopted the system proposed by Kaufmann and recognized six freshwater subfamilies of the Cypridae. The subfamily Cyprinae includes a conglomeration of genera whose members possess widely varying structural differences. These morphological distinctions suggest that adaptive radia- tion has proceeded to a point where the Cyprinae is no longer a cohesive taxonomic group. The members of the genus Steno- cypris, currently included in the subfamily Cyprinae, possess well-developed and distinctly dissimilar furcal rami, a charac- ter not known to occur in any other genus of freshwater Ostracoda. I believe that the structural peculiarities of the furcal rami among representatives of the genus Stenocypris are of suf- ficient diagnostic significance to warrant establishing a new subfamily to receive members of this genus. Consequently, the new subfamily Stenocyprinae is herewith proposed: Subfamily Stenocyprinae, new subfamily Class Crustacea Subclass Ostracoda Order Podocopa 4—Proc. Bio. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 77, 1964 (17) CMITHSORIAR STITUTION 18 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Family Cypridae Subfamily Stenocyprinae Type genus: Stenocypris Sars 1889 Diagnosis: A subfamily of the family Cypridae. Shell elongate, nar- row, elliptical from above, frequently reniform, surface smooth with scattered puncta; pore canals when present restricted to anterior, pos- terior, and ventral margins; dorsal margin evenly arched, occasionally flattened; hairs along margins except dorsally; inner duplicature large at anterior end; length usually greater than twice the maximum height. Natatory setae of second antennae barely reaching tips of claws. Ultimate podomere of third thoracic appendage bearing a curved claw-like seta, an extremely short one, and a very long, unreflexed seta. Furcal rami large, lamelliform, dissimilar; dorsal margin of one or both rami either denticulated or pectinated; dorsal seta absent; terminal and subterminal claws heavily pectinated. Males and females, with males unknown for many species. Type species: Stenocypris cylindrica major (Baird, 1859) Cypris cylindrica major Baird, 1859 not Sowerby, Baird 1859, p. 233; Howe 1962, p. 221. Cypris malcomsonii G. S. Brady, 1886, Brady 1886, p. 297, pl. 38, figs. 5-7. Cypris (Stenocypris) malcolmsonii Brady, Vavra 1897, p. 146, pl. 4, figs. 1-5. Stenocypris malcolmsonii (Brady, 1886) Sars 1889, Sars 1889, pp. 28-34, pl. 1, figs. 7-8, pl. 5, figs. 1-4; Lowndes 1930, p. 975; Lowndes 1931, p. 1294; Furtos 1936, p. 100, figs. 76-80. Stenocypris malcomsonii Brady, Moniez 1891, p. 33; Menzel 1923, p. 194, fig. 1; Lindroth 1948, p. 76. Stenocypris malcolmsonii (Brady) 1886, Klie 1933a, p. 474; Klie 1933b, Dp: of5: Stenocypris malcomsonii G. St. Brady, Vavra 1906, p. 426. Stenocypris malcolmsonii (G. Brady), Miller 1912, p. 198. Stenocypris malcomsoni (Brady), Tressler 1937, p. 202; Klie 1939, p. 316; Mehes 1939, p. 559, fig. 4, pl. 13, figs. 7-8; Bronstein 1947, p. 148, pl. 9, fig. 2; Tressler 1949, pp. 72-73, fig. k. Stenocypris malcolmsoni (Brady, 1886), Ferguson 1962, p. 65, 67. Stenocypris major (Baird, 1859), Daday 1898, p. 69, figs. 34 a—d; Apstein 1907, pp. 228-229, fig. S; Triebel 1953, pp. 5-14, pl. 1, figs. 1-6, pl. 2, figs. 7-14. Sars (1889) established the genus Stenocypris to accommodate ostra- cods possessing the following characteristics: “Shell very narrow and elongate, height by far not attaining half the length, ventral margin distinctly sinuated in front of the middle. Valves subequal, free edges smooth, inner duplicature very large, especially at the anterior part. Natatory setae of lower antennae not reaching beyond terminal claws. New Freshwater Cyprid Ostracods 19 Palpus of first pair of maxillae very narrow, cylindrical, last joint small, masticatory lobes long and narrow. Caudal rami rather large, more or less lamelliform, dorsal edges sometimes pectinate, claws very unequal, both coarsely denticulate, seta of dorsal edge absent or very small, the apical one rather elongate. Reproduction exclusively parthenogenetical.” Ferguson (1962) states, “The author is of the opinion that variations in the method of sexual reproduction are not valid criteria for assigning ostracods to taxonomic groups.” Ferguson also recommends that Sars’ generic diagnosis be emended in order that ostracods that reproduce syngamically, but otherwise generally agree with Sars’ description, may be included in the genus Stenocypris. The type species of the genus Stenocypris has been, and still is, in a state of uncertainty. Baird (1859) described some ostracods from Nagpur and designated them as Cypris cylindrica major. According to Baird the chief difference between his species and the fossil species Cypris cylindrica Sowerby is in their relative size, C. cylindrica major being about twice the size, in all dimensions, of C. cylindrica. Following his comparison of ostracods from Ceylon with some that he believed to be similar to Baird’s specimens from Nagpur, Brady (1886) considered the two series to be similar. He compared both the Nagpur and Ceylon series with fossil specimens of C. cylindrica Sowerby, and concluded that Baird had erred in identifying recent ostracods from Nagpur with Sowerby’s fossil species. Consequently, Brady proposed the name of a new species, Cypris malcolmsoni, for Baird’s legitimate and valid species, Cypris cylindrica major. Brady (1886) was aware that Baird’s specimens from Nagpur were significantly different from Brady’s specimens from Ceylon. He said, “The two series are undoubtedy identi- cal; but I learn from my brother, Mr. H. B. Brady, that those preserved in the British Museum are much larger, probably Baird’s variety ‘major.’ ” There seems to be no evidence to warrant replacing Baird’s Cypris cylin- drica major with Brady’s Cypris malcolmsoni. Sars (1886), in referring to Brady’s species “malcolmsoni,” stated: “This beautiful species is un- doubtedly identical with the form described by Baird from Nagpur, India under the name Cypris cylindrica Sowb. and more especially agrees with the figures given for his variety ‘major.’ ” Sars feels that he is unable to determine whether C. cylindrica major and C. cylindrica are con- specific. It is our opinion that Cypris cylindrica major Baird, 1859 and Cypris cylindrica Sowerby are not conspecific. However, the evidence seems to support the position that Cypris cylindrica major Baird, 1859 and Cypris malcomsonii Brady, 1886 are conspecific. Therefore Baird’s species, being the older, according to Article 25 of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, takes priority, and hence becomes the valid type species of the genus Stenocypris Sars 1889. Reports on the genus Stenocypris from North America have been published by Furtos (1936) for S. cylindrica major (Baird, 1859) = S. malcolmsoni (Brady, 1886) and for S. fontinalis Vavra, 1892 from 20 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-6. Stenocypris archoplites, new species—Drawings were made from specimens stained with a 1% alcoholic solution of eosin Y and mounted in Canada balsam. 1, Lateral view of right valve of female holotype. 2, Furcal rami of female paratype. 3, Third thoracic append- age of female paratype. 4, Second antenna of female paratype. 5, Sec- ond thoracic appendage of female paratype. 6, Right and left maxillae of female paratype. New Freshwater Cyprid Ostracods 21 Yucatan, and by Ferguson (1962) for S. bolieki Ferguson, 1962 from Leon County, Florida. KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF Stenocypris FROM NORTH AMERICA 1. Pore canals form a prominent striated band along anterior, posterior, ABCMVEN tha eI AT SUIS ae meet ok Re eS eee ae eR 2 Pore canals either absent or not forming striated band _....-___>_ le BS ae eee es ene ee eee en S. fontinalis Vavra, 1892 . Both furcal rami denticulated along dorsal margin 3 Only the wider ramus denticulated along dorsal margin —_.__.___ cools ES eee Lee ee wane S. bolieki Ferguson, 1962 3. Length of the narrow ramus 15 x least width __........- S. cylindrica major (Baird, 1859) = S. malcolmsoni (Brady, 1886) Length of narrow ramus 20 x least width _ S. archoplites, new species bo Stenocypris archoplites, new species Specific characters: FEmMALE—Eye prominent. Valves elongate; ellip- tical from above; surface smooth, transparent, with scattered puncta; greatest height near middle, length approximately 2.3 x the greatest height; extremities rounded; dorsal margin evenly arched, sloping grad- ually anteriorly and posteriorly; pore canals form a prominent striated band except dorsally; ventral margin straight; short hairs along margins except dorsally; submarginal line wide at anterior; length 2.2-2.3 mm, height 0.99-1.00 mm. Natatory setae of second antennae, except in a few instances, not reaching beyond tips of terminal claws; terminal claws pectinated along distal half. Mandibular palp with four podomeres, antepenultimate and ultimate podomeres with dorsally and ventrally situated spine-like setae. Spines of masticatory processes of maxillae and of maxillary palp smooth. Second thoracic appendage with four podo- meres; ultimate podomere short, rounded, and bearing an elongate terminal spine, which is distinctly curved and pectinated along distal half; length of terminal spine equal to combined lengths of antepenul- timate, penultimate, and ultimate podomeres. Each podomere of second thoracic appendage, except ultimate, with a prominent seta at its distal end. Third thoracic appendage with a nipple-shaped ultimate podomere bearing a curved claw-like seta, a long seta, and an extremely short one; length of claw-like seta approximately 5 x that of shortest one. Caudal rami dissimilar, both rami pectinated along dorsal margin; length of narrower ramus approximately 20 x its least width; dorsal seta absent; terminal and subterminal spines pectinated; length of terminal seta more than one-half length of terminal spine. MAateE—Unknown. Type locality: Specimens of S. archoplites, new species, were collected in December 1961 by Stephen B. Mathews, a graduate student in zoology at the University of California, from the stomachs of several specimens of the Sacramento perch, Archoplites interruptus. The specimens of A. interruptus were taken from Lake Anza, a 10-acre man-made im- poundment located within the city limits of Berkeley, California. 22, Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Type specimens: Stained microscopic mounts of the female holotype and of the two female paratypes are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Catalogue numbers are, for the holotype, USNM 109322, and for the paratypes, USNM 109323 and USNM 109324, respectively. Remarks: Stenocypris archoplites, new species, is apparently the sec- ond species of the genus recorded for the United States, and the first species to be taken from the digestive tract of a fish. Considering the widespread distribution of ostracods in all types of aquatic habitats, rec- ords of these crustaceans from the digestive tracts of freshwater fish are not as numerous as might be expected. According to Ward (1940), the ostracod Physocypria globula Furtos, 1933 [= Physocypria pustulosa (Sharpe, 1897)] serves as the inter- mediate host of Neoechinorhynchus cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913), an acanthocephalan parasite of the large-mouth black bass. Hoff (1943) reports finding large numbers of P. pustulosa in the intestine of the com- mon buffalo fish, Megastomatobus cyprinella. S. archoplites differs from S. bolieki in the overall length and shape of the valves and in the pectination of the furcal rami. The new species differs from S. cylindrica major (=S. malcolmsoni) in the length to width ratio of the narrower of the two rami. The narrower ramus in S. archoplites has a length that is at least 20 x the least width compared to a length that is 15 x the least width in S. cylindrica major. LITERATURE CITED ApstEIN, C. 1907. Das Plancton im Colombo-See auf Ceylon. Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 25: 201-244. Barrp, W. 1859. Description of some new recent Entomostraca from Nagpur collected by the Rev. S. Hislop. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, No. 398: 231-234. Brapy, G. S. 1886. Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon. J. Linn. Soc. Zool., London, 19: 293-317. BronstEmn, Z. S. 1947. Ostracodes des eaux douces. Faune de l’URSS, Crust., 2. Moscou. Dapay, E. 1898. Mikroskopische Stisswassertiere aus Ceylon. Term- Fuzetek, 21. FERGUSON, EDwarp, JR. 1962. Stenocypris bolieki, a new freshwater ostracod from Florida and a new record of distribution for the genus. Amer. Midl. Nat., 67: 65-67. Furros, Norma C. 1936. On the Ostracoda from the Cenotes of Yucatan and vicinity. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., 457: 89- ety Horr, C. Ciayron. 1942. The ostracods of Illinois, their biology and taxonomy. Ill. Biol. Monogr., 19: 1-196. 1943. The Cladocera and Ostracoda of Reelfoot Lake. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 18: 49-107. Howe, Henry V. 1962. Ostracod taxonomy, v—xix, 1-366. La. State Univ. Press, Baton Rouge. New Freshwater Cyprid Ostracods 23 KauFMANN, A. 1900. Cypriden und Darwinuliden der Schweiz. Rev. Suisse de Zool., 8: 209-423. Kur, WALTER. 1933a. Die Ostracoden der Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda Expedition. Archiv. fiir Hydobiol., 64: 447-502. 1933b. Siiss- und Brackwasser Ostracoden von Bonaire, Curacao und Aruba. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. fiir Syst., 64: 369- 390. 1939. Siisswasserostracoden aus Nordostbrasilien, III. Zool. Anz., 128: 316—320. LinprotH, Stic. 1953. Taxonomic and zoogeographical studies of the ostracod fauna in the inland waters of East Africa. Zool. Bidrag fran Uppsala, 30: 43-156. Lownpes, A. G. 1930. On Entomostraca from the New Hebrides col- lected by Dr. J. R. Baker. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Parts 3— 4: 975-977. 1931. A small collection of Entomostraca from Uganda, collected by Mr. G. L. R. Hancock. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Parts 3-4: 1291-1299. Meues, G. 1939. Ostracodes de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Rev. Suisse Zool., 46: 549-566. MENZEL, R. 1923. Moosbewohnende Ostracoden aus dem Urwald von Tjibodas. Treubia, 3: 193-196. Montez, R. 1892. Entomostraca d'eau douce de Sumatra de Celebes. II, Ostracodes. Zool. Ergebnisse Reiser in Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, 2: 129-134, MUiier, G. W. 1912. Ostracoda. Das Tierreich, 34; 1-433. Sars, G. Osstan. 1889. On some freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda raised from dried Australian mud. Christiana Vid.-Selsk. Forh., No. 8: 1-76. TRESSLER, Winitis L. 1937. Ostracoda. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. und Hydrog., 34 (3-5): 188-207. 1949. Fresh-water Ostracoda from Brazil. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 100: 61-83. TRIEBEL, ErtcH. 1953. Genotypus und Schalen-Merkmale der Ostra- coden Gattung Stenocypris. Sneckenbergiana, 34 (1-3): 5- 14. VAvra, WenzL. 1897. Die Siisswasser Ostracoden. Deutsch Ost- Afrikas. Thierwelt Ost-Afrikas, 4. 1906. Ostracoden von Sumatra, Java, Siam, dem Sandwich- Inseln und Japan. Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 23: 413-418. Warp, Heten L. 1940. Studies on the life history of Neoechinorhyn- chus cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) (Acanthocephala). Trans. Amer. Micro. Soc., 59: 327-347. 24 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington pee. UC?S Vol. 77, pp. 25-34 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE STATUS OF FONTARIA PULCHELLA BOLLMAN, WITH THE PROPOSAL OF A NEW GENUS AND’ TRIBE IN THE DIPLOPOD FAMILY XYSTODESMIDAE* By Ricuarp L. HorrMan Radford College, Radford, Virginia Millipeds of the genus Nannaria make up a characteristic and often very abundant element in the Appalachian-Ozarkian milliped fauna. So far about 20 forms have been named, and an even greater number of undescribed species are represented in my personal collection. Yet large areas of eastern North America have not been collected for these small, dominantly psychrophilus, xystodesmids, and I venture the prediction that as many as 200 species of Nannaria may eventually be ac- counted. Although there is considerable variation in the gonopods among different species, the non-sexual characters—including coloration—tend to remain remarkably stable throughout the genus. Concomitantly, certain features of Nannaria collec- tively set the genus rather in apposition to most other xysto- desmids, so that for many years I have thought that some suprageneric category might desirably be proposed as a means of signalizing this disjunct position. Such inclinations have recently been crystallized by a sequence of events commencing with the receipt of a single male specimen from northern Georgia which, although closely related to Nannaria, repre- sents a distinct and nameworthy branch of this group. This specimen was at first taken to be of an undescribed species, and such may actually be its true status. However, a recent comparison with the two female cotypes of Fontaria pulchella at the U. S. National Museum shows that the male * A contribution from studies supported by a grant (G-21519) from the National Science Foundation. 5—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (25) GMITESORIAR mstitevian «= SUN 2 6 108¢ 26 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington from Georgia agrees in every external detail with the long- enigmatic pulchella and is in all probability conspecific with the types. It must be remembered, however, that concordance in external features does not necessarily imply specific identity between millipeds, particularly of different sexes, so it is pos- sible that topotypic males of pulchella will show gonopodal differences from the Georgia specimen. In the meantime, however, no great harm is done by the conservative treatment preferred here, and in the event of future emendation, it will merely be necessary to provide a new specific name based upon the Georgia milliped. There can be no doubt whatever, on the other hand, that the specimen is strictly congeneric with the types of pulchella, and differs enough from Nannaria to warrant separate status as a new genus. On the basis of this genus, and Nannaria (in the broad sense, to include “Mimu- loria”), I venture to propose a new tribal category within the Xystodesmidae. The occasion is also taken here to provide some illustrations of Nannaria minor Chamberlin, which, although the type species of its genus, has never been illustrated and which has thus remained an obstacle to a satisfactory understanding of Nannaria since its proposal in 1918. I wish to thank my good friend and benefactor Leslie Hub- richt for the gift of the male specimen here considered, and Dr. R. E. Crabill for access to the type material of Fontaria pul- chella in the U. S. National Museum. The drawings are the work of my artist Anne Williams. Family XYSTODESMIDAE Cook Nannarini, new tribe Components: Nannaria Chamberlin, 1918; Oenomaea, n. gen. Diagnosis: Small, parallel-sided xystodesmids with the following characteristics: pretarsi of anterior legs of males (Nore 1) broadened, spatulate, and usually strongly twisted; sterna of metazonites flat or but very slightly elevated medially, and produced into prominent subcoxal spines, the caudal edge of the metasterna is broadly convex and preceded by a flattened margin; anterior sterna of males narrow and unmodified except for two prominent paramedian knobs between the 4th pair of legs; gonopod aperture large, oval, extending laterad well beyond lateral ends of coxal sockets of the 7th segment; gonopods variable in form, usually elongate and slender, with acicular to Jaminate prefemoral process, the Status of Fontaria pulchella 27 coxae small and connected only by membrane, no sternal element persist- ing. Range: Eastern North America from northern Georgia and Mississippi to New York, northern Illinois, Arkansas, and Missouri. Species are most abundant in the central Appalachian region, where almost any well- collected area will yield about four different species. KEY TO THE GENERA OF NANNARINI Pretarsi of anterior legs of males simply flattened and spatulate, not strongly twisted at midlength (Fig. 4); posterior corner of paranota modified as a caudomedially projecting acumen on segments 3 through 16 (Fig. 1); solenomerite of male gonopods in the form of a broad flats plate) (Mig. 10) 2s is sy ee Oenomaea, n. gen. Pretarsi of anterior legs of males flattened, distally spatulate, and strongly twisted at midlength (Fig. 6); posterior corners of paranota of most body segments rectangular or acutely angular, never pro- jecting as a dentiform process (Fig. 5); solenomerite of gonopods variable but not in the form of a broad, flat plate Nannaria Chamberlin Oenomaea, new genus (Latinization of a classic Grecian proper name) Type species: Fontaria pulchella Bollman, 1889. Diagnosis: Differing from Nannaria by the characters stipulated in the preceding key. Head smooth and polished; epicranial suture distinct, ventrally bifurcate into two short, nearly horizontal interantennal sutures. Facial setae not yet determinable with assurance, but apparently as fol- lows: epicranial 0-0, interantennal 1-1, subantennal 1-1, frontal 2-2, labral 14-14, genal 0-0. Genae nearly flat, without median impression, not margined laterally. Antennae unmodified, with four small terminal sensory cones. Body relatively small in size, the width/length ratio about 15 per cent. Paranota small, depressed, especially on the anterior segments; anterior corners of paranota first rounded, then becoming obliquely sloped off on midbody and caudal segments; posterior corners of paranota of segments 4-16 acutely produced caudomesiad, the lateral edges convex (Fig. 1); posterior edges not margined. Ozopores in normal sequence, small, opening ventrolaterally in the caudal half of large, prominently thickened peritremata, their position gradually shifting more posteriorly on the caudal segments. Tergites smooth and polished, the metatergites slightly more convex than dorsum of prozonites, the two subsegments meeting dorsally at a fine, flat suture in a moderate interzonal stricture (Nore 2). Sterna smooth, nearly flat, sometimes transversely elevated between the posterior legpair, the elevated area then setting off a prominent broad, flat segmental marginal band (Fig. 2). No transverse or cruciform im- pressions; but sterna produced into conspicuous acutely pointed subcoxal spines. Sides of body unmodified. Stigmata similar in shape, elongate 28 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-4. Oenomaea pulchella (Bollman). 1, Left paranotum of 9th segment, dorsolateral aspect (perpendicular to paranotal surface); 2, Sternal areas and bases of legs of segment 10, ventral aspect; 3, 4th leg of male, anterior aspect; 4, End of tarsus and pretarsus of same, enlarged. Fics. 5-7. Nannaria minor Chamberlin. 5, Left paranotum of 9th seg- ment, dorsolateral aspect; 6, 4th leg of male, anterior aspect; 7, End of tarsus and pretarsus of same, enlarged. vertical slits, the anterior stigmata somewhat larger than the posterior. Sternum of 5th segment produced into a prominent, median, apically notched process between the fourth pair of legs. Coxae of legs mutic, prefemora with the usual long, sharp distal spines. Legs moderately long, the podomeres robust, densely setose ventrally; femoral segment the longest; pretarsi of anterior legs of males flattened, Status of Fontaria pulchella 29 spatulate; those of middle and posterior legs becoming slender and acute. Gonopod aperture large, oval, extending far laterad and reducing the prozonite to a mere narrow transverse strip; edges of aperture moderately elevated on the caudal and lateral sides. Gonopods large, the coxae widely separated in situ, and connected only by membrane; coxae sub- globose, with a few setae on the dorsal side but without coxal apophyses. Telopodites long and slender, projecting cephalad over the 6th sterna, curved medially and distally overlapping. An elongate, slender pre- femoral process is present; distally the telopodite is bifid into (1) an elongate, slender, tibial branch and (2) a much broader, laminate sole- nomerite (Fig. 10). Female externally very similar to male, the sterna a little wider and the dorsum more convex. Cyphopodal characters not yet investigated. Oenomaea pulchella (Bollman), new combination (Figs. 1-4, 8-10) Fontaria pulchella Bollman, 1889, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11: 316. Nannaria pulchella Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 212: 41. Diagnosis: With the characters of the genus. This small species is readily distinguished from all other xystodesmids known to me by the peculiar formation of the paranota. Type specimens: Two female cotypes, USNM (D-404), from Straw- berry Plains, Jefferson Co., Tennessee, C. B. Branner, leg. I have designated the specimen in better condition as the lectotype of this species. Description of male: (From wocded slope, 1.5 miles south of Oakman, Gordon Co., Georgia, 13 May 1961, Leslie Hubricht, leg.) Length about 26.5 mm, greatest width 4.8 mm; width/length ratio about 15 per cent. Body parallel-sided between segments 2 and 14, narrowing gradually caudal, width values for selected segments as follows: Segment 1—4.2 mm Segment 10—4.8 mm 2—4.7 12—4.8 44.8 14—4.7 6—4.8 16—4.3 8—4.8 18—4.0 Head capsule normal in appearance, oval, convex, smooth and polished, flattened between the antennae. Width across genae 2.9 mm. Epicranial suture thin but distinct, not in a depression, not punctate, but ventrally bifid, the branches horizontal and thus forming right angles with the main suture. Interantennal isthmus broad (1.0 mm), flat and smooth. Genae not margined laterally, and without evident median depression, the ends acutely rounded and projecting distinctly beyond adjacent margins of the cranium. Facial setae partially abraded, the following data from apparent setae 30 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington sockets and thus subject to emendation: epicranial ?0-O0; interantennal 1-1; subantennal 1-1, each located near the lower, inner arc of the an- tennal socket; frontal 2-2, the outermost seta on each side more widely separated from the inner than the two inner setae are from each other; clypeal about 12-12; labral about 14-14; genal 0-0. Antennae moderately long (4.9 mm) and slender, reaching back to middle of paranota of third segment. Article 1 globose, with a few apical setae; article 2 clavate, extending beyond genal apex; articles 2-6 similar in size and shape except that 2 is slightly more clavate than the others; articles 2-5 sparsely setose, 6 and 7 more densely setose, all with apical macrosetae; article 7 short, cylindric, truncate, its distal edge not inturned between the four small sensory cones, without sensory area on the outer surface. Collum broad (about three times as broad as long), smooth and polished, elongate-hexagonal in shape, the anterior and posterior edges parallel, the posterior edge not emarginate middorsally; sides evenly con- verging laterad, the ends acutely rounded; a well-defined anterior margi- nal ridge. Tergites of body segment entirely smooth and polished; paranota transverse, depressed, those of anterior segments continuing slope of dorsum, those farther back on body interrupting dorsal convexity. Peri- tremata thick and conspicuous, sharply set off from paranotal surface, scapulorae marginal on anterior segments, becoming submarginal farther back on body. Posterior edge of paranota thin, not margined. Prozonites and metazonites separated dorsally by a fine suture in a slightly con- stricted stricture, the metazonite slightly more convex and elevated. Segments 2 and 3 similar in general appearance, the paranota trans- verse and depressed, with rounded anterior and posterior corners and moderately convex lateral edges. Segments 4-15 generally similar, the anterior corners of the paranota becoming gradually more rounded off and less convex, the scapulorae also becoming submarginal; posterior corners of these segments produced into acute, caudomedially directed spines formed by caudal prolongation of the peritremata. Posterior edge of these segments convex, forming a basal shoulder on the more caudal segments. Ozopores small, but distinct, opening on the ventrolateral side of the peritremata, their position gradually shifting caudally on successive seg- ments until nearly at the base of the projecting dentation on segments 16-19. Epiproct large, subtriangular, slightly convex, smooth and polished, distinctly decurved distally, with the usual whorls of macrosetae. Para- procts nearly flat, smooth and glabrous with a few vertical striations, the medial edges very prominently elevated and sharply set off. Ventral seta set on a prominent discal tubercule located close to the marginal ridge; dorsal seta located in a small pit on the widest part of the ridge. Hypo- proct large, transversely oval, with a faint median projection and promi- nent paramedian setiferous tubercules. Sides of metatergites smooth and unmodified. Stricture very distinct Status of Fontaria pulchella 31 down sides, especially in front of paranota, as a broad but not sharply edged groove, but reduced to a shallow depression midventrally. Stig- mata similar in shape, elongate oval, the edges not elevated above seg- mental surface, the anterior stigmata distinctly larger than the posterior; both are distinctly separated from the dorsal coxal condyles. Sternal surfaces of metazonites smooth, glabrous, and nearly flat except for a very faint transverse clevation between the posterior pair of legs. Caudal edge of segment convex, flattened (Fig. 2). Both pairs of legs subtended by subcoxal spines, the anterior spines small and blunt, the posterior much larger, acute, curved caudolaterally, and projecting well beyond caudal edge of segment. Subcoxal spines each with 2 or 3 small setae. Anterior pair of legs slightly farther apart than the posterior. Sterna of anterior segments narrow and unmodified except for a robust, distally notched process between the 4th pair of legs. Sternum of 6th segment not depressed or broadened. Legs relatively long and slender, the distal half of the femora visible from above when legs are extended laterad. Coxae unarmed, prefemora with long, sharp, distal spines, these two podomeres of approximately equal size. Length relationships of podomeres: 3 >6>1=2>5=4. See Figure 3 for appearance of 4th leg. First pair of legs reduced in size as usual, with acute pretarsi. Pretarsi of legs of 2nd—14th pairs distinctly broadened, flattened, and spatulate, but not twisted at midlength (Figs. 3 and 4). Prozonite of 7th segment reduced to a narrow, transverse strip by the large, symmetrically oval gonopod aperture, which extends laterally beyond ends of coxal sockets. Lateral and caudal edges slightly produced into a low marginal flange. Sternum behind gonopod aperture produced into two conspicuous, ventrally directed subcoxal cones. Gonopods large, of the form described in the generic diagnosis and shown in Figures &-10. Color in life unknown, the specimen apparently preserved shortly after moulting and at present testaceous-yellowish. Remarks: Bollman’s original description was extremely brief, but did mention most of the conspicuous features of this species. He correctly suspected a relationship with several species now referred to Nannaria, and described the coloration of his specimens as “Brown, lateral carinae and posterior border of segments red; legs and under parts yellow.” The recently published Checklist of North American millipeds (Cham- berlin and Hoffman, 1958) refers pulchella to the genus Nannaria, with- out comment. It is a distinct pleasure to be able to finally dispose of this long-standing enigma and so reduce the number of dubious species of millipeds still on record for the eastern United States. Both of Bollman’s female types are smaller than the male specimen from Georgia, but the difference in size is no greater than the range of variation known for various other xystodesmids of similarly small size. The Georgia locality is about 115 miles south of Strawberry Plains, not an excessive distance for a specific range. 32 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 8-10. Oenomaea pulchella (Bollman). 8, Gonopods in situ, caudoventral aspect; 9, Left gonopod, mesial aspect; 10, Left gonopod, dorsal aspect. Fic. 11. Nannaria minor Chamberlin, gonopods in situ, caudoventral aspect. Status of Fontaria pulchella 33 Genus Nannaria Chamberlin (From the Latin nannus:; small) Nannaria Chamberlin, 1918, Psyche, 25: 124. Mimuloria Chamberlin, 1928, Ent. News, 39: 155. New synonymy! Castanaria Causey, 1950, Chicago Acad. Sci. Nat. Hist. Misc., No. 73: 1. Type species: Of Nannaria, N. minor Chamberlin, by original desig- nation; of Mimuloria, M. missouriensis Chamberlin, by original designa- tion; of Castanaria, C. depalmai Causey, by original designation. Synonymy: Mimuloria, only recently recognized as a nannarine genus, has been distinguished by the small lamellate enlargement of the distal end of the gonopod telopodite. In the material at my disposal, including nearly 30 undescribed species, I find this character to be a mutable one, and more suitable for the distinction of a species-group than a separate genus. Range: Eastern United States, chiefly in the Appalachian mountains, the Ozarks, and intervening states in the Central Lowlands. Species: 21 have been described. Obviously a great number of species remain to be discovered. Nannaria minor Chamberlin (Figs. 5-7, 11) Nannaria minor Chamberlin, 1918, Psyche, 25: 124. Type specimen: Adult male (M.C.Z.), from Burbank, Carter Co., Tennessee; R. Thaxter, leg. I examined this specimen and drew the gonopods in February 1949. Remarks: The original diagnosis of this species is reasonably adequate, but does not contain illustrations of the gonopods, and it is extremely difficult to formulate a good concept of such structures from a verbal description. It has never been possible heretofore to identify the species with confidence, and since my revision of Nannaria will not be completed for several years, I provide here some illustrations of the paranota, legs, and gonopods of minor for the benefit of other workers, as well as to provide a basis for comparison with the same characters in Oenomaea. Nannaria minor has so far been known only from the type locality. The illustrated specimen is from a small series taken at a second locality: the southern side of Sam’s Gap, along U. S. Hy. 23, in Madison Co., North Carolina, 23 July 1961, Hoffman, leg. This locality is 27 miles southwest of Burbank, and similarly in the Unaka Mountain range. NOTES Nore 1. Pretarsi. The distalmost podomere (previously referred to as the tarsal claw by many workers) occurs in various forms among xystodesmid genera. So far I have distinguished three main types: one in which the pretarsus is only slightly curved, and is not evidently modi- 34 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington fied; a second in which it is elongate and bisinuate, with three or five distinct parallel carinae on the dorsal side; and a third in which the pretarsus is flattened, spatulate, and distally truncate (these distinctions refer to the condition on the anterior legs of the male sex). Insofar as North American genera are concerned, I find that these types correspond closely to generic groupings drawn along the lines of gonopods, meta- sterna, and other characters, and are therefore obviously useful in the discrimination of suprageneric categories. A more detailed treatment is contemplated following the examination of exotic members of the family. Note 2. Stricture. The transverse constriction between prozonite and metazonite in polydesmoids, in which the segmental suture occurs, has been referred to in my earlier papers as the “interzonal furrow.” This term is awkward and vernacular, and I am now glad to adopt the term “stricture” which was proposed by K. W. Verhoeff 30 years ago, although he failed to use it consistently in his later papers. LITERATURE CITED BoLLMAN, Cuarces H. 1889. Description of a new species of insect [sic!], Fontaria pulchella, from Strawberry Plains, Jefferson County, Tennessee. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11: 316. CHAMBERLIN, RaLtpH V. 1918. New polydesmoid diplopods from Ten- nessee and Mississippi. Psyche, 25: 122-127. CHAMBERLIN, RALPH V. AND RicHARD L. HorrMan. 1958. Checklist of the millipeds of North America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 212: 1-236. i | i eth), Lee us : t % Rie iat Bibs, : * ; M4, ie ne aa ene er Tory \ ain U4as avin : F ’ - i t an bw Wi bye en MS) f L fl F Vi a \ a) 4 ‘ Meet i i u , ity | i * ¢ ; am " Ni“ im t - te i aie LOT rh! BAT: RT LS it Aah . See ee i. TN A 17) hawhl uit | 7 a ; | hat: sven, Ph Milo hiririiie Laps bys U rps , met J ye ie: Gade A Oe as ee gee ay PAY | Sr oe ee eae ev oliMai iat ik: | | ste Wey te | eR eid may CTR be 4 | hs rh ae UT ee a a | aM me | ae a ney inh oan a aulil ae 5 Meee ey " »s) ah ;. eR HT OL all ht: ee oan ene re 8) ea oe ee ; . cs haat Ane renee Ne iid hr ee wh ai “ Lay : } . e spanned wine Pac . ; | nga Bi tri Wan | i | bi | At Tt Jog ol 4 : ~ Py in 7 Wald hs Bi be OAN , aren v ry so ad ty ; ’ = My 7 Dit AT Pulvomy eee eee t ’ . 4 via: Yin ; i i ar Gee 7 ic ‘ ¥ ‘ a j . : " ‘ f 1 a i j we = =~ Pet Sa ST SS Ca an a eed as a ie Vol. 77, pp. 35—46 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF-WASHINGTON f JAPYGIDAE OF SOUTH AMERICA, 5: NEW SPECIES OF JAPYGIDAE FROM CHILE By Roserto H. GONZALEZ AND LEsLIE M. SmirH University of Chile, Santiago, and University of California, Davis In this paper the genus Teljapyx is revised and two new species, T. hirsutus Gonzalez and Smith and T. costalus Gon- zalez and Smith are described. Two new combinations, T. larva (Philippi, 1863) and T. bidentatus (Schaffer, 1897) are proposed for this genus. The genus Valpjapyx Smith (1962) is subordinated to the genus Teljapyx Silvestri (1949). A new species is added to Penjapyx, namely P. castrii. Recent collec- tion records are given for Chiljapyx caltagironei L. Smith, Nelsjapyx hichinsi L. Smith, N. soldadi L. Smith, and for Ross- japyx australis L. Smith. This paper is based largely on speci- mens collected by Dr. Francesco di Castri, University of Chile, Santiago, and loaned to the authors for study. Teljapyx Silvestri 1949 (Syn. Valpjapyx L. Smith 1962) This genus was redescribed by Smith (1962) at which time no males were available. With additional specimens, including males, the genus may be defined by the following summary characters: One large tooth on each arm of the forceps, tooth on the right arm distinctly premedian, tooth on the left arm median, or postmedian, both arms of forceps with biseriate predental tubercles, basal buttress distinct on both arms of forceps, seta A of forceps present, sometimes as large as adjacent seta, dorsal articulation of forceps pointed, antenna with 30 to 46 segments, first lamina of lacinia pectinate, abdominal tergites IV and V with 5+ 5M and a large anterolateral pair (6 + 6M of Silvestri), posterolateral angles of tergite VII projected to the rear, of tergite VI not projected, tergite X with setae a, b, c, and d present, setose sacs in abdominal segments III and IV of the male, with two or more blunt, thumb-like plumose setae. 6—Proc. Brow. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 77, 1964 (35) OMITHSOMIAD mstitution YUN 2 6 198. 36 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Type: Teljapyx riestrae Silv. 1949 (original description). The species of the genus Teljapyx are as follows: T. riestrae Silv. 1949, Temuco, Chile. T. megalocerus Silv. 1902, Taleahuano, Chile. Syn. Japyx chilensis Verh. T. bidentatus (Schiffer), 1897, Valparaiso, Chile. Syn. Valpjapyx botani Smith. T. larva (Philippi) 1863, Colchagua, Chile. Syn. Forficula larva R. A. Philippi. . talcae (Smith) 1962, Talca, Chile. Syn. Valpjapyx talcae Smith. . hirsutus new species, O'Higgins, Chile. . costalus new species, Santiago, Chile. . afer Silv. 1949, Africa. . parcus Silv. 1949, Africa. The species T. afer Silv. was described from Port Elizabeth, Africa, and T. parcus Silv. was described from Tanganyika, Africa. Pagés (1952) has shown that these two species do not fit the description of the genus, and consequently will not be further considered in this paper. The species T. megalocerus was described by Silvestri in 1901 as Japyx, was named Japyx chilensis by Verhoeff in 1903, was redescribed by Silvestri in 1905, and was again described and placed in the genus Teljapyx by Silvestri, 1949. This species lacks setae between the carinae of tergite X, tergite VI has only 4+ 4M, tergite VII has 3+ 3M. Con- sequently, this species does not fit well into the genus Teljapyx and shall be omitted from this discussion. The species of the genus Teljapyx are found in the valleys and low coastal hills (Cordillera de la Costa), from sea level to 2,000 feet eleva- tion, and from Valparaiso on the north to Temuco on the south, a distance of 880 kilometers, or between latitudes 32°—39° south. PS) is} a] Sl S| Teljapyx bidentatus (Schiffer), new combination Japyx bidentatus Schaffer, 1897, in Apterygoten, Ergebn. Hamb. Magalh. Samm.: 30-32 (Nec. Japyx bidentatus, Silvestri, 1901) Valpjapyx botani L. Smith, 1962, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 75: 277— 278 Schiffer (1897) described T. bidentatus from Vifia del Mar, Val- paraiso, Chile. This species had 35 segments in the antennae, the pos- terior lateral angles of tergite VII projected to the rear, and M: was missing on tergites VI-VII. Silvestri (1901 and 1905) redescribed this species as having 32 segments in the antenna, posterolateral angles of ter- gite VII rounded, and M:; was present on tergites VI-VII. In 1949 this species was again redescribed by Silvestri, and placed in the genus Merojapyx. However, it fits in all details into the genus Teljapyx, and differs from the type of Merojapyx in that it does not have disculi on the median subcoxal organ. We have studied three specimens from the Jardin Botanico Nacional, Vifia del Mar, and one from Aculeo, Santiago, and all agree with Schiffer’s original description. This species has been described in detail by Smith, 1962. Japygidae of South America: 5 37 Teljapyx hirsutus, new species (Figs. 1, 7, 9, 13) Female: (Based on stage IL). Head dorsum with about 15+ 15 typical setae and several hundred thin hair-like setae almost as long as the typical setae, distal lamina of lacinia with 13 or 14 teeth, lacinia falciform, rarely with a tooth, galea with two external setae (three in successive stages), galea with two external setae and a row of four projections, terminal segment of maxillary palpus with about 20 setae of various sizes, the longest, median, 1.7 times as long as stylus I, antenna with 40 segments, tapered, segment 3 of antenna with 45 setae of vari- ous lengths, not distinctly arranged in two whorls, segments 14 to 22 with posteroventral proliferation of setae between the basal and distal whorls, terminal segment of antenna not hemispherical, placoid sensillae 8 in two distinct whorls, trichobothria equal in length to the longest seta on the same segment, labial palpus somewhat tapered, three times as long as wide at the base with 16 setae of which the longest, terminal, almost as long as the palpus. Thorax: Tergites 5, 6, 5 and many thin, hair-like setae, mesothorax prescutum with well-developed transverse and median apodemes, meta- thorax prescutum with strong transverse apodeme but no median, legs covered with hair-like setae, mesocoxa with 4 large setae, trochanter with 5 large setae, dorsal apex of femur with a close row of six setae as follows: one large, one medium, one large, one small, one large, and one small, ventral apex of tibia with two equal calcar setae, distinctly larger than other setae on the tibia, tarsi with 5 or 6 large setae in each ventral row (8 in stage IV), tarsal claws unequal, empodium subequal to pre- tarsus, directed upward. Abdomen: Tergite I prescutum 1+ 1M, scutum 1+ 1M and many hair-like setae smaller than on the thorax, tergite II 3 + 3M and hair-like setae, diminishing on segments to the rear, tergites III-V 5+ 5M, and a large pair of anterolateral setae with the anteromedian pair minute or absent, tergites VI and VII 4+ 4M (M: absent), tergites I-VI with posterolateral angles rounded, tergite VII with angles projected to the rear, tergite VIII dorsal 4 + 4M, segment IX dorsal no setae, tergite X setae a, b, c, and d present with d half as long as c, dorsal carinae distinct, convergent, ventral carinae distinct, parallel, pygidium promi- nent, rounded. Sternum I apotome 4+ 5M alternating with 4-+ 5m, sternite macrosetae indistinguishable from large antecedent setae, ante- cedent setae about 40 + 40, lateral subcoxal organs each occupying 1% of the distance between the styli, sensory setae separated by width of one setal socket, setae %4 as long as adjacent glandular setae, glandular setae in 3 rows, glandular setae in the posterior row one-third longer than those of the other two rows, median subcoxal area protruding with 3-+ 3 setae on the posterior edge, no disculi or pseudopores. Sterna II-VI apotomes without setae, sternites 38 + 38M, sternite VII 20 + 20M, sternite VIII with 9 + 9M, sternite IX with pleurae not meeting in midventral line, segment X between the ventral carinae 10+ 10M or 38 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PuatTe I. Figs. 1-4—Tergites IV-VIII of holotypes T. hirsutus, T. larva, T. costalus, and P. castrii; m: = anterolateral submacroseta; M = macrosetae. Figs. 5-7-—Lateral subcoxal organ and half of median sub- coxal organ of holotypes T. costalus, T. larva, and T. hirsutus. Japygidae of South America: 5 39 11 + 11M, genital area typical with 2 to 4 small sensory setae on each anterior lobe, and a cluster of 5 to 8 similar setae at either side of the genital opening. Forceps: Typical for the genus, right arm predental tubercles 2/3, left arm tooth distinctly postmedian, predental tubercles 9/9, seta A one-half as long as adjacent seta. Male: Similar to female except, setose sacs in abdominal segments III and IV containing short, thick, blunt setae, widely separated, covered with uniramous or bifid projections and minute spicules (Fig. 13) and preceded by 5+ 5 (or 6+6 in male stage VI) short sensory setae placed near the anterior margin of each urite; genital papillae conical, nearly as wide at the base as long, external sensory setae 2 + 2 in stage II and 3 + 3 in successive stages, distributed by pairs and widely spaced; forceps, right arm predental tubercles 2/3, left arm predental tubercles 8/9. Teljapyx hirsutus—differentiation into stages* Glan- Distance Thien External Ratio length Setae Body between setae setae adjacent seta: in each length, StyliI, (longest) on seta A setose Stage ones mm onone'_ galea sac side Females 7.0 0.4 ll 1 1:0.1 3rd instar juvenile 12.0 0.7 17 2; 1:0.2 Stage II 14.0 1.1 23 3 1:0.4 Stage III 18.0 1.2 32 3 1:0.5 Stage IV 23.0 1.6 40 3 1:0.5 Stage V Males 13.0 0.9 18 2; 1:0.25 2+1 Stage II 20.0 1 33 3 1:0.4 8+9 Stage IV 26.0 1.7 45 3 1:0.7 19+ 19 Stage VI * Figures averaged when more than one specimen was available Type: Holotype 2 in University of Chile, Santiago, paratypes in U. S. National Museum and University of California, Davis. Habitat: 2 juveniles, 5 9 and 3 6, Palmas de Cocalan, Province of O'Higgins, 34°12’ S, 71°20’ W, under stones, in open forest of Jubaea chilensis, at 700-800 meters elevation, 5 August 1961 and 6 September 1962, collected by Dr. F. di Castri. Teljapyx larva (Philippi), new combination (Figs. 2, 6, 11, 14) Forficula ? larva Philippi, 1863. Zeischr. Ges. Naturw., 21 (3-4): 219 Typholabia larva (Philippi), Scudder, 1876. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., 18: 300 40 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Via MAN SMS : tf PLATE II. Fig. 8—Lateral subcoxal organ and half of median subcoxal organ, P. castrii 6 allotype. Figs. 9-12—Tergite X and forceps of holo- types T. hirsutus, T. costalus, T. larva, and P. castrii. Figs. 13-14—Setae of male setose sac, T. hirsutus and T. larva. Japygidae of South America: 5 Al Japyx larva (Philippi), de Bormans, 1887. Soc. Ent. Belg. Bull. et Ann., 31: 495 R. A. Philippi (1863), in his revision of the Chilean Orthoptera exist- ing at that time in the Museum of Natural History, Santiago, described this species as belonging to the order Dermaptera, and no drawings were provided. Due to the “remarkable” characters that Scudder (1876) found in the species’ description which made it resemble no known forficularians at that time, he erected the new genus Typhlolabia (which is hereby declared nomen oblitum) for the reception of this species. De Bormans and Marquet in 1883 considered this genus as doubtful but nevertheless they added a new species, T. subterranea. Later in 1887, Karsch placed Philippi’s species among the Japygidae but independently de Bormans (1887) consolidated this action by removing both known species of Typhlolabia to the genus Japyx. Through the courtesy of Dr. G. Kuschel and Dr. F. di Castri of the University of Chile, we have been able to examine the type specimen of F. larva deposited in the Museum of Natural History, Santiago. The holotype, a pinned specimen, was in excellent condition, and has been remounted in permanent medium after a clearing and staining in lacto- phenol-lignin pink. Since Philippi’s description, probably the first one ever made of a japygid,* was very schematic, it is worthwhile to present the following redescription: Male: Close to T. hirsutus Gonzalez and Smith, except: antenna with 41 segments, lacinia with a flange, longest seta on maxillary palpus 2.0 times as long as stylus I, segment 3 of antenna with 58 setae, placoid sensillae 8 in two distinct whorls, labial palpus with 20 setae, galea with 3 outer setae widely spaced, head, thoracic tergites, and legs all clothed with many small hair-like setae, abdominal segment VI with seta M: present, lateral subcoxal organs with three rows of glandular setae, those in the posterior row one-third longer than those on the other two rows, the longer glandular setae of the anterior row and separated by width of one setal socket, median subcoxal organ 4 + 4, setose sacs in urites IJI-IV each with 18 plumose setae in one single spot, plumose setae of setose sacs with shorter and more branched barbulations than those of T. hirsu- tus (Fig. 14); styli with two unequal setae on the external margin, genital papillae 1.5 times as long as wide at the base, with typical dense setae on mesad surface, sparser setae on laterad surface, and seven minute sense setae irregularly arranged from base to tip, forceps seta A subequal to adjacent seta, right arm with large premedian tooth, premedian tubercles biseriate 3/3, left arm with postmedian tooth, predental tubercles 8/12 with the first two tubercles in the lower row modified to toothlets. Length of body including forceps: 17 mm; separation between styli I 1.6 mm. Female unknown. * The genus Japyx was established by Haliday in 1864. 42 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Teljapyx talcae (Smith) (Syn. Valpjapyx talcae Smith 1962) The species Valpjapyx talcae was described by L. Smith in 1962 from one female and two juveniles, taken 22 miles north of Talca, Chile. No additional specimens are at hand, but a better knowledge of the genus Teljapyx enables the authors to place this species in this genus. However, the presence of 3 whorls of sensilla placoidea in the last antennal segment and the noticeable proliferation of antecedent setae in the area of the lateral subcoxal organ, constitute exclusive characters not found in other species of the genus. Teljapyx costalus, new species (Figs. 2, 5, 10) Male: (Described from stage III). Similar to T. hirsutus Gonzalez and Smith, except: head with about one-fourth as many hair-like setae, galea with a row of 3 external setae of which the two anterior are close together, longest (median) seta on maxillary palpus 1.2 times as long as stylus I, antenna with 46 segments, segment III of antenna with 40 setae, segments 14 to 24 with posteroventral proliferation of setae be- tween the basal and distal whorls, trichobothria two-thirds as long as longest setae on same segment, thoracic tergites and legs without a dense coat of hair-like setae, trochanter with 7 large setae, abdominal tergites without hair-like setae, tergites III-V 5 + 5M and a large pair of antero- lateral setae (mi of Pagés) and M:, decreasing in size on each posterior tergite, tergites VI and VII 4+4M (M; absent) and a pair of large anterolateral setae, tergite VI posterolateral angles obtuse, tergite X with seta d *%4 as long as c, and 4 large m between the carinae, sternite I with 85 + 85 antecedent setae closely grouped anterior to lateral sub- coxal organs, not continuous across median subcoxal area, median sub- coxal organ with 4+ 5 microsetae in a straight line on the posterior edge, sternites II and III with a straight line of 22 setae plus a few microsetae between the bases of the styli, male sac in urite III with 2 + 1 plumose setae, sac in urite IV with 2 + 2 setae in widely separated pairs, forceps: right arm predental tubercles 1/2, left arm predental tubercles 8/8, seta A three-fourths as long as adjacent seta. Female unknown. Length of body including forceps 18 mm. Type: Holotype ¢ in Univ. of Chile, Santiago. Habitat: One é and one juvenile, Aculeo, Province of Santiago, Chile, 33°50’ S, 70°56’ W, in the Cordillera de la Costa at 450 meters elevation, under stones, 7 July 1961, collected by Dr. F. di Castri. Teljapyx profundus Smith 1962 possesses most of the characters of the genus Teljapyx except that the predental tubercles of the right arm are uniseriate. No males of this species are known. When males are studied, the nature of the male setose sacs will determine if this species should belong in this genus. Until such time the species is regarded as incaerta sedis. The species was described in detail by Smith (1962). Japygidae of South America: 5 43 KEY TO THE CHILEAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS Teljapyx [Paes etadManpresent on: tergite VLD es se ee 2 Setam Viarabsent onitergitem Vill we eine One sh Rae 3 2. Antenna with 30 segments; right arm of forceps biseriate 2/3 eeptead/ eth Ul OE TES SPR RP SE, ace A CLA T. riestrae Silv. Antenna with 44 segments; right arm of forceps predental tubercles yy A apeemereny oie eae wee ih SRST G9 Shs OT A T. talcae (Smith) 3. Seta M: present on tergite VI; median subcoxal organ with 4 + 4 microsetae; styli with 2 external setae T. larva (Philippi) Seta M: absent on tergite VI; median subcoxal organ with 3+ 3 microsetae; styli ‘with a single’ setae LU 4 4. Head, thorax and tergites I-IV densely covered with numerous thin, hair-like setae; sternum VIII with 9 + 9M T. hirsutus G. & S. Without such hair-like setae; sternum VIII with 8 + 8 or 10+ 10M 5 5. Five large setae on trochanter, sternum VIII with 8+ 8M, seta A of forceps one-third as long as adjacent seta, antenna with SSE GIMEM ES, nee ANE Th SUR A T. bidentatus (Schif.) Seven large setae on trochanter, sternum VIII with 10 + 10M, seta A of forceps three-fourths as long as adjacent seta, antenna with PEMSCCTMENESE ci Ie ea aan FMM UNE eee T. costalus G.&S. Penjapyx castrii, new species (Figs: 45/8; 112) Female: Head with 9+ 9M and a few microsetae, distal lamina of lacinia with 7 teeth, galea with one external seta, thumb of galea sclero- tized with 10-15 projections, not hooked, terminal segment of maxillary palpus with 10 setae of various sizes, the largest of which 1.8 times the length of the palpal segment, mandible with 4 teeth and a slight projec- tion indicating the fifth tooth, antenna with 30 segments, segment 3 of antenna with a distal whorl of 13 setae, 6 of which long, basal whorl of 9 setae, 3 of which long, segments 8 to 13 with posteroventral prolifera- tion of setae, terminal segment longer than wide, placoid sensillae 6 in two whorls, trichobothria half as long as longest seta on same segment, labial palpus tapered, with 8 setae, two terminal of which slightly longer than the palpus. Thorax: Pro-5 + 5M, meso-prescutum 1 + 1M, scutum 4 + 4M, meta- prescutum 1 + 1M, scutum 4 + 4M (posteromedian pair absent), meso- coxa with 4 large setae, trochanter with 4 large setae, metatarsus with 7 large setae per ventral row, empodium a small swelling on the pre- tarsus. Abdomen: Tergite I prescutum 1+ 1M, scutum 1 + IM, tergites II- VII 5+ 5M, anterolateral seta m: missing, angles rounded, tergite VIII dorsal 6 + 6M, tergite X setae a and c large, b and d minute, sternum I apotome 3 + 3M, sternite 11+ 11M, antecedent setae, a group of 7 laterad of each stylus, 16 + 18 anterior to lateral subcoxal organs, and 44-4 anterior to median area, lateral subcoxal organs each occupying one-fourth of the distance between the styli, composed of one row of 44 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington equal glandular setae 25 + 26 and sensory setae separated by the width of one setal socket, median subcoxal organ with 2 + 2 setae located at either side, sterna II-VII apotomes without setae, sternites II-VI 14 + 14M, sternite VII 13 + 13M, sternite VIII 7 + 7M, segment IX pleurae not meeting in midventral line, segment X between ventral carinae 9 + 9M, and 1'+ 1m posteromedian. Forceps: Dentition typical for the genus, Jeft arm predental tubercles 8/5, R = 2.29. Male: Similar to female except: lateral subcoxal organ composed of two rows of glandular setae 50+ 50. R=2.22, genital papillae 1.5 times as long as wide, mesad surface with about 35 short thin setae, laterad surface without setae. Length of body including forceps: 9 10 mm, ¢ 10.5 mm. Types: Holotype 2 in Univ. of Chile, Santiago, paratype ¢ in Calif. Academy of Sciences. Habitat: One male and one female, Los Andes, Province of Aconcagua, Chile, 16—VIII-1962, collected by Dr. F. di Castri. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Penjapyx Antenna with 32 segments, thorax mesoscutum 5 + 5M, metascutum 5+ 5M, sternite VI 15+ 15M, sternite VII 14-+14M, left arm predentaletubercies: 4/4. Go Ol eee P. altus Smith Antenna with 30 segments, thorax mesoscutum 4+ 4M and 1+ Im, metascutum 4 + 4M, sternite VI 14+ 14M, sternite VII 13 + 13M, left arm predental tubercles 8/5, R ¢ = 2.22 ___ P. castrii G. &. S. New collection records for existing species are as follows: Rossjapyx australis L. Smith, one ¢ and 2 2, Dalcahue, Chiloé Island, Chile, 17 to 23 Jan. 1962, collected by Dr. R. L. Usinger. Nelsjapyx hichinsi L. Smith, one 2, Quebrada La Plata, Estacion Experimental Agronémica, Maipt, Santiago, at 30 cm depth, 600 m elevation, xerophytic plant cover of Trichocereus chilensis and Trevoa trinervis, 16—VI-1961, collected by F. di Castri. Nelsjapyx soldadi L. Smith, a stage II ¢ showing two rows of glandu- lar setae on the lateral subcoxal organs, Zapallar, Cordillera de la Costa, Aconcagua, 700 m elevation, 40 cm depth, 26-I-1961; one @ and 2 juveniles, Hacienda Las Palmas, Coquimbo Province, 31°15’ S, 71°38’ W, 26—V-1962, collected by F. di Castri. Chiljapyx caltagironei L. Smith, 2 ¢ and 5 @, Aculeo, Santiago Province, 400 m elevation, 20 cm depth, 7—-VII-1961; 6 ¢ and 5 @, Palmas de Cocalan, O'Higgins Province, 900 m elevation, 30 cm depth and under stones, 5—VIII-1961, by F. di Castri. LITERATURE CITED Bormans, A. DE. 1887. Le genre Japyx Haliday, appartenient-il 4 Yordre des Orthoptéres (famille des Demaptéres), ou a l’ordre des Thysanoures? Soc. Ent. Belg. Bull. et Ann., 31: 495-497. Japygidae of South America: 5 45 BorMans, A. DE AND M. Marquet. 1883. Etude sur le genre Typhlo- labia Scudder et description d’une espéce nouvelle. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Toulouse, 17: 33—40. Karscu, F. 1887. Neue Fundorte von Japyx Hal. Berliner Entomolog. Zeitschrift, 31 (2): 154. Pacss, J. 1952. Japygidae (Insecta, Diplura) du Congo Belge (Pre- miére note). Rev. Zool. Bot. Aft., 46 (3-4): 345-372. Puitrerr, R. A. 1863. Verzeichniss der im Museum von Santiago befindlichen Chilenischen Orthopteren. Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw., 21 (3-4): 217-245. ScHAFFER, C. 1897. Apterygoten. Ergebn. Hamburger Magalhae- nische Sammelreise, pp. 1-48. ScuppEr, S. H. 1876. Critical and historical notes on Forficulariae, including descriptions of new generic forms and an alpha- betical synonymic list of the described species. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., 18 (for 1877): 287-332. Sttvestri, F. 1901. Materiali per lo Studio dei Tisanuri, II. Specie di Japyx conservate nella mia collezione. Soc. Ent. Ital. Boll., 33: 214. 1905. Thysanura, in Plate’s Fauna Chilensis. Zoologische Jahrbucher, Supp. 16, 3: 773-806. 1949. Contributo alla conoscenze degli Japygidae (Insecta, Diplura). Rendiconti Soc. Ital. della Scienze., Serie III, 27: 1-117. SmitrH, L. M. 1962. Japygidae of South America, 3: Japygidae of Chile. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 273-292. VERHOEFF, K. W. 1904. Zur vergleichenden Morphologie und Syste- matik der Japygiden. Arch. Naturg., 70 (1): 63-114. 46 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington L7G. 0 6 74 Vol. 77, pp. 47-52 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A REVIEW OF THE OREENTAL LEAFHOPPER GENUS SUDRA DISTANT (HomopTerRA: CICADELLIDAE: HyLICINAE) By JAmMes P. KRAMER Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The genus Sudra Distant belongs to a group of leafhoppers found exclusively in the Old World tropics. This group has been treated as the family Hylicidae by both Evans (1946: 43-47) and Metcalf (1962: 1-18). The distinctness of this assemblage of leafhoppers is not questioned, but I prefer to consider the group as a subfamily of the Cicadellidae, sensu lato. The hylicines were very thoroughly discussed by Evans (1946: 43-47). He noted that the outstanding general features include a variably produced head, coronally placed ocelli, a large pronotum and scutellum, a flattened abdomen, the oc- currence of a sparse covering of scales and hairs on the body and forewings, and a wide corrugated appendix on each fore- wing which extends around the apex as far as the costal mar- gin. This combination of characters will separate the hylicines from all other cicadellids. Genus Sudra Distant Sudra Distant 1908: 257 (type-species, Sudra notanda Distant). Crown in dorsal view strongly produced beyond eyes, narrowing toward the rounded apex, ocelli near anterior inner margin of eyes; crown in lateral view straight or variably upturned at extreme apex. Pronotum convex, narrowest anteriorly, and with hind margin indented at middle. Scutellum exceptionally long, longer than either its width at base or pro- notal length at middle, and acute apically. Forewings long and cori- aceous. Entire body and forewings covered with a vestiture of somewhat flattened, elongated, scalelike setae. Prothoracic tibiae compressed and expanded. 7—Proc. Brow. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (47) HITHSUNI AR MMBTITNTION «= J 48 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington notanda IS insulari manorga Boe - a ~ eee SN SD Oe ‘ on \ oor ; °* ‘ Mt er Prene Se a] -.) S ‘ 5 ‘ - . eos scil A. ‘ - c x . - “ \ OIC) Om SMooo Ie Oe KN 4 a .y (\ Us 1 : ' a ve ale Ores c --" id -- Heo io ‘ ‘ef ¢ er in costes | yo san AY Z 7 t Nw ee wee eee ew The Oriental Leafhopper Genus Sudra 49 Male genitalia: Genital capsule comparatively small, valve lacking, subtriangular plates short and rounded laterally with a moderate number of randomly arranged setae on discal portion, posterior margin of pygofer indented with 2—5 short spined teeth along edge, pygofer laterally setose, anterior ventral margin of pygofer consisting of widened basal portion of concealed style, anal tube large and well developed, connective consist- ing of two arms (together irregularly U-shaped), simple aedeagus pro- longed basally and upturned distally with a notch apically. Female genitalia: Pregenital sternum large and longer than the two preceding segments together. As in the male, posterior margin of pygofer indented with 2-5 short spined teeth along edge. Distribution: Sudra is limited to the Oriental Region. KryY TO THE SPECIES OF Sudra* Yh, WMS, 2 nh RIE ps a Ogee PG Ce ee OPEN EO OT 2 Berita! Copan eee Wik decal eS a abies oleh Wa relly OR 8 ne 3 2. Scutellar apex reaching or slightly exceeding claval apices; style nuokedmarstally (igs 2) emeeniene mallee eae notanda Distant Scutellar apex falling far short of claval apices; style not hooked clistall ye @PiginA))) S20 ee manorga Kramer, n. sp. 3. Length of crown and pronotum about equal, both measured at ATIC el epemies wh eta Rue a ee RL aly octal hed insularis Schmidt Length of crown shorter than length of pronotum, both measured Ce (aeNc Col CRE SS ME SEEMS Bear ety ere eMNCE ESE eg notanda Distant * The female of manorga and the male of insularis are unknown. Sudra notanda Distant (Figs. 1 and 2) Sudra notanda Distant 1908: 257-258, Fig. 164. Length: Male 13, female 15-16 mm. Coloration: General ground color castaneous-brown. Spines of hind legs black. Extreme apex of head irregularly black. Setal vestiture sordid white to dark brown, arranged to form vague longitudinal stripes on pronotum. Vestiture of forewing mainly dark but with ill-defined light patch near base and a larger patch near scutellar apex. Scutellum sordid yellowish subapically. Dorsum of abdomen with a pair of large irregular yellow spots on segments 5 and 6. Structure: Scutellum very long, slender, pointed apically, and attain- ing claval apices, sublaterally longitudinally ridged on both sides from base for about one-half length, centrally carinated longitudinally on slightly more than distal one-half. Fics. 1-6. Sudra notanda Distant: 1, lateral view of aedeagus; 2, lateral view of style. Sudra manorga Kramer, n. sp.: 3, lateral view of connective and aedeagus; 4, lateral view of style; 5, ventral view of male genital capsule. Sudra insularis Schmidt: 6, lateral view of head. 50 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Male genitalia: Posterior margin of pygofer with 4 or 5 stout spines along edge. Aedeagus in ventral view somewhat bulbous apically with gonopore large and below the apex. Aedeagus in lateral view with some fine sharp scales dorsally near narrowed apex (Fig. 1). Style in lateral view partially folded and in distal one-half upturned with apex hooked (Bia) Female genitalia: Pregenital sternum with posterior margin subtrun- cated and very slightly notched at middle. Specimens examined: One male, Thailand (no other data), in collec- tion of U. S. National Museum, and one female, Lashio, Upper Burma, 3,000 ft., 23-24 Aug. 1914, Fletcher, in collection of British Museum (Natural History). Discussion: Together with the original description of Sudra notanda, Distant published an excellent dorsal habitus illustration (see citation above). However, his illustration of the crown in lateral view seems to exaggerate the apical recurvature which, judging by the specimens avail- able for study, is more nearly straight. Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum very kindly compared the USNM male from Thailand with the only other known male from Haut Mekong, Pou Hai Katoui, Indochina, in their collection. He noted that in the Indochinese specimen the aedeagus was shorter and the posterior margin of the pygofer had five spined teeth versus a longer aedeagus and the posterior margin of the pygofer with four teeth in the Siamese speci- men. These differences, we believe, are intraspecific variation. Sudra notanda is now known from Burma, Thailand, and Indochina. Sudra manorga Kramer, new species (Figs. 3-5) Length: Male 12 mm. Coloration: Similar to notanda but darker. Clypeus and clypellus mainly black, entire dorsum including forewings very dark red-brown to black, vague ill-defined semi-hyaline patch on costal margin of each forewing in area near scutellar apex, setal vestiture dark golden-brown. Dorsum of abdomen with one pair of large irregular yellow spots on segment 5. Differs also from notanda in not having the extreme apex of head irregularly black and in not having bicolored pronotal setae. Structure: Nearly identical with notanda except for the shorter scutel- lum. Scutellum neither ridged, carinated, nor reaching claval apices, but distinctly flattened apically, and its length slightly more than one-half claval length. Male genitalia: Posterior margin of pygofer with 2—4 stout spines along edge. Aedeagus in ventral view similar to that of notanda but shorter. Genital capsule and concealed structures ventrally as in Fig. 5. Aedeagus and connective in lateral view similar to those of notanda, but aedeagus The Oriental Leafhopper Genus Sudra 51 not narrowed apically (Fig. 3). Style in lateral view upturned distally with apex pointed and elongated (Fig. 4). Female genitalia: Female unknown. Type: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 66871), Manorg, W. Borneo, F, Muir. Discussion: Sudra manorga is very distinct from both notanda and insularis on the basis of the darker coloration and the much shorter scutellum. The styles of notanda and manorga are very different as noted in the key to species. Sudra insularis Schmidt (Fig. 6) Sudra insularis Schmidt 1920: 117. Length: Female 18 mm. Coloration: Not distinguishable from that of notanda. Structure: Differing from notanda only in having the crown slightly larger and more distinctly upturned apically (Fig. 6). Male genitalia: Male unknown. Female genitalia: Not distinguishable from that of notanda. Specimen examined: Holotype female, Ober-Langkat, Deli, Sumatra, 1894. Discussion: It is not at all certain that insularis is, in fact, distinct from notanda. In the original description Schmidt noted the differences in the apical coronal recurvature and slightly larger size. He believed that the striped pattern formed by the setal vestiture on the pronotum was unique to insularis; this character is shared by notanda. More specimens, particularly males, are needed to resolve this problem. The unique holotype female was generously made available for study through the courtesy and splendid cooperation of Dr. K. K. Giinther and the Humboldt Museum in Berlin, Germany. LITERATURE CITED Distant, W. L. 1908. Rhynchota-Homoptera. The fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma, 4: 1-501. Evans, J. W. 1946. A natural classification of leaf-hoppers (Ho- moptera, Jassoidea); Part 2: Aetalionidae, Hylicidae, Eury- melidae. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 97 (2): 39-54. Mercatr, Z. P. 1962. General catalogue of the Homoptera, Fasc. VI, Part 2, Hylicidae. Published by the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1-18. ScumipT, E. 1920. Beitrige zur Kenntnis aussereuropdischer Zikaden (Rhynchota, Homoptera), XIV, Zur Kenntnis der Tribus Sudrini. Arch. Nat., 85: 116-120. 52 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ELON a ag PPA iwi ae ' ora > fi pelty : 2 i ; ph est ih team’ i oF) Mey . fe gta Ph aRL ul as ; Ld Pgh oie a ee By pie are aide 15 Hie) f on A, / ‘ Thy ‘ Oe Hii { i Aaa earey , } { Mi | : piv Nike 3 7 a ; + Ad oY Ke i houighee y fi Serie th dt, Vitae TE PiReh Whe bee bee bei ay, Rain! sity wus ae Ree i tae “ya ae A ME sti patty ui) tly Matyi GE EP) wager Nerd yh ay prety) Wy sieve Me MY Pe Ayia arene ey Me MATEY Vere Ay: els eZ. thas altviei ti givin Te DO | eee Ret rth Lint iy =a eh itiwAlix en fai. mchens? Meret Se ri; NNGH li AVR Nga! Pec hey TAY IPS PARAS ERA PTD pit We eh EN kr ayy Oy is LAS, hts | et a Oa ee eae a ee i iA Paes. TON dich ete 4 var enee Per coeny ity ren i ' are ad ted Bi t ae ; Wes AG 0 ce i ‘ Plies fh: PG iediden's ee Oph PA COME wdhy TEL ial Vee Pap Fuahiuni i wat: wih Mot aa Waereae yyy Win ayn “> * sett § a “¢ Nag) i hh wer! pen ey mM 74, 06 23 Vol. 77, pp. 53-64 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS _ OF THE F BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE GENUS NIDICOLA (HEMIPTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE) By Cart J. DRAKE AND Jon L. HERRING Smithsonian Institution and Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Some twenty years ago, Harris and Drake erected the genus Nidicola in the subfamily Lyctocorinae to hold a new species, N. marginata, which occurs in a number of dissimilar habitats in Arizona, California, and New Mexico. Until now, the genus has remained monotypic. The present paper describes four new species of anthrocor- ids which were intercepted at ports-of-entry in plants being imported into the United States. The plants were grown in Mexico and Guatemala. The members of the genus live in different kinds of situa- tions, such as nests of wood rats, caves frequented by bats, grain bins, and dumpage-heaps of decaying fruit refuse. On numerous occasions, both adults and nymphs have been inter- cepted in interstate and international shipments of bulbs, cut flowers, and nursery stock. Like members of other genera of the family, the species of Nidicola are predaceous and often referred to as “little pirates.” Pterygopolymorphism in the same species is common and apparently shared by all. The variformity of alar development within a species shows a high degree of variation, both in macroptery and brachyptery, and especially in the develop- ment of the hemelytral membrane. The hind pair of wings, although usually present and functional in macroptery, are at times much reduced or even lacking; all such long-winged individuals are thus flightless. In brachyptery, the hind wings are always greatly reduced or even completely wanting. There is little, if any, association in sex and wing development. Omit- ting genital structures, both sexes are about the same size, simi- 8—Proc. Broun. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (53) SMITHSON AD mstitition §«=©=9UN 26 1062 54 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Nidicola marginata Harris and Drake. larly colored, and have general likenesses. The forewings are flat, lie in a horizontal state with membranes slightly over- lapping each other, and may or may not completely cover the abdomen in a resting position. Total aptery is unknown in the genus. All structural measurements were made under a stereoscopic microscope with an eyepiece micrometer divided in 100 units and recorded in microunits (80 units equal 1 millimeter). The dimensions of the body are entered in millimeters. The authors are very grateful to Miss Lisa Biganzoli, Wash- The Genus Nidicola (Hemiptera ) 50 ington, D. C., for the fine illustrations. Adults of all species of the genus plus a fourth-instar nymph of one species are il- lustrated. The holotypes of the five members of the genus are lodged in the U. S. National Museum. Genus Nidicola Harris and Drake Nidicola Harris and Drake 1941, Iowa State College J. Sci., 15 (3): 343. This curious and little-known genus comprises an assemblage of five homogeneous species, four of which are described as new below. AI- though the species are very similar to one another in outward appearance, each possesses structural features singular to its kind. The genus is known only from the southwestern United States, Mexico, and Central America. The structural peculiarities include: small size, oblong or obovate form, depressed upper surface, more or less widely explanate lateral margins of pronotum, narrow embolium, cuneus clearly set off by a cuneal fracture, and by the shape and position of ostiole and ostiolar canal of the metathoracic scent glands on the evaporatorium of each metapleuron (Fig. 5). Other useful characteristics include presence of hamus in hind wings, large scutellum, and polymorphic wings. The antennae are long, each with segments I and II thickened, and HI and IV thin and beset with long, outwardly projecting hairs. The legs are isomorphic, femora not much swollen, tarsi three-segmented. The claws are paired and apical. The rostrum is long, extending backward between or much beyond middle coxae in repose; it is apparently four-segmented, although the basal segment is greatly reduced or obsolete. The membrane of the forewings varies greatly in size with veins fairly distinct or obsolete. Alarypolymorphism is common. Male genital seg- ments are asymmetrical with paramere situated on left side in all speci- mens of the species we have studied (Fig. 5a, c). In the nymphal stage, three pairs of scent gland openings are plainly visible on the dorsal surface of the abdomen. These are found (Fig. 5f) on tergites III, IV, and V, each pair of openings being connected by a shallow, transverse channel. Type species: Nidicola marginata Harris and Drake. This genus is readily distinguishable from other lyctocorine genera by the outward appearance or general aspect, explanate lateral margins of the pronotum, and location of ostiole and ostiolar canal on each meta- pleuron (Fig. 5b). Although all species are small and similar in habitus, they can be readily separated from one another by the illustrations and taxonomic structures used in the key. All species are figured. The dark fuscous markings on the hemelytra are inconsistent within a species and are not of much specific value. 2 56 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 2. Nidicola mitra, n. sp. KryY TO SPECIES OF GENUS Nidicola 1. Veins of forewing neither elevated nor conspicuously outlined with punetunes: (Migs: 1,9) 2 ee Veins of forewing distinctly elevated and conspicuously outlined on sides with rows of punctures (Figs. 3, 4, 5d, e) 2. Anterolateral margins of pronotum prominent, extending forward beyond the front edge of the collar; head and thorax clothed with very short hairs, without long erect hairs, hemelytra finely The Genus Nidicola (Hemiptera ) 57 punctured; broadly obovate species (Fig. 1) — er ee 6h Saal fee a PO a EC N. marginata Harris and Drake Anterolateral margins of pronotum not prominent nor extending forward beyond the front edge of the collar; head and thorax with prominent long erect hairs, hemelytra more coarsely punc- tured; smaller oblong species (Fig. 2) N. mitra, n. sp. 3. Anterolateral margins of pronotum project forward beyond front edge of collar; head, pronotum and especially the hemelytra with conspicuous, long, semierect hairs; median cell of corium devoid of punctures except for single rows outlining veins _.. 4 Anterolateral margins of pronotum do not or only barely project anteriorly beyond front edge of collar; head, pronotum and hemelytra with much shorter hairs; median cell of corium with scattered punctures, especially near apex, in addition to the rows that set off the side limits of the veins (Fig. 3) __ N. engys, n. sp. 4. Small, slender, oblong; outer margins of pronotum narrowly expla- nate, each side not much wider than that of pronotal collar; third antennal segment only slightly longer than second (Fig. 5Gl, @)) skola Se ie ae ee N. aglaia, n. sp. Broader, obovate species; outer margins of pronotum widely explanate, each side much wider than collar, anterior margin extending forward slightly beyond front edge of collar; third antennal segment longer than second segment (Fig. 4) Nidicola marginata Harris and Drake (Catios, Jl, a, /o, @) Nidicola marginata Harris and Drake, loc. cit., p. 344. Moderately large, obovate, brownish yellow, frequently with hemely- tron becoming somewhat fuscous apically; dorsal surface clothed with short, inconspicuous hairs. Length 1.90—2.10, width (across cuneal frac- ture) 0.90-1.10 mm. Head longer than transocular width (35:28), interocular space wide (19). Antennal measurements: segment I, 10; II, 18; III, 20; IV, 21. Rostrum with apex resting between hind coxae, measurements: segment II, 12; Ill, 24; IV, 16. Legs with femora slightly thickened. Pronotum large, with outer margins widely explanate, extending for- ward on each side beyond fore margin of collar, more than twice as wide at base as median length (55:25); front lobe large, considerably swollen, feebly roughened; hind lobe much shorter, Jess than half as long as fore lobe, depressed, slightly rugulose. Hemelytra with veins and pits as depicted in illustration; punctures not always plainly discernible or arrayed in definite rows. Hind wings clear, shorter than fore pair. Male paramere as in illustration (Fig. 5a, c). 58 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3 Nidicola engys, n. sp. Holotype, male (USNM type no. 67041) and allotype, female, both macropterous, Picacho Pk., Ariz., 3 Feb. 1940. Paratypes: Tucson, Ariz., in nests of wood rat (Neotoma albigula) and other paratypes from Cali- fornia (Indio and Palm Springs) and Arizona (Ft. Yuma and Tucson). Additional material is also at hand from the type localities, Tucson, and Mexico (Calexico, on guano of bats, and Mexicali, on bags of cotton seed meal). This is the largest member of the genus. It is closely allied to N. engys and N. etes, which are also obovate in form and possess widely explanate margins of the pronotum. The obtusely rounded front end of the expanded pronotal margins is more prolonged anteriorly than in N. etes. The hairy clothing of first pair of wings is much shorter than on either of the other two species mentioned here. A female paratype from Tucson, Ariz., is figured. The Genus Nidicola (Hemiptera ) 59 Nidicola etes, new species (Fig. 4) Macropterous form: Obovate, brownish with explanate margins of pronotum and cunei of hemelytra testaceous; body beneath brownish. Antennae and legs pale testaceous with femora slightly darkened. Mem- brane clear or slightly opaque. Length 2.00, width (across cuneal fractures) 0.95 mm. Dorsal surface moderately and evenly clothed with moderately long, slightly reclining, yellowish hairs, those on pronotum and _ scutellum shorter and more or less prostrate. Length of head and transocular width subequal (28:26), interocular width much shorter (17). Antennae long, measurements: segment I, 10; II, 16; III, 20; IV, 25. Rostrum extend- ing between intermediate coxae, measurements: II, 12; III, 14; IV, 10. Pronotum twice as wide at base as median length (52:26); collar distinct, very narrow; explanate side margins wide, much wider than collar, produced forward beyond front margin of collar; fore lobe of pronotum large, feebly roughened, the hind lobe much shorter, flat, slightly rugulose. Femora slightly thickened. Hemelytra covering abdo- men, with pits in clavi and those along corial veins mostly well-defined and arranged in definite rows along corial veins. Hind wings clear, about as long as hemelytra. Holotype, macropterous male (USNM type no. 67035), Maiz, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 18 May 1954, intercepted on orchid shipments at Laredo, Tex. Allotype, macropterous female, Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico, also on orchid transports at Nogales, Ariz., 16 Sept. 1950. Paratype, macropter- ous female, taken with allotype. This species is nearest to N. marginata in general aspect and can be distinguished from it by the explanate margins being less extended forward, longer hairs on dorsal surface, and more clearly defined and serial arrangement of hemelytral punctures. The female allotype is illustrated. Nidicola aglaia, new species (Fig. 5d, e) Macropterous form: Small, slender, oblong, reddish brown with hind pronotal lobe and most of corium dark fuscous; head above testaceous, body beneath reddish brown; dorsal surface thinly clothed with fairly long, backwardly reclining, golden hairs. Antennae pale flavous, seg- ments III and IV thin, with numerous, long, outwardly projecting hairs. Legs flavous with femora partly fuscous. Length 1.62, width (hemelytra) 0.62 mm. Head convex above, median length slightly shorter than transocular width (16:20), width of interocular space three-fourths of median length of head. Eyes with a few short setal hairs; ocelli situated as shown in illustration. Antennal measurements: segment I, 8; II, 14; III, 16; IV, 60 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 4. Nidicola etes, n. sp. 20. Rostrum long, extending between hind coxae, bowed, greatly concave on inner side in repose. Measurements: segment II, 14; III, 16; IV, 20. Pronotum slightly convexly tapering anteriorly, basal width slightly more than twice median length (46:20), with outer margins narrowly explanate, each side slightly wider than collar; front lobe large, tumid, faintly rugulose; hind lobe shorter than fore lobe, depressed, distinctly transversely rugulose, shallowly convexly excavated on hind margin. Legs with femora moderately thickened. Scutellum depressed, hairy as pronotum, triangular, median length and basal width subequal (14:15). Hemelytra each with pits clearly and sharply defined, sequentially arranged on clavus and corium in regular rows as depicted in illustration; membrane clear, veins imperceptible. The Genus Nidicola (Hemiptera) 61 Holotype, macropterous male (USNM type no. 67038), Mexico, on orchid imports at Nogales, Ariz., 6 July 1953. This is the smallest member of the genus. It is closely allied to N. mitra below, but readily separated from it by the hairy vestiture, greatly roughened hind pronotal lobe, and sharply defined hemelytral pits ar- ranged in regular rows. The holotype is illustrated. Nidicola mitra, new species (Higs) 2; 57) Small, oblong, brownish with corium of hemelytra often becoming fuscous apically; body beneath pale brown. Legs and antennae pale testaceous. Dorsal surface clothed sparsely with pale hairs, these shorter on pronotum. Length 2.15, width (across cuneal fracture) 0.88 mm. Head slightly longer than transocular width (32:28), interocular space wide (18). Antennal measurements: segment I, 8; II, 20; III, 19; IV, 24. Rostrum extending between hind coxae, measurements: segment II, 13; Ill, 28; IV, 20. Legs smooth, femora slightly thickened. Pronotum twice as wide at base as median length (50:25); explanate margins moderately wide, a little wider than collar; frontal lobe large, swollen, twice as long as hind lobe, slightly rugulose; hind lobe short, depressed, transversely rugulose. Hemelytra with veins fairly prominent, punctures somewhat obscure, not always clearly defined, nor as long as abdomen. Holotype, macropterous male (USNM type no. 67037), Mexico, taken on unknown species of nuts, 12 Nov. 1955, at San Antonio, Tex. Allotype, 2 and 12 paratypes, collected on Caladium bulbs from Guatemala, 4 May 1950, Nogales, Ariz.; 1 paratype, on orchids (Laelia) from San Miguel de Allende, Guanajuato, Mexico, at Nogales. Similar to N. aglaia in form, but easily distinguished from it by having the hemelytral punctures sharply defined and arranged in regular rows as depicted in the illustration. The holotype is figured. Nidicola engys, new species (Fig. 3) Obovate, brown with hemelytra testaceous-brown; body beneath brownish, dorsal surface rather thinly clothed with fairly long, suberect, yellowish hairs. Legs, rostrum, and antennae pale testaceous. Length 2.00, width (across cuneal fractures) 1.62 mm. Head longer than transocular width (30:25), interocular space wide (18). Rostrum extending between intermediate coxae, measurements: segment II, 7; III, 13; IV, 8. Legs moderately long, smooth, femora slightly thickened. Pronotum with basal width more than twice the median length (48: 20); collar narrow; front lobe large, swollen, feebly rugulose; hind lobe much narrower than fore lobe, depressed, transversely ridged; explanate 62 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 5. Nidicola marginata Harris and Drake; a, ventral aspect of male genital segments; b, evaporatorium showing ostiole and _ ostiolar canal on left metapleuron; c, left male paramere. Nidicola aglaia, n. sp.; d, dorsal aspect of head, pronotum and antennae; e, left hemelytron. Nidicola mitra, n. sp.; f, dorsal aspect of fourth instar nymph showing 3 pairs of scent gland openings on abdominal tergites-segments III, IV, and V. The Genus Nidicola (Hemiptera) 63 margins wide, three times as wide as collar, with obtusely rounded an- terior end not produced further forward than front margin of collar. Scutellum depressed apically, wider across base than median length (26:22). Hemelytra not extended backwards over apical part of abdo- men, rather thinly clothed with moderately long, reclining, yellowish hairs; punctures largely obscure; veins of corium raised; membrane small, without visible veins. Holotype, submacropterous female (USNM type no. 67036), Alamos, Sonora, Mexico, 4 Jan. 1955, intercepted on orchids and bromeliads, Nogales, Ariz. This lyctocorine belongs to the group of species possessing widely explanate pronotal borders, which do not extend anteriorly farther than the front edge of the collar. The holotype, which lacks forelegs and the last two antennal segments, is figured. 64 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1 0672 Vol. 77, pp. 65472 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NOMENCLATURAL AND DESCRIPTIVE NOTES ON ORODESMA APICINA H.-S. AND ITS SUBSPECIES (LEPIDOPTERA, NOCTUIDAE) By E. L. Topp Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The erebine noctuid species of Cuba were last treated as a group by Gundlach (1881) in his paper on the lepidopterous fauna of that island. The majority of the included species occur elsewhere in the Antilles and/or continental America and, accordingly, have been treated in subsequent World cata- logues, or in faunal studies of the other areas where they occur, or in taxonomic works of the different groups to which they belong. A few names applicable to species occurring in Cuba have remained unused or have been used only a few times in the last 50 years or more. They are mostly names referable to species that are restricted to Cuba and/or belong to groups that have not been subsequently treated in catalogues or taxo- nomic revisions. One name, Orodesma apicina Herrich- Schaffer, does not fall within the categories listed above. The combination has been overlooked or ignored. Wolcott (1923: 174 and 1936: 438) is the only author to utilize the name during the past 50 years. He either misspelled the generic name or a typographical error occurred because the name appears as Orodesmia. In the more recent literature the names Lois lorina (Druce) or Boryzola lorina (Druce) have been applied to the species. The generic name, Orodesma H.-S., is listed in the nomen- clators of Schulze et al. (1933: 2387) and Neave (1940, 3: 463); but that name and the specific name apicina were not utilized by Richards (1936, 1939) in his generic and specific studies of the group to which the species belongs. It is diffi- 9—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 77, 1964 (65) SM TASENig9 mstituion §=60 JUN 2 6 106. 66 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington cult to understand why the name was overlooked or ignored since in taxonomic studies of that kind all generic names ap- plicable to a group should be considered. It is especially surprising that Richards did not consult the literature pertain- ing to the Cuban fauna since he had two records of the species from Florida! Failure to consult the literature pertaining to this species has resulted in other confusing aspects relating to the synonymy of apicina. Draudt and Gaede (1944: 498, pls. 73, row g and 82, row d) listed Boryzola lorina (Druce) and Boryzola juanita (Schaus) as distinct species even though Schaus had synonymized his name to lorina 18 years before! Their illustrations of specimens representing the two names are quite different; that of juanita (pl. 73, row g) is excellent, but that of lorina (pl. 82, row d) is extremely poor and not at all like the figure provided by Druce (1898, pl. 94, fig. 15)! A strict interpretation of Article 23, Section (b), of the 1961 Inter- national Code of Zoological Nomenclature would require that Orodesma apicina Herrich-Schaffer be considered a nomen oblitum. This section, a limitation of the Law of Priority, states, “A name that has remained unused as a senior synonym in the primary zoological literature for more than fifty years is to be considered a forgotten name (nomen oblitum).” To determine whether a name is a nomen oblitum, a zoologist must first determine whether the papers utilizing the name in question are to be classified as “primary zoological literature.” Others have already written papers commenting on the impracticability of attempting to cate- gorize the literature in such a manner. Personally, I do not believe that we should so categorize the literature; and even if we were so inclined, I doubt that the category—primary zoological literature—could be satisfactorily defined. In the case of Orodesma Herrich-Schaffer, it is not important whether the nomenclators of Schulze et al. (1933) and Neave (1940) are con- sidered to belong to the “primary zoological literature” because those important, commonly used works do not indicate synonymy. Wolcott (1923, 1936) merely listed the combination Orodesmia apicina H.-S. and did not cite synonyms. Since Article 23, Section (b), specifically defines a nomen oblitum as a name that has remained unused as a senior syno- nym [my italics] in the primary zoological literature for more than 50 years, the preceding usage of the name in question would not make it available. Thus, we would be required to utilize junior synonyms, con- ceivably even the most recently proposed ones, in all instances in which the synonymy has not been recognized and the oldest name is more than 50 years of age. It seems obvious that the proponents of the limitation of the Law of Priority never intended that the limitation would be so Notes on Orodesma apicina 67 applied; but in the absence of a knowledge of their intent, we have only the wording of the limitation to serve as a guide. If we are to follow the limitation of the Law of Priority, we would also have to consider as nomina oblita all names that are more than 50 years old and that have no junior synonyms. They have no synonyms and accordingly could not have been used as senior synonyms as defined in the “Glossary” of the new Code, p. 152. It would not matter how many references to the name existed nor how recent they might be. The import of the application of the limitation of the Law of Priority, at least as presently worded, certainly will vary according to the group of animals concerned, the differences in the size of the group and our state of knowledge of the group being important factors in the variation. In the Insecta, because of the tremendous number of names involved, the infrequency of treatment of many of them, and the specific wording of the limitation, a very large number of taxa would have to be con- sidered to be nomina oblita. Within this class, its orders and families, the import of application of the limitation of the Law of Priority would vary. In the lepidopterous family Noctuidae the effect of application of Article 23, Section (b), would be chaotic. In that family, the work of almost all of the major describers occurred more than 50 years ago, many of the described species have not been subsequently treated, and several subfamilies have never been catalogued. As an example of the infrequency of treatment, I refer the reader to the genus Gonodonta Hiibner, a mem- ber of the huge, uncatalogued subfamily Erebinae. I select this genus as an example because the bibliographic references are available as the result of a taxonomic revision (Todd, 1959). At the time of the generic revision, 26 of the 57 previously proposed names had not been used in the preceding 50 years, and 9 of the 26 had not been used in the preced- ing 100 years. Seven other names had not been used for more than 45 years. It is also interesting that the only reference for 18 of the 57 names was the original description! Application of the limitation of the Law of Priority appears to me to penalize the taxonomists whose works were published more than 50 years ago for the failure of more recent workers to completely survey the literature and the resultant inability to recog- nize the zoological entities described and the names applied thereto. Even worse, it would reward slipshod taxonomy by considering junior synonyms to be the correct names for such entities! I do not believe that such a system will better serve the stability and universality of nomen- clature. It is my opinion, therefore, that Orodesma apicina Herrich-Schiffer should be considered to be the valid name for the genus and species more recently referred to as Lois lorina (Druce). ‘The generic and specific synonymical biblographies are as follows: Orodesma Herrich-Schaffer Orodesma Herrich-Schiaffer, 1868, Corresp.-Blatt Zool.-Min. Ver. Regens- burg (Naturw. Ver. Regensburg), 22 (12/13): 179.—Zool. Rec. 68 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (1869) 1870, p. 399.—Gundlach, 1881, Contribucién 4 la Entomologia Cubana, Lepidopteros, Vol. 1, p. 325.—M6schler, 1890, Senck. Naturf. Gesell. Abhandl., 16: 350 (Genus # 185 in Systematische Aufzahlung der auf Cuba und Portorico aufgefundenen Lepidopteren. ).—Anony- mous, 1895, Catalogo Numerico del Museo Zoologico Cubano (Museo Gundlach), p. 76, # 765.—Schulze et al., 1933, Nomenclator ani- malium generum et subgenerum, p. 2387.—Neave, 1940, Nomenclator Zoologicus, Vol. 3, p. 463. (Type of genus: Orodesma apicina Herrich- Schaffer, monobasic. ) Orodesmia Herrich-Schiffer, Wolcott, 1923, J. Dept. Agric. Porto Rico, 7 (1): 174; 1936, J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 20 (1): 438. (Lapsus pro Orodesma H.-S.) Lois Dyar, 1924, Ins. Insc. Menst., 12: 16.—Zool. Rec., (1924) 1925, p. 196.—Coleord, 1925, Index 3, Lit. Amer. Econ. Ent., p. 241.— Barnes and Benjamin, 1926, Washington Ent. Soc. Proc., 28 (1): 20.—Richards, 1936, Revista Ent., 6 (3/4): 371; 1939, Ent. Amer., n. s., 19 (1): 72.—Neave, 1940, Nomenclator Zoologicus, Vol. 2, p. 986.—Draudt and Gaede, 1944, in Seitz, Die Gross-schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 7, p. 498. (Type of genus: Lois monoflex Dyar, monobasic.) [New synonymy. ] Boryzola Hampson, 1926, New Genera and Species of Noctuinae in the British Museum, p. 46.—Zool. Rec., (1926) 1927, p. 265.—Richards, 1936, Revista Ent., 6 (3/4): 371 (as jr. syn. of Lois Dyar).—Neave, 1939, Nomenclator Zoologicus, Vol. 1, p. 454.—Draudt and Gaede, 1944, in Seitz, Die Gross-schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 7, p. 498. (Type of genus: Polia (?) lorina Druce, original designation and mono- basic. ) Draudt and Gaede (1944; 498) treated Boryzola and Lois as distinct genera, stating the third papal segment of the former was short, that of the latter slender, as long as the second. In apicina and other species of Orodesma, except monoflex, the third segment of the labial palpi of the males is short; but that structure is long and slender in the females. In the males of monoflex the third segment of the labial palpus is long and slender. Only males of that species have been available to me for study and accordingly the nature of the palpus in the female is unknown. It is my opinion that the palpal difference between the males of monoflex and the other species of Orodesma should be considered to be a specific difference. This opinion is based on the similarity of other characters and on the known variation of secondary sexual characters in the closely related genus Boryzops Richards. The generic name Pseudbarydia Hampson (1924: 425) may also prove to be a synonym of Orodesma H.-S., but further study will be required to determine whether this conjecture is correct. Orodesma apicina Herrich-Schaffer Orodesma apicina Herrich-Schiaffer, 1868, Corresp.-Blatt. Zool.-Min. Ver. Regensburg (Naturw. Ver. Regensburg), 22 (12/13): 179.— Notes on Orodesma apicina 69 Gundlach, 1881, Contribucién 4 la Entomologia Cubana, Lepidopteros, p. 325.—Mo6schler, 1890, Senck. Naturf. Gesell. Abhandl., 16: 350 (Species # 417 in Systematische Aufzahlung der auf Cuba und Portorico aufgefundenen Lepidopteren.).—Anonymous, 1895, Cata- logo Numerico del Museo Zoologico Cubano (Museo Gundlach), p. TE, 32 Os. Polia (2) lorina Druce, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 515; 1898, in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera, Heter- ocera, Vol. 2, p. 486, pl. 94, fig. 15. [New synonymy. ] Catacala juanita Schaus, 1894, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 21: 241; 1926, in Barnes and Benjamin, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 28 (1): 20 (As synonym of lorina Druce). Lois lorina (Druce), Barnes and Benjamin, 1926, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, 28 (1): 20.—Richards, 1936, Revista Ent., 6 (3/4): 371; 1939, Ent. Amer., ser. n. 19 (1): 72, pl. 5, fig. 19. Boryzola lorina (Druce), Hampson, 1926, New Genera and Species of Noctuinae in the British Museum, p. 46.—Draudt and Gaede, 1944, in Seitz, Die Gross-schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 7, p. 498, pl. 82, row d. Boryzola juanita (Schaus), Draudt and Gaede, 1944, in Seitz, Die Gross- schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 7, p. 498, pl. 73, row g. Orodesma apicina H.-S. is known to occur in Cuba, Florida, México, Guatemala, Venezuela, Ecuador, and Brazil. The specimens from the latter two countries, from localities of the eastern watershed of the Andes, are of a different phenotype than the other 19 specimens in the collection of the U. S. National Museum and are described below as a new sub- species. The other specimens are all presently considered to be typical apicina. Some slight differences have been observed in various geograph- ical populations of O. apicina apicina H.-S., but they do not appear to be completely constant and our series are far too small to determine the importance of the differences noted. Specimens from Sinaloa in western Mexico, including the type of lorina Druce, appear to be paler and much less conspicuously marked than specimens from other areas. Specimens from Cuba and some from Florida appear to have the postmedial line between Cu: and the inner margin of the forewing straighter than in specimens agreeing with the type of juanita Schaus and occurring in eastern México, Central America, and northwestern South America. Types: The type of apicina H.-S. from Cuba is now in the newly formed National Collection, Havana, Cuba via the Gundlach collection. The original description and the subsequent redescription by Gundlach are quite adequate for recognition of the species. In addition, I have received, through the courtesy of Fernando de Zayas of Havana, a photograph of another Cuban specimen that he has compared with the type. The type of lorina Druce from Presidio de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, México, is in the British Museum (Natural History), London; that of juanita Schaus from Paso San Juan, Veracruz, México, is in the U. S. National Museum, Washington. 70 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-2, and @, Orodesma apicina apicina H.-S., Cayuga, Guate- mala. Fics. 3-4, Holotype ¢ and paratype °, Orodesma apicina obliqua, n. subsp., Santa Catarina, Brazil. Orodesma apicina obliqua, new subspecies This subspecies differs primarily from typical apicina in the shape, size, and direction of the costal half of the antemedial line. In apicina obliqua the antemedial line is more oblique, heavier, and extends to the median line in cell Cu, (Figs. 3-4). Specimens of this subspecies also average slightly larger than those of apicina apicina and have the fore- wings darker, the black marks more conspicuous than in the typical subspecies (Figs. 1-2). Length of forewing: Male, 29 to 34; female, 35 mm. Types: Holotype, male, Santa Catarina, Brazil, Type No. 64638; 1 female paratype, same place; 1 male paratype, same place, donor F. Johnson; 1 male paratype, Joinville, Santa Catarina, Brazil, 286, Collec- tion Wm. Schaus; 1 male paratype, Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, Fritz Plaumann; 1 male paratype, Jatunyacu, Oriente, Ecuador, March 1937, Wm. C. MacIntyre; in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. OrHer Species OF Orodesma H.-S. In addition to apicina H.-S. and monoflex (Dyar) two other species are presently included in Orodesma H.-S. They are: Orodesma ameria (Druce) n. comb., (1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 515) and Orodesma fearni (Schaus) n. comb., (1911, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 7: 58). The original generic placement of ameria was “Polia (?).” To my knowl- edge there has been no other reference to the species. Richards (1936: 373) removed fearni from Barydia Guenee and placed it in Lois Dyar. Notes on Orodesma apicina fl Draudt and Gaede (1944: 498, pl. 73, row g) placed this species in Boryzola Hampson. The name, nigrosparsata, proposed as a form of Boryzola juanita by Draudt and Gaede (1944: 498) has not been considered in this paper because I have not seen examples and because the name is of infra- subspecific rank. LIrERATURE CITED Draupt, M. anp M. Garepr. 1944. In Seitz, Gross-schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 7, 508 pp., 87 pls. Stuttgart. Druce, H. 1891-1900. In Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Heterocera, Vol. 2. 622 pp., pls. 41-101. Gunpbtacu, J. 1881. Contribucién 4 la Entomologia Cubana, Lepidop- teros, 466 pp. Habana. Hampson, Sir G. F. 1924. Descriptions of new genera and _ species of Trinidad and other South American Noctuidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, 13: 425-454. Neave, S. A. 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus, Vol. 3, 1065 pp. London. Ricuarps, A. G., Jr. 1936. A generic synopsis of the Phoberia-Meli- potis Drasteria-Boryza series of Erebinae (Lepidoptera, Noc- tuidae). Revista Ent., 6 (3-4): 338-374, 16 figs. Ricuarps, A. G., Jr. 1939. paucimaculatus 91662 X, cell 12 Ip rm 91662 DD, cell 2 249,26 26 91662 DD, cell 4 239,26 25 91662 EEF, cell 6 202 23 91662 II, cell 2 289,16 32 61663 I, cell 1 239,26 29 61663 I, cell 3 LO 256 19 9962 C, cell 1 119,16 1 9962 F, cell 3 Oe 26 10 9962 F, cell 11 12, LéG 8 Range: 3-23 9962 G, cell 4 1O@, 1g 11 Mean: 11.4 9962 G, cell 7 WO, BE 23 for Euplilis 9962 G, cell 8 IB, 1g 14 coarctata modesta 9962 G, cell 11 89,26 10 9962 G, cell 12 3@ 3 Natural History of Plummers Island: XVIII 107 (Continued ) Number of Range and Number Tetrabaeus cells mean number of reared per infested of parasites per Nest and cell Tetrabaeus larva host larva 92361 A, cell 4 P 14 ee ae Q2361A, cell 5? > eae re 91662 U, cell 9 59 iu Steeda ip : rufigaster 92361 H, cell 1 149 15 92361 H, cell 2 89 15 92361 H, cell 3 169 25 10761 A, cell 1 ? 15 10761 A, cell 2 ? 15 10761 A, cell 3 P 22, 10761 A, cell 4 189, 24 20 10761 A, cell 5 152, 32 18 Range: 6-25 10761 B, cell 1 ? 18 Mean: 15.9 10761 B, cell 2 iP 13 for Euplilis spp. 10761 B, cell 3 ? 16 10761 B, cell 4 ? , 10761 B, cell 5 ry P 9162 N, cell 1 1@, és 11 9162 N, cell 2 52,1¢ 6 9962 D, cell 1 WO, Le 14 9962 D, cell 3 89, 2¢ 105) 91662 L, cell 11 69,44 10 As expected from their larger size, the parasitized larvae of the hibiscus wasp yielded more parasites than did the smaller species of Euplilis. This was not necessarily because more eggs may be deposited in an hibiscus wasp egg or larva. In his study of the platygasterid Allotropa burrelli, Clancy (1944) found definite evidence of cannibalism, which he attrib- uted to chance encounter rather than to aggressive action on the part of the parasite. It seems to me that cannibalism in both of these platygas- terid species is more likely to occur when more parasite larvae are present than can reach maturity on the host tissues. If cannibalism occurs in Tetrabaeus, it is probably more prevalent in Euplilis larvae than in Ec- temnius larvae because of the smaller size of the former. I obtained 451 females and 45 males from a total of 682 Tetrabaeus cells in 39 parasitized larvae of these three crabronine wasps, giving a sex ratio of 10:1. Clancy reported a sex ratio of 2.7:1 for Japanese material of Allotropa burrelli and of 2:1 for laboratory-reared material in New Jersey. Euplilis rufigaster is smaller than E. coarctata modesta and one would expect to obtain fewer Tetrabaeus from a rufigaster larva. The fact that the mean number of Tetrabaeus obtained from rufigaster was larger than 108 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the mean number reared from coarctata modesta was probably due to too few rearings from the former host. In this connection, it can be stated that nests 9162 N and 91662 L, from which no wasps were reared, were almost positively nests of rufigaster because they were in green hibiscus stems. If we average the Tetrabaeus obtained from those two nests with those from nests 92361 A and 91662 U, we obtain a range of 6 to 14 parasites per rufigaster larva and a mean of 10.4. Earlier in this project I assumed that Tetrabaeus had only the two species of Euplilis as hosts, because I reared it from them only in the 1961 nests. However, the 1962 nests of the hibiscus wasp yielded a large number of Tetrabaeus. Tetrabaeus parasitized 17 of 56 cells in eight nests of the hibiscus wasp, 8 of 26 cells in three nests of coarctata modesta, 3 of 30 cells in two nests of rufigaster, and 18 of 30 cells in six nests of Euplilis spp. Perhaps, after studying many more nests, we may eventually find that Tetrabaeus will attack other wasps than Crabroninae nesting in hibiscus. Inasmuch as the summer generation of Tetrabaeus requires 10-12 days more than the host wasps to reach maturity, it seems probable that there are no more than two complete generations annually with possibly a very small third generation. Megaselia aletiae (Comstock ) This phorid fly is one of the more serious enemies of the hibiscus wasp. I have never found it in nests of the other hibiscus-nesting wasps, even those of Euplilis rufigaster which occasionally nests in green hibis- cus stems. The fly usually acts as a scavenger, but it is probable that the activities of its larvae in a newly provisioned cell will destroy the wasp egg, and it is certain that the invasion of other wasp cells by Megaselia larvae results in the death of the wasp larva in each cell. I reared aletiae adults from seven nests (101061 A; 71162 C, E; 72162 C; 91662 H, Q, GG). In addition, Megaselia sp., undoubtedly aletiae, was noted or reared from 17 other nests (101061 B; 71162 G; 72862 B, C, E; 91662 I, R, CC, DD, EE, HH, II; 61663 E, I, K, R, X; 72163 A). Altogether, these phorids destroyed 30 of 93 provisioned cells in 18 nests. The phorid female is a very brazen animal. Twice, while I watched females of the hibiscus wasp gnaw out entrances in hibiscus stems, a female phorid was quite persistent in trying to get into the incompleted entrance boring. In one case (72862 C) the persistent investigation by the phorid drove the wasp off. Later, in this same nest, the phorid was still attending the wasp, occasionally crawling beneath the wasp’s legs; but the wasp did not again take alarm from the phorid’s activity. In the other nest (72862 E), another phorid attended the wasp very persistently while she gnawed at the burrow entrance. Subsequently, when these nests were opened a week later, I did not find any infestation by phorids. Except in one nest, the phorids attacked cells below the entrance; in this other nest, aletiae infested one of two cells above the entrance. In Natural History of Plummers Island; XVIII 109 several nests infested by phorids the wasp constructed one or more empty intercalary cells above the infested section. These empty cells may have been a device preventing infestation of later cells by maggots from the earlier cells. I have no data on the early stages of infestation by aletiae. Presumably the mother deposits eggs or young larvae in the cell, or at least inside the central cavity of the stem. The larvae, at least older ones, can wriggle through the fine pith particles capping the partitions. The larvae feed on the decomposing prey stored by the hibiscus wasp. If there is insufficient nourishment in the first cell infested, they migrate into adjacent cells. Pupation takes place within the cells where the larva reaches maturity. In one nest, adult flies emerged in July, 11 days after the puparia were formed; in another nest in late September, the period in the puparium lasted 15 days. Flies may emerge as much as a week earlier than wasps in the same nest, or as much as two days later than the wasps. In one nest (72162 C) several newly eclosed adult aletiae left the nest when I opened it on 24 July. On this same date there were some full-grown phorid larvae in the same nest. This is an indication that deposition of phorid eggs or larvae may take place over a lengthy period. The nests, of course, are rather poorly protected from attack by phorids. Even in a completed nest, the phorid female can gain the central cavity through the entrance boring, oviposit or deposit larvae on the closing plug, and the phorid larvae can then bore through the pith particles until they reach the cells. Macronychia aurata (Coquillett ) I reared this sacrophagid fly only once from a nest of the hibiscus wasp (72162 C). This was a 9-celled nest with all cells below the entrance hole. The maggot fed on the contents of cells 3-9 and had formed a puparium when I opened the nest on 24 July. The adult fly eclosed on 29 July. Presumably the mother fly deposits a larva in the entrance hole during provisioning of the nest. The larva wriggles down to the cells and feeds either upward or downward on the prey stored for the wasp. I have also reared this species of Macronychia (Krombein, in press ) from a nest of Ectemnius (Hypocrabro) continuus (Fabricius) in a rotton pear limb. These are the only two rearing records for any species of this genus in North America. Ptychoneura aristalis (Coquillett ) This sarcophagid fly was reared from two nests, both in stems of green hibiscus. One was a 10-celled nest of the hibiscus wasp (9162 K), and the other was a 13-celled nest of Euplilis rufigaster (91662 FF). This is a smaller fly than Macronychia, and it does not require as much food to reach maturity as does that genus. The maggot in the hibiscus wasp nest fed on the contents of cell 10 only, while that in the rufigaster nest fed on the contents of cells 1-3. Both flies had formed puparia by the time I opened the nests in September. A male fly emerged from each 110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington of the puparia the following spring, concurrently with wasps from the same nests. Probably the fly maggot gains access to the nest in the manner sug- gested for the preceding species. This is the first host record for this genus of Miltogrammini. Eustalomyia vittipes (Zetterstedt ) I reared this anthomyiid from seven nests, five of the hibiscus wasp in green hibiscus stems (101061 C; 9162 L; 91662 L, Z, BB) and two of Euplilis sp. or spp. in dead hibiscus stems (101061 G, H). Pre- sumably, maggots of this fly gain access to the nest in the same manner as suggested for Macronychia aurata. All of the flies were puparia when I opened the nests in September and October. There were two puparia in each of the two Euplilis nests. In one nest the maggots destroyed the contents of cells 1-8 of a 9-celled nest, and in the other they destroyed the contents of cells 3-8 of an 8- celled nest. There were remains of resting wasp larvae in cocoons in four of the cells destroyed in the former nest, so this fly is capable of maturing on wasp larvae as well as on the prey stored for the wasp. In hibiscus wasp nests, two maggots destroyed both cells in a 2-celled nest, one maggot destroyed two cells in a 12-celled nest, and one mag- got destroyed three cells each in a 4-celled and a 5-celled nest. In the fifth hibiscus wasp nest one maggot destroyed one resting larva in a cocoon, and possibly one or more additional cells. Most of the adult flies emerged in the spring, concurrently with emergence of wasps from adjacent cells. However, in one nest (91662 L), the fly emerged before the nest was opened for examination, and in another nest (101061 G) one of the flies emerged prior to 10 October, when the nest was opened, and the other fly emerged the following spring. Except in one nest, the maggots infested wasp cells below the nest entrance. When the maggots were full grown they wriggled upward to form puparia; in some cases the puparia were formed in the closing pith plug (Figs. 9, 10). In the one nest in which the single maggot infested cells above the entrance, it wriggled upward after it was full grown and formed a puparium 12 cm above the nest entrance. There are no previous host records for this or other North American species of Eustalomyia. Several European species have been reared from various crabronine wasps. UNKNOWN MUSCOID FLY There were five additional nests of the hibiscus wasp (10761 E; 71162 I; 91662 M, N, V) infested by a muscoid fly or flies, which emerged be- fore the nests were opened for study. Not all of the empty puparia were preserved, but at least two of them were of a different genus and species from any of the three species discussed previously. In these two nests (91662 M, V) one maggot destroyed all cells in a 4-celled nest; in the other nest the maggot destroyed an undetermined number of cells. Natural History of Plummers Island: XVIII iLL Vidia cooremani Baker This saproglyphid mite was discovered during this study (Baker, 1964). Its host is the hibiscus wasp, Ectemnius paucimaculatus. 1 ob- tained the first hypopi or deutonymphs on the abdomen of a male wasp (51963 A) netted on 19 May 1963. There were eight, light-tan hypopi on the left side of the first tergum and three more near the base of the second sternum. They were about 200 « long and 125 u wide. I collected three additional hibiscus wasp males (52663 B, C, D) a week later, each bearing one or more hypopi on the abdomen. One had 3 mites on the first tergum; the second had practically all of the first tergum covered by 25 mites plus 4 more on the first sternum and 12 more on the right side of the second sternum; the third wasp had only a single hypopus on the base of the second sternum and a second on the right side of the propodeum. On 16 June I found three nests in which I discovered mite infestations subsequently. One nest (61663 P) was opened for study on 16 June. The single cell in this completed nest contained a single mite on one of the flies; the contents of this cell shriveled up several days later and I was unable to recover the mite. I opened the other two nests (61663 U, X) on 28 June, on which date all of the wasp occupants were in cocoons. There were a number of mite hypopi clustered around the anterior end of the wasp cocoons in cells 1 and 4 of a 4-celled nest, as well as some dispersed, pale protonymphs on the cocoon walls. I opened one of the cocoons and found a healthy wasp pupa but no mites. In the other 6- celled nest there were mites on the cocoons in cells 1 and 3; the contents of cell 2 were moldy. The pale, 8-legged protonymphs were 233-250 yu long, and the light-tan deutonymphs (hypopi) were 167-200 u long. I searched through the debris in each mite-infested cell, but I was unable to find dead adult mites or eggs. Cooreman and Crévecoeur (1948) published an extensive account of the life cycle of the European Vidia concellaria Coor., a symbiont of the ground-nesting sphecid wasp Cerceris arenaria L. in Belgium. The scanty data which I obtained for the American species agree very well with some of their observations on V. concellaria. It is quite probable that in general details the biology of the two species is similar. In brief, concellaria hypopi also occur on the adult wasp and drop off in the wasp’s cell as it is being provisioned. The hypopi or deutonymphs trans- form to tritonymphs and then into adults in a very short time. The adult female mites deposit eggs in the cell soon after the wasp larva has spun a cocoon. The eggs hatch in 24-28 hours and the resulting larvae transform to protonymphs in another 2—3 days. The mite adults, larvae and protonymphs, all live as scavengers on and in the beetle (prey) remains. However, they stated that the deutonymphs were found in the beetle carcasses attached to the Cerceris cocoon, rather than on the cocoon itself. When the adult Cerceris left the cocoon the following spring, the deutonymphs attached themselves to the wasp’s body. Vidia 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington concellaria has only a single generation a year, at least on Cerceris arenaria, which is univoltine in Belgium, whereas the American species must have two or more generations a year. LITERATURE CITED Baker, E. W. 1964. Vidia cooremani, a new species of Saprogly- phidae from a crabronine wasp (Acarina). Ent. News, 75: 43-46. BeRLAND, L. 1932. Un Hyménoptére rubicole devenu accidentelle- ment nuisible. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 4(2): 971. BucBeE, R. E. 1962. Two new phytophagous and one new parasitic species of the genus Eurytoma. J. Kans. Ent. Soc., 35: 345— 348. Cuancy, D. W. 1944. Biology of Allotropa burrelli, a gregarious para- site of Pseudococcus comstocki. J. Agr. Res., 69: 159-167. Cooper, K. W. 1957. Biology of eumenine wasps. V. Digital commu- nication in wasps. J. Exp. Zool., 134: 469-509. CoorEMAN, J. AND CrEvECOEUR, A. 1948. Le cycle biologique de Vidia concellaria Coor., Acarien vivant dans les nids de Cerceris arenaria L. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 84: 277-283. Janvier, H. 1960. Recherches sur les Hyménoptéres nidifiants aphi- divores. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 2 (12): 281-321. KRoMBEIN, K. V. 1958. Miscellaneous prey records of solitary wasps. III. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 71: 21-26. 1960. Biological notes on some Hymenoptera that nest in sumac pith. Ent. News, 71: 29-36, 63-69. 1963. Natural history of Plummers Island, Maryland. XVII. Annotated list of the wasps. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 76: 255— 280. In press. Miscellaneous prey records of solitary wasps. V. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. MugEsEBEcK, C. F. W. 1963. A platygasterid parasite of certain wasp larvae. Beitr. z. Ent., 13: 391-394. MUuESEBECK, C. F. W., Kromperin, K. V., AND Townes, H. K. 1951. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr., 2: 1-1420. Rav, P. 1948. A note on the nesting habits of the wasp, Pemphredon mornatus Say. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 41: 326. Townes, H. anp M. 1962. Ichneumon-Flies of America North of Mexico: 3. Subfamily Gelinae, Tribe Mesostenini. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 216, (3): 1-602. TsuNEKI, K. 1952. Ethological studies on the Japanese species of Pemphredon, with notes on their parasites, Ellampus spp. J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Univ., Ser. VI, Zool., 11: 57-75. 1960. Biology of the Japanese Crabroninae. Mem. Faculty Lib. Arts, Fukui Univ., Nat. Sci., Ser. II, No. 10: 1-53. VAN DER VEcHT, J. 1951. Over nestbouw en prooi van Dasyproctus ceylonicus (Sauss.). Idea, 8: 103-104. Vol. 77, pp. 113-118 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON LYCENCHELYS BULLISI, A NEW EELPOUT FROM THE GULF OF MEXICO By Dantet M. CoHEN U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. The two specimens of eelpout described in this paper were captured by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries vessels “Ore- gon” and “Silver Bay” during exploratory fishing investigations in the Gulf of Mexico. They represent, to the best of my knowledge, the only known occurrences of the family Zoar- cidae (excepting the bathypelagic genus Melanostigma) in the Gulf of Mexico. It is not possible to identify these fishes with any known eelpout, and I therefore consider them to represent a species new to science. The nomenclature of the head pores follows Andriashev (1955). Vertical fin ray elements and vertebrae were counted from an X-ray photograph. Illustra- tions are by Mildred H. Carrington. I am indebted to Dr. C. Richard Robins of the University of Miami and to Dr. Giles W. Mead of Harvard University for allowing me to examine material in their care. Lycenchelys bullisi, new species Holotype: U.S. National Museum no. 188232, “Oregon” station 4038, 28°51’ N, 88°41’ W, 400-410 fathoms (732-750 m); 3 Nov. 1962; 40- foot flat trawl; off the mouth of the Mississippi River. Although no bottom temperature was taken at station 4038, the bottom temperature at 300 fathoms (549 m) at nearby station 4005, 29°07.5’ N, 88°09’ W, was 8.5°C. Paratype: University of Miami Marine Laboratory no. 5363, “Silver Bay” station 1195, 24°26’ N, 83°33’ W, 350 fathoms (640 m); 8 June 1959; 40-foot flat trawl; west of Key West. Diagnosis: A Lycenchelys with a relatively short body, depth behind vent into total length 11.2 to 12.2 times; a short head, 6.6 to 6.8 in total length; a large eye, 3.6 to 3.9 in head; a relatively great preanal distance, 2.8 in total length; two lateral lines; plain, unpatterned colora- tion. 11—Proc. Brow. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 GEIS) PRNTHSORIAD MBS TITUTIOR 1U 114 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Holotype of Lycenchelys bullisi. Outline drawing. Fic. 2. Holotype of Lycenchelys bullisi. Counts and measurements: Measurements in millimeters; holotype first, followed by paratype in parentheses. Dorsal fin rays 100 (100); anal fin rays 83 (83); caudal fin rays (including only those rays which articulate with the hypural) 11(10); pectoral fin rays 18 (17); ventral fin rays 1 (1); vertebrae (not including hypural) 24 (24) abdominal + 81 (79) caudal = 105 (103); total length 180 (173); standard length 174 (167); snout to anal fin 64 (62); head length 27.1 (25.5); snout length 6.6 (7.0); horizontal diameter of eye 7.5 (6.6); postorbital length of head 13.0 (12.4); tip of snout to origin of ventral fins 21.4 (20.5); length of pectoral fin 19.0 (18.5); depth of body behind level of vent 16.0 (14.2); depth of body at ventral fin 14.0 (14.5); interorbital width 5.6 (5.4); gill opening 8.6 (9.0). Description: Body relatively short for a Lycenchelys, compressed. Greatest depth of body in the trunk region anterior to the vent, decreas- ing in depth only very gradually along the tail. Width of trunk at level of vent about one-half depth; body more compressed posteriorly. No keel-like ventral fold on the abdomen. Unpaired fins confluent, their height nearly uniform. Origin of dorsal fin on vertical through midlength of the pectoral fin; length of pectoral fin equal to about one-half the distance from origin of pectoral fin to origin of anal fin. Pectoral fin inserted vertically immediately behind opercle. Each ventral fin ray 3 to 4 mm long. Scales absent from head, predorsal area of dorsum, and from side of body above proximal one-fourth of pectoral fin. Remainder of body with scales, as are the bases of the vertical fins. Thirty to 35 scales between vent and base of dorsal fin (only 24 shown in Fig. 2). Lateral line originating at the occipital pore, whence it extends posteriorly in a straight line for about 10 mm, then descends to the lower third of the Lycenchelys bullisi, a New Eelpout 115 body and extends posteriorly to almost the end of the tail; very difficult to trace beyond the vent. Another lateral line originates in the midline close to the level of the hind margin of the pectoral fin and extends straight back for a distance of 65 to 70 mm, becoming indistinct posteri- orly (virtually impossible to see in the paratype). Head width about equal to head depth, both at nape and at inter- orbital. The dorsal profile of the head descends gently from the nape and is interrupted by the dorsal rim of the eye in the holotype, not in the paratype. In the holotype an inflection occurs near the level of the tubular anterior nostril, whence the profile descends more steeply. The snout of the paratype is smoothly rounded. Snout short, about equal in length to horizontal diameter of eye. The nostril tube is closer to the tip of the snout than to the anterior rim of the eye and is located a distance about equal to its own diameter above the upper lip. The pos- terior nosiril resembles the sensory pores and is located above and behind the nostril tube. Seven pores in the maxillary series, the first in front of the anterior nostril; two postorbital pores, both behind the eye; a single occipital pore, near the upper angle of the opercle; a single preopercular pore, about midway between the hind margin of the eye and the hind margin of the opercle; mandibular series with seven pores, the anterior four, which are located along the lower jaw, separated by prominent folds of skin in the holotype. Posterior margin of maxillary not reaching beyond level of midpoint of eye. Eye large, 3.6 to 3.9 in head. Interorbital region slightly concave in holotype, flat in paratype. Mouth slightly inferior, loose skin on upper lip protruding only slightly, not expanded into fleshy flap. A slight palatal membrane present. Teeth short and conical; on the dentary in a single row which expands into a patch near the symphysis. Each premaxillary with 6 to 12 teeth in a single row, a second row of 4 teeth at the symphysis in the holotype. Four or five teeth on the vomer, separated by a short gap from 4 teeth in a row on the palatine. Last abdominal centrum lacking pleural ribs on its parapophyses. Body color of the holotype a uniform light brown; the darkly pig- mented peritoneum shows through the trunk region; the fins are dark. The paratype is faded and was probably dead when preserved. The holotype is a ripe female containing about 10 large granular unfertilized eggs. One egg measured 3.5 by 4.5 mm. The paratype is probably a male. Relationships: With the exception of its less elongate body and fewer vertebrae, L. bullisi fits fairly well the tentative definition of Lycenchelys proposed by Andriashevy (1955). Although use of relative body length would place L. bullisi in Lycodes, the presence of prominent head pores and a palatal membrane are more important characters and are better reasons for relating the species to Lycenchelys. L. bullisi is separable from any known Lycenchelys on the basis of its relatively short head, snout and body. It seems to have its closest rela- 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3. Holotype of Lycenchelys bullisi. Ventral view of head. tionships with a group of plain-colored species which previous authors have described in Lycodes (where they would be relatively elongate forms); these are L. microcephalus Jensen (1904) from 1461 meters southwest of Iceland; L. atratus Vladykov and Tremblay (1936) from 150 meters in the estuary of the St. Lawrence River, and L. incisus Garman (1899) from 1261 meters in the Gulf of Panama. L. bullisi is separable from all three of these species on the basis of counts and TABLE 1.—Counts and measurements expressed as percent of total length in the types of four species of eelpout L. micro- Ly. L. L. bullisi cephalus atratus incisus Holotype Paratype Total length (mm) _.. 180 173 81 255 196* Sera itm ehie hoe eucie Me: tke Q $? immature @° Q Dorsaliprays gone ee 100 100 87 112 101 (An alc ray Susreaele eee 83 83 mel 93 84 Pectoralirays 200 i 18 17 15 22 18 Verte lraens cae a es 105 103 - 116 - Preanal distance ______.... 35.5 35.8 38.3 412 360 Head: length 22225 = 15.1 14.7 17.3 22,2, 20.6 S40 (O01 «pei SA SEE eee NT es 3.7 4.0 - - 5.9 Bye) diameter =.= 4,2, 3.8 - 4.3 9) 0) Body depth at vent 8.9 8.5 8.0 10.2 8.0 * The smaller of two syntypes. The larger is broken behind the vent. Lycenchelys bullisi, a New Eelpout 117 proportions. Comparisons are presented in Table 1. The data for L. microcephalus and L. atratus are from descriptions of these species. The data for L. incisus were taken from one of the syntypes. Nomenclature: Named for Harvey R. Bullis in recognition of his contributions to knowledge of the marine fauna of the tropical western Atlantic. LITERATURE CITED AnpriAsHEv, A. P. 1955. Obzor ugrevidnykh likodov [Lychenchelys Gill (Pisces, Zoarcidae) i blizkie formy] morei SSSR i sopredel’nykh vod. Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 18: 349-384. (Translation in selected taxonomic papers on northern marine fishes. OTS 61-31030. ) Garman, S. 1899. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, etc. XXVI. The Fishes. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 24: 1-431, 97 pls. JENSEN, ADOLPH SEVERIN. 1904. The North-European and Greenland Lycodinae. The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 2 (4): 1-99, 10 pls. Vuapykov, V. D. ANp J. L. TremMBiay. 1936. Nouvelles espéces de lycodes (Pisces, Zoarcidae) du Saint-Laurent et revision de toutes les espéces du meme genre de |’Atlantique occidental. Stat. Biol. du Saint-Laurent. Fauna et Flora Laurentianae, No. 1, 45 pp., 6 pls. 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ee i ' a ek Dy ’ pie rie 4 heh ‘ 4 1 ra Xs, t ie Ti ni a Sl # pany ny; 7" i Hae inne ih ee Savion rcaN Ae Cae CPOE) Gy y aa bag fy Tid Pit. i pal fon iy , mi a ake ihe js i ORY ics slab all i ee A Mi Bo Ane A Bis nee, “oath | 74,60 i wey Honore ies ee i Ave ne) ih, ne Mths watt Cee Pd BLA: Sa | 7 bate : : ides nh ’ Smarr er a eee et ANIM EWN EAT rie Ay er eee F ; ‘ » t mn we we ¥ y it ‘ Daan ead Dy PA Vey, rm ib ee to alt Dy : x j i" ar a < rf a4} \ oe page ad ke) pea By PAN ian! MW" he MR rei any a7 or i { Mk a put (Wii uth fia Hite A Sita ye ; iu bsesea & ' i ea j ? ‘ i v r i ; es pe a dealin me " Penni: ace ee re sant) a j isd Hine? ann role Ainsaly! a 15 AA Spi Ct, omy) ‘itt chains hyaheediadle akaae ee, ee LT a PG et tae ay PUD, ditt eearsiihe PN ih oR PIR 2Tp he any ade: eee ea ». "bs cite MBE SRAM MRS Pele yp aM) Piesahdd hil. PV aid thane ee 3 a ees Mat abies em Winwa HMA RaN | Ailibeasbegs shhh . 4 i er ireage V4) bes! hihy mate pany AALORG AA HTH: Tad Leg wi : i f : t i q py ))4m) AWA AM! Vg nai Meg a AP Pirgat! eae: Catia beds Sing ty A eB beet dre bia yl gel Lo i er | a Game AFA Mi tel Nee, Wha Bia) ye 4b 4044 f nore hy yi Wel fennel PON. : i h Bin ae ee ye a Hi Mes le eae Tile avi bab) i 1m merle ah) { he a ' eel ‘ 3 ‘ aire } ; ¥ Wal Ah ‘ 1, ae ae ' ; i y i { j a ; An var Bi Dal i A 7 a ‘ 4 Wy \ \ j "i a : id Me Die oy rane ae rae WA ih i! | (hi i uP A i S74, 9675 Vol. 77, pp. 119-122 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SPECIES OF FRUIT-EATING BAT (GENUS ARTIBEUS ) FROM CENTRAL AMERICA* By Witu1aM B. Davis AND DitForp C. CARTER Department of Wildlife Management, Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas During the course of field work in Nicaragua and Honduras in 1962 and 1963, field parties from the Department of Wild- life Management collected several specimens of Artibeus that cannot be assigned to any recognized species. Externally they resemble Artibeus hirsutus, but they are smaller. They are larger than any member of the “cinereus” complex, and they all possess a minute third upper molar which the latter group lacks. Thus, they appear to be the smallest of the “jamaicensis” group which normally has three upper molars. For this seem- ingly new species we propose the name Artibeus inopinatus, new species Type: Adult female, skin and skull; No. 9517, Texas Cooperative Wildlife Collections; Choluteca, 10 ft, Depto. de Choluteca, Honduras; collected 1 August 1963, by Jerome V. Mankins, original No. 4576. Diagnosis: A medium-sized Artibeus seemingly most closely allied to Artibeus hirsutus of western Mexico, but smaller and with the inter- femoral membrane less hairy, although with a noticeable fringe of hairs on its free edge. Forearm 51 to 53 mm in females; 48 to 49 in males; greatest length of skull 15.4 to 16.3 mm; weight 26 to 36 grams. Comparisons: Considerably smaller than Artibeus jamaicensis and A. lituratus; needs comparison only with A. hirsutus which inopinatus re- sembles in external appearance. From hirsutus, inopinatus differs in be- ing smaller in most external and cranial measurements; the cheek teeth are smaller (see Fig. 1 and Table 1). All specimens of Hirsutus exam- ined by us have a broad spine on the posterior border of the palate that projects into the interpterygoid space. No spine is present in inopinatus, and the posterior outline of the palate is evenly concave. * This investigation was supported in whole by Public Health Service Research Grant No. AI-03743, from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases. Contribution No. TA 4553 of the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. 12—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 77, 1964 (119) 120 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Outline drawings, occlusal view, of lower left M:. A, Artibeus hirsutus (TCWC No. 46439); B, Artibeus inopinatus (TCWC No. 9521¢ ). Measurements: See Table 1. Remarks: A single adult male of this species was captured 26 Novem- ber 1962, in Nicaragua by one of us (Davis) in a mist net set across the mouth of a small tributary that flows into a larger stream at a settle- ment locally known as San Francisco, 400 ft, at K92 on the Rama Road. At the time it was recognized as being different from A. jamaicensis and A. lituratus, both of which were being captured in the same net. AI- though no additional specimens were captured by Davis, nor by Carter and his crew, who collected in Nicaragua throughout the month of May TABLE 1.—Selected measurements, extremes and means, in millimeters of three species of Artibeus jamaicensis inopinatus hirsutus 829 82° 629° (from C. A.) Forearm (inc. wrist) __ 52.0 (51.7-52.3) 55.7 (52.0-58.4) 59.3 (55.0-64.6 ) Metacarpal III _.......... 46.4 (45.6-47.0) 50.3 (47.6-52.0) 53.8 (51.0—58.5) IPhalanxsoilt ese ses 14.8 (14.1-15.4) 15.4 (14.5-16.0) 17.5 (16.4-19.0) Phalan xg yee iene ee eee. 24.0 (23.0-24.7) 26.8 (25.5-28.5) 27.9 (26.2—30.0) Phalanx 3 (exe. cart. tip) 12.6 (12.8-13.5) 13.6 (12.8-15.3) 15.6 (15.0—-17.1) Fea yagi pea ant ee eed 17.1 (17.0-17.3) 18.6 (18.4-19.2) 21.5 (21.0—23.1) Weight (gms) _......... 29.3 (24.7-35.9) 39.6 (32.0-47.2) 47.1 (39.0-—57.0) Greatest length of skull to front of canines __.____ 25.5 (25.0-26.0) 26.7 (26.2-27.3) 28.0 (27.5—29.2) Zygomatic breadth __ 15.7 (15.4-16.3) 16.7 (16.4-17.2) 17.2 (16.3-18.5) Mastoidal breadth ___ 13.6 (13.3-14.0) 14.3 (14.0-14.6) 14.9 (14.4-16.0) Interorbital breadth —___. 5.6 ( 5.5— 5.8) 6.7 ( 6.6— 6.8) 7.1 ( 6.7— 7.5) Palatal length (from incisive foramen) ___- 10.0 ( 9.6—-10.4) 11.2 (10.8-11.6) 10.9 (10.3-11.3) Postpalatal length _____ 7.7 ( 7.2— 7.6) 7.5 ( 7.2— 7.8) 8.7 ( 8.5— 9.3) Maxillary toothrow ______. 8.9 ( 8.8— 9.2) 9.9 ( 9.8-10.0) 10.0 ( 9.8-10.2) Width across M1—M! _____ 10.8 (10.5-11.0) 11.7 (11.5-12.0) 12.7 (12.3-13.7) Length of mandible ____.__ 17.0 (16.6-17.5) 17.9 (17.8-18.4) 19.3 (18.6—20.3) Length mandibular toothrow (C—M,) —-_... 9.7 ( 9.5-10.0) 10.6 (10.5-10.8) 10.9 (10.6—11.2) A New Fruit-eating Bat 121 1963 and were on the alert for it, Jerome Mankins, Gordon Jarrell and Jack Meyers were fortunate in finding a small colony roosting in a room in a relatively new, unoccupied house in Choluteca, Honduras, on 1 August 1963. They collected the entire group which consisted of one adult male, eight adult females and five young-of-the-year. Two of the young bats appear to be about one month old; the others are older, but still in juvenile pelage. We wish to thank G. G. Goodwin, American Museum of Natural His- tory, for comparing our specimens with the type of Artibeus jamaicensis richardsoni, Matagalpa, Nicaragua. He reported (in litt.) that “they need no close comparison with A. j. richardsoni.” We also wish to thank Charles O. Handley, Jr., U. S. National Museum, who is revising the genus Artibeus, for his critical comments concerning the new species. Although we have not examined them, the five specimens of “Artibeus hirsutus” reported from Divisadero, El Salvador, by Burt and Stirton (Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 117: 35, 1961) are probably referable to inopinatus, since all their measurements are smaller than our hirsutus from Mexico and fall within the range of variation of inopi- natus. 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 77, pp. 123-124 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SUBSPECIES OF HARVEST MOUSE, REITHRODONTOMYS GRACILIS, FROM ISLA DEL CARMEN, CAMPECHE By J. Knox Jones, JR. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence On 7 and 8 July 1962, two field parties from the Museum of Natural History, The University of Kansas, collected verte- brates on Isla del Carmen, the barrier island separating La- guna de Términos from the Gulf of Campeche in western Campeche, México. Among the mammals obtained by the two groups were seven specimens of the slender harvest mouse, Reithrodontomys gracilis, which represent a new subspecies that is named and described below. Reithrodontomys gracilis insularis, new subspecies Holotype: Adult male, skin and skull, no. 92262 Museum of Natural History, The University of Kansas, from 8 mi ENE Ciudad del Carmen, Isla del Carmen, Campeche; obtained on 7 July 1962, by William C. Stanley (original no. 373). Diagnosis and comparisons: The new subspecies is a drab-colored, medium-sized race of R. gracilis having the following diagnostic features: Ground color of upper parts pale ochraceous-tawny, palest on sides, darkest on head and back owing to presence of black guard hairs (over- all appearance of dorsum grizzled brownish; underparts grayish-white (hairs plumbeous basally, tipped with white) except chin, which is pure white; upper parts of legs pale tawny; forefeet whitish, hind feet grayish white excepting white hairs on toes; tail indistinctly bicolored, pale brownish above, paler below; braincase well inflated but flattened dorsally; zygomatic arches broad, narrowest anteriorly, bowed ventrally to alveolar level of toothrows or beyond; rostrum relatively long and broad; toothrows short; auditory bullae only moderately inflated. R. g. insularis needs direct comparison only with R. g. gracilis, the only other subspecies of the species inhabiting the Caribbean lowlands, from which insularis differs as follows: Upper parts drabber (lacking the conspicuous tawny appearance of gracilis), sides paler, underparts lack- ing any trace of buffy color in pectoral region; skull averaging larger in 13—Proc. Bio.. Soc. WAsuH., VoL. 77, 1964 (123) 124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington several dimensions, especially greatest length and zygomatic breadth; mesopterygoid fossa broader (average breadth 1.54 mm in seven specimens of insularis, 1.28 in seven specimens of gracilis); rostrum broader over-all owing partly to more divergent roots of incisors, and averaging longer; braincase broader and deeper. Measurements: External measurements in millimeters of the holotype, followed in order by those of another adult male, two adult females, and two young adult females, are: Total length, 175, 173, 181 (tip of tail missing ), 179, 175, 179; length of tail vertebrae, 97, 98, 99 (tip missing), 101, 98, 102; length of hind foot, 18, 17, 19, 18, 18, 19.5; length of ear from notch, 14, —, 15.5, 13, 14, 14.5; weight in grams, —, 11.4, —, —, 10.6, 10.5. Respective cranial measurements, also in millimeters, of the same six specimens are: Greatest length of skull, 22.5, 21.6, 22.4, 22.0, 22.0, 21.9; zygomatic breadth, 10.8, 11.2, 11.2, 11.5, 11.0, 10.7; interorbital con- striction, 3.3, 3.2, 3.5, 3.5, 3.4, 3.2; breadth of braincase, 10.5, 10.5, 10.4, 10.7, 10.5, 10.5; depth of skull, 8.2, 8.1, 8.1, 8.4, 8.2, 8.1; length of rostrum, 8.1, 7.6, 7.8, 7.8, 7.4, 7.6; breadth of rostrum, 4.2, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 3.9, 3.8; length of maxillary toothrow, 3.1, 3.0, 2.9, 3.1, 3.2, 3.1; length of incisive foramen, 3.7, 4.0, 4.0, 3.9, 3.8, 3.7; length of palate, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.5, 3.5. Cranial measurements were taken as described by Hooper (Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 77: 9-11, 1952). Remarks: The three specimens of the new subspecies labeled with reference to Cuidad del Carmen were trapped in coconut groves in company with Mus musculus. The ground vegetation was moderately dense and the substrate sandy. The four individuals from 1 km SW Puerto Real also were taken in a coconut grove. Insofar as I am aware, no kind of harvest mouse previously has been reported from Isla del Carmen. Three of the five females examined were pregnant; each carried three embryos. Specimens examined: Seven, all from Isla del Carmen, Campeche, as follows: 3 mi E Cuidad del Carmen, 2 (KU 92260-61); 8 mi ENE Cuidad del Carmen, 1 (holotype); 1 km SW Puerto Real, 4 (KU 92263- 66). Specimens of Reithrodontomys gracilis gracilis used in comparisons are as follows: 6.5 km WSW Sisal (KU 92253), 3 km N Pisté (KU 92254), and Pisté (KU 92255), Yucatan; Pueblo Nuevo Xcan (KU 92256-57) and 4 km NNE Felipe Carrillo Puerto (KU 92258), Quin- tana Roo; 7.5 km W Escdarcega, Campeche (KU 92259); Uaxactun, Guatemala (KU 65384-85). Support for field work from the U. S. Army Medical Research and Development Command (Contract DA 49-193 MD-2215) is acknowl- edged. i ‘i et fy ae iy) Aa nN 7 tee A Wan Hat nit 1 r an Rane uy ee ey het j ai a oo i r vere i) .* + F Uy f wd a : ae ro ob) ae Vol. 77, pp. 125-126 26 June 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES FROM THE JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS (LeprporpTERA: BLASTODACNIDAE ) By J. F. Gates CLARKE Smithsonian Institution This new genus of moths is described here to provide a name to be used in my forthcoming Volume V of the Meyrick types of microlepidoptera. I had intended describing this genus and species in another paper, “Microlepidoptera of the Juan Fernandez Islands,” but publication of this paper has been long delayed and the name is needed now. Characters of the genus and species will be illustrated in the latter paper. Nanodaena Clarke, new genus (Type species: Nanodacna ancora Clarke, new species, by present designation. ) Antenna serrulate in male, simple in female, about three-fifths length of forewing; basal segment with pecten. Labial palpus ascending, re- curved, smooth except second segment slightly roughened; third seg- ment about as long as second, acute; second segment somewhat thickened toward apex. Head smooth, tongue well developed. Hind tibia smooth except for a few long hairlike scales above. Forewing lanceolate with 12 veins, without accessory cell; 1c well preserved at margin; 2 from near angle of cell, connate with 3, closely approximate to 4; 5 short- stalked with 4; 6 obsolete but preserved at margin below apex; 7 and 8 stalked, both to costa; 9 well separated from the stalk of 7 and 8; no accessory cell between 9 and 11; 11 from before middle. Hind wing linear lanceolate, with 8 veins; 2, 3 and 4 well separated and about equidistant; 5 and 6 short-stalked, approximate to 7 at base; discocellular vein very weak. Male genitalia with uncus absent; gnathos divided. Female genitalia with double signa. Nanodacna is very similar to Blastodacna but differs from it by the absence of the accessory cell, the presence of vein 1c, separate veins 3 and 4 and an obsolete vein 6 of forewing. In Blastodacna vein Ic is absent, 3 and 4 are coincident and vein 6 is strong. In the hind wing there is no trace of the discocellular vein in Blastodacna and vein 7 is 14—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (125) 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington out of the stalk of 5 and 6. The female of Blastodacna has a single signum but in Nanodacna there are two signa. The forewing of Blasto- dacna exhibits well-developed scale-tufts which appear to be wanting in Nanodacna. The absence of these scale-tufts in Nanodacna, however, may be because of the condition of the specimens. I suspect, though, that the species of this genus are smooth-winged. Nanodaena ancora Clarke, new species Alar expanse 10-13 mm. Labial palpus sordid-white; second segment shaded with fuscous an- teriorly and on sides; third segment with subapical fuscous annulus. Antenna fuscous. Head grayish-buff with fuscous irroration. Thorax and ground color of forewing brownish-buff irrorate and suffused with fus- cous; basal sixth of forewing fuscous, the outer edge of this patch outwardly oblique from costa to dorsura; a moderately broad, outwardly oblique band of the pale ground color separates the dark basal patch from the outer, darker portion of the wing; stigmata four, blackish-fus- cous; one on fold at edge of basal patch, one on fold at two-fifths; one in cell between the foregoing two and one at end of cell; apex rather darkly suffuse fuscous; cilia brownish-buff. Hind wing grayish-fuscous; cilia somewhat paler and distinctly brownish at apex of wing. Legs buff; fore- and midlegs strongly overlaid with blackish-fuscous; hind leg with slight infuscation. Abdomen grayish-fuscous above, buff beneath. Male genitalia: (Slide No. 10733.) Harpe terminating in a long, recurved slender process; outer end of sacculus armed with a strong digitate process. Anterior edge of vinculum excavated. Anellus a quad- rate plate incised posteriorly to admit aedeagus. Aedeagus an open S- shaped structure, sharply pointed distally. Transtilla a sclerotized plate with two fleshy lobes laterally. Socii two small fleshy processes. Gnathos two spined knobs. Female genitalia: (Slides No. 10446, 10734.) Ostium a small round opening surrounded by a strongly sclerotized ring. Posterior two-fifths of ductus bursae sclerotized, remainder membranous. Inception of ductus seminalis at junction of sclerotized and membranous parts of ductus bursae. Seventh tergite modified by a strongly sclerotized, roughly reniform area. Type: MaAsaruera: La Correspondencia, 1150 m (28.1.55), in the collection of the University of Chile. Described from the type male, one male and five female paratypes as follows: ¢, 32 2, Quebrada de las Vacas (17.1.52); 9, Quebrada de las Casas (17.1.52); 9, La Correspondencia, 1500 m (28.1.55). The specimens of this species are in relatively poor condition, making it impossible to give an absolutely accurate color description. The genitalia, however, are sufficiently striking to enable an easy identification when additional material is acquired. i ih Wine id Laat A yi ied, haan lS, Lg ian ie phigh fright silat | 2 Se am a nh iss ea Galina J , ” int \ (aay a ER Bn SSE pan Sc Oy ee eran) Teele OR Ae oe ee a 5 a) A RAT i t * tig y as S9¢.0678 Vol. 77, pp. 127-156 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE STUDIES ON ANDEAN COMPOSITAE: Vi. ~~ By Jos—E CUATRECASAS Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. This continuation of my contributions to our knowledge of the Compositae of the Andes deals mainly with interesting collections made by Prof. H. Ellenberg in 1957 in connection with ecological research in several regions of Peru, and with specimens collected by Dr. J. J. Wurdack in his recent explora- tions of the region of Chachapoyas. Both extensive collections indicate a high degree of affinity between the floras of northern Peru (Jalca region) and the Ecuador-Colombian paramo. A more detailed discussion of these affinities will be presented after completion of the identification of all specimens. Cha- chapoyas having been the headquarters of Andrew Mathews, Wurdack found many topotype specimens of species based on Mathews’ collections, but in his thorough explorations he also encountered a great number of undescribed species. Some of them are described here. A part of the novelties found in the Ellenberg collections of Compositae was published in my con- tribution IV of this series (Brittonia 12°, 1960). One of the most interesting findings of Ellenberg is a new genus in the Eupatorieae-Pickerinae, here proposed. An Ecuadorian col- lection by Barclay is also considered here. The work upon which this paper is based has been sponsored by the National Science Foundation. The preceding article of this series was published in the same Proceedings, vol. 74: 7-28, 1961. Diplostephium barclayanum Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex ad 1 m altus ramis erectis terminalibus crasse denseque albo- lanatis. Folia alterna coriacea, lamina lineari-lanceolata apice brevissime 15—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (127) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION OCT 128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 129 calloso-acutata basi subite rotundata in brevem petiolum 1.5 mm longum membranaceum amplectentem angustata margine crasse revoluta 5-8 mm longa 1.5-2.6 mm lata; supra viridi nitida sublaevi sed minutis tuberculis spinulosis parcis munita tantum costa impressa notata; subtus dense crasseque albo-lanata, nervatione cum crasso indumento velati. Capitula heterogama radiata pedunculata circa 1.5 cm diametentia 8-12 corymbos terminales simplices vel subsimplices erectos robustos formantia. Pedunculi 1.5-2.5 cm longi crassiusculi erecti crasse denseque albo-lanati parcis foliis sparsis brevibus 5-3 mm longis supremis bractei- formibus subscariosis lanceolatis lanatis 3-2 mm longis, ad involucrum juxtapositis. Involucrum campanulatum basi turbinatum circa 6-7 mm altum scariosum basi albido-lanuginosum; phyllariis circi 6-seriatis obtusis stramineis scariosis late marginato-laceratis interioribus glabris circa 6-6.5 mm longis 1.2—1.7 mm latis, mediis gradatim brevioribus oblongis et ovatis 5-4 mm longis 2 mm latis basilaribus late triangularibus dorso lanatis infimis 4-3 mm longis 2 mm latis. Flores radii feminei 22—25 uniseriati; corolla cirea 9 mm longa alba tubulo 2 mm longo sursum longe hispido pilis rigidis erectis ad 2 mm longis sparsis glandulis globosis intermixtis, lamina oblonga 3-dentata obscure 4—5 nervata 7 mm longa 1.2-1.5 mm lata; rami styli lineari-subulati 1.5 mm longi margine incrassati minute stigmati-papillosi; ovarium basi cuneatum 5-nervatum leviter compressum copiose glandulosum et sparse pilosum circa 1.5 mm longum; pappus stramineus circa 5 mm longis setis rigidulis minute strigulosis apicem versus vix ampliatis 2-seriatis externis brevibus 0.4— 0.8 mm longis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 20-23; corolla lutea 6-7 mm longa tubulo angusto 2-2.2 mm longo pilosulo minutis pilis papillosis crassiusculis alteris longioribus, limbo campanulato-tubuloso pilosulo 5- dentato dentibus triangulari-oblongis 1.2 mm longis margine incrassatis apice acutiusculo plus minusve papilloso-piloso; antherae 2 mm longae basi auriculatae; rami styli 2 mm longi lineari-subulati valde acuti dorso papilloso-hispidulo margine tertio inferiori incrassato papilloso- stigmatico; ovarium oblongum basi cuneatum 5-nervatum copiose gland- uloso-granulatum et sparsissimis pilis instructum circa 1.4 mm longum fertile; pappus stramineus 5 mm longus setis biseriatis minute strigulosis sursum paulo dilatatis exterioribus 0.5-0.8 mm longis. Receptaculum < Fic. 1. Diplostephium barclayanum. A, leaf from below, x 7; B, head, x 4; C, inner phyllary, x 7; D, medium-outer phyllary, x 10; E, ray flower, x 5; F, achene from ray flower, x 30; G, upper part of inner pappus bristle in ray flower, x 60; H, outer bristle of same, x 90; I, disc flower, tt LH uy bil CUFMEA Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 133 elevata tantum conspicua nervis secundariis 12-14 utroque latere prom- inentibus patulis cum indumento velatis. Inflorescentiae corymboso-paniculatae terminales folia suprema exce- dentes, erectae 3-6 cm diametentes; axi robustiusculo ferrugineo-lanato ramis erectis virgatis teneris extremo ramulosis foliolis subtendentibus inferne foliis similibus sed brevibus superne bracteiformibus linearibus vel subulatis 6-3 mm longis; ramuli ultimi seu pedunculi teneri 3-15 mm longi lanuginosi, ad apicem tantum juxta involucrum 2-4 bracteolis lanceolatis muniti. Capitula heterogama radiata 2 cm diametentia. In- volucrum campanulatum circa 6 mm altum 5 mm diametente, phyllariis 4-5 seriatis, interioribus lineari-lanceolatis acutis marginibus sursum eroso-ciliatis dorso glabris viridi-brunnescentibus margine pallidioribus, 5-5.5 mm longis, 1 mm latis, ceteris lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis gradatim brevioribus et amplioribus exterioribus 4-3 mm longis 1.6— 1.8 mm latis acutis margine pallidis lacerato-ciliatis dorso apiceque atrobrumneis sparse flexuoso-pilosis et parce papillosis. Flores radii feminei ligulati 14-16 uniseriati; corolla lilacina 11-12 mm longa tubulo 3.5—-4 mm longo papilloso-piloso, lamina oblonga 4-nervata circa 2 mm lata apice 3-dentata dentibus obtusis basim versus extus parce papilloso- pilosa; stylus 2.5 mm tubum excendens ramis linearibus 1.4 mm longis marginibus incrassatis stigmato-papillosis; ovarium oblongum basim at- tenuatum 4—5 nervatum levissime triangulare compressum, copiose setoso- hispidulum et minute granulato-glandulosum circa 2 mm longum; pappus ruber 6 mm longus biseriatus setis strigulosis inaequilongis extremo paulo ampliatis, exterioribus brevibus latioribus 0.4-1 mm longis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 13-15; corolla lutea 6 mm longa tubulo crassiusculo circa 2 mm longo pilis sparsis crassiusculis limbo tubuloso sursum gradatim leviter ampliato deorsum parce pilosulo dentibus 1 mm longis oblongo- triangularibus acutis margine incrassatis glabris sed apice minutissime papillosis; antherae 2 mm longae basi obtusae; rami styli lineares sub- ulati 1.2-1.4 mm longi extus margineque omnino longe papilloso- hispiduli; ovarium lineare 2.5-3 mm longum 5-nervatum longe hispidum et minute granulato-glandulosum; pappus 6 mm longus ruber setis sursum ampliatis acutis strigilosis inaequalibus biseriatis exterioribus latioribus 0.4-1 mm longis. Receptaculum subplanum alveolatum mar- ginibus alveolorum dentatis circa 2 mm diametente. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: Moist scrub < Fic. 2. Diplostephium callaense. A, end of flowering branchlet, < 2.5; B, inner phyllary, x 7.5; C, leaf from below, x 3.5; D, ray flower, X 5; E, outer pappus bristle, x 60; F, upper part of inner pappus bristle of ray flower, x 60; G, ovary of female flower, x 30; H, disc flower, X 5; I, corolla lobe; J, anther, x 25; K, stylar branches of disc flower, < 40; L, ovary of disc flower, x 25; M, part of inner bristle of disc flower, x 60; N, outer bristle of same. (Wurdack 1966). 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3. Diplostephium konotrichum. A, head, X 2; B, ray flower, x 5; C, corolla, x 5; D, stylar branches of ray flower, Xx 20; E, ovary of ray flower, X 15; F, outer pappus bristle of ray flower, x 30; G, end of inner pappus bristle of ray flower, x 30; H, disc flower, x 5; I, anther, < 15; J, stylar branches of disc flower, x 20; K, ovary of disc flower, xX 15; L, outer pappus bristle of disc flower, x 30; M, part of inner pappus bristle of disc flower, x 30; N, conic-tubercular, flagellate trichomes at the branches, x 30. (Wurdack 1634). Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 135 forest on south side of Molinopampa-Diosan pass, 2700-3100 m alt.; shrub 4 m; rays lilac; disc yellow, 8 August 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1634. Holotypus, US (2373685). Although Diplostephium konotrichum has the leaves and habit of D. floribundum HBK., it belongs to the section Bifidwm and differs mainly in its thick, tuberculate-conical, acute, pluricellular trichomes which are flagellate at the apex, covering the branchlets with acute tubercles and an arachnoid-woolly tomentum. This kind of hair is almost unique in the genus, the only similar hairs being those found in D. vermiculatum Cuatr. and D. hippophae Blake. The conical hairs of D. konotrichum are very persistent and can be seen, at least their basal part, on old branchlets. This species certainly is very showy on account of its spreading lilac rays and abundant heads. Diplostephium wurdackii Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex vel arbuscula 1-2.5 m alta ramis terminalibus griseis cortice leviter fissurato arachnoideo-tomentuloso; ramis foliosis curvatis sub- teretibus (juvenilibus angulatis) dense adpresseque lanatis ochraceis vel ochraceo-cinereis. Folia alterna rigide coriacea petiolata bicolora. Petiolus robustus 10- 14 mm longus costa subtus crassa margine angusto involuto basi vaginato- dilatatus dense ochraceo-tomentoso-lanatus. Lamina elliptico-oblonga apice leviter attenuata obtusa vel obtusissima basi cuneata in petiolum angustata margine plus minusve revoluta repando dentata dentibus 1 mm longis acutis callosis patulis vel reflexis et cum indumento subtus velatis, 3-8 cm longa 1-2.7 cm lata; supra in sicco atroviridis juvenilis plus minusve lanuginosa deinde glabrata subnitida costa valde impressa nervis secundariis patulis 12-15 utroque latere impressis plus minusve conspicuis venulis minoribus plerumque obsoletis, subtus dense crasseque ochraceo-lanata costa robusta eminentique reliquis nervis elevatis sed pleurumque cum indumento velatis. Inflorescentiae corymboso-paniculatae floribundae terminales folia supre- ma paulo excendentes, 5-10 cm latae; axi robusto lanato-ochraceo ramis ascendentibus mediocribus rigidis dense ochraceo-lanatis, bracteis subten- dentibus basi foliiformibus sed brevibus ceteris bracteis ovato-lanceolatis acutis amplectentibus ciliatis dorso lanatis 6-2 mm longis; ramusculi ultimi seu pedunculi monocephali plerumque 3-12 mm longi robustiusculi dense ochraceo-lanati tantum ad apicem basi involucri parcis bracteolis instructi. Capitula heterogama radiata 1.6 cm diametentia. Involucrum campanulatum 5-6 mm altum 3.5—4 mm diametente phyllariis imbricatis 5-seriatis interioribus lineari-oblongis obtusiusculis margine sursum erosis dorso villosis, 5 mm longis 1 mm latis, exterioribus ovato-ellipticis sub- obtusis vel obtusis circa 2 mm longis 1.3 mm latis dorso purpurascenti lanuginosi marginibus lacerato-ciliatis. Flores radii feminei ligulati 11-13 uniseriati; corolla pallide purpurea circa 10 mm longa tubulo 2—2.2 mm longo glabro vel sursum sparsis pilis lamina elliptico-oblonga apice minute tridentata glabra 2—2.3 mm lata; rami styli 1 mm longi lineari- 136 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ih ba Ni Gf WIESE Fic. 4. Diplostephium wurdackii. A, head, x 4; B, ray flower, xX 4; C, ovary of ray flower, x 24; D, end of the inner pappus bristle, x 48; E, outer bristle of ray flower, x 80; F, disc flower, < 7.5; G, anther, < 20; H, stylar branches of disc flower, x 32; I, ovary of disc flower, x 30; J, end of inner pappus bristle of disc flower, x 48; K, outer pappus bristle of disc flower, x 80; L, medium-outer phyllary, x 8.5; M, inner phyllary, x 8.5. (Wurdack 1672). Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 137 lanceolati brunnescenti-rubescentibus margine incrassati minute papilloso- stigmatiferi; ovarium 1.5 mm longum parce triquetrum subcompressum; pappus rubescens 4—4.5 mm longus setis strigulosis extremo dilatatis biseriatis exterioribus brevibus 0.5-1 mm longis. Flores disci herma- phroditi 9-15; corolla lutea glabra tubulo 1.8 mm longo limbo tubuloso sursum gradatim ampliato deorsum sparse piloso dentibus 0.8 mm longis basi triangularibus apicem versus angustato-linearibus subacutis margine incrassatis apice papillosis; antherae 1.8 mm longae basi obtusae; rami styli purpurascentes subulati robustiusculi circa 1.4 mm longi extus marginibusque dense longeque papilloso-hispidi; ovarium lineare leviter 3-5 nervatum villoso-hispidum circa 1 mm longum fertile vel sterile; pappus 44.5 mm longum rubescens setis minute strigulosis sursum ampliatis inaequalibus biseriatis exterioribus 0.5-1 mm longis. Recep- taculum subplanum circa 2 mm diametente marginibus alveolorum argute dentatis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: Upper slopes and summit of Cerro Yama-uma above Taulia, 12-15 km SSE (145°) of Molinopampa, 3200-3450 m alt.; shrub 1-2.5 m, occasional; rays pale purple; disc yellow; 11 August 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1672. Holotypus, US (2373692). Diplostephium wurdackii belongs to the Section Bifidum Cuatr. and Series Denticulata Blake. It is a striking species, differing from the most closely related species, D. bicolor Bl., and all others of the same series, in its spreading, large, broad, very showy, violaceous ray flowers. Furthermore, it differs from D. bicolor Bl. and D. ochraceum (HBK.) Nees in its thicker, smaller, more obtuse leaves, in the thicker, ochraceous, lanate tomentum, and in the densely villous ovaries. From D. haenkei (DC.) Wedd. and related species, it differs in its larger inflorescences, smaller heads, obtuse phyllaries, longer petioles, and larger, broader, obtuse leaves. Oritrophium aciculifolium Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba humilissima caespitoso-rosulata seu fasciculata scapifera rhizo- mate crassiusculo molli ramulis apice fasciculum cylindricum compactum vaginis foliorum imbricatorum ferentibus. Radices fibrosae. Folia omnia basalia rosulato-fasciculata 7-15 cm longa, lamina aciculata pallide viridi glabra coriacea rigida stricte lineari crassiuscule subtereti dorsiventraliter paulo compressa tantum nervo medio subtiliter impresso utrinque con- spicuo (siccitate utrinque 3—4 striata) superficie visu laevi sed epidermi minutissime glanduloso-punctata, apice attenuato-acutata 3-12 cm longa 1-1.5 mm lata basi in amplam vaginam villosam amplectentem dilatata. Vagina hialino-carnosa circa 10-sulcato-striata (in sicco subscariosa) supra praecipue basim versus marginibusque densissime longissimeque fibroso-villosa, 2-3 cm longa basim versus sensim sine sensu ampliata ad basim circa 1 cm lata. Vaginae foliorum omnium spisse amplectentes basim foliorum fasciculos formantes. 138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Scapi 1-3 per fasciculum virides vel purpurascentes teneri subcapillares teretes sed levissime striolati fistulosi 0.6-1 mm diametentes 10-24 cm longi erecti recti vel leviter flexuosi deorsum glaberrimum sursum par- cissimis pilis tenuibus flexuosis gradatim densiusculis extremo laxe villoso-lanuginosi inferiore parte nudi cetera bracteati bracteis linearibus vel superne lineari-lanceolatis viridibus glabris vel supremis ciliatis quam internodiis brevioribus et sursum gradatim minoribus 12—4 mm longis basi ampliata ad 1.5 mm lata. Capitula heterogama radiata 1.5 cm diametentia. Involucrum cam- panulatum basi subrotundatum laete viride 8-9 mm altum 7-8 mm diamentente, phyllariis circa 5 seriatis interioribus linearibus acutis pallide-viridibus vel apice purpurascenti dorso glabro margine scariosis ciliatisque 7-8.5 mm longis 1-1.5 mm latis, mediis exterioribusque gradatim brevioribus subacutis dorso plus minusve brunnescentibus glabris margine bene ciliatis externis 4-5 mm longis 1 mm latis. Flores radii feminei ligulati 1—2-seriati 20-27; corolla alba 8-9.5 mm longa tubulo 3-3.5 mm longo villoso lamina lineari-oblonga obscure 3-nervata minute tridentata glabra 1-1.2 mm lata; rami styli subulati 1 mm longi marginibus incrassatis minute papilloso-stigmatici; ovarium obovato- oblongum basim angustatum dense hispidum; achaenia circa 3 mm longa levissime compressa obscure 5-nervata dense albeque hispida; pappus 4 mm longus stramineus setis subuniseriatis inaequilongis rigidulis acutis minute strigulosis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 23-37; corolla lutea 44.5 mm longa tubulo circa 2 mm longo crassiusculis pilis munito limbo tubuloso sursum gradatim ampliato basi paulo pilosulo cetero glabro dentibus 5 oblongis subacutis 1 mm longis margine incrassatis subapicem extus breviter papilloso-pilosis apice minute papillosulo; antherae 1.4 mm longae acutiuscule auriculatae; rami styli subulati 1.2 mm longi extus margineque papilloso-hispiduli; ovarium lineatum 3-3.5 mm longum obscure 5-nervatum densiuscule hispidum sterile; pappus 44.5 mm longus subuniseriatis setis rigidulis minute scabrosis acutis inaequilongis parcis minimis 0.3-1 mm longis quam longioribus intermixtis. Recep- taculum 2—2.5 mm diametente minute alveolatis marginibus alveolorum longe dentatis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: Middle eastern Calla-Calla slopes, near Kms. 416-419 of Leimebamba-Balsas road, 2900— 3100 m alt., locally frequent; rays white, disc yellow; 9 July 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1275. Holotypus US (2373650). Oritrophium aciculifolium differs from all known species of the genus in its acicular leaves similar in aspect to a long leaf of pine; they are subcylindrical, slightly compressed, smooth but with an impressed fine midrib. In the nature of its scapes and heads it approaches O. repens (HBK.) Cuatr., which differs in having coriaceous, oblong-elliptic leaves. Baccharis chachapoyasensis Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex usque ad 2 m alta ramis ascendenti-divaricatis resinosis glabris viridibus angulatis cicatricibus foliorum elapsorum tuberculato-eminenti- Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 139 bus ramulis foliosis crassiusculis viridibus internodiis cum foliis satis copiosis valde brevioribus. Partes juveniles valde viscoso-resinosae. Folia alterna glabra integerrima breviter petiolata crassa in sicco flavescenti-viridia. Lamina oblongo-obovata apice obtusissima vel ro- tundata basim versus gradatim in brevem petiolum attenuata superficie utrinque minute copioseque glanduloso-granulata glandulis resinosis sub- immersis, costa supra paulo subtus magis eminenti nervis lateralibus 5-6 utroque latere valde angulato-ascendentibus prope marginem arcuato- anastomosatis subtus saepe prominulis supra plerumque obsoletis 2-5 cm longa 9-25 mm lata. Petiolus 2-5 mm longus basi valde ampliata incrassato-vaginata tuberculato-persistenti. Capitula solitaria axillaria sessilia; mascula campanulata 8-9 mm alta 6-7 mm diametentia, basi bibracteata bracteis oppositis limbo patulo brevi crasso viridi ovato subobtuso 2 mm longo 2.5 mm crasso in vaginam crasso-scariosam amplectentem 3-4 mm longam 3 mm latam ampliatis. Involucrum circa 6-7 mm altum 24~30 phyllariis 4-5 seriatis pallide brunneo-viridibus 24-32 exterioribus crassiusculis subscariosis ovato- oblongis apice attenuatis obtusis resinosis 4—5.5 mm longis 3-2 mm latis, intimis scariosis linearibus 5-6 mm longis 0.8—0.6 mm latis ad apicem subacutum eroso-ciliatis ceteris glabris. Flores masculi 32—41 in capitulo; corolla 5.4—-6 mm longa tubulo 3.8—4 mm longo sursum minute glanduloso- pilosulo limbo in 5 lobos 1.6-2 mm longos 0.5—-0.6 mm latos lineares acutos apice papillosos inciso. Antherae 1.6 mm longae basi obtusae. Stylus crassus apice subpistillato breviterque acutato emarginatoque minute papilloso-piloso. Ovarium brevem glanduloso-granulatum sterile. Pappus albidus circa 20 setis 5.5-6 mm longis sursum dilatatis pennato- ciliatisque saepe setis brevioribus simplicibus circa 1 mm longis munitus. Receptaculum 2.2-2.4 mm diametens convexum alveolatum marginibus alveolorum tenuiter acuteque dentatis. Capitula feminea cum mascula similiter disposita bibracteata involucro circa 6 mm alta phyllariis circa 33 exterioribus 5 x 2-3 mm, interioribus 5.2 mm longis 0.6-1 mm latis. Flores feminei 50-54; corolla capillari circa 3.5 mm longa apice angustissimo 5 lobulis linearibus acutis circa 0.4 mm longis coniventibus basim versus gradatim dilatata pilis minutis sparsis munita. Stylus 1.5-2 mm corollam excedens, ramulis 0.7-0.8 mm longis linearibus subacutis marginibus incrassatis dense stigmato-papillosis. Ovarium 1.7 mm longum glabrum 10-costatum ellipsoideo-oblongum leviter compressum. Pappus albus 4 mm longus setis inaequilongis bi- seriatis sericeis minute strigillosis apice haud ampliatis acutis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: Rocky slopes of Cano Santa Lucia just E of Chachapoyas, 2000-2400 m alt.; shrub 0.7-2 m, male, flowers white; frequent; 28 May 1962, J. J. Wurdack 597. Holotypus, US (2373562). Same date, female specimen, Wurdack 598, paratypus US (2373563). 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Baccharis tricuneata (L. f.) Pers., fma. eallaensis Cuatr. fma. nov. Frutex erectus usque ad 1.5 m altus ramulis valde foliosis viscoso- glandulosisque. Folia viridia glanduloso-punctata chartacea plana breviter petiolata; lamina obovato-oblongo-cuneata obtuse vel subacute tridentata interdum integra 7-13 mm longa 3.5-7 mm lata. Capitula mascula solitaria subsessilia axillaria pauca saepe unum duave ad extremos ramu- lorum, circa 8 mm longa 4 mm lata. Flores masculi circa 16 corolla circa 6 mm longa tubulo circa 4 mm sursum paulo pilosulo limbo laciniis lanceolato-linearibus 1.5 mm longis. Ovarium brevissimum glabrum. Pappus albidus 44.5 mm longus setis apicem dilatatis. Involucrum circa 28 phyllariis scariosis, externis ovatis acutiusculis circa 2.5 mm longis 1.5 mm latis internis lineari-lanceolatis acutis margine ad apicem eroso ciliatis circa 5.5 mm longis 0.7—1.1 mm latis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: Uppermost slopes and summit of Cerros de Calla-Calla, near Kms. 403—407 of Balsas Leime- bamba road, elev. 3400-3550 m; shrub 1.5 m, male, flowers white; occasional; 18 August 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1706. Holotypus US (2373700). The plant of Calla-Calla is a very leafy and typical paramo form of this widely distributed high Andean species. It is distinguished by its obovate-oblong, broadly cuneate leaves and by its solitary heads sparsely borne near the end of the branchlets. This form is closely related to B. tolimensis Hieron. from the Central Andes of Colombia and to B. variifolia Hieron. from Ecuador, both also merely forms of B. tricuneata. Psilactis brevilingulata Sch. Bip. ex Hemsl., fma. andina Cuatr. fma. nov. Herba annua parce ramosa circa 30 cm alta caule ramisque tenuibus erectis viridi-purpureis pubescentibus pilis albis tenuibus subadpressis et glandulis globosis stipitatis copiosis munitis. Radix simplex verticalis 3.5 cm longa. Folia lineari vel lineari-lanceolata sessilia basi amplectentia apicem versus gradatim attenuata acuta calloso-mucronulata margine integra utrinque praecipue subtus sparse stipitato-glandulosa triplinervia 3-10 mm longa 0.5-2 mm lata nervis supra impressis subtus prominulis. Capitula heterogama radiata perparva hemisphaerica 3-4 mm longa et lata solitaria ad ramusculos ultimos erectos plus minusve paniculatos terminalia. Ramusculi seu pedunculi 1-3 cm longi capillares stipitato- gladulosi sparse pilosuli bracteati bracteis cum foliis linearibus acutatis calloso-mucronulatis glandulosis 4-3 mm longis circa 0.5—-1 mm latis. Involucrum rotundato-campanulatum 3.5—4 mm altum phyllariis biseriatis lineari-lanceolatis dorso margineque sursum viridulis glandulosis basim margine scariosis, intimis acute acuminatis acumine rubescenti margine eroso-ciliato 4 mm longis 0.3-0.4 mm latis, exterioribus margine gland- uloso 3—2.5 mm longis 0.5-0.8 mm latis. Flores radii feminei ligulatae Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 141 ae. a RPL R_p. a aA >) pe % RR. S ) = = eae a Bye — Ss Sh 0 = SSeS BS Gl (URTREGASAS Fic. 5. Psilactis brevilingulata fma. andina. A, flowering branchlet, x 5; B, outer phyllary, x 17; C, inner phyllary, x 12; E, ray flower, x 12; F, disc flower, x 12; G, achene, x 30; H, stylar branches of disc flower, < 90; I, end of pappus bristle, x 90. (Ellenberg 1919). involucrum paulo excedentes biseriati 18-20; corolla alba glabra 3-3.2 mm longa tubo capillari 1-1.2 mm longi lamina lineari inaequaliter bidentata 3-nervata 2-2.2 mm longa 0.5-0.6 mm lata; ovarium obovato- oblongum triquetrum dense strigoso-sericeum; stylus 1 mm _ tubum excedens ramis 6 mm longis anguste linearibus margine incrassato papil- loso-stigmatico; pappus nullus; achaenia oblongo-obovata inaequilatera obsolete 5-nervata apice rotundata basi acutata dense sericea. Flores 142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington disci hermaphroditi circa 12, corolla flava glabra 2-2.2 mm longa tubulo 0.9 mm longo limbo infundibuliformi-tubuloso dentibus triangularibus acutis marginibus incrassatis minute papillosisque; antherae 0.6 mm longae basi obtusae apice appendiculatae; rami styli 0.4-0.5 mm longi complanati lineares margine papilloso-stigmatico apice elongato-trian- gulari papilloso-piloso; ovarium obovato-oblongum leviter compressum dense sericeum; achaenia obovato-oblonga basi acuta levissime compressa obsolete 5-nervata dense sericea 1.5 mm longa; pappus stramineus 2 mm longus setis rigidulis acutis minute strigosis uniseriatis basi breviter coalitis. Receptaculum 1.2 mm latum alveolatum marginibus alveolorum elevato-dentatis. Type: Peru, Cajamarca: 10—15° SW of Chicdén, below Sunchubamba, 2800 m alt.; shady prairie; rainy season, 10 June 1957, H. Ellenberg 1919. Holotypus, U. The genus Psilactis has been mentioned in the literature only as from North America (California, Texas, Mexico). This Ellenberg specimen differs from the descriptions of all known forms and is the first record for the genus from Peru. Several years ago I studied specimens of Psilactis from Colombia, which I attributed temporarily to Psilactis brevilingulata Sch. Bip. ex Hemsl., but that material was not at hand when I studied the Ellenberg collection. I plan to report on it later. Ellenbergia Cuatr., gen. nov. Compositarum ( Eupatorieae-Piquerinae ) Capitula homogama discoidea parva. Involucrum campanulatum phyl- lariis paucis (8) aequalibus biseriatis membranaceis. Receptaculum planum foveolatum nudum. Flores omnes hermaphroditi. Corollae cam- panulatae subite in angustum tubum brevem constrictae 5-dentatae dentibus deltoideis. Antherae oblongae basi integrae apice exappendi- culato truncato-emarginato. Filamenta brevissima. Styli rami arcuati longe crasseque clavati obtusissimi papilloso-pilosi marginibus deorsum dimidia inferiori parte stigmatiferis. Achaenia nigra prismatica argu- tissime 5-angulato-costata faciebus scrobiculatis nitidis. Pappus squamis angustis lanceolatis margine strigoso-ciliatis basi in cupulam connatis. Species typica: Ellenbergia glandulata Cuatr. Ellenbergia belongs to the subtribe Piquerinae Hoffm., being closely related to the genus Phania. From this and the other related genera it differs chiefly in the structure of the pappus; its scales, usually about 20, are rigid, lanceolate-subulate, and united at the base into a cupular piece easily separable from the achene. Ellenbergia glandulata Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba annua tener 20-35 cm alta caule simplice 1.5-2 mm diametente erecto pauce laxeque ramoso ramulis tenuibus patulis ad 8 cm longis oppositis supremis alternis caule ramisque pubescenti-hirtulis copiosis Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 143 Fic. 6. Ellenbergia glandulata. A, involucre and pedicel, x 12; B, corolla, x 15; C, lobe of corolla, x 15; D, anther, x 60; E, style, x 35; F, achene, x 20; G, scale of pappus, x 60. (Ellenberg 982). 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington pilis patulis circa 1 mm longis (usque ad 2 mm) pluricellularibus rectis vel parce flexuosis acutis apice globoso-glanduliferis instructis. Folia opposita membranacea viridia, petiolo tenui 2—12-mm_ longi hirtuli, lamina ovata vel ovato-elliptica grosse crenato-dentata obtusiuscula vel subacuta basi obtuse cuneata vel subtruncata 1-2.5 cm longa 0.6—2 cm lata, utrinque sparse pilosa pilis glanduliferis vel eglandulosis costa conspicua nervis lateralibus 2—3 utroque latere conspicuis patulo-ascen- dentibus sursum curvato anastomosatis venulis reticulum laxum plus minusve conspicum formantibus. Inflorescentiae paniculis laxis paucifloris (6-8 capitulis perparvis) ramulis ultimis tenuibus flexuosis instructae. Pedicelli capillares 5-10 mm longi copiose piloso-glandulosi (glandulis globosis stipitatis). Capitula discoidea minuta 2.5-3 mm longa et ampla in panicula terminali alternifoliata laxa pauciflora instructa. Involucrum pallide viride phyllariis 8 subaequalibus biseriatis lateraliter imbricatis membranaceis oblongo-ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis obtusis 2.5-3 mm longis 1.2-1.6 mm latis nervo medio bene conspicuo 2-3 nervis lateralibus tenuibus superne arcuato-anastomosatis glabris sed margine apice obtuso eroso-ciliatis. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 11-12; corolla 1.7—-2 mm longa crassiuscula alba (?) tubulo valde constricto 0.5-0.6 mm longo basi dilatato sparsis glandulis munito limbo late campanulato 1-1.3 mm longo 0.7-0.8 mm diametente parce glanduloso dentibus triangularibus acutis deinde re- curvatis marginibus crassiusculis minute papillosis; antherae oblongae apice obtusae emarginato-subtruncatae calloso-incrassatae exappendi- culatae basi obtusae 0.6 mm longae; filamenta brevissima; stylus crassius- culus 1.2 mm longus in 2 ramos 1 mm longos recurvatos crassos late oblongo-clavatos dense crasseque papilloso-pilosos marginibus dimidia parte inferiora opacis stigmatiferis productus; achaenia nigra 1.2—-1.3 mm longa 0.6 mm lata prismatica basi attenuata argute 5-angulato-costata, costis eminentibus setis ochraceis uniseriatis adpressis instructis faciebus glaberrima nitidissima scrobiculata; pappus 20 squamis circa 0.7 mm longis rigidis lanceolato-subulatis strigoso ciliatis basi in cupulam 0.5— 0.6 mm amplam coalitis; receptaculum planum sparse foveolatum nudum. Type: Peru, Dept. Cuzco, Prov. Urubamba: Mandor below Ma- chupicchu, 80° NW. “Nebelwalder der Ostanden, Regenzeit; feuchte Bromeliaceen-Felswand,” 13 April 1957, H. Ellenberg 982. Holo- typus, U. Helianthus lodicatus Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex ramosus ramis foliosis densissime crasseque albo-lanatis. Folia alterna coriacea lanceolato-ovata basi rotundata vel obtuse cuneata apice subacuta margine integra vel leviter sinuata revoluta 15-26 mm longa 7-15 mm lata; supra viridi-cinerea dense strigosa pilis rigidulis acutis albidis basi calloso-tuberculatis subadpressis nervis tribus vel tantum costa filiformi albida impressa notatis venulis reticulatis Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 145 et superficie rugosa fere obsoletis; subtus flavescenti-alba crassissime denseque lanata, costa nervis lateralibus paucis leviter conspicuis. Petiolus 3-5 mm longus basi ampliato-vaginatus dense lanatus. Capitula heterogama radiata solitaria terminalia pedunculata radiis expansis 4-5 cm lata disco 1.5 cm diametenti. Pedunculi 1.5-4 cm longi crasse denseque ochroleuco-lanati 2-3 mm diametentes. Involucrum campanulatum circa 15 mm altum 2 cm diametente lanuginosum. Phy]- laria 5-seriata lineari-oblonga herbacea basi incrassata apice acutata intima 15-16 mm longa 3-4 mm lata sursum extus lanuginosa, intermedia 11-13 mm longa inferne magis callosa superne herbacea lanata apice reflexo, externa similia gradatim breviora 8-9 mm longa 3-4 mm lata margine revoluta extus dense lanata. Flores radii ligulati steriles; corolla lutea lamina lineari-oblonga 23-26 mm longa circa 5 mm lata 12-venosa apice bidentata extus pubescenti-sericea basi tubulo 1 mm longo; ovarium lineare triquetrum 2-3 mm longum glabrum sterile, pappo 1 aristam subulatam margine eroso-strigosam deciduam reducto. Flores disci her- maphroditi crebri; corolla lutea circa 7 mm longa 1 mm diametenti deorsum minute strigulosa basi in tubum circa 1 mm longum angustata apice dentibus quinque oblongo-deltoideis acutis margine incrassatis papillosisque circa 1 mm longis; antherae 3.2 mm longae oblongae nigrae basi obtusae apice ovato-appendiculatae; rami styli 1.4 mm longi oblongi prope apicem paulo incrassati subite acutati extremo papilloso-pilosi; achaenia nigra plus minusve sordide maculata nitida obovato-oblonga paulo compressa faciebus laevibus circa 3 mm longa 1.4 mm lata; pappus aristis duobus lanceolatis acutissimis margine eroso-ciliatis valde deciduis 2-2.3 mm longis instructus. Receptaculum convexum paleaceum foveo- latum. Paleae rigide scariosae stramineae brunnescenti-nervatae ovato- lanceolatae acutaeque parcissime ciliatae naviculares flosculos involventes circa 8 mm longae 3-3.5 mm latae. Type: Peru, Dept. Cajamarca: Sunchubamba on the way to Hualla- bamba, upper Chicama valley, 3000-3700 m alt., “Waldstufen und Paramos der westlichen Anden Nordperus. Buschige Viehweiden,” 3 June 1957, H. Ellenberg 1756. Holotypus, U. The interesting high Andean Helianthus lodicatus belongs to the relationship of H. lanatus Heiser but differs essentially from it in the very thick, compact, Jemon-colored indument which covers branches and the under surface of the leaves. It also differs in the thicker, smaller, alternate, and crowded leaves, in the longer rays, and in its almost glabrous pales. The looser texture of the indument, the opposite, broader, cordate, larger leaves which have another type of strigae above readily distin- guish H. jelskii Hier. from the new species. H. microphyllus HBK. has narrower, linear or oblong leaves and smaller heads and flowers. Helianthus Stuebelii Hier. has larger ovate-lanceolate leaves, with looser tomentum beneath, and less crowded and much larger strigose-tuberculate hairs on the upper surface of the leaves. I have examined a fragmentary 146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington specimen of Weberbauer (number 4241, US), which could be considered the neotype of H. Stuebelii if the type (Stuebel 34e), formerly in Berlin, really is destroyed. Viguiera ellenbergii Cuatr., sp. nov. Suffrutex caule erecto ramis subteretibus striolatis purpuraceis asperulis hispidulis pilis pluricellularibus rigidulis acutissimis basi dilatato-tuber- culata plus minusve persistenti. Folia alterna rigidule coriacea discolora subsessilia. Petiolus 1-2.5 mm longus planus cum ramo adpressus subvaginatus extus purpurascens hipidulusque. Lamina ovato-lanceolata basi rotundata seu subcordata apice acuta margine dentibus minimis et obsoletis revoluta 4-10 cm longa 1.5-4.5 cm lata; supra viridi-purpurascens nitidula valde bullata rugosa aspera copiosis pilis acutis rigidis basi calloso-tuberculatis munita triplinervia costa duobusque nervis lateralibus ascendentibus valde im- presso-conspicuis supemne 1-2 nervis secundariis brevioribus utroque latere ascendentibus notatis, reticulum venulorum obcurum impressum; subtus viridi-cinerea dense lanata costa duobusque nervis lateralibus principalibus et parcis nervis secundariis eminentibus densiuscule tuber- culato-hispidis, venulis minoribus reticulum elevatum rubellum cum tomento tectum formantibus. Capitula heterogama radiata longe pedunculata solitaria terminalia expansa 5-6 cm diametentia sed disco 2 cm diametro. Pedunculi robusti erecti striolato densiuscule hispidulo nudo 3-12 cm longo. Involucrum hemisphaericum 4-seriatum. Phyllaria valde imbricata squarrosa crasse herbacea purpurascentia inferne angustiora calloso-incrassata pallidaque limbo oblongo-obovato subobtuso utrinque dense strigoso recurvato, intima 9-10 mm longa 4-5 mm lata intermedia et exteriora 8-7.5 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata. Receptaculum 1 cm diametente convexum palea- ceum. Paleae scariosae rigidulae venosae plus minusve rubescentes elliptico-oblongae naviculares apice obtuso minute mucronulato, 7-8 mm longae ad 4 mm latae, flosculos involventes. Flores radii ligulati steriles circa 15; corolla lutea lineari-oblonga obtusiuscula bidentata 12—15- rubronervata 18-22 mm longa 4-5 mm lata extus sparsissime hirtula intus dense minuteque velutino-papillosa basi tubo 0.5—1 mm longo; stylus absens; ovarium oblongum basim versus gradatim angustatum 3 nervatum compressum glaberrimum sterile circa 4 mm longum 1.4 mm latum; pappus squamis scariosis laceratis circa 0.8 mm longis plus minusve in coronam adherentibus. Flores disci hermaphroditi numerosi (circa 200) cum paleis involuti; corolla lutea circa 5-6 mm longa basi tubulo (0.7-1 mm longo) brevi subite contracta limbo tubuloso campanulato sparse basim versus dense striguloso dentibus deltoideis acutis circa 0.9 mm longis margine incrassatis intus minute papillosis nervis commissuralibus dentibusque rubescentibus; antherae 3 mm longae oblongae basi breviter auriculatae apice scarioso-appendiculatae; rami styli 1.6-1.8 mm longi recurvati crassiusculi obtusiusculi extus sursum papilloso-pilosi. Achaenia Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 147 immatura nigra obovoideo-oblonga basim versus paulo angustata 4 mm longa 1.5 mm lata leviter compressa obtuseque angulata faciebus crassius- culis levissime elevato-angulatis basi breviter callosa sparse setulosa; pappus 2-aristatus squamulosusque; aristis utroque latere 2-4 mm _longis acutis ciliato-strigosis, squamis intermediis 0.5-1 mm longis ovalis in- aequalibus lacerato-ciliatis basi brevissime coalitis. Type: Peru, Dept. Cuzco, Prov. Urubamba: Eastern slope of Mach- upicchu, Andean forest 2400 m alt., rainy season, 6 April 1956, H. Ellenberg 719. Holotypus, U. Viguiera ellenbergii is a well-defined Peruvian species belonging to the Series Aureae Blake. From the other species of this group, it can be distinguished by its sessile, ovate-lanceolate, rigid, subcoriaceous leaves which are strongly rugose, rough and dark above and lanuginose-tomen- tose, greenish-cinereous beneath. Furthermore, this species differs in its hemispheric and firm 4-seriate involucre, in its obovate, subobtuse, hard, and squarrose phyllaries, in its long rays, and in the size of all these parts. Viguiera lepidostephana Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba annua circa 40 cm alta caule tenui erecto striato hirtulo, pilis tenuibus patulis acutis basi dilatatis circa 0.5 (—1) mm longis, sparse folioso parce dichotomo-ramoso ramis patulis 1-3 ramulos_graciles monocephalos ferentibus. Folia alterna membranacea petiolo tenui 3-8 mm longo hirtulo. Lamina ovata vel ovato-lanceolata basi rotundata apice angustata acutaque margine serrata 4-8 cm longa 1.8-3 cm lata utrinque viridis strigulosa copiosis pilis tenuibus sed rigidis acutissimis basi tuberculati subadpressis instructa, nervis tribus (costa unoque nervo secundario utroque latere) valde conspicuis supra filiformibus subtus prominentibus nervulis trans- versis et venulis minoribus laxe reticulatis supra plus minusve conspicuis subtus prominulis. Pedunculi erecti capillares striolulati densiuscule hirtuli ebracteati. Capitula radiata primum campanulata 5-6 mm diametentia 6 mm alta deinde semiglobosa ad 9 mm lata. Involucrum phyllariis 2-seriatis lineari-lanceolatis acutis viridibus 3-5 nervatis basi paulo induratis palli- dioribusque dorso marginibusque pubescenti-hirtulis, 2.5-3 mm _ longis 0.5-0.8 mm latis. Receptaculum hemisphaericum foveolatum paleatum 2 mm diametente. Paleae obovatae breviter acuminatae scariosae brunneo-costatae plus minusve venoso-striolatae margine translucidae flosculos involventes juveniles circa 4 mm longae 2 mm latae vetustae rigidiores usque ad 5 mm longae 3 mm latae, praecipue ad costam marginibusque minute ciliatae. Flores radii ligulati steriles circa 6; corolla flava lamina obovata vel elliptica basi cuneata tenuiter 4-nervata margine integra tantum extus apiceque parcissimis pilis 5 mm longa 4 mm lata tubulo obsoleto, ovario lineari striolato piloso sterile, pappo nullo. Flores disci hermaphroditi 25-30; corolla lutea (?) 3-3.2 mm 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington j vt! 4 tte vy Auth ei a yh iy i wt RW Mh i Z } Fic. 7. Viguiera lepidostephana. A, involucre, < 7; B, ray corolla, 5; C, unopened disc corolla; D, ripe disc corolla, x 20; E, anther, < 30; F, achene, x 15; G, scale of pappus, x 15. (Ellenberg 1423). Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 149 longa subglabra (sparsis pilis papillosis acutis) tubulo stricto 0.6 mm longo limbo tubuloso sursum leviter sine sensu ampliato dentibus deltoideo-oblongis marginibus incrassatis papillosulis circa 0.8 mm longis; antherae circa 2 mm longae saccis linearibus atribus 1.5 mm _ longis basi acutiusculis apice appendice scarioso ovato 0.5 mm longo. Stylus ramis 1 mm longis crassiusculis marginibus incrassatis stigmatiferis apice subite acutato papilloso-piloso; ovarium oblongum lateraliter 3 costato- angulatum dilute adpresseque sericeo-villosum; pappus 6 squamis scariosis translucidis duobus oppositis 5 mm longis late lanceolatis acutis, quatuor ovatis vel ellipticis obtusis 1 mm longis, omnibus profunde lacerato- ciliatis; achaenia nigra levissime compressa biangulataque minute tuber- culata copiose setifera circa 2 mm longa 1 mm lata basi carpopodium crasso-callosum pallidum circa 0.3 mm longum producta; pappus squamis rigidis chartaceis basi incrassatis et nigro-maculatis sursum sparse atro- lineatis, duabus lateralibus late lanceolatis acutis lacerato-ciliatis circa 2 mm longis quatuor intermediis ovatis seu ellipticis obtusiusculis margine laceratis 1.2-1.3 mm longis 0.7-0.9 mm latis. Type: Peru, Dept. Tumbes: 7° WSW Cienago, S of Zorritos, 430 m alt., subdesertic coastal zone, 17 May 1957. H. Ellenberg 1423. Holo- typus, U. Viguiera lepidostephana belongs to section Paradosa series Aureae subseries Pusillae Blake. It is similar in habit and most closely related to V. pusilla (Gray) Blake, from which it differs in its smaller heads, flowers, and fruits, in the shape of the ligules, and chiefly in the structure of the pappus. In V. lepidostephana the two lateral bristles actually are scales of the same texture and character but only narrower and longer than the other four scales. This kind of pappus is not typical for the genus, bringing the new species to a marginal position in Viguiera. Senecio aclydiphyllus Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex ad 1 m altus caule robusto basi saepe plus minusve prostrato radicanti extremo erectissimo plerumque simplice vel 2—4 ramis instructo, tantum sursum foliato dense crasseque albo-lanato, deorsum exfoliato cicatricoso vaginis foliorum delapsorum persistentibus crebris et indu- mento arachnoideo-lanuginoso vestito. Folia alterna crasse coriacea breviter petiolata confertissima. Petiolus 5-10 mm longus dimida parte inferiori in vaginam amplectentem ad 4-5 mm latam dilatatus dense adpresseque albo-lanatus. Lamina lan- ceolata basi rotundata vel subcordata apice acuta vel subacuta mucronu- ‘lataque margine revoluta integra vel levissime sinuata, 2.5-6 cm longa 0.8-1.6 cm lata, supra viridis valde juvenilis arachnoidea mox glabrata costa impressa plus minusve albo-lanata excepta, nervis secundariis con- gestis bene conspicuis patentibus impressis circa 1 mm inter se distantibus nervulis minoribus parallelis et transversis etiam plus minusve conspicuis; subtus omnia albo lanata costa crassa tantum conspicua cetera cum indumento crassissimo intricato adpresso tecta. Inflorescentia terminalis paniculata 5-10 cm ampla folia suprema 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington L$ ER Sa = — — SS head, x 5; B, inner phyllary, x 7.5; x 5; D, ovary of ray flower, x 25; E, end of pappus 2 Senecio aclydiphyllus. A Fic. 8. , anther, owe Sea: Boe () fei 7) 8 Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 151 excedens basi foliata’ axi ramisque erectis angulatis dense albo-lanatis bracteis subtendentibus membranaceis flexuosis lanceolatis vel lanceolato- linearibus acutis integris 15-12 mm longis 8-2 mm latis subtus albo- lantis. Pedicelli crassiusculi 2-15 mm longi angulati albo-lanati apice incrassati sursum 3-4 bracteis membranaceis flexuosis 7-12 mm _ longis 1 mm lIatis lineari-oblongis acutis uninervis extus lanuginosis ad modum calyculi. Involucrum campanulatum 7-8 mm altum circa 6 mm diam- etente, phyllariis 8-9 viridibus rigidulis elliptico-oblongis vel oblongis apice attenuato subite acutato margine integro sursum minute ciliato ceteris glabris vel sparsissime araneosis dorso tenuiter obsoleteque nervatis basi valde incrassatis, 6.5-8.5 mm longis exterioribus 1.6-—2 mm _ latis interioribus margine scariosis 2.6—3 mm latis. Receptaculum circa 2.5 mm diametente alveolatum marginibus alveolorum argute dentatis. Flores radii feminei ligulati plerumque 5; corolla lutea glabra 10-14 mm longa tubulo usque ad 2.5 mm longo sed plerumque usque ad basim fisso, lamina lineari-oblonga 1.5-2 mm lata apice minute 2—3-dentata; rami styli lineares circa 2 mm longi marginibus incrassatis papilloso-stigmaticis apice attenuato subtruncato breviter papilloso-laciniato; ovarium glabrum oblongum leviter striatum 2 mm longum; pappus pallide stramineus circa 7 mm longus setis subbiseratis rigidulis strigulosis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 12-19; corolla lutea tubulosa glabra 7.5-8 mm longa tubulo 3-4 mm longo angustiusculo limbo tubuloso-campanulato pro- funde dentato laciniis oblongo-linearibus acutatis 3-nervatis apice minute papillosis 2.5-3 mm longis; antherae 2.5 mm longae basi breviter auri- culatae; rami styli rigidi 2 mm longi marginibus supra incrassatis late papilloso-stigmatiferis apice convexo papilloso-piloso; ovarium et pappus cum in feminis similes. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: open cold swamp on summit of Cerros de Calla-Calla, between Leimebamba-Balsas road pass and the “camino de herradura” (2 hours walk south), 3500-3750 m alt.; wandlike shrub 0.4—-1 m; occasional; rays and disc yellow; 8 July 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1196. Holotypus, US. Senecio aclydiphyllus is closely related to the paramo or subparamo species of the section Granata from Colombia and Ecuador. From all these species it is strikingly different in being radiate and in the unique shape of its leaves combined with their indument. Senecio callacallensis Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba caule rhizomatoso radicifero extremo rosulam foliorum scapi- feram ferenti. Folia omnia rosulata crasse herbacea rigidula longe petiolata glabra. Petiolus 3-15 cm longus striolatus supra sulcatus glaber vel sparsissimis minutis pilis supra interdum munitus purpureus vel viridi lilacinus basi ampliato-vaginatus subamplectens. Lamina laete viridis vel subtus purpurascens nitida ovata vel ovato-elliptica basi truncata vel cordata apice obtusa in 5-6 lobos obtuse dentatos circa 1 cm profunde incisa, 152 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington dentibus late triangularibus breviter calloso-submucronulatis vel subrotu- datis 3-5 mm altis, costa lata supra plana subtus crassa nervis secundariis 5-7 utroque latere divaricatis paulo ramosis vel furcatis vix prominulis, margine subtus incrassata plerumque purpurea, utrinque glabra vel sparsis minutis pilis ad costam supra munita. Scapi floriferi 1-3 axillares foliorum rosularum, erecti rigidi striati lilacini vel purpurascentes glabri copiose bracteolati 15-45 cm longi capitulum singulum radiatum (usque ad 6 cm diametri) erectum ferentes. Bracteolae subulatae acutae obsolete 1-3 venosae parum minuteque cilio- latae erectae vel flexuosae 15-5 mm longae 0.8—-0.4 mm latae. Superne versus apicem scaporum bracteolis similibus magis numerosis ascen- dentibus subimbricatis 9-10 mm longis 1-1.2 mm latis basi capituli ad modum calyculi instructis. Involucrum campanulatum 14-15 mm altum plerumque purpurascente phyllariis 16-25 crassis lanceolato- oblongis acutis obsolete striato-nervatis apice minute ciliolatis ceteris glabris nitidisque, 13-14 mm longis exterioribus 1.5-1.7 mm latis inter- ioribus 3-3.2 mm latis. Flores radii feminei ligulati circa 22; corolla lutea tubulo circa 7 mm longo glabro, lamina 20-25 mm longa 4-5 mm lata obsolete 4—5-nervata basi dorso parce pilosula reliqua glaberrima apice minute 2-3 dentata; rami styli crassiusculi complanati apice obtuse conici apiculato-penicillati. Flores disci creberrimi (circa 250) herma- phroditi; corolla lutea 10-11 mm longa glabra tubulo 6-6.5 mm longo limbo basi angusto lobis linearibus profundis acutis 1-nervatis 2.2-2.5 mm longis 0.6 mm latis; antherae basi obtusae 2 mm longae; styli rami 1.8 mm longi crassi complanati apice obtuse conici apiculato-penicillati (pilis centralibus longioribus). Ovarium circa 3 mm longum breviter villosum pilis crassiusculis copiosis. Pappus albus sericeus 6 mm longus pilis minute strigulosis. Achaenia prismatico-oblonga 5-costata minute copioseque his- pidula circa 4.5 mm longa 1.2 mm crassa. Receptaculum conicum circa 7 mm latum minute foveolatum. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: middle eastern Calla-Calla slopes, near Kms. 416-419 of Leimebamba-Balsas road, elev. 2900-3100 m; in sphagnum seepage, infrequent; petioles and peduncle basally lavander; phyllaries dull purple; rays and disc yellow; 9 July 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1277. Holotypus, US. Senecio callacallensis is very closely related to S. pimpinellifolius HBK. and its allies, but it differs from them mainly in the form of its leaves. Senecio jaleanus Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex scandens ramis terminalibus flexuosis viridi-brunnescentibus striatis pubescentibus araneosisque pilis pluricellularibus crassiusculis patulis acutis rectis vel paulo flexuosis circa 0.5 mm longis copiosis et pilis arachnoideis plus minusve floccosis instructis. Folia alterna chartacea laeteviridia. Petiolus circa 10 mm longus supra sulcatus basi ampliatus rectus vel flexuosus pubescens. Lamina ovata basi rotundata vel obtusa apicem paulo angustata valde acuta Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 153 margine repando denticulata dentibus minutis calloso-mucronulatis circa 5 mm distantibus et anguste revoluta (integra simulans) 4-7 cm longa 2.44 cm lata; supra juvenilis sparse pilosa araneosaque deinde glabrata sed minute granulata costa filiformi impressa pilosulaque nervis secun- dariis impressis paulo conspicuis minoribus obsoletis; subtus patulo- pubescens costa valde eminenti nervis secundariis bene prominentibus 9-11 utroque latere patulis prope marginem arcuato-anastomosatis nervulis reticulum Jaxum prominentem et reticulum minutum leviter prominulum formantibus. Inflorescentiae terminales composite thyrsoideo-paniculatae tantum basi foliosae 10-20 cm longa, axi ramisque patulis striatis densiuscule pubes- centibus araneosisque, bracteis inferioribus foliaceis sed brevibus mediis superioribusque lanceolatis vel subulatis 8-2 mm longis 2—0.5 mm latis. Ramusculi ultimi 2-8 mm longi capitula glomerata sessilia vel subsessilia congesta ferentes. Pedicelli nulli vel brevissimi (ad 0.2 mm longi), bracteolis 3-5 lanceolatis acutis 1-2 mm longis 0.3—0.6 mm latis ciliolatis calyculum formantibus. Capitula discoidea circa 4 mm longa 2 mm diametentia. Involucrum campanulatum viride phyllariis 8 oblongis apicem attenuatis subacutis sursum minute papilloso-glandulosis pilo- sisque margine apiceque ciliatis ceteris glabris, 2.5-2.8 mm longis. Flores omnes tubulosi hermaphroditi 9-12. Corolla 3-3.2 mm longa eburnea glabra tubulo circa 2 mm longo dentibus 0.8 mm obtusiusculis superne apiceque dense papilloso-granulatis. Antherae 1.2 mm longae basi sagittatae. Styli rami circa 1 mm longi crassiusculi complanati apice subtruncato convexo breviter papilloso-piloso-coronato. Ovarium glabrum. Pappus albus 2.3-2.4 mm longus. Receptaculum 0.8 mm diametente alveolatum. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: jalca zone 1-5 Km W of Molinopampa, 2400-2450 m alt.; vine 1.5-4 m; frequent; corollas cream; 18 July 1962; J. J. Wurdack 1375. Holotypus, US. Senecio jalcanus belongs to the group of climbing Senecios with small heads and strongly nerved leaves. It is distinguished from closely related species (S. subglomerosus Green., S. loretensis Cuatr., S. urubambensis Cabr., etc.) by its sessile heads, short involucres (2.5-2.8 mm long) with 8 phyllaries, small corollas (3-3.2 mm long), pubescent branchlets and inflorescences, and by its leaves being rather smooth above and pubescent and prominently nerved beneath. Senecio wurdackii Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex scandens 3 m longus ramis flexuosis mediocribus glabris peri- dermato subochraceo papyraceo-solubili. Folia opposita interdum alterna laete viridia glabra crassa in sicco chartacea. Petiolus 5-10 mm longus flexuosus basi dilatatus in pulvinulum articulatum incrassatus. Lamina ovata vel oblongo-ovata basi rotundata vel obtusa apice paulo attenuata obtusiuscula interdum rotundata margine angustissime subrevoluta leviter crenata dentibus brevissime calloso- 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington mucronulatis, utrinque laevis costa supra filiformi impressa subtus cras- siuscula nervis lateralibus 5-6 utroque latere adscendentibus prope margine furcatis subtus valde tenuibus supra plerumque obsoletis. Inflorescentiae terminales paniculatae 5-9 cm amplae folia superantes tantum basi foliosa. Rami ramulique oppositi (interdum alterni) leviter striati puberuli pilis simplicibus flexuosisque sparsis muniti. Bracteis subtendentibus infimis foliis similibus sed brevibus alteris lanceolatis acutis parce puberulis 6-3 mm longis 2-1 mm latis. Pedicelli 2-12 mm longi puberuli recti vel flexuosi bracteolis 3-5 alternis subulatis 2-3 mm longis 0.1 mm latis instructi, ad apicem tantum 1-3 bracteolis lanceolatis 3-5 mm longis ad 1 mm latis vix calyculum formantibus. Capitula discoidea homogama. Involucrum cylindricum 9-9.5 mm longum circa 4 mm diametente. Phyllaria 8 crasse herbacea viridia lineari-subulata basi incrassata apice acuto ciliato marginibus sursum breviter ciliatis reliqua glabra, 8-9 mm longa exterioribus circa 1.5 mm latis interioribus margine scarioso 2 mm latis. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 13 in capitulo; corolla viridi-lutea glabra 8-9.5 mm longa tubulo luteo-viridi 4-5 mm longo limbo tubuloso dentibus oblongis acutiusculis marginibus sursum apiceque intus minute papillosis circa 1.2 mm longis. Antherae 2.3 mm longae basi auriculatae. Rami styli crassiusculi subcomplanati circa 1.4 mm longi apice truncati penicillati. Ovarium oblongum 2.5-3 mm longum leviter nervatum glabrum. Pappus albus sericeus 5-6 mm longus pilis minute strigulosis basi coalitis. Receptaculum 2 mm diametente alveolatum marginibus alveolorum dentato-fimbriatis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: approaches to Cerro Campanario NNE of Diosan, 3200-3500 m alt.; vine climbing 3 m in shrubs; corollas greenish yellow; 3 August 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1599. Holotypus, US. Senecio wurdackii belongs to the group of Andean Senecio-climbers with rather carnose and smooth, green leaves and cylindrical, discoid heads. From all of these, the Wurdack plant differs in its unique slightly crenate blades and in its usually opposite leaves. Senecio pleniauritus Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex vel arbuscula ad 3 m alta, ramis ultimis tortuosis, arcuato- ascendentibusque costato-striatis cicatricoso-nodosis internodiis brevibus (3-10 mm longis) nodis cum paribus auriculis rotundatis amplectentibus reflexisque satis persistentibus ornatis, extremo foliosis dilute minuteque albo-lanatis denique glabratis. Folia alterna simplicia coriacea petiolata. Lamina oblanceolata vel elliptico-oblanceolata apice attenuata acuta mucronulata basim versus cuneato-attenuata margine anguste revoluta dentata dentibus calloso- mucronatis patulis, 4-10 cm longa 1.2-2.6 cm lata; supra valde juvenilis lanuginoso arachnoidea mox glabra sed interdum nervo medio immerso lanuginoso, nervis secundariis tenuibus impressis reliquis obsoletis; subtus ochroleuca crasse denseque tomentoso-lanata costa bene elevata nervis Studies on Andean Compositae: VI 155 secundariis patulis crebris (1-2.5 mm inter se distantibus) prominulis venulis velatis. Petiolus 3-6 mm longus crassiusculus supra planus extus teres basi longe decurrens lateraliter amplectente dilatatus et biauri- culatus, auriculis rotundato-cordatis cochlearis reflexis amplectentibus supra araneosis subtus tomentoso-lanatis circa 4-8 mm longis latisque, persistentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-paniculatae folia excedentes 10-26 capitulis, ramis ramulisque erectis striatis ochroleuco-lanuginosis bracteis subtendentibus inferioribus foliis similibus sed brevioribus sessilibusque intermediis supremisque bracteiformibus membranaceis venosis obovatis vel subovato-oblongis supra basim attenuatis basi subamplectenti exauri- culatis apice acutiusculis 12-7 mm longis 8-2 mm latis supra glabris extus lanuginosis. Pedicelli erecti 5-15 mm longi striati lanuginosi sursum 1-3 bracteolis lanceolato-oblongis 6—7 mm longis 2—2.5 mm latis. Capitula erecta heterogama radiata expansa ad 2.5 cm diametentia. Calyculus involucrum excedens vel aequilongus plerumque 4 bracteis oblongo-lanceolatis basim angustatis acutis margine integris membran- aceis tenuibus subflexuosis intus glabris nervatisque extus lanuginosis 8-9 mm longis 2-3 mm latis. Involucrum campanulatum 6-8 mm altum 5-6 mm latum phyllariis 8-10 herbaceis basi incrassatis oblongis subite acutatis apice ciliatis margine integris dorso laxe lanuginosis 6-7.5 mm longis exterioribus 1.8—2.6 mm latis interioribus margine scarioso 2.8-3 mm latis. Receptaculum 2.5 diametente alveolatum marginibus alveo- lorum membranaceis argute dentatis. Flores radii feminei ligulati 7-9; corolla lutea 13-16 mm longa glabra tubulo 3.5-4.5 mm longo, lamina oblonga 11-13 mm longa 2.6—3.2 mm lata apice minute tridentata 5 nervis valde notatis 4 nervis intermediis tenuibus plus minusve conspicuis; styli rami 1-1.5 mm longi supra ad margines late incrassati papilloso-stigma- tiferi apice subite attenuato obtusiusculo. Flores disci hermaphroditi 10-22; corolla lutea 6.5-7.5 mm longa glabra tubulo 2.5-3.2 mm longo limbo tubuloso-campanulato lobis triangulari-oblongis acutis trinervis (duobus marginalibus) 2-2.5 mm longis; antheris 2.5 mm longis basi breviter auriculatis apice appendice acutiusculo calloso-incrassato. Styli rami crassiusculi 1-1.3 mm longi intus stigmatiferi extus papillosi apice breviter conico minute papilloso et papilloso-piloso-coronato. Ovarium 2mm longum glabrum leviter nervatum. Pappus 5-6 mm longus stram- ineus setis uniseriatis minutissime strigulosis. Type: Peru, Dept. Amazonas, Prov. Chachapoyas: upper slopes and summit of Cerro Yama-uma above Taulia, 12-15 Km SSE (145°) of Molinopampa, 3200-3450 m alt.; shrub 1.5-3 m; occasional; rays and disc yellow; 11 August 1962, J. J. Wurdack 1669. Holotypus, US. Senecio pleniauritus is a striking species which lies between Senecio and Gynoxys. It is related to the Senecios of section Granata with leaf-blades like those of S. colombianus Cuatr. and S. tolimensis Sch. Bip., but it differs from all species of that section in its extraordinary auricular leaf-appendages. 156 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Hypochoeris mucida Domke, var. integrifolia Cuatr., var. nov. Cryptofruticuletum rosulis parvis compactis pulvinulos densos forman- tibus. Lamina foliorum lineari-lanceolata vel linearia integerrima vel sinuata obtusiuscula vel acutiuscula margine revoluta 5-10 mm longa 2-3.5 mm lata. Achaenia lineari-subfusiformia circa 4 mm longa basi acuta sulcato-striata minutissime tuberculato-strigosa scaberrima. Pappus albus 6 mm longus. Phyllariae interiores 10 mm longae. Palleae recep- taculi 10 mm longae dimidia inferiore parte lanceolatae superiore capilari- subulatae. Type: Peru, Puno: WSW of Checayani, NE of Azangaro, 4150 m alt., rainy season, 29 March 1957, H. Ellenberg 495; Holotypus, U. 1-2° NW Point 4526 ENE of Checayani, 4500 m alt., 2 April 1957, H. Ellenberg 638; Paratypus, U. hwo rie ate rhs } i 7 al iad es ee a | ae i pbk my) 4 Ags ne ue hi Wr A A i ii ay See ayn i Al a iy DCRR MAY patti a i vii { se ; ¥ ; re © TSR OR Co , 3 A A , ; ; ; , Lacey % ey , 4 ne nee ynar eT OD sah: } ny coy) or Py yo ty * ' » 4 i i a1 ] , G = ; : } i) tub) ty x ate <, ‘ t Met } iy We 4 ? 4 tal Le L \ i ) : = yi a ; £% ' Let . i “ wy ct) yi ys \ ; ¢ ir 4 \ “, 1 Mm 2 r val i « >> ¢ f i i, A j ye vf it Ay yy i if val a) ay wi j raat : ; Nip hoard {Vom aa a iv Taka whey ote Wk yi Ne airy ih AIS ; ag ear te dey +i) lores, (ke r Soiab shi ' rn a) ee a a ORV: ul pi Ha ia) oe TTT haste MeL Ait a rin Ah Sry Bes) dhe OR Nhe 4 te ae baa i Baris: aie! slitegeteicinn | Tal hia yy ay ee oat wi, eg i Diath te 2 ah woes a pais a er Ae Mie ey Aieite roi TT AR ah 1 Ces ae Pores Weenies: iS 7¢,0673 Vol. 77, pp. 157-160 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW THRACIA FROM SOUTH CAROLINA (Motiusca: PELECYPODA ) By Ricuarp E. Prerir Ocean Drive Beach, South Carolina In January of 1958 this writer found three specimens of Thracia in beach drift at low tide at Ocean Drive Beach, South Carolina. The specimens were alive when found. Although this is a very distinct species, description has been delayed in hopes that additional specimens would be found. However, no more living specimens have been seen to date. It is prob- able that this species is a borer in some soft material. Thracia morrisoni, n. sp. (Figs. 1-6) Shell irregularly ovate-quadrate, pure white, the undifferentiated umbones ending in small, inconspicuous beaks, nearly median in posi- tion, which touch at the margin, the right beak punctured by the left. The posterior side a little longer, gaping, subtruncated at the end. The anterior end broadly rounded. Valves are nearly equal, convex, the right a little larger. Surface shows a weak posterior umbonal angle, setting apart the posterior dorsal slope, that of the right valve carrying a radial rib near the margin. Surface sculptured with irregular concen- tric wrinkles, the whole covered with minute, hardly visible, sand-like granules. Hinge without teeth, ligament largely internal. External liga- ment very small, visible from above, resilium attached to a chrondophore in each valve, which project like a tooth behind an open cut or notch. Pallial sinus large, rounded, extending inward about one-third. Ventral margin smooth. Holotype (Figs. 1-6), U. S. National Museum catalogue number 635218, measures 13 mm high x 17.7 mm long. Diameter of both valves, 10.5 mm. One paratype (Fig. 4) measuring 11.2 mm _ high < 15.6 mm long, diameter of both valves 9.3 mm, has been placed in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, catalogue number 245145. Remaining paratype is in the Petit collection. This species is respectfully named for Dr. Joseph P. E. Morrison, Associate Curator, Division of Mollusks, U.S. National Museum. 16—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 77, 1964 (157) 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-6. Thracia morrisoni, n. sp. All except Fig. 4 are of holotype. 1, right valve; 2, left valve; 3, interior of right valve, showing the pallial sinus faintly; 4, MCZ paratype, dorsal view; the small black space behind the beaks is the small external section of the ligament; 5, greatly enlarged portion of left valve to show fine granulation; 6, enlarged detail of hinge of right valve. A New Thracia from South Carolina 159 The Panopea-like shape of this species is characteristic. It, or a close relative, has been variously identified by Dall 1886, and Johnson 1934, as Thracia corbuloidea Blainville 1824, and T. distorta Montagu 1808. This new species from the Carolina coast differs from T. corbuloidea Blainville by its regular quadrate-elliptic profile, without sinuosity of the ventral margin. It differs from T. distorta Montagu of European waters and from T. rugosa Orbigny 1846, of Brazil, by its central umbones. In this new species, anterior and posterior regions of the shell are almost exactly equal in length. It is proportionately shorter than T. similis Couthouy 1839 of Brazil. This species does not have the thinner shell and concentric ridges of Thracia (Cyathodonta) cruziana Dall. The surface is reminiscent of the rugosity (slight pock-marking) of T. squamosa Carpenter, from Baja California. I believe this species belongs to the subgenus or group named Ixartia. 77,9’ 7% Vol. 77, pp. 161-170 30 October. 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A REVISED INTERPRETATION OF THE PRIMITIVE CENTIPEDE GENUS ARRUP, WITH REDESCRIPTION OF ITS TYPE-SPECIES AND LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES! (Cumopopa : GEOPHILOMORPHA : MECISTOCEPHALIDAE ) By R. E. Cras, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. In 1912 (p. 654), Chamberlin proposed a new genus and species, Arrup pylorus, creating for its reception a new family, Arrupidae. In 1920 (p. 184), he reduced Arrupidae to the rank of subfamily within Mecistocephalidae, where it properly re- mains today. This genus, represented apparently only by the original species, had long puzzled me. Quite clearly it seemed very similar to the eastern Asian Prolamnonyx, but according to the original description of Arrup, there was a major intra- generic difference between the two. In Prolamnonyx the first maxillary coxosternum is entirely without midlongitudinal di- vision, whereas according to Chamberlin’s characterization of Arrup, the first maxillary coxosternum is distinctly suturate or divided midlongitudinally (see 1912: 667, Fig. D). The types could not be located, and until quite recently additional speci- mens of pylorus could not be found. Some years ago a Californian chilopod collection made by R. O. Schuster and L. M. Smith was generously placed in my hands by my friend and colleague, Dr. R. L. Hoffman. Re- cently, while continuing my perusal of this material, I un- expectedly came upon seven specimens of a genus that I unhesitatingly identified at first as Prolamnonyx. Generically they agree in every detail with all of the Prolamnonyx speci- 1 This study was undertaken with the aid of a grant from the National Science Foundation. 17—Proc. Bio. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. 77, 1964 (161) CRA VIEL AOL INSTITUTION 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington mens that I have seen, including the holotype of the type- species, holstii (Pocock), which I had examined in the British Museum (Natural History). Then two discoveries led me to believe that these specimens are in fact referable to Arrup pylorus. First, although in every specimen the first maxillary coxo- sternum is absolutely entire and has no true midlongitudinal suture or other division, in one specimen the coxosternum is slightly infolded midlongitudinally, grossly giving the erro- neous impression that it is divided or suturate. The illusion is further strengthened by the underlying, seemingly divided mus- culature, which, when viewed by transmitted light, suggests a nonexistent midlongitudinal division. In no specimen is there a true midlongitudinal division such as is seen in all other mecistocephalid genera. In each specimen the areolation is continuous from one side of the coxosternum to the other. Secondly, apart from this maxillary character, it is apparent that these specimens agree in every other detail with the original description of Arrup pylorus. This centipede is bizarre even among the Mecistocephalidae, and in North America it is quite unlike anything else that is known. Therefore I submit that the original description of pylorus was in error, and that its first maxillary coxosternum is actually nonsuturate and undivided. It follows that since holstii (Pocock), the type-species of Prolamnonyx Silvestri, 1919 (by original designation ), is held to be congeneric but not conspecific with pylorus Chamberlin, 1912, the type-species of Arrup Chamberlin, 1912 (by original designation and monotypy ), that Prolamnonyx falls as a junior subjective synonym of Arrup (New Synonymy ). Before proceeding to a necessary redescription of pylorus, I should like to call attention to another long-accepted genus whose name must fall as a junior synonym of Arrup. It is Nodocephalus Attems, 1928 (p. 115). Nodocephalus was proposed for the reception of a single species, edentulus (Attems, 1904: 119), which was described from “Przewalsk” = Przheval’sk, Siberia (42° 29’ N, 78° 24' E). I have examined the mouthparts of the holotype in Vienna and find the original description to be in error. Attems’ figure 159 (1929: 148) The Primitive Centipede Genus Arrup 163 illustrates the point in question. Both in the text and in this figure he indicates that the second maxillary coxosternum is entire, not suturate, yet the holotype’s second maxillary coxosternum is very distinctly suturate midlongitudinally. Other characters as well suggest a very close relation- ship with holstii and pylorus. Therefore I conclude, since edentulus is congeneric but not conspecific with pylorus, that Nodocephalus is a junior subjective synonym of Arrup (New Synonymy). The presence of this evidently primitive mecistocephalid genus in central and eastern Asia and on the west coast of North America reflects a familiar distributional pattern with examples in a number of invertebrate groups, one being Chilopoda. The number of chilopod genera known to occur in western North America and eastern Asia is growing steadily, e.g., Geophilus, Brachygeophilus, Tomotaenia, Strigamia, Escaryus, Di- cellophilus, Arrup, Cryptops, Scolopocryptops (olim Otocryptops), and a number of lithobiid groups. It seems reasonable to assume that passage between the two continents was effected by migrations across the Bering Strait during interglacial times. Arrup Chamberlin Arrup Chamberlin, 1912, p. 654. Prolamnonyx Silvestri, 1919, p. 47 (key), p. 84 (new synonymy). Nodocephalus Attems, 1928, p. 115 (new synonymy). Type species: Arrup pylorus Chamberlin, 1912 (monotypic and by original designation). Its possession of a nonsuturate, undivided first maxillary coxosternum will distinguish Arrup from all other known mecistocephalid genera. Important Correlative Generic Criteria: Head only slightly longer than wide. Clypeal plagulae completely separated and not more than half as long as entire clypeus. Buccal spiculum absent. Labral sidepieces without setae or filaments on posterior edge. First maxillary coxostenum not divided midlongitudinally. Second maxillary isthmus broadly mem- branous, not areolate, and infolded or not, thus in effect separating the coxosternites; metameric pore opening posteromesally, bounded laterally by a long foraminal process. Trochanteroprefemur of prehensor without a proximal denticle. Sternital porefields absent. Sternital rhachides anteriorly not furcate, each simply formed by a deep sulcus with thickened walls. Anal pores present and large. Characters of Arrup and Its Systematic Position: Heretofore unnoted as a valuable intrageneric (if not suprageneric) character are the orienta- tion and structure of the second maxillary metameric pore and adjacent parts. In the vast majority of Geophilomorpha this pore opens mesally or posteromesally and is bounded laterally by the bulk of the coxosternite. I take this to be the primary or primitive condition. By contrast, in nearly all of the mecistocephalids concurrent with a general elongation of the entire maxillary apparatus, the mesal portions of the coxosternites undergo hypertrophy with the result that they become 164 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington extremely elongate posteriorly. As a consequence the lateral portion of each coxosternite atrophies, or tends to, thereby displacing the metameric pore from its original mesal position to a secondary, lateral one. This derivative, lateral orientation is well-illustrated in, e.g., Mecistocephalus, Tygarrup, and Anarrup. At least in Arrup, however, the original pore orientation and basically the original maxillary structure are retained. Interestingly enough, in Dicellophilus (western North America, eastern Asia, south-central Europe), we observe what may be a condition intermediate between these two extremes. The mesal parts of the coxosternite are partly elon- gate, a foraminal process is partly formed, and the metameric pore is partly oriented laterad. Thus in Arrup we see what appears to be only a slightly modified version of the primitive coxosternital condition. The metameric pore opens posteromesally, not laterally, and it is still completely separated from the bucca by the long, thin vestige of the lateral part of the coxo- sternite. For convenience of designation and to signalize its special significance I shall name this outer coxosternital vestige the foraminal process. The sternital apodemes, which I have previously termed the rhachides (1959: 192, G), also deserve special comment. In Mecistocephalus, reflecting a more advanced or more complex habitus than that of Arrup, each rhachis is a solid internal extension (through invagination) of the sternite. Depending upon the species, it is anteriorly forked or not. A study of the homologous structure in Arrup shows how the more typical rhachis of Mecistocephalus must have evolved. In Arrup pylorus and holstii each rhachis is represented by a deep midlongitudinal sulcus with thickened walls. Evidently in the course of evolution in order to provide a larger, firmer structure for muscle attachment and support, invagination of the sternital surface continued to form an ever-deepening sulcus which eventually closed over, ultimately giving rise to a solid rod- or fork-like internal apodeme. In summary, the following features of Arrup seem to me to be sug- gestive of its evolutionary conservatism or primitiveness within the Mecistocephalidae. The head is only slightly longer than wide. The prehensors are shorter and less massive than those of other genera. The prelabral plagulae are entirely separated from each other and are rela- tively short anteroposteriorly. There is no buccal spiculum. The first maxillary coxosternum is undivided centrally. The second maxillary pore opens posteromesally, not laterally, and has a well-developed foraminal process. The sternital rhachides consist simply of open sulci with thickened walls. Large anal pores are present. Therefore, I concur with Chamberlin and Attems in their beliefs that Arrup is sufficiently distinctive to warrant inclusion within a separate subfamily, Arrupinae, but my reasons for this allocation are different from theirs. I believe that they exaggerate the significance of the second The Primitive Centipede Genus Arrup 165 Fics. 1-3. Arrup pylorus Chamberlin. 1, First and second maxillae; ventral aspect; right telopodite of second maxillae removed; all setae of left sides shown. x = right foraminal process. 2, Left prehensor; ventral aspect; setae deleted. 3, Cephalic capsule; ventral aspect; all setae shown except those of extreme right side of clypeus. a, areolate portion of clypeus; b, areolate portion of left bucca; c, non-areolate portion of clypeus (clypeal plagula); d, anterior ala of left labral sidepiece; e, non-areolate portion of left bucca; f, left buccal stilus; g, posterior ala of left labral sidepiece. maxillary central division, while failing to grasp the classificatory utility and evolutionary implications of two other maxillary features. First, in possessing an undivided first maxillary coxostemnum, Arrup differs from all other known members of the family. Secondly, Arrup and one other, as yet undescribed, genus, has the maxillary pore posteromesally oriented and laterally bounded by a long, prominent foraminal process. This character-complex, overlooked until now, is a most useful classificatory device but in addition has apparent evolu- tionary implications. The Known Species of Arrup A. pylorus Chamberlin, 1912. (Type-species of Arrup.) California. A. edentulus (Attems, 1904). (New combination.) Siberia. A. holstit (Pocock, 1895). (New combination.) Japan, China. A. sauteri (Silvestri, 1919). (New combination.) Formosa. Pe dla a 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington on A. dentatus (Takakuwa, 1934). (New combination.) Japan. 6. A. obtusus (Takakuwa, 1934). (New combination.) Japan. On the basis of the original description, it is not possible to distinguish obtusus from holstii, with which it may be conspecific. 7. A. doit (Takakuwa, 1940). (New combination.) Korea. This species was originally referred to Nodocephalus. Its description is very vague and imprecise and, I suspect, may be in error with respect to several features. I refer it to Arrup provisionally. 8. A. pauroporus (Takakuwa, 1936). (New combination.) Manchuria. See remarks under doii. Composite Description of A. pylorus INTRopucToRY: Length—To 22 mm, the majority 15-20 mm. Pedal segments: 41. Body shape: Very slightly attenuate anteriorly; posterior third of body somewhat more strongly attenuate. Color: Body whitish to pale yellowish; head and antennae yellowish-orange. Antenna: Very short and robust; when expanded in Hoyer’s mounting medium about twice longer than head. Setae on successive articles gradually increasing in number and decreasing in length. Ultimate article longer than wide; on lateral and mesal surfaces of distal half with short, hyaline, robust setae. Cephalic plate: Only slightly longer than wide (e.g., l:w = 27:22). Frontal suture indicated by a weak areolate line. Except for coarsely areolate extreme anterior margin entire dorsal surface very weakly areolate. Shape: Sides slightly excurved, posteriorly weakly convergent; anterior margin projecting forward in a strong angle. Setae long and very robust. CuiypEus: Anterocentral fenestra absent. Paraclypeal sutures com- plete, anteriorly slightly sinuous. Prelabral plagulae* less than half as long as entire clypeus, the plagulae separated by a distinct midlongi- tudinal areolate strip, entirely without setae. Setae of areolate (anterior) clypeus* disposed essentially in three groups, one central and one on each side. Bucca: Ventrally without setae. Mesally adjacent to stilus* with a large, triangular, non-areolate area, this bordered anteriorly and laterally by areas of conspicuous areolation. Stilus weak. Spiculum* absent. LaBruM: Midpiece pear-shaped, long, anteriorly very wide. Side- pieces without setae or filaments on posterior edges of posterior alae.* FIRST MAXILLAE: Coxostemum very deep anteroposteriorly; midlongi- tudinally not suturate, not divided, rarely infolded. Medial lobes and telopodites each hyaline distally and basally separated from coxostemum by distinct suture. SECOND MAXILLAE: Isthmus centrally (in situ) broadly membranous and hyaline, not areolate, or the hyaline membrane deeply infolded; the two coxosternites thus in effect separated. Meta- * IT use here a number of terms which I presented as new in 1959 (p. 192). They will be identified by an asterisk and defined again at the conclusion of this paper. By prelabral plagulae I mean the “posterior clypeus”’ of authors. The Primitive Centipede Genus Arrup 167 meric pore opening posteromesally, not laterally, the pore bounded laterally by a long, thin, prominent foraminal process. Telopodite: First article basally with vestigial ventral and dorsal condyles; ultimate article without pretarsus. PROSTERNUM: Anterior denticles blunt, low, unpigmented. Setae long and robust. PREHENsOR: Denticles: Trochanteroprefemoral proximal denticle entirely absent, the distal denticle long, robust, deeply pig- mented; intermediate articles without denticles; tarsungular basal den- ticle very wide, not pointed, low, weakly pigmented. Dorsal and ventral edges of ungula smooth, not serrulate. Poison calyx very short,?2 con- tained within intermediate articles. Poison gland short, ending posteriorly within the trochanteroprefemur. Trercires: Basal plate and first 3-4 tergites not bisulcate; remaining tergites (except ultimate pedal tergite) weakly bisulcate, the sulci extraordinarily widely separated. Setae robust, stiff, long. SprRACLES: All circular. STERNITEs: Porefields absent. Each longer than wide. Approximately the first 8 sternites with very short meta- sternites that telescope shallowly into succeeding sternites.? Rhachides* represented by shallow midlongitudinal thickened sides; anteriorly not furcate;* on sternites 1-(12-15). Lecs: First legs only slightly shorter than those succeeding. Setae long, robust, stiff. Pretarsal parungues very short and approximately equal in length. ULTIMATE PEDAL SEGMENT: Pretergite bilaterally fissate.° Tergite only slightly longer than greatest width; sides slightly excurved, pos- teriorly not convergent; rear margin evenly rounded. Presternite con- cealed and completely divided centrally. Sternite: Strongly triangular; anterior width greater than length; posterior apex rounded and lobate; densely, finely setose. Coxopleuron: laterally not swollen; anteriorly not encroaching upon preceding segment; posteromesally with a prominent, finely setose swelling. Ventrally adjacent to sternite with three large hemogenous pores, laterally (but not dorsally) with notably smaller pores. Leg: in both sexes moderately inflated; about %4 longer than penult leg; with two tarsal articles; pretarsus absent. POsTPEDAL SEGMENT: Each female gonopod unipartite, semicircular 2This is in notable contrast to the poison calyx of holstii, which is extremely long, extending to the base of the trochanteroprefemur and doubling back on itself. This new character, unnoted until now, will prove most useful in distinguishing between species of the genus. 3In contrast to the majority of mecistocephalids, where the metasternites project very deeply into the succeeding sternites. 4 Attems’ description, “spitzwinklig gegabelt’”’ (1929: 154), is in error. 5 In all mecistocephalids known to me the pretergite of the ultimate pedal segment is conspicuously fissate bilaterally. I submit this as a new family characteristic. 6 In all mecistocephalids this presternite is divided centrally; also, the presternite is always present, although it is often concealed beneath the preceding sternite. The genus Megethmus has repeatedly been characterized as lacking this presternite, but I have never failed to find it. 168 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in outline, completely but narrowly separated from its counterpart. Male gonopod bipartite, conical in outline, very widely separated from its counterpart. Anal pores opening leterally, very large, their lumina lines with a prominent sclerotic membrane, homogeneous. Distribution of A. pylorus: The species is known only from California. Type localities: Marin Co., Sausalito; ALAMEDA Co., Berkeley. The specimens used in the present study were collected in the follow- ing localities: Sonoma Co., west of Mark West Reservation, in Douglas fir litter; San MatEo Co., 6 mi. SE Half Moon Bay, in redwood litter, Pescadero Creek, SE Half Moon Bay; MENpocINo Co., Caspar. Terminology: Prelabral plagula (of the clypeus). Plagula means flat, smooth place; thereby I refer to the smooth, non-areolate area anterior to each labral sidepiece. There may be two plagulae separated from each other by a midlongitudinal areolate strip (e.g., Arrup, Mecistoceph- alus), or a single, undivided plagula that extends nearly to the anterior clypeal margin (e.g., Tygarrup, Dicellophilus). That portion of the clypeus that is anterior to the plagula(e) may be termed the areolate clypeus or areolate part of the clypeus. By plagula(e) I mean, then, what authors have called the “posterior clypeus,” and by aerolate clypeus I mean what authors have termed the “anterior clypeus.” This older terminology is objectionable, I believe, because it implies a basic, mor- phological subdivision of the clypeus, which does not in fact exist. Moreover, in genera like Tygarrup and Dicellophilus, in which the non- areolate area (“posterior clypeus” of authors) occupies virtually the entire clypeal area, the older terminology is most confusing and mis- leading. The terminology that I propose is neutral and merely descrip- tive, implying nothing about the basic morphological construction of the clypeus. SpicuLuM (of the bucca): Plural, spicula. In Mecistocephalidae, the pigmented spikelike point on the anterior corner of the bucca. It occurs in three genera: Mecistocephalus, Megethmus, and Takashimaia. Stilus (of the bucca): Plural, stili. The heavily sclerotized, elongate, thickened mesal edge of the bucca; at midlength giving attachment to the maxillae. Rhachis (or rachis): Plural, rhachides. In Mecistocephalidae the elongate, midlongitudinal sternital thickenings or apodemes. Anteriorly the rhachis is bifurcate or not. In its most simple form it may be a deep sulcus with thickened walls (Arrup), but in its more developed, complex state it assumes the form of a rodlike apodeme (Mecistocephalus). LITERATURE CITED ATTEMs, Cart GRAF. 1904. Central- und Hochasiatische Myriopoden gesammelt im Jahre 1900 von v. Slmassy und von v. Stummer. Zool. Jahr. (Syst.), 20: 113-130. 1928. Eine neue Gattung und eine neue Art der Mecisto- cephalidae (Chilopoden). Zool. Anz., 75: 115-120. The Primitive Centipede Genus Arrup 169 1929. Geophilomorpha. In Das Tierreich, Lief. 52: 1-388. CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1912. The Chilopoda of California III. Pomona J. Ent. 4 (1): 651-672. 1920. On Chilopoda of the family Mecistocephalidae. Canad. Ent., 52: 184-189. Crasitt, RatpH E. 1959. Notes on the Mecistocephalidae in the Americas, with redescription of Mecistocephalus guildingii. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 49 (6): 188-192. Pocock, R. I. 1895. Report upon the Chilopoda and Diplopoda ob- tained by P. W. Bassett-Smith, Esq., Surgeon R.N., and J. J. Walker, Esq., R.N., during the cruise in the Chinese seas of H.M.S. Penguin, Commander W. W. Moore, com- manding. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 15: 346-372. Sirvestri, P. 1919. Contributions to a knowledge of the Chilopoda Geophilomorpha of India. Rec. Indian Mus., 16: 45-107. Taxakuwa, O. 1934. Neue Javische Mecistocephalidae. Annot. Zool. Japon, 14: 355-363. 1936. Uber eine neue Subspezies des Ethmostigmus aus Marshallinseln und eine neue Spezies des Nodocephalus aus Mandschurei. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 26: 159-163. 1940. Eine neue Nodocephalus-Art aus Korea. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 30: 41-43. 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PRC BUI IP ee ee thas! i DAHL pew ‘ry: au ed Oe On alps TihRe abhi ce a i y op hail Lis, hy NM i" , : ie a, r a J ) , ie | MD ¥ uy % a Ue ri , D , : - at ‘ r) : 5 : Le ick aH 7 n hiidh i ed ‘i % hh thi ‘ oe} Bs n ij ey: ” Patil Ua ene Puls asthe a wy ne " ' y A ii be ’ a i Tedd i] hey On hao ¥ ; a ey wD AY thi) re eae TT OWE RD \ j i i iy i ' Ds the Haye al ti ) te id MIVA t aD ' a ir i eT ty i ' hare ‘ a oS q om y 4 i A + b 3 i >, 4 ii ‘, J PTS -_ A i if { ug J AR CRN ROOK Te With Sli sit Ces Ry ney ; r " mene ty bisa vy DO ENA TTR ANG Cel Ay 4] Lait fae ad iF ghiiile } Tak By) , ih} ; x b F | yey iy iP. Pehle pF, ba (A Dah Weer bi. 4) Fr an Wohin: 44 ar ae Cae pent Dip! wav ee: ae Daw: he fen! yn biiciny ae Winer, ? tr ODER 1 ns 7 mr ald Mi , au TL SR aE eel, tine “Ypbiayi’ : y oe 4 i, : : 5 ; ‘ > . i dee | ne he hia ay ee pets whe iC: \ oes nha , Pay nd he a Way is j , ) 1 | nie MY aC YAY UND TS a Marea Sa Eee j iat OLE Ua @ eh mn Ac ‘ Peanes de) he, a atninny WED hs GS SE tee St ae J ah Aa v He r eal SPU A Ay” Ye. ae a aa Ash 4 Poser any hia a ulate, AR ts thi hie ies Weil 4} Y pages Sa aT) ae) RE He) eM Wd Bienen YA Sil ih ee as Cin wiaysilagay avuh aie, WARNER Ye ae oh 7 con kane iy, Tey haiidayt Hy Te a awd Sha ak 13 i saad aii ae at CANCHH Ny ‘th ue Rea cathy) te a oy ssh “arte Li elie? thy 43> 70 3 eee ; ie fs : WAR aye th a at ; Dae pe y A i : Vol. 77, pp. 171-174 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A THIRD SMOOTH SPECIES OF POLYLEPISCUS (PoLypEsMipA: EuRYURIDAE)! By Ricuarp L. HorrMan Radford College, Radford, Virginia Two of the seven species of millipeds referred to the:genus Polylepiscus in my recent key (1962) are unusual in that the metatergites are entirely smooth and polished, thus lacking the characteristic, elevated, polygonal areas of the more typical forms. At an earlier time, dorsal sculpture was often made the basis for generic distinctions in the Euryuridae, but we now know that this character is a mutable one of only specific importance. Among the known species of Polylepiscus—as defined by a concordance of gonopod structure and essentially all details of body form—tergal texture ranges from completely smooth, through flattened polygonal areation, to the extreme condition in which the polygons are tuberculate or even ob- scured by heavy granulation. I have just become aware of still another dorsally smooth polylepiscid which was described ten years ago and which I have overlooked in preparing two previous accounts of this genus (1954, 1962). This is the Guatemalan species named Aphelidesmus major by Dr. R. V. Chamberlin in 1952. Comparison of the description and drawings published for A. major—based upon a female—with specimens of Aphelides- mus and Polylepiscus, shows this name to be unquestionably based upon a milliped congeneric with Polylepiscus stolli Pocock. I therefore take this occasion to formally transfer the species to Polylepiscus, and to distinguish it from its nearest relatives. It may be noted in passing that major was allocated to Aphelidesmus prior to the discovery of P. trimaculatus and 1A contribution from studies supported by a grant (G-21519) from the National Science Foundation. 18—Proc. Brox. Soc. WaAsH., Vou. 77, 1964 Gri) 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington P. campanulae, thus at a time when all of the known poly- lepiscids showed the dorsal sculpture thought to characterize the genus. Polylepiscus major (Chamberlin), new combination Aphelidesmus major Chamberlin, 1952, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 45: 581, Figs. 28, 29. Holotype female, Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus., from Escobas, Guatemala. Diagnosis: A medium-sized member of the genus characterized by the smooth metatergites, caudal production of the peritremata of segments 5-19, occurrence of strigiles on paranota of segments 4-19, and the presence of a broad, longitudinal, mid-dorsal light stripe. Remarks: Polylepiscus major runs out to couplet 3 in my 1962 key, along with P. trimaculatus and P. campanulae. It shares some of the characters of these forms, and has at least one unique to itself, as indi- cated by the table: trimaculatus: major: campanulae: Body width 10-12 mm 10 mm 5-7 mm Dorsal pattern _____ Amedianrow A broad, light Mid-dorsal area of large, sub- mid-dorsal uniformly dark oval spots band brown Distribution of Sti giles) eee ee Segments 6-18 Segments 4-19 Segments 4-19 Spiniform peritremata 5-19 5-19 5-19 I venture the opinion that major will eventually be found to be most closely related to P. trimaculatus, although it is by no means asserted that tergal sculpture alone indicates a common ancestry in this, or any other milliped genus. Affinity must be determined by the comparison of the entire animals, as we are classifying organisms, not tergites, or color patterns, or gonopods. Although the correct generic placement of female specimens is still a somewhat uncertain undertaking, it is puzzling that the species major would have been assigned to Aphelidesmus. A number of considerations at once arouse suspicion: the discovery of a large species (10 mm in width) in a genus composed otherwise of numerous species less than 5 mm in width; the occurrence of conspicuous strigiles in a genus where, to the best of my knowledge, they have not been previously recorded; and the occurrence of this unusual species considerably to the north of the known range of its supposed congeners. The generic transfer here proposed disposes of all these anomalies, but does result in the mala- propism of a moderate-sized species bearing the name major among congeners which are appreciably larger! A Third Smooth Species of Polylepiscus 173 LITERATURE CITED CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1952. Some American polydesmid millipeds in the collection of the Chicago Museum of Natural History. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 45 (4): 553-584. HorrMan, R. L. 1954. Further studies on American millipeds of the family Euryuridae. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 44: 49-58. 1962. A new species of the milliped genus Polylepiscus from Mexico, with some remarks on the status of the genus (Polydesmida: Euryuridae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 64: 135-140. 174 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington me, 0 6 7S Vol. 77, pp. 175-182 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN RECORDS OF ORTHOPORUS (DreLopopa: SPIROSTREPTIDA ) By Neti B. CausEy Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana Most of the specimens upon which this paper is based are in my personal collection. The exceptions are noted. I am grateful to the many collectors. Collections for which no collectors are mentioned were made with the assistance of Dr. David Causey. Orthoporus boreus Chamberlin Orthoporus boreus Chamberlin, 1947, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 99: 55, 57, fig. 69 (Tabor, Snake River Desert, Bingham Co., Idaho. @ holotype belongs to the Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, but is not there; presumably it is in the Chamberlin Coll.). A curatorial error is suspected in the type locality of this species. I have corresponded with several biologists who have done field work in Bingham County, Idaho, and none can recall having seen large-bodied millipeds there. Bingham, Socorro County, New Mexico, should be investigated as the possible type locality. Orthoporus dybasi (Chamberlin ), new combination Scaphiostreptus dybasi Chamberlin, 1952, Great Basin Nat., 12 (1-4): 28-29, fig. 16 (El Fortin, Veracruz. ¢ holotype, Chamberlin Coll. ). Width 5.4 to 7.2 mm. 63 to 67 segments. Annulated with two shades of red-brown; legs are red. Curvature of ectal spine of telocoxite varies; in my specimen from E] Fortin, it curves strongly, as in texicolens; in the Conejos specimen, the curvature is weaker. All other details of the gonopods from the two sites are identical. Telopodites are in the normal position for the genus, not crossed as in the holotype. Resembles teapensis in the general appearance of the gonopods; differs in the stronger sternum and in the presence of a lobe on the telopodite. Distribution: East-central Mexico. New records: VERacRuz—Veracruz-Jalapa highway, near Cunejos, 6, 19—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., VoL. 77, 1964 (175) 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 2, immature specimens, 14 June 1954. El Fortin, Posada Loma, ¢, 9, 17 June 1954. Orthoporus flavior Chamberlin and Mulaik Orthoporus flavior Chamberlin and Mulaik, 1941, J. New York Ent. Soc., 49: 63-64 (4 mi. E of Dryden, Terrell Co., Texas. Immature ¢ holotype, Chamberlin Coll. ). Chamberlin, 1943, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 65: 148. Loomis, 1963, J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 36 (2): 123-124, figs. 8-10. Orthoporus pontis Chamberlin, 1947, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 99-53, 55, fig. 66 (“High Bridge” on Pecos River, Val Verde Co., Texas. @? holotype, no. 9977, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia). Width 5.1 to 9 mm. 67 to 74 segments. Brown and yellow color phases with identical gonopods are known. The color phases are irreg- ularly distributed over the range of the species and sometimes are in close proximity but have not been found in the same collection. Some populations are intermediate in color. Brown specimens are annulated with lighter brown or greenish brown, and the legs are red. In the brightest specimens, the metazonites are orange, the prozonites and legs are yellow, and the eyes and repugnatorial glands are dark brown. In alcohol, some of the yellow specimens darken slowly and eventually are brown and yellow annulated, resembling some of the lighter-colored speci- mens of O. ornatus. Distribution: Known with certainty from the following west Texas counties: Crockett, Terrell, and Val Verde. Sympatric with O. ornatus. Old records; Trexas—Chamberlin (1943) reported females of the yellow phase from Marathon, Brewster County; Sierra Blanca, Hudspeth County; and 10 mi. E of Dryden, Terrell County. Loomis (1963) reported collections containing males from 3.3 mi. W of Sanderson, Terrell County, and Devil’s River Bridge, U. S. Highway 90, Val Verde County. New records of the brown color phase: Crockett Co.: Lancaster Hill, 6, 21 Aug. 1959, W. H. McAlister. Terrell Co.: about 10 mi. N of Dryden on the Bendele Ranch, 3 6, 2 2, June 1963, James Reddell. Val Verde Co.: below dam of Lake Walk, Devil’s River, 9 Aug. 1963, 5 6,18 9, M. S. Mooney. New records of the yellow color phase: Val Verde Co.: Devil’s River Bridge, U. S. Highway 90, 2 2, 8 Oct. 1958, H. V. Weems, Jr. (Fla. Dept. Agr.). Canyon of Pecos River near junction with Rio Grande, 2 and many larvae, “apparently feeding on sphagnum moss,’ 14 April 1960, R. W. Strandtmann. 20 mi. E of Comstock, Bob Williams Ranch, 2 2, 30 Sept. 1963, J. Reddell. Osman Canyon, S of Langtry, ¢, 25 Jan. 1964, J. Reddell. Orthoporus fraternus (Saussure ) Jules fraternus Saussure, 1860, Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve, 15: 374, pl. 6, Records of Orthoporus WG fig. 40 (Yautepec, Morelos. Location of @ holotype is unknown. ). P Spirostreptus fraternus, Saussure and Humbert, 1872, Miss. Sci. Mex., Myr., p. 70. Orthoporus fraternus, Pocock, 1909, Diplopoda, in Biol. Centr.-Amer., p. 101. Orthoporus amulensis (? Spirostreptus fraterus) Pocock, 1909, Diplopoda, in Biol. Centr.-Amer., p. 98, pl. 8, fig. 5 (Amula, Guerrero. NEw SYNONYMY. Orthoporus morelus Chamberlin, 1943, Bull. Univ. Utah, biol. ser., 8 (3): 16, figs. 16, 17 (Tepoztlan, Morelos. ? holotype, Chamberlin Coll. ) New SYNONYMY. Width 3 to 5 mm. 68 to 79 segments. In alcohol, color varies between dark red-brown and brown annulated with yellow; venter is lighter than dorsum. I have examined topotypes of fraternus and morelus. Pocock’s figure lacks the femoral spine that is on the telopodite of the gonopod but agrees otherwise with my specimens. Distribution: South-central Mexico. New records: MoreLos—8 mi. E of Yautepec, under cattle droppings, 3d, 2, immature specimens, 20 June 1957. Near Amacuzac, 6, 9, 27 June 1957. VERAcRuz—Between Jalapa and Banderilla, km. 327, 6, 24 June 1957. Oacaca—Oacaca, under cattle droppings and rocks, very dry, 3 6, 2, 24 Jume 1955. PursLa—Highway 190, km. 275, near Tehuitzingo, under cattle droppings. 6, 3 9, many immature specimens, 20 June 1955. Orthoporus ornatus (Girard ) Julus ornatus Girard, 1853, in Marcy, Exploration of the Red River of Louisiana . . . in 1852, Appendix F, p. 274; “collected on the 27th of June.” Type locality restricted by Causey (1954) to Palo Duro Canyon St. Pk., Randall Co., Texas. Holotype, of undetermined sex, is probably lost. Spirobolus ornatus, Wood, 1865, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., 13: 208. Spirostreptus montezumae, Bollman, 1888, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11: 343. Orthoporus punctilliger Chamberlin, 1923, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 12: 405, 407, fig. 41 (San Pedro Bay, Sonora. ¢ holotype, Calif. Acad. Sci.). Loomis, 1963, J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 36 (2): 124-125. New SYNONYMY. Orthoporus wichitanus Chamberlin, 1931, Ent. News, 42: 99, pl. 2, fig. 2 (Elk Mt., Wichita Reserve, Comanche Co., Oklahoma. ¢ holo- type, Chamberlin Coll.). New Synonymy. Orthoporus vallicolens Chamberlin, 1943, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 56: 149, fig. 15 (Ft. Hancock, Hudspeth Co., Texas. ? holotype, Chamberlin Coll. ). Orthoporus arizonicus Loomis, 1953, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 43 (12): 418, 178 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington figs. 4, 5 (Patagonia, Santa Cruz Co., Arizona. ¢ holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. ). Orthoporus ornatus, Causey, 1954, Tulane Studies in Zool., 2 (4): 67, fig. 10. Loomis (1963) called attention to the variations in the somatic char- acters and the wide distribution of this species. Width 5 to 11 mm. 63 to 73 segments. Body is usually medium brown annulated either conspicuously or inconspicuously with a lighter shade of brown. Speci- mens from Big Bend National Park and Chihuahua are annulated with yellow and resemble flavior. The gonopods vary slightly as to the shape of the mesiodistal angle of the lateral lamella, the length, thickness, color, and direction of the ectal spine of the telocoxite, and the length of the femoral spine of the telopodite. The mesiodistal angle of the lateral lamella, anterior view, is usually a right angle, but in the norther part of the range it is narrowly rounded, and in the south and west it tends to be acute and prolonged, but never as much as in texicolens. The figure of the gonopods of punctilliger is adequate for placing that species in synonymy with ornatus. I have examined a male topotype of wichitanus and males from sites within 75 and 100 miles of the type locality of ornatus. Males of no other spirostreptids have been collected in north Texas and Oklahoma. Several species that were described from sites in Arizona, New Mexico, and northern Mexico are suspected of being synonymous with ornatus. Among them is Spirobolus miles Chamberlin, 1918 (Pomona Coll. J. Ent. and Zool., 10: 11); the type locality is Fort Grant (not Fort Boutelle, as stated in the original description), Graham County, Arizona. Males of no species except ornatus have been collected in Arizona, New Mexico, and northwestern Mexico. Distribution: The southwestern United States and northern Mexico. The periphery of the range passes through Arizona, New Mexico, north- western Texas, southwestern Oklahoma, southwestern Texas, Nuevo Leon, San Luis Potosi, Chihuahua, and Sonora. In west Texas, ornatus is sympatric with flavior. The eastern periphery of the range partially overlaps the range of texicolens, which occupies the Gulf Coastal Plain of south Texas and northern Mexico. Old records: AritzoNa—Pinal Co.: Sacaton, ¢, 9. TExAas—E] Paso Co.: near El Paso, 6. Uvalde Co.: between Camp Wood and Uvalde, 6, 2. Brewster Co.: Panther Junction, Big Bend National Park, ¢, 2 (Loomis, 1963). New records: ArtzoNA—Yuma Co.: Tule Mts., Buckhorn Tanks, ¢, 30 Sept. 1956, V. Roth. Graham Co.: 65 mi. N of Willcox, ¢, 9, 18 July 1956, W. Gertsch and V. Roth (AMNH). Oxtanoma—Comanche Co.: Wichita Reserve, 2, 16 June 1932 (Zool. Mus., Univ. Okla.); 9?, June 1963, D. Jackson. Greer Co.: Quartz Mts., ¢, 2 9, H. P. Brown (Zool. Mus., Univ. Okla.). Texas—Baylor Co.: Seymour, ¢, 9, 15 Nov. 1960, A. H. Kemp. Crockett Co.: Amaker Ranch, N of Iraan across Pecos River, ¢, June 1963, J. Reddell. Brewster Co.: Big Bend Nat. Pk., Records of Orthoporus 179 Dagger Flat, ¢, 22 Aug. 1959, W. H. McAlister; Tortilla Flat, ¢,3 9, 12 May 1959, E. C. Becker (Ottawa Dept. Agr. Ent.). Childress Co.: Childress, ¢, 9, 15 July 1961, R. Brandon. Dimmit Co.: 3 mi. SW of Carrizo Springs, many ¢ and 9, 10 Aug. 1958, R. H. Pluenneke. Cul- berson Co.: Drake Ranch, 7 mi. N of Kent, ¢, June 1963, J. Reddell. Hardeman Co.: 3 mi. W of Quanah, larvae, 25 April 1954; 2 mi. E of Quanah, ?, 6 Aug. 1953. King Co.: 2 mi. E of Guthrie, larvae, 20 Aug. 1953, O. Sanders. Lubbock Co.: Lubbock, ¢, 9, larvae, R. W. Strandth- mann. Randall Co.: Palo Duro Canyon St. Pk., 9, larvae, 27 May 1956, N. Causey; 9, July 1961, J. Frank. Val Verde Co.: Del Rio airport, many ¢ and @ crawlings on surface, 11 June 1962, R. O. Albert. CumiuaHuA—5 mi. W of Jiménez, 4,550 ft. alt., ¢, 9, 16 July 1957. 8 mi. E of Villa Ahumada, 4,000 ft. alt., ¢, 7 July 1957. Near Samal- ayuca, many ¢ and 9, 6 July 1957. 8 mi. E of Los Lamentos, many é and 9, 8 July 1957. All Chihuahua collections by S. Anderson (Univ. Kan. Mus. Nat. Hist.). San Luis Porosi—Near Huizache, swarming in great numbers, ¢, 2, 8 June 1955. Tamautreas—5 mi. W of Palmillas, 6, 2,3 June 1959, R. O. Albert. Nuzvo LEon—On and near Candela Peak, Coahuila-Nuevo Leon boundary, 4 ¢,2 2, 13 July 1963, B. Russell. Orthoporus striatulus Pocock Orthoporus striatulus Pocock, 1909, Diplopoda, in Biol. Centr.-Amer., p. 99, pl. 8, fig. 1 (Tuxtla, Mexico). Width 3.3 to 4.2 mm. 59 to 71 segments. Orthoporus chiapasus (Chamberlin, 1943, Bull. Univ. Utah, biol. ser., 8 (3): 12-13, fig. 4), which was described from a female from Huixtla, Chiapas, is suspected of being a synonym of striatulus. Pocock did not indicate which one of the several places in Mexico named Tuxtla is the type locality of this species. The records indicate that it is surely Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, also known as Tuxtla Chico, Chiapas. I have not seen striatulus in any collections from the Tuxtlas in Veracruz. Distribution: Southern Mexico. New records: CutapAs—Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, Zoological Garden, 27 June 1955, many immature specimens. Vicinity of Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, many mature specimens, 1955, M. Alvarez del Toro. Pan-American Highway, 31 mi. NW of Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, 28 June 1955, immature specimens. OaxacaA—Pan-American Highway near Chiapas-Oaxaca boundary, under logs in farmyard, 27 June 1955, ¢, 9, immature specimens. TaBasco— Jalapa, west bank of Rio de Sierra, 28 Dec. 1963, ¢, 9, L. D. Ober. Collections of females and immature specimens that have the facies of striatulus. Cutapas—San Jerénimo, near Tapachula, 2000 ft. alt., 9, 5 mm., 64 seg., 25 July 1963, Moll and Landry. Oaxaca—Tehuantepec, many immature specimens in banana plantation, 27 June 1955. Orthoporus teapensis Pocock Orthoporus teapensis Pocock, 1909, Diplopoda, in Biol. Centr.-Amer., 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington pp. 97-98, pl. 8, fig. 4 (Teapa, Tabasco. ¢ holotype, Brit. Mus.). Width 3.2 to 6 mm. 57 to 73 segments. In alcohol yellow-brown annulated with yellow; legs are yellow-brown. Distribution: Southern Mexico. New records: Cutapas—Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, Zoological Garden, 2 4, many immature specimens, 28 June 1955. Vicinity of Tuxtla-Gutiérrez, many mature specimens, 1955, M. Alvarez del Toro. Oaxaca—Pan- American Highway near Chiapas-Oaxaca boundary, under logs in yard, 3 6,6 2, 27 June 1955. Tehuantepec, under debris in banana planta- tion, 2 ¢, 2 2, 27 June 1955. Females suspected of being this species were collected at San Jerénimo, near Tapachula, Chiapas, 2200 ft. alt., 18 July 1963, Moll and Landry (Ill. Biol. Sur. ). Orthoporus texicolens Chamberlin Orthoporus texicolens Chamberlin, 1938, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 51: 207 (Edinburg, Hidalgo Co., Texas. ¢ holotype, Chamberlin Coll. ). Loomis, 1963, J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 36 (2): 126, fig. 18. Scaphiostreptus texicolens, Chamberlin, 1952, Great Basin Nat., 12 (1-4): 28. Orthoporus victorianus Chamberlin, 1943, Bull. Univ. Utah, biol. ser. 8 (3): 18, pl. 2, figs. 20-22 (3 mi. S of Victoria, Tamaulipas. ¢ holo- type, Chamberlin Coll.). New Synonymy. Width 6 to 9 mm.; 67 to 79 segments. Body color is brown annulated with dark red. Details of the exoskeleton are as in the congeners with contiguous ranges. There are no significant variations in the gonopods. The drawing of the gonopod of victorianus is adequate for synonymiz- ing it with texicolens. I have not examined the holotype. Distribution: The West Gulf Coastal Plain from the Guadelupe River of Texas to the Tropic of Cancer. The western periphery of the range passes through Uvalde County, Texas, and Victoria, Tamaulipas, and is contiguous with the range of ornatus. Old records: Trxas—Bexar Co.: Helotes, 9 (Chamberlin, 1943). Cameron Co.: Brownsville, ¢ (Chamberlin, 1953). Hidalgo Co.: Hidalgo, $ (Loomis, 1963). TamauLieAs—5 mi. W of El Forlén, 5 2 (Chamberlin, 1943). New records: Trxas—Cameron Co.: Brownsville, ¢, 9, 20 May 1959, Bill Butt. Jim Wells Co.: Alice, 9, 1 Aug. 1961, “many moving at night; no rain, no weather change;” 3 6, many @, larvae, 4 May 1962, R. O. Albert. Karnes Co.: Falls City, “walking in daylight,” 2 ¢,6 9, larvae, 27 June 1961, J. F. Quinlan, Jr. San Patricio Co.: Lake Corpus Christi, ¢, 10 June 1962, R. O. Albert. La Quinta Beach, 5 mi. E of Portland, fragment, R. O. Albert. Uvalde Co.: Pablo’s Cave, 2 6,8 9, larvae, 5 April 1963, J. Reddell. Victoria Co.: 11 mi. S of Victoria, 9, June, 1963, R. O. Albert. Wilson Co.: 4 mi. SE of Poth, “24 hours Records of Orthoporus 181 after a heavy rain following a long drought; out in daytime,” 5 6, 2 @, many larvae, 16 June 1961, J. F. Quinlan, Jr. Records of undetermined collections of the Spirostreptidae: Ar1zona— Yavapai Co.: southern part of county, ?, 23 Aug. 1962, J. F. Quinlan, Jr. New Mexico—Bernalillo Co.: near Rio Puerco, W of Albuquerque, 5,600 ft. alt., @ and larvae, 23 July 1954, C. C. Hoff (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.). San Miguel Co.: north bank of Perro arm of Conchas Lake, ?, 29 July 1959, D. B. Jester. Valencia Co.: % mi. S of pumice mine, near Grants, 7,200 ft. alt., 9, 23 July 1953. 1 mi. E of Correo, 18 July 1953, C. C. Hoff (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.). Duranco—5 mi. and 21 mi. SW of Torreén, 2 9, width 7-9 mm, 70-75 segments, 4 June 1955. Hmatco—Jacala, in garden of hotel, 9, width 5 mm, 75 segments, black-brown strongly annulated with yellow, 23 June 1954. MorreLos— Near Amacuzac, Highway 95, km. 134, @, inconspicuously annulated, width 6.2 mm, 62 segments, 27 June 1957. Nuevo Leon—Monterrey, 2 2, 15 April 1963, R. O. Albert. San Luis Porosi—30 km. S of Valles, 2, width 6 mm, 77 segments, brown, 25 June 1954. Sonora— Hermosillo, 2, width 8.5 mm, 70 segments, 4 Aug. 1959, L. W. Nichols. VERACRUZ—2 mi. E of Catemaco, 1100 ft. alt., 9, width 6.5 mm, 48 segments, 21 July 1963, G. Ross (Zool. Mus., La. St. Univ. ). 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington AY, 0G ye Vol. 77, pp. 183-188 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THREE NEW POLYDESMOID MILLIPEDS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA By H. F. Loomis Miami, Florida A small collection of millipeds, found in colonies of army ants in Costa Rica and Panama by Mr. Roger D. Akre and Dr. and Mrs. Carl W. Rettenmeyer, has recently been received for identification. Only two species are included but one is new and is here described to make its name available to the collectors for use in their studies of these ants. Two other new species also are presented; one from the Maya ruins of Tikal, Dept. of Peten, Guatemala, the ninth member of the genus Aceratophallus. The second species is from a small but interesting collection made by Dr. G. B. Fairchild,-in a remote and previously uncollected area of Panama, at considerable elevation close to the Colombian border. This collection contains females of Glomeridesmus, Cyrtodesmus, Trichomorpha, Siphonophora, and an unknown, but probably new, genus of chelodesmid. A second species of Trichomorpha, of which a male fortunately is present, allows a description and illustrations of essential features. The holotype and at least one paratype of each species have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Most of the paratypes of the new Calymmodesmus have been returned to the collectors. Family CHELODESMIDAE Trichomorpha tacarcuna, new species (Figs. 1-3) Type specimen: Male holotype, U. S. National Museum 2983. Type locality: Male and female collected from forest floor litter, ele- vation 1900 ft., Rio Tacarcuna, Darien Prov., Panama, 3-23 July 1963, by Dr. G. B. Fairchild, who stated that “the Rio Tacarcuna is a tributary 20—Proc. Brow. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (183) 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington PUTA NT TTT uy Fics. 1-3. Trichomorpha tacarcuna, new species. 1, Segments 18—20 of male, the setae of segments 18 and 19 not shown; 2, Right gonopod, ventral view; 3, Same gonopod, lateral view. Fics. 4-6. Aceratophallus maya, new species. 4, Segment 1 in outline; 5, Left gonopod, ventral view; 6, Left second coxa of male, cephalo-lateral view. Fics 7-9. Calymmodesmus montanus, new species. 7, Segments 1 and 2 of male in outline, dorsal view; 8, Segments 19 and 20 of male in outline, dorsal view; 9, Right gonopod, mesal view. Three New Polydesmoid Millipeds 185 of the Rio Pacto, which flows into the north side of the Rio Tuira, and is about 5-10 air-line miles from the Colombian border.” It is also about due east of the town of El Real. Diagnosis: Insofar as the structure of the gonopods is concerned, this species appears most closely related to T. propinqua Carl, from near Medellin, Colombia, although it is only half the body size. It seems to be unique in the genus in the dense curl of very long setae on joint 1 of the third male legs. Description: Male 10 mm long, 1.2 mm wide; female about the same length but a little wider and more flattened, with legs shorter and heavier. Dorsum quite uniform medium brown, the raised outer rim of the keels darker. Head with a fine median sulcus extending forward from near segment 1 to between the antennae, except for a short interruption near upper level of the sockets; surface of head with scattered erect setae, longest behind the labrum. Body rather conspicuously setose on a few terminal segments, the intervening ones with smaller setae of which many appear to have been rubbed off and indicated only by the tiny supporting granules which are more evident in the male. Surface of segments shining, the metazonites of segments 6-16 with a shallow transverse median depression more evident on segments 7-14, but hardly noticeable in the female. Lateral keels of male rising somewhat obliquely from sides of dorsum, especially on posterior half of body; female keels less extensive and more horizontal; keels with two outer marginal setae; posterior corners of keels long and acute in male, shorter in female, those of segments 18 and 19 of both sexes produced straight back (Fig. 1). Segment 1 with an anterior submarginal row of approximately 14-16 erect setae, including the large one in each outer angle; a median and posterior row present, each composed of 10-12 setae. Segments 2—4 with three rows of setae, the median one of about 10, others with 12-14. Ensuing segments with setae less evident and none of the rows with full complement. Segments 18 and 19 with setae greatly increased in number and length, indiscriminately scattered, those of segment 19 distinctly longer in both sexes, the posterior ones equalling or exceeding the tips of the lateral keels; all setae set on tiny but easily seen granules. Last segment with dorsal setae on tubercles as seen in Fig. 2, the setae much longer than those projecting behind segment 19. Males with gonopods as shown in Fig. 3. First and second legs with the two outer joints heavier than on following legs, the penultimate joint with a produced ventral lobe. Third legs with coxal joint bearing a long, narrowly crescentic and very dense cluster of long curving setae so closely in contact, except at tips, as to give the appearance of forming a large tubercle; the cluster borne along the ventral portion of the joint, adjacent to the sternum, and curving around and halfway along the posterior side. Legs 4-7 unmodified. 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Family RHACHODESMIDAE Aceratophallus maya, new species Type specimen: Male holotype, U. S. National Museum 2984. Type locality: Two males collected 13 Sept. 1962, at Tikal, Dept. of Peten, Guatemala, by Gerard Pitt, Coconut Grove, Fla., who remarked that he had seen many individuals. Diagnosis: Most closely related to A. guatemalae Chamberlin, as shown by the gonopods, but it is a smaller species. The completely granular metazonites also distinguish it from all other known species. Description: Holotype 37 mm long, 5.5 mm wide; paratype 32 mm long, 4.8 mm wide. Color bright yellow throughout except that the prozonites are somewhat lighter and the ventral portions of the zonites and the two basal joints of the legs are colorless. Head not granular, slightly finely rugulose on either side of the impressed vertigial sulcus which extends to between the antennae; below antennae the front more roughened and with more numerous erect setae. Joint 5 of antenna with a long narrow sensory area of dense fine setae extending close to the apical margin on the outer side; a smaller area, similarly placed, on joint 6. Segment 1 with anterior margin almost straight, only a little undulated behind vertex of head; posterior margin triarcuate as shown in Fig. 4. Surface granular behind, as on other segments, but toward the anterior rim the granules decrease in size but not in number. Segment 2 slightly wider than any other, its surface and that of ensuing metazonites to segment 18, evenly, densely and finely granular through- out except on the smooth and strongly shining outer rim of the keels. Segment 19 with granules poorly defined, especially on the anterior half. Last segment with surface smooth but not strongly shining. Ventral surface of keels faintly granular but that of metazonites, to the sternum, similar to dorsum. Dorsal arch low; a broad shallow transverse depression on segments 4-18; lateral keels almost horizontal, the outer margin, especially those with pores, slightly raised to about height of mid-dorsum; keels of segments 2-15 or 16 with an acute tooth at anterior corner; posterior corners nearly square, increasingly produced caudad from 16-18, but much reduced in size and projection on 19. Anal valves with numer- ous vertical striations beginning near margin of scale and continuing upward beyond middle; margins thin, strongly raised and shining. Pre- anal scale large, triangular, its apex slightly produced; two widely sep- arated seta-bearing tubercles at the apical third. Gonopods as shown in Fig. 5, the apex much less deeply divided than in any other species. Second legs of male with disto-mesal portion of coxa produced into a subcylindrical process about 2% times as long as broad; thin and subtruncate at apex which bears three or four long setae; in front of the base of this process is a short, stout, subconic tubercle with an apical pore which apparently is the seminal opening Three New Polydesmoid Millipeds 187 (Fig. 6). In other species where reference is made to the seminal process it appears to be the longer of the two shown in the figure. Family STYLODESMIDAE Calymmodesmus montanus, new species Type specimen: Male holotype, U. S. National Museum 2985. Type locality: An exceptional array of specimens collected in associa- tion with army ants at Monteverde, in the extreme northeast corner of the Province of Puentarenas, Costa Rica (10° 29’ N, 84° 50’ W), at an elevation of 1400 m, as follows—from Colony 295, Labidus praedator (F. Smith), 14 of both sexes, 1 Feb. 1963; 54 of both sexes, including holotype, 2 Feb. 1963; 2 males, 3 Feb. 1963; 16 of both sexes, 7 Feb. 1963, R. D. Akre; 9 of both sexes, 2 Feb. 1963; 25 of both sexes, 6-8 Feb. 1963, C. W. and M. E. Rettenmeyer; from Colony E-294, Nei- vamyrmex sumichrasti (Norton), 1 male, 21 Feb. 1963, R. D. Akre; 1 female, 21 Feb. 1963; 2 females, 1 young male, 22 Feb. 1963, C. W. and M. E. Rettenmeyer. Diagnosis: Gonopods indicating closest relationship with the Mexican C. biensifer Loomis but the apex of the terminal branch of each gonopod is more truncate. Also it is a smaller species with outer marginal lobes of segment | more distinct. Description: Largest male 7 mm long, 1.8 mm wide but the size usually is closer to 6.5 mm long and 1.5 mm wide, some 6 mm long; females a little broader than males of same length, the largest 8 mm long, 2mm wide. Vertex of head deeply and narrowly impressed throughout its length; either side irregularly roughened with quite indefinite tubercles of dif- ferent sizes, those near back of head small and more distinct; side of vertex rather sharply angled, with a long tubercle beginning opposite the middle of the antennal socket directed obliquely outward and up- ward; behind this tubercle is one about half as long but equally pro- jecting, the two tubercles deeply separated. Front of head strongly contrasting with vertex, being whiter, very smooth and shining, densely and finely setose, but not separated from vertex by an impression. Expanded margin of segment 1 long, horizontal and composed of 12 areas sharply defined by channels that are longer and even more im- pressed on ventral surface; outer area on each side about half as wide as the next; marginal areas ending in nearly uniform crenations (Fig. 7). Median area strongly convex, with 10 prominent primary tubercles, the inner two of each row usually largest; secondary tubercles distinct, scattered and about equal in size. Ensuing segments with dorsum of males strongly convex, more so than in females, the lateral keels set low on the sides and obliquely descending. Primary tubercles large and well defined, only slightly higher on the posterior quarter of body but reduced on segment 18; low and not 188 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington well marked on segment 19; last segment with surface roughened, at most indistinctly granular. Segment 18 with posterior corners more an- gular than rounded. Last two segments shown in outline in Fig. 8. Gonopods as shown in Fig. 9. Males without unusual modifications of anterior legs or sterna. Cynedesmus trinus Loomis A male of this species collected in Colony E-316 of Eciton hamatum (Fabricius ), 2 March 1963, Barro Colorado Island, C. Z. by R. D. Akre. The species previously has been reported in association with Neivamyrmex mexicanum panamense Borgmeier, on the same island. We.0C 7S Vol. 77, pp. 189-194 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CAVE-DWELLING CRAYFISH FROM THE GREENBRIER DRAINAGE SYSTEM, WEST VIRGINIA (DECAPODA, ASTACIDAE) By Horron H. Hosss, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D.C. The reduced size of the eyes, the white or pale color of the body, and the elongate, comparatively slender chela of this denizen of the caves in the Greenbrier drainage system dis- tinguish it from the only other crayfish known to frequent caves in the area. Although Cambarus b. bartonii (Fabricius, 1798: 407) has been found in not too distant caves, the two species have been observed in the same one only in McFerrin’s Water Cave (see below). Too little is known concerning the habits and range of the new species to determine whether or not it is a member of the troglobitic fauna. In spite of the fact that all of the available specimens have been collected from caves, the presence of pigment in the eyes and in the body (except in the holotype) suggest that this crayfish is a troglophile with habits similar to those of Cambarus tenebrosus Hay (1902: 232) and C. bartonii laevis Faxon (1914: 391). Superficially, it resembles C. tenebrosus, C. cahni Rhoades (1941: 146), and cave-dwelling members of C. bartonii bartonii, but it is sus- pected that its closest affinities are with Cambarus sciotensis Rhoades (1944: 96) and Cambarus robustus Girard (1852: 90). Cambarus nerterius,' sp. nov. Diagnosis: Color white, pale tan, or pale blue; eyes reduced but with pigment; rostrum with slightly convergent margins, angular or subangular at base of acumen but without spines or prominent tubercles; postorbital ridges well developed and terminating cephalically in small acute tuber- 1 Nerterius, Gr.—underground; so named because as far as is known this species is confined to subterranean streams. 21—Proc. Broun. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 77, 1964 (189) SMITHSONI INSTITUTION ** 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington cles; suborbital angles acute; carapace with or without lateral spines or acute tubercles; areola 3.5 to 6.2 times longer than broad and constituting 37 to 40 per cent of total length of carapace; chela of male 3.3 to 3.5 times longer than greatest width, inner margin of palm with a single, non-cristiform row of tubercles, and fingers not gaping. First pleopod with terminal elements directed caudad at approximately right angles to main shaft of appendage; central projection with a subterminal notch and inflated mesial process with a small terminal projection. Holotypic Male, Form I: Color “white” (personal communication from Miss Zotter); eyes reduced in size but with distinct pigment areas. Body subcylindrical, only slightly depressed. Abdomen narrower than thorax (21.3 and 25.7 mm in widest parts respectively). Greatest width of carapace slightly anterior to midlength of areola. Areola moderately broad, 6.2 times longer than wide with five or six punctations across narrowest part. Cephalic section of carapace 1.4 times longer than areola; length of areola 40.4 per cent of entire length of carapace. Rostrum with slightly thickened and gently converging margins forming angles at base of moderately long acumen; upper surface slightly concave with the usual submarginal row of setiferous punctations, cephalomedian area slightly elevated but with no distinct carina; scattered setiferous punctations elsewhere. Acumen with corneous uptured tip extending cephalad slightly beyond distal margin of penultimate segment of antennule. Subrostral ridges weakly developed and scarcely evident in dorsal aspect. Postorbital ridges well defined, each with a prominent groove and terminating cephalically in acute tubercles. Suborbital angle well defined and acute. Branchiostegal spine small but acute. Surface of carapace punctate dorsally and granulate laterally, granules becoming tuberculate cephalolaterally. Usual lateral spines on carpace tuber- culiform; a prominent longitudinal row of tubercles immediately ventral to cephalic portions of cervical groove. Abdomen slightly longer than carapace (53.1 and 52.2 mm). Cephalic section of telson with two spines in sinistral corner and three in dextral. Epistome (Fig. 6) with elevated, undulating margins and provided with cephalomedian prominence. Antennules of the usual form with a small spine on lower surface of basal segment slightly distal to midlength. Antennae broken but extending caudad to base of telson. Antennal scale (Fig. 4) moderately broad with heavy lateral portion terminating cephal- ically in a distinct spine; mesial margin of lamellate portion with a gently rounded contour. Right chela (Fig. 2) distinctly elongate, subovate in cross section and with palm only slightly inflated; left chela apparently regenerated. All surfaces bearing punctations, many with short setae. Inner margin of palm with a row of nine low tubercles flanked by a row of punctations above; no other tubercles on palm except those associated with articular areas; lower distal margin of palm with the usual large tubercle at base of dactyl. Fingers not gaping and both with submedian longitudinal A New: Cave-dwelling Crayfish 191 sere t td irra ay A te ME OO a te: ig gto oe 5 Saar és 8 Puate I. Cambarus nerterius, sp. nov. 1, Mesial view of first pleopod of holotype; 2, Distal podomeres of cheliped of holotype; 3, Dorsal view of carapace of holotype; 4, Antennal scale of holotype; 5, Lateral view of first pleopod of holotype; 6, Epistome of holotype; 7, Basipodite and ischiop- odite of third pereiopod of holotype; 8, Mesial view of first pleopod of morphotype; 9, Bases of fourth and fifth periopods and first pleopods of holotype; 10, Lateral view of first pleopod of morphotype. 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington elevations above and below. Opposable margin of immovable finger with two rows of tubercles—an upper row of 10 along promixal three-fifths of finger and the lower of eight along middle third of finger; tubercles of both rows diminish in size distally. Opposable margin of dactyl also with two rows of tubercles, an upper row of 18 along proximal four- fifths of finger and a lower row of five along middle third. Opposable margin of both fingers with minute denticles between and distal to aforementioned tubercles. Mesial margin of dactyl with a row of five tubercles near base. Carpus distinctly longer than broad with an oblique furrow on upper surface; upper surface punctate. Mesial surface with a single large tubercle and a small one near proximal margin; lower surface with the usual two marginal tubercles and an additional one proximal to the more mesial of the two. Upper distal surface of merus with three tubercles, two of which conspicuously larger than third; lateral and mesial surfaces with a few scattered punctations; lower surface with a mesial row of nine tubercles and a lateral one of three. Ischiopodite with a ventral row of four small tubercles; punctate elsewhere. Hooks (Fig. 7) on ischiopodites of third pereiopods only; hooks strong and simple; tips extending proximad of distal margin of basipodites. Caudomesial surfaces of coxopodites of fourth pereiopods with prominent projections (Fig. 9); coxopodites of fifth pereiopods without prominences. First pleopods (Figs. 1, 5, 9) symmetrical and extending cephalad to coxopodites of third pereiopods when abdomen is flexed. Tips terminating in two parts reflexed at angles of about 90 degrees. Mesial process non- comeous and notched near apex. Morphotypic Male, Form II: Differs in few details from the holotype. Color pale tan above, cream below; appendages cream but pale blue basally. Rostrum with a pair of minute tubercles at base of acumen; lateral surface of carapace with several tubercles although one distinctly larger than others; antenna extending caudad to sixth abdominal segment; cephalic section of telson with only one spine in each caudolateral corner. Inner margin of palm of chela with a row of 10 tubercles; opposable margin of immovable finger with a single row of 14 tubercles and a larger one situated below row between 11th and 12th tubercles from base; opposable margin of dactyl with a single row of 15 tubercles and a single large one situated below row between 5th and 6th tubercles from base; lower mesial margin of carpus with a row of 14 tubercles. First pleopod as figured (Figs. 8, 10). Allotypic Female: Differs from the holotype in the following respects: Color two days after preservation as in morphotype. Rostrum with a minute tubercle at sinistral base of acumen; lateral surface of carapace with strongly reduced lateral tubercles. Inner margin of palm of chela with eight tubercles; opposable margin of immovable finger with a single row of six tubercles and one below it at base of distal third of finger; A New Cave-dwelling Crayfish 193 opposable margin of dactyl with a row of six tubercles; minute denticles along opposable margins of both fingers occurring in single rows; upper distal surface of merus with only two tubercles and lower mesial margin with a row of 11. Cephalic section of telson with two spines in each caudolateral corner. Annulus ventralis much broader than long with a narrow, longitudinal, cephalomedian depression which expands near midlength of annulus into a subovate depressed area. Caudal wall not thickened or elevated (ven- trally). Sinus originating sinistrally along caudal margin of depression, extends mesially and slightly cephalically just across median line where it suddenly turns caudosinistrally to cut caudal wall of annulus along median line. Measurements: As follows, in millimeters: Holotype Allotype Morphotype Carapace— Rigigity: aa ee ON 12.8 16.8 TUGILC e as 15.2 1G), 1 [LiGianyes ii 8 SSR eee 52.2 34.4 42.4 Rostrum— NVI ICG aye so eo Dell 6.2 Wencthipsssn te ts eo 10.3 7.0 7.8 Areola— WGI a 2 ee es Se 2S, Boll AB merthny ea ee oe a DALI 13.0 JG},2) Chela— Length of inner margin Olspalini es 14.7 6.5 8.7 Width of palm _........- 13.0 6.5 iit Length of outer margin OLIN seed SEARS 50.4 22.3 36.2 Length of dacty] _.- 32.2 14.1 22.6 Type Locality: Matt's Black Cave, 2 miles south of Renick, Greenbrier County, West Virginia; about 400 feet from the entrance to the cave. Collected 1 July 1962 by Miss Hermine Zotter. Disposition of Types: The holotypic male, form I, the allotypic female, and the morphotypic male, form II, are deposited in the U. S. National Museum (Nos. 111295, 111296, 111297, respectively). The paratypes, comprising 2 males, form II, 2 females, 2 juvenile males, and 2 juvenile females, are also in the same collection. Specimens Examined: All of the specimens were collected in Green- brier County, West Virginia. The holotypic male, as indicated above, was collected on 1 July 1962 by Miss Zotter; a female, a juvenile male, and a juvenile female were taken from the type locality on 17 June 1963 by Mr. John A. Stellmack. Two second form males were collected in Ludington Cave, about 5 miles north of Lewisburg and 2 miles east of 194 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Rt. 219 by Mr. John R. Holsinger. These specimens were found in a stream about % mile from the entrance of the cave. On 20 July 1963, Mr. Holsinger collected an additional female from the type locality and a second female from McFerrin’s Water Cave; on 17 August 1963 he secured a first form male from General Davis Cave. A juvenile male was found by Mr. Lyle G. Conrad in McClung Cave, also about 5 miles north of Lewisburg, some 2,500 feet from the entrance and in a pool about 5 inches deep. Mr. Conrad collected one second form male, two females, and a juvenile female from McClung Cave on 12 April 1963; the three larger specimens were found some 1.5 miles from the entrance in “Chocolate Avenue”; the smaller one was found in a dry stream bed. Relationships: Cambarus nerterius probably has its closest affinities with Cambarus sciotensis Rhoades and C. robustus Girard. It differs from the former most conspicuously in lacking thickened rostral margins, and from the latter by the suddenly contracted margins at the base of the acumen. The similarities are in the comparatively broad areola with many punctations and in the conformation of the elongate chela of which the immovable finger is somewhat costate laterally and bears a depression above and below at its base. Superficial resemblance to C. tenebrosus Hay and C. cahni Rhoades are perhaps results of adaptations to similar environments. Acknowledgments: I am most grateful to Miss Hermine Zotter, Mr. John R. Holsinger, Mr. Lyle G. Conrad, and Mr. John A. Stellmack for their interest in collecting the specimens on which the above description is based and for donating them to the U. S. National Museum. I also wish to thank Mrs. Carolyn B. Lutz for the excellent illustrations. LITERATURE CITED Faprictus, JOHANN C. 1798. Supplementum Entomologiae Systemat- icae. Hofniae, Proft. et Storch. Faxon, Water. 1914. Notes on the crayfishes in the United States National Museum and the Museum of Comparative Zoology with descriptions of new species and subspecies to which is appended a catalogue of the known species and subspecies. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., 40 (8): 351-427, 13 pls. Grrarp, CHARLES. 1852. A revision of the North American Astaci, with observations on their habits and geographical distribu- tion. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 6: 87-91. Hay, W. P. 1902. Observations on the crustacean fauna of the region about Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 215 (11285): 293=936: RHOADES, RENDELL. 1944. The crayfishes of Kentucky, with notes on variation, distribution and descriptions of new species and subspecies. Am. Midl. Nat., 31 (1): 111-149, 10 figs., 10 maps. 7/0075 Vol. 77, pp. 195-198 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NOTES ON SOME MALLOPHAGA FROM FORMOSAN MAMMALS By K. C. EMERSON Arlington, Virginia This is a report on a small collection of Mallophaga, taken during the period 1957-1962, from native mammals on For- mosa. This collection constitutes a part of materials taken in a broad program supporting epidemiologic and biomedical studies related to parasite infections and parasite diseases of man and animals. This work was supported in part by funding under Public Law 480, Section 104(c). Mallophaga were obtained from hosts examined by per- sonnel of the Parasitology Department of the U. S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 2, Taipei, Taiwan (Formosa) under the direction of Dr. Robert E. Kuntz, Captain, MSC, USN. Representative specimens of this collection are now in the U. S. National Museum. Host identifications were pro- vided by Dr. David H. Johnson, Curator, Division of Mammals, U. S. National Museum. Felicola juccii (Conci, 1942) Paradoxuroecus juccii Conci, 1942. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., 74: 141. From Paguma larvata taivana Swinhoe, 1862; Wu-lai, Taipei Hsien, 12 January 1960 and 14 March 1962; and Lo-tung, I-lan Hsien, 17 November 1959 and 14 March 1962. The Formosan specimens agree with specimens from Paguma larvata grayi (Bennett), the type host as illustrated by Conci (1947). Felicola rohani Wemeck, 1956 Felicola rohani Wemeck, 1956. Rev. Brasil. Biol., 16 (1): 25, figs. 1-5. From Herpestes urva Hodson, 1836; Fen-lin, Hua-lien Hsien, 15 April 1960; and I-lan, I-lan Hsien, 8 December 1959. Type host for this species is Herpestes edwardsi edwardsi (Geoffroy ). Hopkins (1960) recorded this species from Herpestes auropunctatus 22—Proc. Brow. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (195) 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington siamensis (Kloss), after careful comparison of material from the two hosts. The specimens from Herpestes urva have been compared with specimens from Herpestes auropunctatus siamensis identified by Hopkins, and no significant differences were found. Tricholipeurus indicus Wermeck, 1950 Tricholipeurus indicus Werneck, 1950. Malofagos de Mamiferos, 2: 177, figs. 267-272. From Muntiacus reevesi micrurus Sclater, 1875; Fen-lin, Hua-lien Hsien, 1 April 1960; Chun Yang, 29 January 1958; and Taipei, 23 December 1957. These specimens agree with Werneck’s description and _ illustrations based on specimens from Muntiacus muntjak (Zimmermann), the type host. Bovicola thompsoni Bedford, 1936 Bovicola thompsoni Bedford, 1936. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sci., 7: 42, fig. 10. From Capricornis swinhoei Gray, 1862; Pu-li, Nan-tou Hsien, 9 June 1960; Fu-yuan, Hua-lien Hsien, 14 April 1960; Tung-men, Hua-lien Hsien, 13 April 1960; Jui-hui, Hua-lien Hsien, 3 April 1960; Lung-chien, Hua-lien Hsien, 2 March 1960; Pu-li, Nan-tou Hsien, 24 September 1959; and Chou-sheh, Nan-tou Hsien, 25 April 1959. The type host for this species is Capricornis sumatraensis (Bechstein ). The type, a female, has been illustrated by Werneck (1950); and the specimens from Capricornis swinhoei agree with those illustrations. The male of Bovicola thompsoni from the type host is unknown. The male of the Formosan specimens possess genitalia of the type illustrated by Werneck (1950) for Bovicola dimorphus Bedford, 1939. Trichodectes kuntzi n. sp. From Melogale moschata subaurantiaca Swinhoe, 1862; Shih Pa-fen, Taipei Hsien, 19 March 1962; and Tung-men, Hua-lien Hsien, 10 April 1960. Holotype male: Head slightly wider than long. Anterior margin of head with a wide shallow osculum. First antennal segment wide, and as long as combined length of second and third segments. First antennal segment with four long setae and a short blunt appendage. Terminal antennal segment each with two short stout peg-like spines. Dorsal and ventral chaetotaxy of head as shown in Fig. 2. Thoracic and abdominal segments short, with weakly sclerotized tergites and sternites. Abdomen slightly longer than wide, with six pairs of spiracles. Chaetotaxy sparse as shown in Fig. 2. Terminal abdominal segments distinctive in structure and chaetotaxy as shown in Fig. 2. Male genitalia as shown in Fig. 3. Mallophaga from Formosan Mammals 197 3 2 Fics. 1-3. Trichodectes kuntzi n. sp. 1, Dorsal-ventral view of female; 2, dorsal-ventral view of male; 3, male genitalia. Marginal scale applies to Figs. 1 and 2. Allotype female: Except for antenna, larger but of the same general shape as in the male. Antennae filiform, with chaetotaxy as shown in Fig. 1. Fewer dorsal setae on the head than in the male. Thoracic and abdominal segments short, with weakly sclerotized ter- gites and sternites. Abdomen as wide as long; with six pairs of spiracles. Chaetotaxy sparse, even less than in the male, as shown in Fig. 1. Terminal abdominal segment as shown in Fig. 1. Discussion: This species is closest to Trichodectes emersoni Hopkins, 1960, found on Helictis orientalis everetti Thomas. In both sexes, the chaetotaxy of T. kuntzi is considerably more dense than in T. emersoni. The male genitalia of the two species are similar, but in T. kuntzi the parameres are separated by a distinct rounded structure which is prob- ably a primitive basal plate. The heavy lateral margins of the genital opening on the male are distinctive and not found in other species of the genus. Type material: Holotype male (USNM 67139), allotype female and 10 paratypes collected off Melogale moschata subaurantiaca Swinhoe, 1862, at Shih Pa-fen, Taipei Hsien; and 31 paratypes collected at Wu-lai, Taipei Hsien, Formosa. 198 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington LITERATURE CITED Beprorp, G. A. H. 1936. Notes on species of Trichodectidae with descriptions of new genera and species. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sci., 7: 33-58. Conct, C. 1942. Diagnosi preliminari di tre nuovi generi e di una nuova specie di Trichodectinae. Boll. Soc. Ent. Ital., 74: 140-142. . 1947. II Genere “Paradoxuroecus” ed il suo generotipo (Mallophaga). Rev. Brasil. Biol., 7: 247-249. Hopkins, G. H. E. 1960. Notes on some Mallophaga from mammals. Bull. Brit. Mus. (N. H.), Ent., 10: 75-95. WerRNECK, F. L. 1950. Os Malofagos de Mamiferos, 2: 1-207. 1956. A respeito de alguns Malofagos de Mamiferos. Rev. Brasil. Biol., 16; 25-32. 67F.0673 Vol. 77, pp. 199-214 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SPECIES OF COPTOPSYLLA JORDAN AND ROTHSCHILD, 1908, FROM NORTHERN SAUDI ARABIA WITH COMMENTS AND A KEY TO THE GENUS (SIPHONAPTERA : COPTOPSYLLIDAE )?? By Rosert E. Lewis American University of Beirut, Beirut, Lebanon The Trans-Arabian Pipeline Company recently made it pos- sible for me to conduct a limited flea survey on and near their four major pumping stations at Turaif, Badanah, Rafha and Qaisumah, Saudi Arabia. Detailed reports of the fleas (Lewis, 1964) and mammalian hosts (Lewis, Lewis and Harrison, in press) are appearing elsewhere. Specimens of a new species of flea belonging to the genus Coptopsylla J. and R., 1908, were collected during the trips and due to the additions to our knowledge of the genus since the appearance of the publica- tions by Ioff (1953) and Hopkins and Rothschild (1956) it seems desirable not only to describe the species but also to review the recent literature. Coptopsylla joannae, new species Diagnosis: Near Coptopsylla bairamaliensis Wagner, 1928, from which it differs in the male in the following points: a) body bristles not particu- larly coarse; b) L? of fixed process nearly as broad as in bairamaliensis but lacking the conspicuous caudal angle of that species; c) movable process triangular, only 214 times as long as wide; d) apical portion of St. IX triangular, heavily setose on both dorsal and ventral margins, but less so than in C. bairamaliensis. In the female, C. joannae differs from C. bairamaliensis in the following points: a) St. VII with apical margin almost straight; b) bulgae of spermathecae globular, not very angular; c) hilla 144 times the length of the bulga; d) lower antepygidial seta 2% times as long as the upper. 1 Publication number 7 of the American University of Beirut Museum of Natural History. 2 Portions of this work were supported by an Arts and Sciences Rockefeller Research Grant. 23—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 77, 1964 (199) 200 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-2. Coptopsylla joannae n. sp. 1, Head of holotype ¢. 2, Modified abdominal segments of holotype ¢. Description: Heap (Fig. 1, male)—Clypeus well developed, strongly sclerotized. Ventral region of frons not strongly sclerotized, with numer- ous microsetae. Gena ventrally markedly convex. Eye ovoid, heavily pigmented. Antennal fossa open nearly to its dorsal margin, with a row of small setae extending along its dorsal margin nearly the entire length of the clava. First antennal segment with a proximal patch of 3 (rarely 1, occasionally 2) small setae and a distal row of 8 (5 to 9) slightly longer ones. Ocular row composed of three large and one or two small setae. A New Species of Coptopsylla 201 Preocular row consistently of two large setae: one arising near the base of the clypeus, the other before and above the eye. Occipital row of three setae per side, the lowest being 2% to 3 times as long as the remain- ing two. One preoccipital seta present, arising near dorsal margin of the antennal fossa. Maxillary palpi extending to middle of fore trochanter. Maxillary stipes barely as long as basal segment of labial palpi. Labial palpi 5-segmented. One seta of segment 1 longer than segment 2; 1 seta of segment 2 longer than segment 3; no setae of segments 3 and 4 longer than the following segment. The whole of segment 5 extending past distal margin of the trochanter. THorAx—Pronotum on each side with one row of 7 (6 in three of ten males) large setae, mesonotum with one row of 6 (5 in three males) large setae, metanotum with one row of 5 to 7 large setae. Lateral metanotal area distinct, with two large setae arising in the center. Mesosternosome with 5 large setae. Metepisternum with a single seta near its dorsal apex. Metepimeron with 5 large setae, 2 in the prespirac- ular row and 3 in the spiracular row. Lecs (Prothorax)—Anterior margin of prothoracic coxae devoid of setae except for two which protect the coxal-trochanteral joint. Posterior border with 3 or 4 setae on the dorsal margin and a pair of larger ones on the caudo-apical angle. Between these two setae projects a small, papillate extension of the coxal margin in both sexes. Below it the apex of the coxa extends ventrad forming a flap which almost completely covers the trochanter. The inner surface of this flap bears a horizontal row of 4 minute setae. Outer surface of coxa with 12 to 14 setae of variable size. Inner surface without setae. Femur with 2 setae on inner surface and 7 setae on outer surface arranged in two diagonal transverse rows in addition to the setae of the dorsal margin. Tarsal segment V with six pairs of lateral plantar bristles and two pairs of subapical plantar bristles in ten males, six pairs of lateral plantar bristles and one pair of subapical plantar bristles in fourteen females (one specimen had an additional subapical plantar bristle on one side). (Mesothorax)—Setae of mesothoracic coxae restricted to anterior margin and apex; about 10 in number. Nine to 11 small setae along dorsal margin of the femur with three smaller submarginal setae below them on the outer surface. No other vestiture on outer surface of femur except 3 or 4 setae which are situated near the ventral margin on the distal half of the segment. Inner surface of the femur lined with a row of about 6 to 8 setae distributed longitudinally near the ventral margin. Caudal margin of tibia with seven indentations including apical notch. Each notch except numbers 5 and 7 bears two strong setae while 5 and 7 possess three strong setae. Outer surface with a longitudinal row of 4 smaller setae. Inner surface bare. Tarsal segment I slightly shorter than segment II. Segment II slightly shorter than segments III and IV com- bined. One apical seta of segment II extending to apex of segment III. Segment V with six pairs of lateral plantar bristles and two pairs of 202 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3. Coptopsylla joannae n. sp. Modified abdominal segments of allotype @. subapical plantar bristles (one and one-half [3] in 20%) in the males; six pairs of lateral plantar bristles and one pair of subapical plantar bristles in the females. (Metathorax )—Setae of metathoracic coxae also restricted to anterior margin and apex; about 13 in number. In addition the mesal surface bears a vertical row of 4 or 5 submarginal setae. Twelve to 14 small setae along dorsal margin of femur with three smaller submarginal setae below them on the outer surface. Three additional setae near the ventral A New Species of Coptopsylla r, “So Pp pa e yp :. \ | loff, 1953. Fics. 4-6. Coptopsylla lamellifer. 4, C. 1. lamellifer (Wagner, 1895) redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 5, C. l. rostrata Ioff and Tiflov, 1934, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 6, C. l. ardua Jordan and Rothschild, 1915, redrawn from 203 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington margin on the distal half of the femur. Inner surface of the femur lined with a longitudinal row of ten setae near the ventral margin. Tarsal seg- ment I 1% times as long as segment II; segment II slightly longer than segments III and IV combined. At least one long bristle of segment I extending to apex of segment II; two long bristles of segment II extending past the tip of segment V. Tarsal segment V with six pairs of lateral plantar bristles and one pair of subapical plantar bristles in the males. Of 14 females all but one have six pairs of lateral plantar bristles (the exception possesses 6 pairs on one tarsus and 51% pairs on the other). While 11 females have one pair of subapical plantar bristles, one specimen has but one on each tarsus and two more lack one bristle of the pair on one tarsus. ABDOMEN—AI] unmodified abdominal tergites and sternites with but one row of setae. Setae on tergites I to VII in males: 5 (5-6), 7 (6-8), 6-7, 6 (6-7), 6 (5-7), 6 (5-6), 5 (4-6); females: 5 (5-6), 7 (6-9), 7 (6-8), 7 (6-8), 7 (5-8), 6 (5-7), 6 (4-6). Setae on sternites II to VIII in males: 1, 3 (2-4), 3 (2-3), 3 (2-3), 3 (2-3), 3 (2-4), 6 (5-8); on sternites II to VII in females: 1, 4 (3-5), 3 (3-5), 3 (2-5), 3-4, 6 (5-7). Males possess a patch of 2 to 5 small setae well up on the side of sternite II while in females there may be from 5 to 10 of these. In some cases they form a vertical row extending from the ventral margin about two-thirds the height of the sternite. Antesensilial setae two per side in both sexes, borne on a tuberculate projection of tergum VII, sub- equal, the lower seta 2% times as long as the upper. Modified abdominal segments of holotype male and allotype female as shown in Figs. 2 and 3, respectively. Length: 6 1.7 to 2.5 mm; @ 2.5 to 3.5 mm. Types: Holotype 6, allotype 9 and 2 male and 1 female paratypes, Saudi Arabia: 5 km SSE Badanah, from Meriones libycus syrius nest, 9A Dec. 1962. Paratypes as follows: 14 and 42 2 ex Vulpes rueppelli, 40 km W Badanah, 27 Dec. 1962; 1¢ ex Meriones crassus crassus, Badanah, 27 Dec. 1961; 14 ex Jaculus jaculus, 15 km W Badanah, 28 Dec. 1961; 14 and 19 ex Meriones libycus syrius nest, 5 km SSE Badanah, 26 Dec. 1962; 19 ex Meriones c. crassus, Badanah, 26 Dec. 1962; 13 ex Vulpes rueppelli, 40 km W Badanah, 28 Dec. 1962; 192 ex Gerbillus cheesmani, 5 km W Turaif, 4 Jan. 1963; 2¢ 6 ex Meriones c. crassus, Rafha, 20 Dec. 1962; 39 @ ex Gerbillus dasyurus, 8 km W Ratha, 21 Dec. 1962 and 29 2 ex Meriones tristrami kariateni, Palmyra, Syria, 13 Jan. 1962. Holotype, allotype and two male and two female paratypes deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) collection of fleas at Tring. Paratypes in the collections of the United States National Museum, Washington, D.C.; Dr. Robert Traub, Bethesda, Maryland; and the Anti-Plague Institute of the Caucasus, Stavropol, U.S.S.R. Remarks: Coptopsylla joannae appears to be a fairly common flea associated with the rodent populations of north-central Arabia. Collection A New Species of Coptopsylla 205 Fics. 7-9. Coptopsylla sp. 7, C. lamellifer dubinini Ioff, 1950, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 8, C. arax Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950, redrawn from Isayeva, 1956. 9, C. smiti Hubbard, 1956, redrawn in modified form from photocopy of original by F. G. A. M. Smit. 206 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 10-12. Coptopsylla sp. 10, C. bondari Ioff, 1946, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 11, C. caucasica Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950, redrawn from Isayeva, 1956. 12, C. bairamaliensis Wagner, 1928, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. A New Species of Coptopsylla 207 records are not sufficient to supply much information about its general distribution but it probably occurs throughout the stony desert and desert steppe region of Syria, Jordan, northern Arabia and possibly western Iraq. The occurrence of the rather distantly related C. smiti Hubbard (1956) in Iraq suggests that more collecting in the desert and semidesert portions of the Middle East may yield additional members of this genus. The new species described above is named in honor of my wife, Joanne, whose tireless efforts both in the field and in the laboratory have been of priceless assistance to me. DIscussIoNn It is certainly not practical to attempt a revision of the genus Coptopsylla at this time, because of the limited number of specimens available for study. Hopkins and Rothschild (1956) give a total of 33 specimens in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History ) representing but seven of the nine species and subspecies in the Cat- alogue. Even now there are but 52 specimens in the collection repre- senting ten of the 16 known species and subspecies. Due to the difficulty of obtaining Russian literature, the work of Ioff (1953) was not available for consideration when the Catalogue was prepared. Ioff’s work lists 13 species and subspecies and is by far the most comprehensive consideration of the genus to date. Given below is a comparison of the listings given in these two works. Hopkins AND IorF, 1953: ROTHSCHILD, 1956: C. lamellifer lamellifer (Wagner, 1895) C. lamellifer lamellifer C. lamellifer rostrata loff & Tiflov, 1934 C. lamellifer rostrata C. lamellifer fallax loff & Tiflov, 1934 = C-. lamellifer ardua J. & R., 1915 C. lamellifer dubinini Ioff, 1950 C. lamellifer arax Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950 C. bondari Ioff, 1946 C. bondari C. bairamaliensis Wagner, 1928 C. bairamaliensis C. olgae Argyropulo, 1946 C. olgae C. trigona Ioff, 1946 C. trigona C. caucasica Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950 C. africana Wagner, 1932 C. africana C. macrophthalma Toff, 1950 C. wassiliewi (Wagner, 1932) C. wassiliewi The species C. lamellifer dubinini, arax, caucasica and macrophthalma are not included in Hopkins and Rothschild (1956) even though they were described six years earlier. Although not all of the original descrip- tions are available to me, Ioff (1953) figures C. lamellifer dubinini and C. macrophthalma and good figures of C. arax and C. caucasica may be 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 13-15. Coptopsylla sp. 13, C. olgae olgae Argyropulo, 1946, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 14, C. olgae wachschi Labunets and Kafarskaya, 1961, redrawn from Labunets and Kafarskaya, 1961. 15, C. trigona Ioff, 1946, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. A New Species of Coptopsylla 209 found in a paper by Isayeva (1956) in which she states that figures for these two forms were previously lacking or unsatisfactory. Hubbard (1956) described C. smiti from Gerbillus dasyurus dasyurus collected in Baghdad, Iraq. Labunets and Kafarskaya (1961) described C. olgae wachschi from Meriones libycus erythrourus collected in western Tadzikistan. These, plus the species described above, bring to 16 the recognized species and subspecies of the genus. The following is an attempt to integrate the species and subspecies not listed by Hopkins and Rothschild (1956) into the system established by them in their treatment of the genus. Except for the drawings of C. joannae all of the illustrations are redrawn from the sources cited. The key is a modification of that of Hopkins and Rothschild (1956). 1. Tarsi with only 5 pairs of lateral bristles on segment V (some- times only 4 on hind tarsus); female with the two antesensilial bristles of each side of almost equal size (North Africa) Lhe oro URNA UE Ea AALS eM ree es wassiliewi (Fig. 16) Tarsi with 6 pairs of lateral bristles on segment V; usually one of the antesensilial bristles on each side much smaller than the Other gee eee Meee ae Me ae Pee NRNie ea 60, yA atom Bn teen peat ve alle 9) GR, ANGINA Ree LS GU 3 Tee raa ee Se taal SUS eh alle ea lt ee Mae ec Recah eat Rattan LiL 17 3. Apex of movable process of clasper obtuse, having a distinct (though rounded-off) posterior angle ____ bairamaliensis (Fig. 12) Apex of movable process without such a conspicuous posterior aHGIeS TNOLELOF lessraciite tee eae ln ae 8 MN 4 4. Body of clasper conspicuously dorsally divided by a deep and RATFOW, Sinushinto twoplopes) (Iutand) 12) ee 5 Margin of body of clasper slightly divided into two lobes or Shiglatly MeOmeave ates svaetieuta a GEN Nene AL ae) a Pa 11 5. L* of body of the clasper acuminate, directed caudally, movable process extending beyond apex of L? by about one-fifth its Rernert yest a Ree Ramana ee LNs Ts ae 8 bondari (Fig. 10) IN OERASH AD OV cients ils ec Owe! ncuron a alee ea a Rp 6 6. Movable process subtriangular, extending to, but not beyond, the apexOh 16a. Qlira Gj) wee een de eal smiti (Fig. 9) Movable process elongate, two-fifths or more extending beyond Phe apextOk Wig eaten wate oe eae RL ee 7 fe. Acetabular bristle-absent- 2 l. lamellifer (Fig. 4) ACetabUlar ipristie! presenmbiss see nt Se 8 8. Conspicuous tubercle present on anterior margin of movable ITO COS Sp aersie us Sat heme Nes, OE stn nome) aR eae Ria feces AL Pao EL EELS La ) Anterior margin of movable process undulate but lacking tubercle oh OT CN Te SEC ah Ale en ek Sass [SO 10 9. Movable process of clasper over four times as long as broad, the tubercle on its anterior margin below the middle _......._-»-_»__ LASS Ee Paes nN He EWC L SE! SEBO F eR EAL eee l. rostrata (Fig. 5) 210 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 16-18. Coptopsylla sp. 16, C. wassiliewi (Wagner, 1932) re- drawn in modified form from Wagner, 1932. 17, C. africana Wagner, 1932, redrawn in modified form from Wagner, 1932. 18, C. macroph- thalma Toff, 1950, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 10. We 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. fe 18. 19: 20. A New Species of Coptopsylla 211 Movable process little more than thrice as long as broad, the tubercle above the middle __.________.__. l. ardua (Fig. 6) L! of body of the clasper rounded, the sinus between L! and L? TITAN ONGY ekg 5 ed NORE aU GD TT og Ne ea Ll. dubinini (Fig. 7) L? of body of the clasper obtuse, its posterior margin sinuate, the sinus between L! and L? wide __.......- arax (Fig. 8) Margin of body of the clasper slightly divided into two lobes _ 12 Margin of body of the clasper entire, at most slightly concave __ 13 Acetabular seta absent, movable process ovoid, with blunt apex, about three times as long as wide _._....___- caucasica (Fig. 11) Acetabular seta present, movable process triangular, with sharp apex, about two and one-half times as long as wide (Middle TEESE) EROS Ca ad a IRS rR Oe joannae (Fig. 2) Posterior margin of body of the clasper with a distinct concavity above the articulation of the movable process, sternum IX elongate) not subtriangulay 2 o. olgae (Fig. 13) Posterior margin of body of the clasper without such a distinct concavity above the articulation of the movable process _______- 14 Sternum IX elongate, not subtriangular or distinctly triangular __ Ruemnexcen pet ett ial bes. Poa red bBo Ml we o. wachschi (Fig. 14) Sternum IX subtriangular or distinctly triangular 15 Movable process elongate, not triangular, its apex blunt _....__-- can EM rae OE macrophthalma (Fig. 18) Movable process triangular or subtriangular, its apex sharp ____ 16 Posterior margin of body of the clasper with rounded hump in middle, acetabular seta arising considerably above the point of articulation of the movable process, apex of movable process extending two-fifths of its length past caudal angle in posterior margin of body of the clasper (USSR) ______ trigona (Fig. 15) Posterior margin of body of the clasper straight, vertical, dorsal margin sloping caudally, acetabular seta arising over point of articulation of movable process (North Africa) — nS ete ee ee ete See ae Pee eee 1 A africana (Fig. 17) Bulga of spermathecae merging gradually into hilla = 18 Transition between bulga and hilla of the spermathecae abrupt __ 19 Hilla of spermathecae with distinct papilla at apex, caudal margin of St. VII with distinct concavity bordered ventrally by pro- nounced lobe extending to ventral margin _.. caucasica (Fig. 23) Hilla of spermathecae lacking apical papilla, lobe of St. VII not extending to ventral margin lamellifer ssp. (Figs. 19-22) Hilla of spermathecae obviously longer than their bulgae _.._____ 20 Bulga and hilla of spermathecae about equal in size —.-_--____~ 22, Hilla of spermathecae twice as long as bulga _.-_---_________ SRR oh UHL Wit eae AMON dt oe macrophthalma (Fig. 31) Hilla of spermathecae less than twice as long as bulga _..______ 21 212 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington A New Species of Coptopsylla 213 21. Bulga of spermathecae ovoid, longer than high ee ees. Bit tere erbiee Date Lot eth e Ut bairamaliensis (Fig. 25) Bulga of spermathecae spherical as long but not longer than high (Vind let ast paws makes Mak 2 head EY Be joannae (Fig. 3) 22. Bulga of spermathecae strongly triangular bondari (Fig. 24) Bulga of spermathecae not strongly triangular —___-_-__------------- 23 23. Bulga of spermathecae obviously longer than high (North Africa ) emery A) a AUP le A ES A oY Nid AE africana (Fig. 30) Bulga of spermathecae not much if any longer than high _...____ 24 24. Ventral wall of bulga of spermathecae flattened, bulging much less nein Glosell yvelll oe. olgae ssp. (Figs. 26, 29) Ventral and dorsal walls of spermathecae about equally curved __ PURPee MOL ARATE Tee kaw (1 ead § Set CR VN Oh a et arax (Fig. 27) * Females of smiti and trigona are unknown. A point should be made concerning the status of Coptopsylla arax and Coptopsylla caucasica. Although Ioff (1953) considered arax to be a subspecies of C. lamellifer, Isayeva (1956) gives it specific rank. Judging from the degree of modification of the genital segments of the male, this course appears to be justified. However, the illustration of the sperma- theca of C. arax was made from a specimen in which this organ was turned and thus does not show its true profile. It is difficult to ignore the similarity between the shape of the spermatheca in C. caucasica and C. lamellifer ssp. I would, therefore, suggest the possibility that the drawings of the spermathecae of C. arax and C. caucasica were somehow switched during the preparation of the paper and that actually the draw- ing of the spermatheca of C. caucasica is that of C. arax. If this is true, the relationship of arax to the lamellifer subspecies is quite close. I wish to acknowledge the many kindnesses extended by Mr. F. G. A. M. Smit of the British Museum (Natural History) at Tring, Herts., without whose assistance this work could not have been completed. LITERATURE CITED Horxins, G. H. E. anp Miriam Roruscuitp. 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera ) < Fics. 19-31. Coptopsylla sp. 19-22, C. lamellifer ssp., redrawn from loff, 1953. 23, C. caucasica Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950, redrawn from Isayeva, 1956. 24, C. bondari Ioff, 1946, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 25, C. baira- maliensis Wagner, 1928, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 26, C. olgae olgae Argyropulo, 1946, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 27, C. arax Isayeva-Gurvich, 1950, redrawn from Isayeva, 1956. 28, C. wassiliewi (Wagner, 1932) drawn from Pl. 12a, Hopkins and Rothschild, 1956. 29, C. olgae wachschi Labunets and Kafarskaya, 1961, redrawn from Labunets and Kafarskaya, 1961. 30, C. africana Wagner, 1932, redrawn from Wagner, 1932. 31, C. macrophthalma Ioff, 1950, redrawn from Ioff, 1953. 214 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in the British Museum (Natural History). II. London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 445 pp., 1 map, 32 pls., 707 figs. Husparp, C. A. 1956. Six new fleas from Iraq. Iraq Nat. Hist. Mus., Publ. No. 11: 1-11. IorF, I. G. 1953. Key to the species of fleas of the genus Coptopsylla. Izv. Acad. Sci. Turkm. SSR, 4: 59-67 (in Russian). IsayEva, E. V. 1956. New materials on the flea fauna of Azerbaijan. Trans. Sci. Res. Antiplague Inst. Caucasus & Transcaucasus, 1: 158-166, figs. 1-14 (in Russian). Lasunets, N. F. ann D. G. Kararsxaya. 1961. New fleas from Tajikistan. Zool. Zh. 40 (9): 1423-1427, figs. 1-8 (in Russian ). Lewis, R. E. 1964. A collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) from northern Saudi Arabia. J. Parasit., 50: 313-318. , ). H. Lewis anp D. L. Harrison. In press. On a collection of mammals from northern Saudi Arabia. Ob, GEE Vol. 77, pp. 215-222 30 October 1964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON OBSERVATIONS ON THE NESTING OF POMPILUS (AMMOSPHEX) MICHIGANENSIS (DREISBACH ) (HYMENOPTERA; POMPILIDAE) By FRANK E.. KurcZEwskt AND Noe. F. R. SNYDER Department of Biology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Studies on the Nearctic Pompilus have lagged far behind those on the European members of this spider wasp genus. Especially is this the case in the subgenus Ammosphex Wilcke where only a single, detailed observation, that by Powell (1957) on the western occidentalis (Dreisbach), is available. The only other ethological data which have been published for Nearctic Ammosphex take the form of scattered host rec- ords (Evans, 1951; Evans, 1959; Evans and Yoshimoto, 1962; Wasbauer and Powell, 1962). It is felt, therefore, that the following notes on Pompilus (Ammosphex) michiganensis (Dreisbach), the first observations on this rarely collected species, will shed light on the behavior of this little known group of wasps. On 25 May 1963, at about 2:55 pm in an open area of soil occupying a portion of a field directly behind a sand pit in Groton, New York, a female michiganensis was seen appar- ently searching for an area in which to dig her nest. Walking forward rather slowly, tapping the soil with her distal antennal segments and flicking her wings incessantly, she made many small circles on the soil surface. Finally, selecting an area underneath two overhanging stems, the wasp began excavat- ing, loosening the soil with her mandibles. She flung the earth backwards by means of her forelegs, keeping her wings folded nearly flat over the dorsum of her abdomen. We could not ascertain exactly how the forelegs were used but the related Palaearctic Pompilus trivialis Dahlbom has been photographed (Olberg, 1959) using its front legs alternately. At times, as she dug deeper into the earth, the female we observed main- 24——Proc. Brow. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 77, 1964 (215) 216 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Nesting of Pompilus 207 tained a position nearly vertical while loosening the soil. Dis- appearing from sight entirely, the wasp continued pushing damp soil into the entrance from below. She removed the accumulation by backing out of her excavation at intervals which varied from about 15 seconds to 1 minute, kicking the soil alternately with her hind legs as well as shoving it back- ward with the tip of her abdomen. Rarely, she cleared the area in front of the entrance completely, throwing the earth backward with her front legs instead of kicking it with the hind legs (Fig. 1). Powell (1957) found that occidentalis, while digging, left her burrow only when bringing up earth from below. Periodically, occidentalis backed out of her bur- row, scraping the loose material from the tunnel entrance” with her front legs. Each time P. michiganensis cleared the sand from in front of her entrance, she proceeded back into the burrow, throwing sand backwards with her front legs. Less than 25 minutes from when she began digging, the wasp appeared head first in her entrance, twisting her head to the left and right while cleaning her mandibles and antennae with her forelegs. Having cleaned herself in the entrance for about 3-5 seconds, she came completely out of the burrow onto the soil which had accumulated from digging where she paused motionless for about 20 seconds. She then turned and, leaving her entrance open, made a low, rapid flight of about 1 meter to her prey which she had placed in the grass. Adlerz (1903) found that females of both Pompilus wesmaeli Thomson and P. trivialis frequently place their prey on the top of vegetation before excavating their nests. Pulling her prey from the vegetation, P. michiganensis began dragging it across the ground, grasping it in her mandi- bles by the bases of the prey’s second or third pair of coxae. Holding the spider so that its body was nearly perpendicular to her own, the wasp walked rapidly backward through vegeta- tion and over stones and other debris, proceeding nearly straight to her nest. Evans (1959) captured a Pompilus (Am- < Fics. 1-2. Pompilus michiganensis (Dreisbach). 1, Female clearing soil from entrance, using forelegs. 2, Placement of spider inside wasp’s entrance before it is pulled into burrow. 218 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington & Nesting of Pompilus 219 mosphex) angularis (Banks) carrying her prey backward, “grasping the spider near the petiole in such a way that its body was perpendicular to that of the wasp.” P. michiganensis dropped the spider, leaving it dorsum up 25-30 cm from the nest entrance, reentered the burrow, throwing soil backward, and reappeared head first in the opening about 10 seconds later. Powell (1957) noted similarly that during prey trans- port, occidentalis left her spider and inspected her nest before bringing the prey in. Leaving her burrow again, michiganensis proceeded on foot to her prey and grasping it in the same manner as before, pulled it directly to the entrance. Here, she turned around before entering and released the spider momentarily. The spider was now in a position with its abdomen inside the entrance and its cephalothorax directed away from the burrow (Fig. 2). Walking directly over the top of her prey, the wasp entered the burrow head forward, turned around inside the nest, and grasping the spider in her mandibles by its spinnerets, pulled it inside. As the spider disappeared slowly from sight, its legs were the last structures seen in the opening. Olberg (1959) noted that trivialis always transports her prey backwards, places it in the entrance, and then, seizing it from below by its spinnerets, drags it into the nest. Powell (1957) observed occidentalis backing down into her burrow “dragging the spider in.” Staying inside nearly three minutes, michiganensis appeared head first in her burrow, breaking down the sides and top of the tunnel with her mandibles. Hammering the resulting loose soil with the tip of the abdomen, the wasp packed it into place inside the burrow. While hammering, the wasp’s antennae were held laterally and curled at the distal ends (Fig. 3). Coming out of her nest with her front legs bent medially so as to form a basket, the wasp pulled soil from in front of the entrance down into the burrow where she con- tinued packing it into place. Powell (1957) noted occidentalis reappearing three minutes after ovipositing, “pulling the loose < Fics. 3-4. Pompilus michiganensis (Dreisbach). 3, Female packing soil into nest with the tip of the abdomen. 4, Female hammering the entire area of the entrance after filling her burrow flush. 220. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Nesting of Pompilus aml sand left about the entrance into the hole.” Olberg (1959) noted that the sand scraped back from time to time with the forelegs is hammered into place with the tip of the abdomen. The female michiganensis we observed came out only six times to get loose soil, spending most of the 6 minutes which it took her until final closure, hammering the earth into the burrow. After filling the burrow flush, she spent about 1 minute moving from side to side over the now completely filled nest hammering the soil. During this behavior her abdo- men was bent under, nearly forming a letter C (Fig. 4). As well as vibrating up and down while hammering, her abdomen swayed laterally from side to side like a pendulum. At this time we captured the wasp. She had taken 35-40 minutes to dig, store, and fill her nest. The female occidentalis which Powell (1957) studied took 26 minutes for similar behavior. The completed nest of michiganensis was toward one side of a small open patch of sandy-loam soil containing many pebbles (Fig. 5). The burrow entered the soil at an angle close to 30° with the horizontal and was dug into an inclined slope of about 5°. The 3-4-mm-wide tunnel was 2.5 cm long, ending in an oval cell 1.2 cm beneath the soil surface. The spider, a female Xysticus transversatus (Walckenaer) in the penultimate instar (Det. Wilton Ivie, Ethological No. P-102), was placed in the cell, dorsum up, with its abdomen toward the back of the cell, 5 mm wide, 5 mm high, 8-9 mm long. Evans and Yoshimoto (1962) noted a female of michiganensis in the University of Idaho collection pinned with a subadult female Xysticus conctator Thorell. The white, curved egg of michiganensis, nearly 2 mm long, was placed on the ventral side of the prey’s abdomen, laterally and on the right, close to the basal abdominal constriction (Fig. 6). Adlerz (1903) found that the spider of wesmaeli lay right side up in the cell with the egg glued on its left side near the base of the abdomen. DE Fics. 5-6. Pompilus michiganensis (Dreisbach). 5, Portion of field at Groton, New York, where female nested. 6, Burrow and terminal cell of wasp’s nest with distal end of cell exposed showing wasp’s egg attached to the spider’s abdomen. 222 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Upon excavating the nest of occidentalis, Powell (1957) found a 2-cm-long burrow slanting into the soil at about a 45° angle. An oval cell, 8 mm long, containing the spider ventral side down, head in, was found at the end of the tunnel. “A smooth, white, elongate egg of 2 mm. in length had been placed diagonally in a lower, lateral position near the middle of the prey’s abdomen.” LITERATURE CITED ApvLERZ, G. 1903. Lefnadsférhallenden och instinkter inom familjerna Pompilidae och Sphegidae. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Sr (is))s Teaieul. Evans, H. E. 1951. _ 105 21 203 111 Cc 228 89 cahni, Cambarus _____________________. 9, 189 177 cajamarquillense, Diplostephium __ 131 Caladium); 252 Sk eee ae 61 callacallensis, Senecio ___ = UG callaense, Diplostephium __ _. 130 callaensis, Baccharis _________ S40 Galopsecta, 2 - 98 caltagironei, Chiljapyx 35 Calymmodesmus __--_- _. 183 biensifert) Sos a 187 MON TA NUS oe 184, 187 Cambarus bartonii bartonii _______ 189 Ibartoniiacyas) ee 189 Cahni petro eae 9, 189 eryptodytes) 2 9 diogenes diogenes __...__ 243 121 Inamiula tsi ee eee ae 9 119 Ihubrich tics 220) ey A 9 260 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington jONGSie = ee 9 NORLEDINS fa ee ee 189 TODUSHUS eae ee ee 189 SCIOLED SIS eo ee ete Se 189 SCLOSUIS IPR retina nt eure tenebrosus) == ee 189 zophonastes) - ae NOE a a! campanulae, Polylepiscus —_-________ 172 Camptoprosopella angulata ________ 87 Cana WPOlymed ate 97 canadensis, Perilampus ________________- 89 @anningimopsis 237 Capricoris sumatraensis __________ 196 SWANN GEL saee Seo a ACR 196 Garmatas NOUp hi] age 86 Castananl depalmai 33 Casttit,whenjapyxye ee 35, 43 @atacalanjuanitay ete 69 caucasica, Coptopsylla -_--_-__.-_-.- 206 Cerceris arenaria __________- 111 ceylonicus, Dasyproctus ____- 75 chachapoyasensis, Baccharis 138 G@hactopsis)( oe ti = (hs) Chaitophorus populicola patchae _. 99 chalybii, Melittobia -______________ 92, cheesmani, Gerbillus —___________________- 204 cheia, Okriocythere _.-__- 243 chiapasus, Orthoporus ____-______- 179 chilensis> ia p yx eee 36 Jubdea sys ee 39 Trichocereus ____-___----- 44 Chiljapyx caltagironei 35 Chironomus (Cryptochironomus ) UL VAIS hy nsee see ede Ss tae 92, (C.) nigrovittatus 97 (GC) wid: 92 (Dicrotendipes) nervosus __----- 92 TMOG ES tay osha iL ce I 97 neomodestus 97 NEV OSUS) = ee eee 97 (Xenochironomus) xenolabis _ 97 chlorophana, Chrysis 224 GhirySis oes ate eS 2 ariGula)) 2S eee astraliay sees chlorophana —__-- clypeata ae coloradica _____ crotema ___ fAlsificay ee Hlonissanticol ame eee lautay a. See 22:3 PraSiniis |= See ES 224 prolata,, 22: 2. ues 228, 229 DLO DIA.) o--a Es e 228 pulchernim aye ee eee Q24 rivalis); = = 229 submontana Cenisa yas tripartita tularensis vagabunda __ Venustay venustella WiAb@xg 22). eee xerophila Clerodendron Clypeata © NiyS1S ee ee 92.4 Coenosia (Limosia) atrata _.______ 87 collectum, Anthidium — 925 colombianus, Senecio coloradica, Chrysis _____________ comes; Acratocnus) 2s Ss Compositae _—__.______ concellaria, Vidia ___ conctator, Xysticus _______ continuus, Ectemnius cooremani, Vidia ______ Copidosoma Coptopsylla africana 207 ATAX ie Ee R 205 Dalramaliensis) eee 199 bondadi 2 —————————- 206 Caucasica 8a 206 joannae _....- 199 lamellifersarax 2 =e 207 lamellifersard wag eee 203 lamellifer dubinini A 205 lamellifer fallax . 207 lamellifer lamellifer + 203 lamellifer rostrata —..___-_-_ 203 macrophthalmay eee 207 olgde eae 207 olgae: olgae: ....... Saaee 208 olgae wachschi 208 smilie eee 205 trigona ___ 207 wassiliewi __ corbuloidea, Thraci Cordia ruthii 249 Corythauma ayyari _.--- QA47 costalus, Teljapyx 42, Crabroborus krombeini —..--_----__ 104 crassus, Meriones __________. 5) 4204 crawfordi, Perilampus ___________ 102 Cricotopus = eee 97 Crossocerus (Blepharipus) sticto- chilos)) Ee 90 stictochilos crotema, Chrysis cruziana, Thracia cryptodytes, Cambarus ____ culiciformis, Procladius _.._________ 97 cylindratus, Neoechinorhynchus _. 22 eylinduicaly@ypris) ee 19 Cynedesmus trinus ___-__--___-_-_____ 188 cyprinella, Megastomatobus —______- 22 @yprisucylindrica, 19 cylindrica major ______________ 18 malcolmsoni _______ AEs malcolmsoni) 18 (Stenocypris) malcolmsonii __ 18 @yrtodesmus) EEE 183 @ryptops) 22.2500. 163 D Dactylocythere:| eee 245 bipunctatus jucundus _________ 75 ceylonicus = Se eee 75 dasyurus, Gerbillus _---___-__-_-_- 209 dentatussAnnniip) ee 166 Denticulatal 22... eee 137 depalmai, Castanaria _..___--_ Se diantherae, Melanagromyza —_____ 79 Dicellophilus)) 2 eee 163 Dictya'itexensis, — 1). ee eee 87 Dictyla eudia ________ = WOAH dimorphus, Bovicola —________________ 196 diogenes, Cambarus ___________-_-____ 243 Diomorus zabriskiei ___________________ 89 Diplostephium adenachaenium —___ 130 barclayanum bicolor) === callaense) 2 as a cajamarquillense _______________- empetrifolium _-___-_____________ Hom punc am 135 elandulosumie 131 haenkel .2..= eee 137 hartweeil,) 22 ae 130 hippophaé 2. eee 135 konotrichum ___.------ = 131 lavandulifolumyy eee 130 oblanccohiin 131 ochraceum:,) = eee 137 Verna Cul ature neon 135 Wurdackinves 7 2 eee 135 discoidalis, Monosteira - 247 distorta, Thracia —_ . 159 Goh, Wei) Es Ea ee ene ee ad 166 ID oN tel aey Xb | eee ee ee 86 VSL U NAS pee ik ae ae FS 86 Donnaldsoncythere __....._--------- 245 ULM ES 1b eee 2 setae ate end 243 Dorvillea graciloides -_--_---_----.---_-- 241 mandapamac) 2 ee QA dubinini, Coptopsylla —..______________. 205 CybasiOxthoporus) ee 175 Seaphiostreplispes ee 175 E Meitonhamatim: =e 188 Ectemnius (Hyprocrabro) continuus 109 (H.) paucimaculatus __..____ Uh ( i} rubicola nipponis ________ YAS) (IBi5)) Gamo, pavucunaculatus) TT DIC OL a eee ea nee nee as rubicola nipponis SDIILERUIS epee enn eee Stinpicolan ee eee eee edentuluss,Arnup, 22) Nodocephalus __ edwardsi, Herpestes ___ egena, Protodorvillea SEQUTONETCIS peo ee Ellenbergia glandulata __.._______ 142 ellenbergii, Viguiera ____-_______________ 146 ISS "2 as = i [ovat (orl VR eS a ee eae 3 Sacchanig pe ee as 1 emersonii, Trichodectes ___-_.___.___ 197 empetrifolium, Diplostephium —__ 131 enSy sy eNIGiCOlalp = ee ove GL (Ber Cronin ee oe see 75 erythrocera, Notiphila __..________ 86 erythrourous, Meriones -_----------------- 209 Denny | ae etes, Nidicola Eucholoeops Eumetopiella rufipes —________________ 86 NGA ICty lay ae ee QA7 Tayo) Nib eee eee en oe 91 coarctata modesta _______________ 90 (Corynopus) modesta —____ 92 (Corynopus) rufigaster _______ 74 TUE ASLO SY es ae 89 PiinytOMmaminOrlata y= sean s ee 92 Hustalomyiayvittipes; 22s 74 EVerettirlelictis: 2225 So 197 F fabric, Pemphredon 2 100 facetum, Glyphanodinium ___ 237, 238 fallax) (Goptopsylla, == eee 207 falsiticas | ORTySIs ieee ee 224 teams. Orodesma: =e 70 Belicol aaj uCeiige ee ee ee 195 Gyo} revayt eel Ue a 195 flavior, Orthoporus —_-____-________ 176 floribundum, Diplostephium _____- 135 florissanticola, Chrysis __.__________ 223 Hontaria, pulchella, |e ane aw 25 fontinalis, Stenocypris ——-___________ 19 Horticulawlarva) == = ee a 36 fraternus, Jules ____ Orthoporus __ ? Spirostreptus i holies) ‘atray - 29 2 qpenic i eae O51: atratang fiensis) ee 251 atra novaeguineae _________ 251 FolvaSs @hironomus) se es 92 G Galeatus scrophicus —.-...........- Geophilus = Gerbillus cheesmani —_- GaSVUITIS\ eee ee dasyurus dasyurus Gladiolus gladulata, Ellenbergia glandulosum, Diplostephium ___.__ 131 gliriformis, Microcnus —.______- 255 globula, Physocypria Glomeridesmus(= ee Glyphanodinium facetum ___ 237, 238 Gnoumoschema 105 goedeni, Pseudechiniscus ___ eae 5 Gonodontag ae8 See a eee 67 ZOSSY D114 PAP MIS ee eS) gracilis, Reithrodontomys _ Sa 3 graciloides, Dorvillea ________ = DAT Granatay tess Sree se alle, oe sy grayis, Paguman lew Bons | ocok tn bad 195 guatemalae, Aceratophallus —_____ 186 Gyno xy st eae Oe ee ae 155 H Isi@loyaiogs leyaye) 98 haenkei, Diplostephium ___ ST Haideotriton wallacei _____ ie 9 hamatum, Eciton —____-___.. ESS hamulatus, Cambarus ____ = 9 hannae, Pseudechiniseus ____ aa 6 Hapalops) (aa B55: hartwegii, Diplostephium —__. _.. 130 Helianthus = =e ee 75 jelskii _____ melas Lan ats te ees eo a VA5 lodicatus _______ Se eee 144 microphyllus =e =. 145 Stuebeliss eiiatise) ae See 145 Helictis orientalis everetti __._______ 197 Herpestes auropunctatus sia- YILETISIS Wi SSe bt 23 Sa ee Hee Naljaee hippophae, Dip Ge rephiuinn wid’ hirsutus, Artibeus -______-____ hirsutus, Teljapyx — holstisyArrup ye ee eR ee 162 Prolamnonyx _____- SSew162) hubrichti, Cambarus__._.___-__ 9 humesi, Donnaldsoncythere ivydreliayy a vicenn oe yes ei. 79 Ely cre liam sap see 86 Hypochoeris mucida integrifolia __ 156 Eby DOCra bro eee ee 83 I incisus, Lycodes ___________ 116 indicus, Tricholiperus 196 inopinatus, Artibeus — 119 inornata, Eurytoma _ 92 inornatus, Pemphredon _____ 100 insularis, Reithrodontomys —_- = 123 rho Giulewasyey Cyitobay |e _ 48 integrifolia, Hypochoeris -___- = 156 interruptus, Archoplites —___ =e) On islandicus, Pseudechiniscus __- wos 6 kar tiay ee. so ta ae 159 J ffaculusmjacnlusi eee 204 Jalcanus; Senecio. 152 262 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. jamaicensis, Artibeus _.______ Siokinpey 119 Mallophava) ae 195 Japyx bidentatus 36 mandapamae, Dorvillea _________ 241 chilensis _____ 36 manorga, Sudra ____________ _ 48, 50 larval) Al marginata, Nidicola _--____-_________- jeffrey, Pinus) 2 ee ee 6 maya, Aceratophallus ___ _.. 184, 186 jelskii, Helianthus —— 145 Mecistocephalus ___________-__--_________- 164 joannae, Coptopsylla __...._-_ = 199 megalocerus, Teljapyx —.--_______ 36 jonesi, Cambarus —_......______-__-___- 9 Megalocnus _.........- 5) juanitaBOryzola) Sasa wae 66 rodens) 204. S ae 255 Calacalalys esse een aes 69 Se@rus) be. l ui hee ee 256 Jubaea chilensis 39 Megaselia ____ _... 100 jucciia@Helicola) a 195 aletiae! + 2.0. 2 ee 89 Paradoxuroecus __.....__________- 195 Megastomatobus cyprinella _—_.____ 22, jucundus, Dasyproctus __._____________ 75 Megethmus —._____ . 167 Jules fratemus __._ 176 Melanagromyza . 79 TuUkiey Gymaeeyabs 177 Melanostigma _ 118 Melittobia chalybii ________________ 92 Melogale moschata subaurantiaca _ 196 K Meriones crassus crassus —____-------- 204 libycus erythrourous —__________ 209 kariateni, Meriones _.....-- 204 libycus syrius ____________. iets 204 konotrichum, Diplostephium —____ 131 tristrami kariateni _____________- 204 krombeini, Crabroborus 104 Merojapyx: 2 eee 36 kuntzi, Trichodectes 196 Mesocnus ___.. ae BSS Messatoporisi ys ees 74 rufiventris __._________ ss OS L michiganensis, Pompilus __________ 215 microcephalus, Lycodes, ____- S216 Labidus praedator Microcnus) = Ee 253 jae aie ks Eas A gliriformis ___ a P55) laevis, Cambarus Microdinium ____--_____-_______- _.. 237 lamellifer, Coptopsylla _...._ 203 microphyllus, Helianthus _...___.__ 145 lanatus, Helianthus —.-. 145 micrurus, Muntiacus ___ _.. 196 lapathifolium, Polygonum ______ 75 miles, Spirobolus pees, ALS) larva, Forficula militaris, Hibiscus __ Sa japyx Mimuloria _---.--_. ae | WG} Teljapyx ____- missouriensis SSS Typholabia ___ minor, Nannaria ______________ 26 latro, Habritys missouriensis, Mimuloria —-________ 33 lauta, Chrysis ____ mitra, Nidicola _—____________ 56, 61 Lavandulifolium modesta, Euplilis —.- 90 lavandulifolium, Diplostephium _.. 130 monoflex, Lois ___________ . 68 lepidostephana, Viguiera ____________ 147 Monosteira discoidalis _....__-- = QA7T Leptocera richardsi _-__--_-_-_=_ 87 montanus, Calymmodesmus _ 184, 187 lethifer, Pemphredon __-..____- 99 montezumae, Spirostreptus —______ 177 Pispewalbitarsisy]— 2 86 morelus, Orthoporus _______________- wesiee te Mithodiniay = Ses sees Ae ee 237 morrisoni, Thracia _____ se eye littoralis, Pemphredon ________________ 73 mucida, Hypochoeris __ B56 lituratus, Artibeus ___....__________ 119 Muntiacus muntjak ____ -.. 196 lodicatus, Helianthus ________________ 144 reevesi micrurus __ _.. 196 Me oissal ovary at ae a see ee ee muntjak, Muntiacus ____ _.. 196 monoflex ____. Mus musculus ____ _. 124 Lonchaea polita ___ musculus, Mus __........---- 124 lorina, Boryzola _____ JEG 65 Polia (P?) --- N loretensis, Senecio Lycenchelys bullisi _.-_--______»__ 113 Nanadacna)) 220000. eee 125 TEVCOCES pete iets aes ee une 115 Nanadacna ancora _ 125, 126 AbrAtUS hye ere ae, Cena a U6: UNannariay 22 eee 25, 26 ITI CIS VIS retest ee Ae 116 Nannaria minor __ 2, RS microcephalus) __.........-.....___- 116 pulchella, (222. eee neglecta, Stauronereis ___ _.. 242 neglectus, Orconectus __----------- 14 M Neivamyrmex mexicanum panamense 188 sumichrasti 8 Macley ay) aie. 1 so eee eka 75 Nelsjapyx hichinsi __ neh (SYS Macremphytus sp. 102 soldadi) |G ae 35 Macronychia aurata —-__- 89 Neoechinorhynchus cylindratus ___- 22 macrophthalma, Coptopsylla ________ 207 neomodestus, Chironomus major iAGratocnusne ud sicla Othe 256 Neotoma albigula ___.________ Aphelidesmus pees eM le 171 nerterius, Cambarus ____ Cypris eee eee 18 nervosus, Chironomus __ Polylepiscus = Ake) INidicolay 22 Stenocypris ______ 18 aglaia iui coe aie omnes malcolmsoni, Cypris 19 engys _ Stenocypris ______ 18 etes __ malcolmsonii, Cypris 18 marginata Stenocypris) = eee 18 Mitra nigrosparsata, Boryzola —....... Ee offal inorna tsi 2k ee 100 nigrovittatus, Chironomus -____- ee Oi, léthifer tot sea ee Rel ak 99 nipponis, Ectemnius -—.._- ay 99 lethifer littoralis _.-.___.-__ 73 nipponus, Ectemnius —..._.. = A U@) wnicolor. 2-2 ae ee 100 Nodecephalus edentulus _-..- a 162 Penjapy xg eo eh Se ee 35 motanda, (‘Sudra -—-— ee r/ alltus) e222 ee ey Cai 44 Notiphila carinata _ = {sh6) castrilyy, 2 Sa eae 35, 43 erythrocera __.. . 86 Perilampus canadensis 89 Notiphila sp. SG crawiordi, alee eae ee 102 novaeguineae, Fulica —.-.-....._____- 251 CeStenp eee eens —. Gy petrifactus, Paulocnus - =, Dats) O Phanagenia bombycina _ STON 1 Plays Wab (oye Sey ect eee Cena ere ae _ 142 oblanceolatum, Diplostephium 131 pholetera, Uncinocythere 14 obliqua, Orodesma _--......... 70 Physocypria globula — 22, obsonator, Trypoxylon ___. = _ 9) Dustulosayy esa ee 22, obtusus, Arrup GG piceas (Scatella, 86 occidentalis, Pompilus —.._... . 215 _ pimpinellifolius, Senecio —_______ 152 achraceum, Diplostephium —__ Sie Eins cttre ys EE 6 @Mcimusyy a ee a2 247% 'Piquernac pest wee ae oe 142 odontrigonus, Acratocnus —__-------------- 255 pleniauritus, Senecio ___________ 154 Oenomaea _.---_--------------- 26502 Eolian (2) lonnale a ne 68 pulchellaye= st ee 28 polita,, Monchaea 2 87 officinarum, Saccharum _ - 1 Polygonum lapathifolium — 75 Okriocythere cheia _____ 243. Polylepiscusy (23. 2s il7/il olgae, Coptopsylla ____ _. 207 campanulae 172 Orconectes neglectus __ . 14 TUNA} OG te ee LER alae 172 Orodesma ameria ______ - Stoll See Me ieee 171 apicinal 22. _ 65 ELIA Cul ats eee ial apicina apicina ____ = 69 Polymedagcana pane 97 apicina obliqua —_ _ 70 IP OTN US ii ae ee eee i 215 Nerina: (Eee ee ee 70 (Ammosphex) angularis __ 219 Orodesmia _.- . 65 (Ammosphex) michiganensis _ 215 apicinay cee. aie Se 66 michiganensis 216 Oritrophium aciculifolium _ 137 occidentalis __...-__---_ 215 Mesa. a ee ee - 138 CRA VAANIS poe oto a ae 215 ornatus, Julus WESTNIAC LBs ye nese ee 217 Qrxthoporus) 22 — =e pontis, Orthoporus — 176 Spirobolus praedator, Labidus 187 Orthoporus __--_- prasinus, Chrysis 224 amulensis Procladius culiciformis —— 97 arizonicus —__..- profundus, Teljapyx ______________ 42, boreus ___------- Bx Ol ATT OT y Kg 161 chiapasus prolata, Chrysis ____________ 228, 229 Gy basigee ee propinqua, Trichomorpha ______- 185 PVAVIOK) 2 propria’, (Chrysis) EE 228 fraternus) 2 Protodorvillea egena —_-____-______ 241 morelus ___. Pseudbary diay ee 68 omatus ___- Pseudechiniscus goedeni —.._______ 5 pontis _________ hannae i Ue oe ee ee 6 punctilliger __ island icus py eee eek ene 6 striatulus PENT ch eee See eee 6 teapensis ____.. Stasis 38 ee es vee el) ME es 6 texicolens WICLOTN eee ee eS 6 vallicolens Psilactis brevilingulata andina ___ 140 victorianus Ptychoneura aristalis _..-___--______ 89 wichitanus pulchella, Fontaria ______-_-______-__ 25 INannar 2223 eee 29 1p QOenomaeay, 22 —eeee es 28 ; pulcherrima, Chrysis — 29.4 Paguma larvata grayi —___________ 195 punctilliger, Orthoporus 177 larvata taivans —. IS jorelky Wien 2 149 Palpomyia subasper -_........... 2 oy Busillae eee else a eu ee 149 panamense, Neivamyrmex __...__ 188 _ pustulosa, Physocypria —...._____. 22 panici, Elsinoé -__________ Se Si) GpylorusssArrup y= = ee 161 Panicum virgatum __ Lese 3 (Paradosaiye 2) 222 ee _.. 149 Paradoxuroecus juccii _ — 195 R parcus, Teljapyx —-_---_----- 36 patchae, Chaitophorus —__ 299 raneyi, Pseudechiniscus paucimaculatus, Ectemnius -_- eee AS) Reithrodontomys gracilis gracilis _. 123 [pa ulocntis( ee eee ee __ 253 gracilis insularis 1 petrifactus __ —. 255 repens, Oritrophium pauroporus, Arrup _ 166 richardsi, Leptocera -_- Relecyodon) = .... 255 richardsoni, Artibeus Pemphredon (Cemonus) lethifer riestrae, Teljapyx — fabric. es OOD exivaliss| Chrysis) = Pemphredon (Cemonus) lethifer TObustuss) Gambarus) 22 189 littoralis, 22 he 99 rodens, Megalocnus ——_....._.__. 264 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington rohani,,Pelicola |. tees 195 subglomerosus, Senecio Rossiapyxwaustralis) = eae ete) submontana, Chrysis _ rostrata, Coptopsylla —...___.... 203 | subterranea, Typhlolabia rubicola, Ectemnius -—.-.____ fo). ‘Sudral wi. 2 eee FR us es LED insularis rueppelli, Vulpes —___ _-. 204 manorga rqbhokee Ure, LB byoy bites ee TA notunda rufipes, Eumetopiella __ oats SES EsE 86 suillus, Pseudechiniscus rufiventris, Messatoporus __ =e 498 sumatraensis, i i TUPOsas wlhraciay = tee wee diss) sumichrasti, Neivamyrmex __ nut sbity WM Clohqobtrly teeebeos hal. AU EES 249 swinhoei, Capricomis __ Syziuss) Menones 22 204 S 4 sacchari, Filsinoe) 2 1 tacarcuna, Trichomorpha Sphaceloma —____-_____ ae 1 tAivanas eas ee Saccharum officinarum —______--_ 1 Wakashimaia),—-... 3 eee Sambucusi22 223 ee eee Be Ass taleae, Veljapyx) 2.3322 2 eee Sauten,, Arrup) =] == S65 Valplapyx: 4. eee Scaphiostreptus dybasi _____ eee bees talirotunda, Ankylocythere abd texicolens) 22222 ss Bae UEYO) Tanytarsush(Spe, 22 ae Vis Scatella picea --________. 286 7 WTardicrada, 2. eee sciotensis, Cambarus __._______-_____- 189 teapensis, Orthoporus —________ Scolopocryptos (olim Otocryptops) 163 Teljapyx, 2... 3 scrophicus, Galeatus —......-___-__ Q47 afers 2-42 ae Senecioge so eee 155 bidentatus: ee eee 35 aclydiphyllus ___ 149 costalus: (= ee 35, 42 callacailensis ___ 151 hirsutus) 22) = eee 35, 37 colombianus ___ 155 Warva): sep n 35 jaleanus _______ 152 megalocerus ———_--______.._______ 36 loretensisiegess es. = sown ieee ude 153 IPAYCUS 2 See ee 36 pimpinellitolius) == 152 profundus) 42, pleniauritus ______ 154 riestrae:, 2.2.) ee 36 subglomerosus _____. 153 taleae |e ates 36 tolimensis _____._. a 155 tenebrosus, Cambarus _-_________ 189 urubambensis ___________ 153 tensa, Chrysis ______.--_- 227, 230 wurdackii __ 153 teste), (Renlampus) ae 102 sensu, Stauronereis 242, Tetrabaeus __________ 89 Sepedon sp. __ 87 americanus _ 85 armipes ______ 87 texensis, Dictya ___ 87 serus, Megalocnus ___. 256 texicolens, Orthoporus - 175 setosus, Cambarus ____ é 9 Scaphiostreptus ___ _ 180 Setulosas= Bezzia) 222 ee eee 97 thompsoni, Bovicola _—__-_________ 196 Siamensissa Llerpestes pee 95196) thraciay ee ee eee 157 Giomiligy “ire vere) eee 159 corbuloidea —___ ae eres 159 sinuosa, Ankylocythere 246 (Cyathodonta) cruziana ____ 159 Siphonophorae eee 183 distortal 22 ee 159 Smitin.. Goptopsylla eee 205 morrison... 157 Soldadiy Nelsjap yxy — es TUSOSA) ae a 159 Sophoray) eee mes io) Sam Tig’: yet so 2 159 Sphaceloma sacchari ____ bs, 1 Squamosa)/ 22 ee 159 spiniferus, Ectemnius ___ 8} tiphophila, Ankylocythere —_____ 245 Spirobolus miles ________. ES tolimensis, Baccharis _--_---_--_______- 140 Omatus eee ET, Senecio... 155 Spirostrep tila eyes ee 181 Tomotaenia’ =... ee 163 PSpirostreptus fraternus —______ 7 transversatus, Xysticus __._________- 221 MOR ZA Ce eee ee 177 Mrevoastrinenvyis) == eee 44 squamosa, Thracia ________ Bael59 Trichocereus chilensis —___-------------- 44 Stauronereis egena _ Wall Trichodectes emersoni —________- 197 neplectal” 22s ees Bylo) Kant Zi ph ee Sens eee AD Tricholipeurus indicus Stenocyprinae ___ ener yf richomorphay yee STeEnOCy Pris tego ee ee Ce 17 propinqua ___ : archoplites: == =2—) 2o3 &) PAO, Bal tacarcuna _____________.. DOL Ck: Spee a nee 21 tricuneata, Baccharis cylindrica major __ 2 ag tridentata, Ankylocythere ____ 244, 245 fontinalis) sae a 1G) trigona, Coptopsylla __._________ 207 malcolmsoni ____ Sees trimaculatus, Polylepiscus _ mer TAL malcolmsonii ___ els trinervis, Trevoa _______---._-. _.. 44 Malone eee Sef PB trinus, Cynedesmus __-_.- _.. 188 stictochilos, Crossocerus ___ = 9G; tripartita, Chrysis ____ ye _. 223 stirpicola, Ectemnius __ ~ 4e trivialis, Pompilus _.. 215 stolli, Polylepiscus —____ srl Trypoxylon obsonator —-______- 99 striatulus, Orthoporus ____ eS (Trypoxylon) sp. or spp. -.- 89 Strugamiayy aoe ES16s tularensis, Chrysis _-___-__-______- 223 Stuebelii, Helianthus __..-___- = 145 SRG ATT ee subasper, Palpomyia 0 92, Typhlolabia subterranea __ subaurantiaca, Melogale 1OGe a iypholabia planvay eee a Index U imemocvthere: 22.20. a 246 pholetera _. 14 BRANDY eee 2 14 unicolor, Pemphredon _ 100 urubambensis, Senecio 153 RIRUA MELE RDESTeS) mee kao 195 variifolia, Baccharis venusta, Chrysis venustella, Chrysis vermuculatum, Diplostephium _____ 135 WENER SUCHIN SIS) noes en es 227, 231 victor, Pseudechiniscus victorianus, Orthoporus Vidia concellaria Viguiera ellenbergii lepidostephana _.- pusilla virgatum, Panicum viridulus, Chironomus —............ _ 92 vittipes, Eustalomyia —...._.. ea Se 74 Vulpes! rueppelli ==. 204 W wachschi, Coptopsylla _..____________. 208 wallacei, Haideotriton —....-._____ 9 wassiliewi, Coptopsylla — 207 VG S23 TE) LS Se ee ees 100 wesmaeli, Pompilus —-_-.---._.--._.- 217 wichitanus, Orthoporus _-.________ 177 wurdackii, Diplostephium — 135 Senecio ee eee eee ey 153 x xania, UWmncinocythere -—._______ 14 xencelabis, Chironomus —.---_--_____ 97 xerophila, Chrysis Xysticus conctator __ transversatus EROS TOG EST CC eee 7, ZODTIS KCI 1 ONO LUS eee 89 Lenilliag spy a eee ies 102 zophonastes, Cambarus ___ Oe: ie PEP hy PRR eT : i i ees ts bi = A SS ee oa | ! I tawalfal So! libs thy ea: ieh OBE, “of “Nt i 3 oh nee = | BO: Fa : Bio Ae es f i : HW | | : i | | = : | (sii uy om ty, pe a] i 3 : ie ee are a BRU Mg a4 erteaes neere eed owns er " te 4 bet Vat 42 wak ¥ eye eee We ecu, LY 4, mi 89 re oh hy Sr omite tit 1 a ) ny u SMITHSONIAN IN ‘will ii 0 : ua i tat 6 ot eb Ge Wt otet re ra \ ‘peat 1 , i i ' ‘ ‘ ( ; i i 2 N etoile ' i Chet i et | i oy wt we 1